Chance

1-1
HUBBELL
Power Systems
CHANCE CENTRALIA, MISSOURI
AUGUST 2009
Copyright2009 Hubbell210N.AllenStreetCentralia,MO65240
SECTION PRODUCT
4 Anchors
4 UtilityAnchors
4A AnchorTools
5 Pole Line Hardware
5 Hardware
5A OverheadHardware-CastIron
5B AluminumBand-TypeClusterMounts
5C ConduitStandoffBrackets&T-Slots
5D AluminumPlatforms
10 Protective Devices
10AATypeC-PolymerCutouts
10A CutoutsandArresters
10B FuseLinks
10D ElectronicSectionalizers
10DDPolymerElectronicSectionalizers
11
Polymer Insulators
12 Fiberglass Construction Products
SECTION PRODUCT
INDEX
for
USD
CATALOG
14 Overhead Switches
14A Gang-Operated
14B Hookstick-Operated
14C MotorOperators
15 Formed Wire Products
17 Padmounted Switches
17D Air-InsulatedSwitches
18
Polymer Arresters
INDEX
PrintedinUSA
RGS3M5/09
Copyright 2009 Hubbell Incorporated 210 North Allen Street Centralia, MO 65240 USA
www.hubbellpowersystems.com
E-mail: hpsliterature@hps.hubbell.com
NOTE: Because Hubbell has a policy of continuous product improvement, we reserve the right to change design and specifcations without notice.
1-2
AUGUST 2009
HUBBELL
Power Systems
TABLE OF CONTENTS
ContentsofChanceCatalog............................................................................................. Cover
NumericalIndexbyCatalogNumber..................................................................... 1-3thru1-13
AlphabeticalIndexbyProductType.................................................................... 1-14thru1-18
HOW TO USE THE NUMERICAL INDEX ON THE FOLLOWING PAGES
The items are arranged in alpha-numeric sequence with the letter prefx numbers in alphabetical
sequence, beginning with the left character. Catalog numbers, without letter prefxes, are in numeric
sequence by the frst digit, and then the following digit.
For example: 1
10
100
1000
11
110
etc.
Index will periodically be out-of-order because of page updating. Typically an item that does not appear
on the page given in the index will appear elsewhere in the catalog section.
CATALOG
HOLDERS:
INDEX
for
USD CATALOG
An outline of the contents of this catalog is shown on the
cover, page 1.
The index can be a help to you in fnding detailed product
data and pricing information on several thousand products
to help you plan, build, maintain, control and operate your
T & D system.
If your Chance catalog should change hands, please send the name of the new
owner to the attention of our Advertising Department so new and replacement
pages will be sent to the correct person.
Contact: Hubbell Power Systems, Inc.
Attn: Advertising Dept.
210 North Allen
Centralia, MO 65240

or
Fax information to
(573) 682-8714
1-3
HUBBELL
Power Systems
AUGUST 2009

Cat. No. Page No.

Cat. No. Page No.

Cat. No. Page No.
ALTD06200R 14B-13
ALTD06200RL 14B-13
ALTD09200R 14B-14
AR11XXX 14A-10
AR12XXX 14A-10
AR13XXX 14A-10
AR14XXX 14A-10
ASC2 5A-6
ASC3 5A-6
ASC5 5A-6
BB155A 5A-2
BB214 5A-12
BB214A 5A-12
BPFLXXX 14B-20
BPFRXXX 14B-20
BPRD06XX 14B-23
BPRS06XX 14B-23
BPRS12XX 14B-23
BP3LXXX 14B-17
BP3RXXX 14B-17
B12A 5A-2
B12B 5A-2
B14A 5A-2
B14B 5A-2
CB1 5A-2
CCC12 5-53.17
CCC34 5-53.17
CCC58 5-53.17
CCMB812 5C-4
CCMB1218 5C-4
CCMB1624 5C-4
CCMB1830 5C-4
CCR1 5C-5
CCR3 5C-5
CCR34 5C-5
CCR6 5C-5
CCR912 5C-5
CDH12 5-53.17
CDH34 5-53.17
CDH58 5-53.17
CP113 5-53.18
CP122 5D-1.2
CP142 5D-1.2
CP162 5D-1.2
CPEHD142 5D-1.2
CPEHD162 5D-1.2
CPEHD182 5D-1.2
CPEHD202 5D-1.2
CPEHD222 5D-1.2
CPHD142 5D-1.2
CPHD162 5D-1.2
CPHD182 5D-1.2
CPSEHD142 5D-1.2
CPSEHD162 5D-1.2
CPSEHD182 5D-1.2
CPSEHD202 5D-1.2
CPSEHD222 5D-1.2
CP7XXXXXXXX 10DD-8
CP7XXXXXXX 10AA-11
CP710112PB 10AA-5
CP710114PB 10AA-5
CP710133PB 10AA-5
CP710143PB 10AA-5
CP720112PB 10AA-7
CP720114PB 10AA-7
CP730112PB 10AA-9
CP730114PB 10AA-9
CP730133PB 10AA-9
CP730143PB 10AA-9
CRW3 5A-12
CRW4A 5A-12
CRW4B 5A-12
CSTK1 5C-2
CSTK15 5C-2
CSTK2 5C-2
CSTK25 5C-2
CSTK3 5C-2
CSTK35 5C-2
CSTK4 5C-2
CSTK5 5C-2
CSTK6 5C-2
CTB2M16 5B-7
CTB2M19 5B-7
CTB5M16 5B-7
CTB5M19 5B-7
CTC12 5-53.17
CTC34 5-53.17
CTC58 5-53.17
CTDH12 5-53.18
CTDH34 5-53.18
CTDH58 5-53.18
CXS1 5A-11
C0790263 5-30
C10M26 5B-3,5B-4
C10M29 5B-3,5B-4
C1020023 4-11,4-12,4-13
C1020024 4-11,4-12,4-13
C1020025 4-11,4-12,4-13
C1021583 4A-3,4A-4
C1021595 4A-3,4A-4
C1021986 4-10
C1021987 4-10
C1021996 4-10
C1022008 4-20
C1022009 4-20
C1022011 4-20
C1022012 4-20
C1022050 4-20
C1022054 4-20
C1022061 4-10
C1025000 4-7
C1025001 4-7
C1025002 4-7
C1025003 4-7
C1025004 4-7
C1025005 4-7
C1025006 4-7
C1025007 4-7
C1025008 4-7
C1025009 4-7
C1025010 4-7
C1025200 4-6
C1025201 4-6
C1025202 4-6
C1025203 4-6
C1025204 4-6
C1025205 4-6
C1025206 4-6
C1025207 4-6
C1025208 4-6
C1025209 4-6
C1025210 4-6
C1025240 4-10
C11MW24L 5B-6
C1100026 4-11,4-12,4-13
C1100041 4-11,4-12,4-13
C1100136 4-13
C1100137 4-13
C1100138 4-13
C1100140 4-13
C1100227 4-13
C1100235 4-13
C1100247 4-13
C1100385 4-13
C1100386 4-13
C1100388 4-13
C1100389 4-13
C1100440 4-13
C1100450 4-13
C1100454 4-13
C1100470 4-13
C1100471 4-13
C1100472 4-13
C1100475 4-13
C1100476 4-13
C1100504 4-13
C1100505 4-13
C1100543 4-13
C1100544 4-13
C1100545 4-13
C1100557 4-13
C1100558 4-13
C1100563 4-13
C1100564 4-13
C1100565 4-13
C1100566 4-13
C1100569 4-13
C1100570 4-13
C1100572 4-13
C1100573 4-13
C1100574 4-13
C1100577 4-13
C1100581 4-13
C1100586 4-13
C1100645 4-13
C1100646 4-13
C1100647 4-13
C1100650 4-13
C1100652 4-13
C1120275 4-21
C1140014 4-13
C1140015 4-13
C1140016 4-13
C1140017 4-13
C1140020 4-13
C1140021 4-13
C1140022 4-13
C1140023 4-13
C1140057 4-13
C1140058 4-13
C1140080 4-13
C1140081 4-13
C1140084 4-13
C1140100 4-13
C1140101 4-13
C1140104 4-13
C1140105 4-13
C1140108 4-13
C1140109 4-13
C1140112 4-13
C1140113 4-13
C1140149 4-13
C1140187 4-13
C1140188 4-13
1-4
AUGUST 2009
HUBBELL
Power Systems

Cat. No. Page No.

Cat. No. Page No.

Cat. No. Page No.
C1140189 4-13
C1140190 4-13
C1140209 4-13
C1140210 4-13
C1140211 4-13
C1140212 4-13
C1140214 4-13
C1140215 4-13
C1140216 4-13
C1140217 4-13
C1140220 4-13
C1140224 4-13
C1140231 4-13
C1140238 4-13
C1140243 4-13
C1140244 4-13
C1140245 4-13
C1140252 4-13
C15M36 5B-3,5B-4
C15M3614 5B-14
C15M361436 5B-8
C15M365 5B-4
C15M39 5B-3,5B-4
C15M391436 5B-8
C15M3969 5B-3,5B-4
C2M16 5B-4
C2M16M 5B-3
C2M19M 5B-3
C2WT12 5C-3
C2WT120 5C-3
C2WT24 5C-3
C2WT36 5C-3
C2WT48 5C-3
C2WT60 5C-3
C2000028 4-17
C2000047 4-20
C2000048 4-20
C2000049 4-20
C2000050 4-20
C2000051 4-20
C2000052 4-20
C2000053 4-20
C2000054 4-20
C2000055 4-20
C2000056 4-20
C2000057 4-20
C2000058 4-20
C2000059 4-20
C2000061 4-20
C2000062 4-20
C2000063 4-20
C2000064 4-20
C2000088 4-17
C2000089 4-17
C2000090 4-17
C2000091 4-17
C2000092 4-17
C2000093 4-17
C2000094 4-17
C2000095 4-17
C2000096 4-17
C2000097 4-17
C2000098 4-17
C2000099 4-17
C2000100 4-17
C2000101 4-17
C2000102 4-17
C2000103 4-17
C2000104 4-17
C2000105 4-17
C2000106 4-20
C2000107 4-20
C2000108 4-20
C2000114 4-20
C2030033 5-27
C2030034 5-27
C2030035 5-27
C2030036 5-27
C2030037 5-27
C2030047 5-40
C2030052 5-42
C2030084 5-41
C2030085 5-41
C2030086 5-41
C2030107 5-42
C2030109 5-42
C2030140 5-4
C2030141 5-4
C2030148 5-19
C2030183 5-3,5-4
C2030187 5-4,5-18
C2030194 5-4
C2030197 5-4
C2030200 5-4
C2030227 5-42
C2030233 5-10
C2030313 5-39
C2030314 5-39
C2030315 5-39
C2030316 5-39
C2030317 5-39
C2030344 5-42
C2030345 5-42
C2030377 5-42
C2030385 5-47
C2030430 5-42
C2030450 5-26
C2030451 5-26
C2030453 5-42
C2030455 5-26
C2030456 5-26
C2030458 5-42
C2030499 5-39
C2030502 5-39
C2031088 5-4
C2031120 5-39
C2031124 5-39
C2031125 5-39
C2031126 5-39
C2031127 5-39
C2031128 5-39
C2031131 5-39
C2031132 5-39
C2031133 5-39
C2050094 5-8
C2050140 5-4,5-6
C2050141 5-4,5-6
C2050185 5-48
C2050186 5-48
C2050187 5-48
C2050188 5-48
C2050190 5-30
C2050207 5-45
C2050208 5-45
C2050209 5-45
C2050210 5-45
C2050211 5-45
C2050212 5-45
C2050213 5-45
C2050214 5-45
C2050215 5-45
C2050216 5-45
C2050217 5-45
C2050218 5-45
C2050219 5-45
C2050220 5-45
C2050221 5-45
C2050222 5-45
C2050223 5-45
C2050224 5-45
C2050225 5-45
C2050226 5-45
C2050227 5-45
C2050229 5-45
C2050230 5-45
C2050232 5-45
C2050233 5-45
C2050235 5-45
C2050237 5-45
C2050242 5-45
C2050244 5-45
C2050245 5-45
C2050247 5-45
C2050254 5-7
C2050255 5-7
C2050256 5-7
C2050257 5-7
C2050258 5-7
C2050407 4-20
C2050408 4-20
C2050436 5-48
C2050460 5-45
C2050461 5-45
C2050462 5-45
C2050463 5-45
C2050464 5-45
C2052007 5-32
C2052008 5-32
C2052009 5-32
C2052010 5-32
C2060004 5-12
C2060009 5-13
C2060010 5-13
C2060106 5-36
C2060106P 5-37
C2060011 5-13
C2060127 5-11
C2060140 5-36
C2060140P 5-37
C2060162 5-13
C2060169 5-14
C2060189 5-11
C2060190 5-11
C2060192 5-11
C2060193 5-11
C2060209 5-13
C2060227 5-36
C2060236 5-11
C2060271 5-36
C2060280 5-11,10AA-11,
10A-15
C2060283 5-11,10AA-11,
10A-15
1-5
HUBBELL
Power Systems
AUGUST 2009

Cat. No. Page No.

Cat. No. Page No.

Cat. No. Page No.
C2060299 5-11,10AA-11,
10A-15
C2060480 5-10
C2060547 5-11
C2060632 10AA-11,10A-15
C2070024 5-23
C2070047 5-38
C2070048 5-38
C2070049 5-38
C2070050 5-38
C2070051 5-38
C2070052 5-38
C2070065 5-31
C2070072 5-23
C2070075 5-49
C2070076 5-49
C2070112 5-31
C2070116 5-23
C2070138 5-50
C2070139 5-50
C2070140 5-50
C2070141 5-50
C2070143 5-50
C2070144 5-50
C2070145 5-50
C2100033 4-20
C2100034 4-20
C2110009 5-16,5-17
C2110012 5-16,5-18
C2110015 5-16
C2110016 5-16
C2110017 5-16
C2110019 5-18
C2110021 5-18
C2110058 5-16
C2120001 5-16
C2120141 5-15
C2120142 5-15
C2120143 5-15
C2120144 5-15
C2120145 5-15
C2120146 5-15
C2120147 5-15
C2120200 5-16
C3MW24ML 5B-5,10E-11
C3020003 4-15,4A-11
C3020004 4-15,4A-11
C3030020 4A-7,4A-8
C3030044 4A-9,4A-15
C3030045 4A-9
C3030069HD 4A-4
C3030070 4A-4
C3030115 4A-8
C3030195 4A-7,4A-8,4A-15
C3030201 4A-7,4A-8
C3030202 4A-7,4A-8
C3030737 4-21,4A-7
C3030739 4-21,4A-7
C3030927 4A-15
C3030928 4A-15
C3030936 4A-6,4A-7
C3030937 4A-6,4A-7
C3030940 4A-6,4A-7
C3030955 4A-6,4A-7
C3030969 4A-14
C3030970 4A-14
C3030971 4A-14
C3030972 4A-14
C3030973 4A-14
C3030974 4A-14
C3030958 4A-6,4A-7
C3030981 4A-6
C3030982 4A-3,4A-6
C3030983 4A-3,4A-6
C3030987 4A-6
C3030988 4A-6
C3031014 4A-14
C3031016 4A-14
C3031026 4A-6
C3031031 4A-13
C3031032 4A-12,4A-13
C3031035 4A-8
C3031063 4A-3,4A-4
C3031064 4A-3,4A-4
C3031077 4A-8
C3031180 4A-13
C3031201 4A-13
C3031222 4A-6,4A-7
C3031223 4A-6,4A-7
C3031224 4A-7,4A-12
C3031225 4A-7
C3031226 4A-7
C3031227 4A-6,4A-7
C3031230 4A-13
C3031233 4A-13
C3031244 4A-13
C3031247 4A-13
C3031340 4A-6,4A-9
C3090032 4A-10
C3090033 4A-10
C321A 5B-6,5B-7
C4176121 4A-13
C4M26 5B-3,5B-4
C4M29 5B-3,5B-4
C4WT12 5C-3
C4WT120 5C-3
C4WT24 5C-3
C4WT36 5C-3
C4WT48 5C-3
C4WT60 5C-3
C5M16 5B-3,5B-4
C5M19 5B-3,5B-4
C5540001 5-31
C6CSO12 5C-2
C6CSO24 5C-2
C6CSO36 5C-2
C6M36 5B-3,5B-4
C6M3614 5B-4
C6ME65 5B-4
C6M36M 5B-3
C6M39 5B-3,5B-4
C6M3969 5B-3,5B-4
C611300 5-53.16
C611380 5-53.16
C613400 5-53.16
C613450 5-53.16
C613460 5-53.16
C613480 5-53.16
C613483 5-53.16
C615800 5-53.16
C615803 5-53.16
C615840 5-53.16
C615850 5-53.16
C615855 5-53.16
C615860 5-53.16
C615880 5-53.16
C615883 5-53.16
C615885 5-53.16
C631300 5-53.17
C631380 5-53.17
C633400 5-53.17
C633460 5-53.17
C633480 5-53.17
C635800 5-53.17
C635840 5-53.17
C635850 5-53.17
C635860 5-53.17
C635880 5-53.17
C635883 5-53.17
C7050662 17A-4,17A-5
C71DL112PB 10A-15
C71DM112PB 10A-15
C71DN211PB 10A-15
C71DN311PB 10A-15
C71EL112PB 10A-15
C71EM112PB 10A-15
C71EN211PB 10A-15
C71EN311PB 10A-15
C710112PB 10A-6,10A-7
C710114PB 10A-6,10A-7
C710123 10A-18
C710133PB 10A-6,10A-7
C710143PB 10A-6,10A-7
C710211PB 10A-6,10A-7
C710213PB 10A-6,10A-7
C710233PB 10A-6,10A-7
C710242PB 10A-6,10A-7
C710311PB 10A-6,10A-7
C710313PB 10A-6,10A-7
C710333PB 10A-6,10A-7
C710342PB 10A-6,10A-7
C710613PB 10A-6,10A-7
C710633PB 10A-6,10A-7
C710643PB 10A-6,10A-7
C710713PB 10A-6,10A-7
C710733PB 10A-6,10A-7
C710743PB 10A-6,10A-7
C720112PB 10A-9,10A-10
C720114PB 10A-9,10A-10
C720211PB 10A-9,10A-10
C720213PB 10A-9,10A-10
C720311PB 10A-9,10A-10
C720313PB 10A-9,10A-10
C720613PB 10A-9,10A-10
C730112PB 10A-12,10A-13
C730114PB 10A-12,10A-13
C730133PB 10A-12,10A-13
C730143PB 10A-12,10A-13
C730211PB 10A-12,10A-13
C730213PB 10A-12,10A-13
C730233PB 10A-12,10A-13
C730242PB 10A-12,10A-13,
C730311PB 10A-12,10A-13
C730313PB 10A-12,10A-13
C74XXXXXXXX 10D-8
C75XXXXXXXX 10D-8
C9CSO12 5C-2
C9CSO24 5C-2
C9CSO36 5C-2
C9091032P 5-53.19
DC33B1 5-31
DC33B3 5-31
DC47B1 5-53.11
DC6N1 5-53.4
1-6
AUGUST 2009
HUBBELL
Power Systems

Cat. No. Page No.

Cat. No. Page No.

Cat. No. Page No.
DC63B5 5-53.9,5-53.10
DEH36DP 12-41
DEH42DP 12-41
DEH48DP 12-41
DEH54DP 12-41
DEH60DP 12-41
DEH72DP 12-41
DEM36DP 12-40
DEM36SP 12-39
DEM36SPEB 12-39
DEM38DP 12-40
DEM42DP 12-40
DEM42SPEB 12-39
DEM48DP 12-40
DEM48SP 12-39
DEM48SPEB 12-39
DEM54DP 12-40
DEM54SP 12-39
DEM54SPEB 12-39
DEM60SP 12-39
DEM60SPEB 12-39
DE3U1 5-53.13
DE4S3 5-53.14
DE4S5 5-53.14
DE5U1 5-53.13
DE6U1 5-53.13
DE11U1 5-53.13
DE12U1 5-53.13
DF1L3 5-43
DF19M1 5-53.6
DF19M2 5-53.6
DF19M29 5-53.6
DF19M3 5-53.6
DF19M32 5-53.6
DF19M4 5-53.6
DF19M19 5-53.6
DF19M20 5-53.6
DF19M3 5-53.6
DF3L3 5-43
DF34M1 5-53.12
DF34M2 5-53.12
DF34M4 5-53.12
DG1F18 5-0
DG1F8 5-8
DG4FS 5-8
DF4W15 5-48
DF7U61 5-48
DLM12BC 12-13
DLM18BC 12-13
DLM24BC 12-13
DMPL61A1T 5-53.15
DMPL61A2T 5-53.15
DMPL61A3T 5-53.15
DMPL61A4T 5-53.15
DMPL61D1T 5-53.15
DM20S3 5-53.10
DM21M902 5-53.15
DM21M903 5-53.15
DM21M904 5-53.15
DM21M905 5-53.15
DM36B3 5-53.9
DM40B2 5-53.9,5-53.10
DP24P2 5-53.5
DP24P5 5-53.5
DP26P1 5-53.5
DT6C1 5-53.12
DT7C1 5-53.12
DT8C1 5-53.12
DU1B1 5-53.8
DU1B3 5-53.8
DU1B4 5-53.8
DU1B10 5-53.8
DU1B28 5-53.8
DU1B29 5-53.8
DU1B30 5-53.8
DU1S1 5-53.8
DU1S2 5-53.8
DU1S3 5-53.8
DU1S4 5-53.8
DU13B1 5-53.7
DU13B3 5-53.7
DU13B5 5-53.7
DU13B7 5-53.7
DU3S1 5-53.7
DU3S2 5-53.7
DU3S3 5-53.7
DU3S4 5-53.7
D6HO1AL 14A-19
D6HO1BL 14A-19
D6HO1CL 14A-19
D6HO2AL 14A-19
D6HO2BL 14A-19
D6HO2CL 14A-19
D6HO3AL 14A-19
D6HO3BL 14A-19
D6HO3CL 14A-19
D6HS1AL 14A-19
D6HS1BL 14A-19
D6HS1CL 14A-19
D6HS2AL 14A-19
D6HS2BL 14A-19
D6HS2CL 14A-19
D6HS3AL 14A-19
D6HS3BL 14A-19
D6HS3CL 14A-19
D6PO1AL 14A-19
D6PO1CL 14A-19
D6PO2AL 14A-19
D6PO2CL 14A-19
D6PO3AL 14A-19
D6PO3CL 14A-19
D6VO1AL 14A-19
D6VO1CL 14A-19
D6VO2AL 14A-19
D6VO2CL 14A-19
D6VO3AL 14A-19
D6VO3CL 14A-19
D7HE1CL 14A-17
D7HE2CL 14A-17
D7HE3CL 14A-17
D7HE7CL 14A-17
D7HS1AL 14A-17
D7HS1BL 14A-17
D7HS2AL 14A-17
D7HS2BL 14A-17
D7HS3AL 14A-17
D7HS3BL 14A-17
D7HS7AL 14A-17
D7HS7BL 14A-17
D7PE1CL 14A-17
D7PE2CL 14A-17
D7PE3CL 14A-17
D7PE7CL 14A-17
D7PS1AL 14A-17
D7PS1BL 14A-17
D7PS2AL 14A-17
D7PS2BL 14A-17
D7PS3AL 14A-17
D7PS3BL 14A-17
D7PS7AL 14A-17
D7PS7BL 14A-17
D7VE1CL 14A-17
D7VE2CL 14A-17
D7VE3CLY 14A-17
D7VE7CL 14A-17
D7VS1AL 14A-17
D7VS1BL 14A-17
D7VS2AL 14A-17
D7VS2BL 14A-17
D7VS3ALY 14A-17
D7VS3BLY 14A-17
D7VS7AL 14A-17
D7VS7BL 14A-17
E1020031 4-10
E1020032 4-10
E1020035 4-10
E1020036 4-10
E1020037 4-10
E1020040 4-10
E1020041 4-10
E1020043 4-10
E1020044 4-10
E1020045 4-10
E1020047 4-10
E1020049 4-10
E1020051 4-10
E1020052 4-10
E1020053 4-10
E1020250 4-9
E1020816 4-9
E1020817 4-9
E1020819 4-9
E1020820 4-9
E1020821 4-9
E1020822 4-9
E1020823 4-9
E1021219 4-9
E1021220 4-9
E1021223 4-9
E1021629 4-8
E1021630 4-8
E1021631 4-8
E1021632 4-8
E1021633 4-8
E1021634 4-8
E1021635 4-8
E1021636 4-8
E1021637 4-8
E1021801 4-8
E3020001P 4A-11
E3020006P 4A-11
E3030680 4A-13
E3030876 4A-13
E3031041 4A-13
E3031253 4A-13
E3030255 4-14,4A-8
E7001767P 10A-6,10A-12
10AA-5
E7001768P 10A-6,10A-12
E7001784P 10A-10
E7001785P 10A-10
E7002117P 10A-6,10A-12
E7002146P 10A-6,10A-12,
E7002146P 10AA-5
1-7
HUBBELL
Power Systems
AUGUST 2009

Cat. No. Page No.

Cat. No. Page No.

Cat. No. Page No.
E7002479P 10A-6,10A-12
E96 4A-11
FT70025 5-46
GCU38 5A-6
GCW1 5A-12
GCW31 5A-12
GCW31A 5A-12
GCW41 5A-12
GCW41A 5A-12
GC1 5-53.18
GC10301 5-53.18
GC10302 5-53.18
GC10303 5-53.18
GC131 5A-7
GC138 5A-7
GC4 5-53.18
GC5G5 5-53.18
GC6 5-53.18
GEP12 5A-11
GEP5 5A-10
GEP5A 5A-10
GEP5C 5A-10
GEP5D 5A-10
GEP5E 5A-10
GEP5G 5A-10
GEP6 5A-10
GEP7 5A-11
GEP7A 5A-11
GH151A 5A-9
GH2 5A-9
GH3 5A-9
GH5 5A-9
GH51LS 5A-9
GH6 5-30,5A-9
GH6ILS 5-30,5A-9
GH6X 5A-9
GH6XBILS 5A-9
GS16012CC1 12-5
GS16012CE 12-7
GS16012CP 12-9
GS16012CT 12-8
GS16012EE 12-10
GS16012TT 12-11
GS16018CC1 12-5
GS16018CE 12-7
GS16018CP 12-9
GS16018EE 12-10
GS16018TT 12-11
GS16024CC1 12-5
GS16024CE 12-7
GS16024CP 12-9
GS16024CT 12-8
GS16024EE 12-10
GS16030CC1 12-5
GS16030CE 12-7
GS16030CP 12-9
GS16030EE 12-10
GS16036CC1 12-5
GS16036CE 12-7
GS16036CP 12-9
GS16036CT 12-8
GS16036EE 12-10
GS16036TT 12-11
GS16042CC1 12-5
GS16042CP 12-9
GS16042EE 12-10
GS16054CC1 12-5
GS16054CE 12-7
GS16054CP 12-9
GS16054CT 12-8
GS16054EE 12-10
GS16054TT 12-11
GS16060CC1 12-5
GS16060CE 12-7
GS16060EE 12-10
GS16078CC1 12-5
GS16078CE 12-7
GS16078CP 12-9
GS16078CT 12-8
GS16078EE 12-10
GS16078TT 12-11
GS16096CC1 12-5
GS16096CP 12-9
GS16096EE 12-10
GS16120CC1 12-5
GS16120CE 12-7
GS16120CP 12-9
GS16120EE 12-10
GS16144CC1 12-5
GS16144CE 12-7
GS16144EE 12-10
GS21012CC1 12-5
GS21012CE 12-7
GS21012EE 12-10
GS21012TT 12-11
GS21018CC1 12-5
GS21018CE 12-7
GS21018CT 12-8
GS21018EE 12-10
GS21024CC1 12-5
GS21024CE 12-7
GS21024CP 12-9
GS21024CT 12-8
GS21024EE 12-10
GS21030CC1 12-5
GS21030EE 12-10
GS21036CC1 12-5
GS21036CE 12-7
GS21036CP 12-9
GS21036CT 12-8
GS21036EE 12-10
GS21042CC1 12-5
GS21042CE 12-7
GS21042EE 12-10
GS21042TT 12-11
GS21054CC1 12-5
GS21054CE 12-7
GS21054CP 12-9
GS21054EE 12-10
GS21060CC1 12-5
GS21060CE 12-7
GS21060CP 12-9
GS21060CT 12-8
GS21060EE 12-10
GS21078CC1 12-5
GS21078CE 12-7
GS21078CP 12-9
GS21078CT 12-8
GS21078EE 12-10
GS21078TT 12-11
GS21096CC1 12-5
GS21096CE 12-7
GS21096CT 12-8
GS21096EE 12-10
GS21120CC1 12-5
GS21120CE 12-7
GS21120CP 12-9
GS21120CT 12-8
GS21120EE 12-10
GS21144CC1 12-5
GS21144CP 12-9
GS21144EE 12-10
GS36018CC1 12-6
GS36036CC1 12-6
GS36054CC1 12-6
GS36060CC1 12-6
GS36078CC1 12-6
GS36096CC1 12-6
GS360120CC1 12-6
GS36144CC1 12-6
GWR3 5A-12
GWR4 5A-12
GWR4A 5A-12
G5060 5-19
G5061 5-19
G5063 5-19
G5065 5-19
G5067 5-19
G5068 5-19
G5069 5-19
HD3100 5-18
HD315 5-17
HD350 5-17
HD5350 5-17,5-18
H14 5-22
H1424 5-22
IB2 5A-4
IB3 5A-4
IB4 5A-4
ICB1 5A-3
ICB10 5A-3
J600007 5-46
KS12 5-27
KS34 5-27
LB12A1 5A-5
LB18B1 5A-5
LB18B3 5A-5
LB18B3CH 5A-5
L1100 5-39
L14 5A-7
M0D4SF23 10B-4
M0D4SFA23 10B-4
M0D6SF23 10B-4
M0D6SFA23 10B-4
M0D7SF23 10B-4
M0D7SFA23 10B-4
M1D0SF23 10B-4
M1D0SF23 10B-4
M1D0SFA23 10B-4
M1D3SF23 10B-4
M1D3SFA23 10B-4
M1D4SF23 10B-4
M1D4SFA23 10B-4
M1D6SF23 10B-4
M1D6SFA23 10B-4
M1KA23 10B-3
M1K23 10B-3
M1TA23 10B-3
M1T23 10B-3
M10D4SF23 10B-4
M10D4SFA23 10B-4
M10K23 10B-3
M10KA23 10B-3
M10MSA23 10B-3
1-8
AUGUST 2009
HUBBELL
Power Systems

Cat. No. Page No.

Cat. No. Page No.

Cat. No. Page No.
M10TA23 10B-3
M10T23 10B-3
M100K23 10B-3
M100KA23 10B-3
M100MSA23 10B-3
M100T23 10B-3
M100TA23 10B-3
M12KA23 10B-3
M12K23 10B-3
M12TA23 10B-3
M12T23 10B-3
M125MSA23 10B-3
M14SF23 10B-4
M14SFA23 10B-4
M140K23 10B-3
M140K23T 10B-3
M140KA23T 10B-3
M140T23T 10B-3
M140TA23T 10B-3
M140KA23 10B-3
M140TA23 10B-3
M140T23 10B-3
M15HA23 10B-3
M15K23 10B-3
M15KA23 10B-3
M15MSA23 10B-3
M15TA23 10B-3
M15T23 10B-3
M150MSA23 10B-3
M2D1SF23 10B-4
M2D1SFA23 10B-4
M2KA23 10B-3
M2K23 10B-3
M2TA23 10B-3
M2T23 10B-3
M20KA23 10B-3
M20K23 10B-3
M20MSA23 10B-3
M20TA23 10B-3
M20T23 10B-3
M200KA23 10B-3
M200KA23T 10B-3
M200K23 10B-3
M200K23T 10B-3
M200MSA23 10B-3
M200TA23 10B-3
M200TA23T 10B-3
M200T23 10B-3
M200T23T 10B-3
M21SF23 10B-4
M21SFA23 10B-4
M25K23 10B-3
M25KA23 10B-3
M25MSA23 10B-3
M25TA23 10B-3
M25T23 10B-3
M3 14B-6
M3C 14B-10
M3D1SF23 10B-4
M3D1SFA23 10B-4
M3D5SF23 10B-4
M3D5SFA23 10B-4
M3D62B 14B-6
M3D63B 14B-6
M3D64B 14B-6
M3D92B 14B-6
M3D93B 14B-6
M3D94B 14B-6
PG3545 5A-8
PG4 5A-8
PG4A 5A-8
PG44 5A-8
PG441 5A-8
PG45 5A-8
PG45S 5A-8
PG5 5A-8
PG84XB12 5A-8
PG84XE12 5A-8
PSC1022176 4-16
PSC1022177 4-16
PSC1022178 4-16
PSC1022183 4-16
PSC1022184 4-16
PSC1022185 4-16
PSC8620061 10E-7,10E-10
PSC8620062 10E-7,10E-10
PSC8620064 10E-10
PSC8620066 10E-10
PSC8620067 10E-10
PSC86211XXX 10E-10
PS150 5-17
PS250 5-17
PS887 5-34
PS4023 4-16
PS888 5-36
PS890 5-34
PS893 5-34
PS1225 5-41
PS2355 5-12
PS5484 5-5
PS6235 5-46
PS6236 5-46
PS6280 5-3
PS6366 5-5
PS6367 5-5
PS6368 5-5
PS6376 5-5
PS6377 5-5
PS6378 5-5
PS6417 4-17
PS6801 5-48
PS6802 5-48
PS6803 5-48
PS6822 5-48
PS7820 5-22
PS7887 5-38
PS8779 5-30,51-9
PS9015 5-30
PS816 4-14
P024484 4-8
P0010259P 4A-4
P1300007P 4A-4
P3020002P 4A-11
P3031215 4A-7
P4817 4-19
P7001469 10A-10
P7001535P 10A-6,10A-12
10AA-5,10AA-9
RPH121 12-17
RPH181 12-17
RPH211 12-17
RPH241 12-17
RPH271 12-17
RPH301 12-17
RPH361 12-17
RPM121 12-17
M3H62B 14B-6
M3H63B 14B-6
M3H64B 14B-6
M3H92B 14B-6
M3H93B 14B-6
M3H94B 14B-6
M3KA23 10B-3
M3K23 10B-3
M3MSA23 10B-3
M3S 14B-7
M3S62 14B-7
M3S64 14B-7
M3S92 14B-7
M3S94 14B-7
M3TA23 10B-3
M3T23 10B-3
M30K23 10B-3
M30KA23 10B-3
M30MSA23 10B-3
M30TA23 10B-3
M30T23 10B-3
M32SF23 10B-4
M32SFA23 10B-4
M4D2SF23 10B-4
M4D2SFA23 10B-4
M40K23 10B-3
M40KA23 10B-3
M40MSA23 10B-3
M40TA23 10B-3
M40T23 10B-3
M46SF23 10B-4
M46SFA23 10B-4
M5D2SF23 10B-4
M5D2SFA23 10B-4
M5MSA23 10B-3
M50KA23 10B-3
M50K23 10B-3
M50MSA23 10B-3
M50TA23 10B-3
M50T23 10B-3
M6D3SF23 10B-4
M6D3SFA23 10B-4
M6KA23 10B-3
M6K23 10B-3
M6TA23 10B-3
M6T23 10B-3
M65KA23 10B-3
M65K23 10B-3
M65MSA23 10B-3
M65TA23 10B-3
M65T23 10B-3
M7D0SF23 10B-4
M7D0SFA23 10B-4
M7D8SF23 10B-4
M7D8SFA23 10B-4
M7MSA23 10B-3
M8KA23 10B-3
M8K23 10B-3
M8TA23 10B-3
M8T23 10B-3
M80KA23 10B-3
M80K23 10B-3
M80MSA23 10B-3
M80TA23 10B-3
M80T23 10B-3
PBA841 5A-9
PE7001787 10A-10
PG31 5A-8
1-9
HUBBELL
Power Systems
AUGUST 2009

Cat. No. Page No.

Cat. No. Page No.

Cat. No. Page No.
RPM131 12-17
RPM151 12-17
RPM181 12-17
RPM191 12-17
RPM211 12-17
RPM241 12-17
R130L 4-18
R1473 5-40
R1474 5-40
R1476 5-40
R153L 4-18
R172L 4-18
R196L 4-18
R315 4-18
R330 4-18
R353 4-18
R360 4-18
R372 4-18
R384 4-18
R396 4-18
SG611 5A-11
SPO40011 12-37
STT10 15-8
STT100 15-8
STT110 15-8
STT120 15-8
STT130 15-8
STT20 15-8
STT30 15-8
STT40 15-8
STT50 15-8
STT60 15-8
STT70 15-8
STT80 15-8
STT90 15-8
SWB5 5A-16
TC1 5A-11,5A-17
TC2 5A-11
TP7101MMPB 10AA-5,10AA-7
TP7301MMPB 10AA-9
T0790206 5-29
T0790228 5-29
T1022142 4-9
T1100134 4-13
T1100311 4-13
T1100352 4-13
T1100465 4-13
T1120192 4-21
T1120224 4-21
T2030367 5-9
T2030427 5-42
T2030459 5-10
T2030500 5-39
T2050425 5-46
T2050426 5-46
T2060398 5-10
T2060594 5-31,5A-5
T2120222 5-15
T2120223 5-15
T2120224 5-15
T2120225 5-15
T2120226 5-15
T2120227 5-15
T2120228 5-15
T3030166 4A-8,4A-15
T3031403 4A-8
T3031420 4A-9
T5540196 5-32
T6531191 12-38
T7001325 10AA-11,10A-15
T7001326 10AA-11,10A-15
T7001327 10AA-11,10A-15
T7101MMPB 10A-7
T7102MMPB 10A-7
T7103MMPB 10A-7
T7106MMPB 10A-7
T7107MMPB 10A-7
T710112T 10AA-5,10AA-7
10A-7
T710114T 10AA-5,10AA-7
10A-7
T710133T 10AA-5,10A-7
T710143T 10AA-5,10A-7
T710211T 10A-7
T710213T 10A-7
T710233T 10A-7
T710242T 10A-7
T710311T 10A-7
T710313T 10A-7
T710333T 10A-7,
T710342T 10A-7
T710613T 10A-7
T710633T 10A-7
T710643T 10A-7
T710713T 10A-7
T710733T 10A-7
T710743T 10A-7
T7300080 10AA-9,10A-13
T7301MMPB 10A-13
T730112T 10AA-9,10A-13
T730114T 10AA-9,10A-13
T730133T 10AA-9,10A-13
T730143T 10AA-9,10A-13
T7302MMPB 10A-13
T730211T 10A-13
T730213T 10A-13
T730233T 10A-13
T730242T 10A-13
T7303MMPB 10A-13
T730311T 10A-13
T730313T 10A-13
V1021428 4-9
V1090006 4-11
V1090007 4-11
X16 4-16
X20 4-16
X201 4-16
X24 4-16
X241 4-16
X2434 4-16
0100 5-26
0101 5-26
012642AE 4-12
012642AEJ 4-12
012642AEJN 4-12
012642EJ 4-12
012642EJN 4-12
012642EJNS 4-12
012690AE 4-11
012690AEJ 4-11
012904 4-8
012905 4-8
0192 5-49
024462 4-8
024474 4-8
024475 4-8
024476 4-8
024478 4-8
024481 4-8
0317 5-30
0322 5-23
0327 5-23
0337 5-23
0338 5-23
0340 5-22
0341 5-22
0344 5-23
0501 5-43
0502 5-43
0512 5-43
055371P 4A-4
055635P 4A-4
056653P 4A-6
055827P 4A-6
055803P 4A-6
0607 5-49
0618 5-49
0623 5-49
1CSM12 12-21
1CSM15 12-21
1CSM18 12-21
1CSM21 12-21
1CSM24 12-21
1CSM30 12-21
1CSM36 12-21
1GA0 15-2,15-3
1GA18 15-4,15-5
1IPTB 5A-5
1SBE20S 12-22
1SBE24S 12-22
1SBE27S 12-22
1SBE30S 12-22
1SBE36S 12-22
1SBH12V1 12-15
1SBH18AMTB 12-26
1SBH18CL 12-29
1SBH18CLH 12-29
1SBH18H1 12-16
1SBH18V1 12-15
1SBH20H1 12-16
1SBH20V1 12-15
1SBH21AMT 12-26
1SBH21AMTB 12-26
1SBH21CL 12-29
1SBH21CLH 12-29
1SBH21H1 12-16
1SBH24AMT 12-26
1SBH24AMTB 12-26
1SBH24CL 12-29
1SBH24CLH 12-29
1SBH24H1 12-16
1SBH24V1 12-15
1SBH27H1 12-16
1SBH27V1 12-15
1SBH30H1 12-16
1SBH30V1 12-15
1SBM12AMTB 12-26
1SBM12C 12-25
1SBM12CB 12-25
1SBM12CSB 12-25
1SBM12CL 12-28
1SBM12CLH 12-28
1SBM12CLRH 12-28
1SBM12CTB 12-27
1-10
AUGUST 2009
HUBBELL
Power Systems

Cat. No. Page No.

Cat. No. Page No.

Cat. No. Page No.
1SBM12H1 12-16
1SBM12S 12-22
1SBM12V1 12-15
1SBM13H1 12-16
1SBM14H1 12-16
1SBM14S 12-22
1SBM14V1 12-15
1SBM15AM 12-24
1SBM15AMB 12-24
1SBM15AMSB 12-24
1SBM15AMT 12-26
1SBM15C 12-25
1SBM15CB 12-25
1SBM15CSB 12-25
1SBM15CT 12-27
1SBM15CTB 12-27
1SBM15H1 12-16
1SBM15S 12-22
1SBM15V1 12-15
1SBM16H1 12-16
1SBM16S 12-22
1SBM16V1 12-15
1SBM18AM 12-24
1SBM18AMB 12-24
1SBM18AMSB 12-24
1SBM18AMT 12-26
1SBM18AMTB 12-26
1SBM18C 12-25
1SBM18CB 12-25
1SBM18CSB 12-25
1SBM18CT 12-27
1SBM18CTB 12-27
1SBM18CL 12-28
1SBM18CLH 12-28
1SBM18CLRH 12-28
1SBM18H1 12-16
1SBM18TD 12-23
1SBM18S 12-22
1SBM18V1 12-15
1SBM20H1 12-16
1SBM20S 12-22
1SBM20V1 12-15
1SBM21AMB 12-24
1SBM21AMSB 12-24
1SBM21C 12-25
1SBM21CB 12-25
1SBM21CSB 12-25
1SBM21CT 12-27
1SBM21CTB 12-27
1SBM21S 12-22
1SBM21V1 12-15
1SBM24AM 12-24
1SBM24AMB 12-24
1SBM24AMSB 12-24
1SBM24AMT 12-26
1SBM24AMTB 12-26
1SBM24CT 12-27
1SBM24CTB 12-27
1SBM24H1 12-16
1SBM24S 12-22
1SBM24V1 12-15
1XAB 5A-3
1010AWA-0 15-2,15-3
1010AWA18 15-4,15-5
10146 4-14
10148 4-14
1045040000 12-12
1046810000 12-12
1082 4-15
108234 4-15
1101 5-41
1102 5-41
1115 5-40
1118 5-41
1121 5-41
1130AWA0 15-2,15-3
1130AWA18 15-4,15-5
115 5-18
12GA0 15-2,15-3
12GA18 15-4,15-5
12245P 4-10
12247P 4-10
12249A 4-10
12250A 4-10
12251A 4-10
1231 5-41
1232 5-41
1233 5-41
12332P 4-10
12334P 4-10
12336P 4-10
12338P 4-10
12537 4-14
12585 4-10
12585H 4-10
12587 4-10
12589 4-10
12593 4-10
12632P 4-10
12634P 4-10
126541AE 4-12
126541AEJ 4-12
126541EJ 4-12
126541EJN 4-12
126541EJNS 4-12
126542AE 4-12
126542AEJ 4-12
126542EJ 4-12
126542EJN 4-12
126542EJNS 4-12
126543AE 4-12
126543AEJ 4-12
126543EJ 4-12
126543EJN 4-12
126543EJNS 4-12
12655 4-12
12655J 4-12
12656 4-12
12656N 4-12
12657 4-12
12658 4-12
12696 4-11
12697 4-11
12698 4-11
12699 4-11
1270AWA0 15-2,15-3
1270AWA18 15-4,15-5
1283 4-15
12831 4-15
1292 5-40
1293 5-40
14322 5-35
14322P 5-53.3
143221 5-35
143221P 5-53.3
15129 4-17
15808 5-6
15810 5-6
15812 5-6
15814 5-6
15828 5-6
15830 5-6
15832 5-6
15834 5-6
1948C 5-24
1948M 5-24
19784 5-6
19786 5-6
19788 5-6
19790 5-6
19792 5-6
2IPTB 5A-5
2SBH36AMTBAMTB 12-30
2SBH36CLCL 12-31
2SBH36CLHCLH 12-31
2SBH36HH1 12-19
2SBH36VV1 12-18
2SBH40HH1 12-19
2SBH42AMTAMT 12-30
2SBH42CLCL 12-31
2SBH42CLHCLH 12-31
2SBH42VV1 12-18
2SBH48AMTAMT 12-30
2SBH48CLCL 12-31
2SBH48CLHCLH 12-31
2SBH48HH1 12-19
2SBH48VV1 12-18
2SBH60VV1 12-18
2SBH72VV1 12-18
2SBM30VV1 12-18
2SBM36AMTBAMTB 12-30
2SBM36CLCL 12-31
2SBM36CLHCLH 12-31
2SBM36HH1 12-19
2SBM36VV1 12-18
2SBM40VV1 12-18
2SBM42AMTAMT 12-30
2SBM42CLCL 12-31
2SBM42CLHCLH 12-31
2SBM42VV1 12-18
2SBM44VV1 12-18
2SBM48AMTAMT 12-30
2SBM48CLCL 12-31
2SBM48CLHCLH 12-31
2SBM48VV1 12-18
215 5-17
2157 5-12
2162 5-36
2162P 5-37
2170 5-36
2170P 5-37
2171 5-36
2171P 5-37
2174 5-36
2174P 5-37
2195 5-36
2196 5-36
21971 5-36
21971P 5-37
2199 5-36
1-11
HUBBELL
Power Systems
AUGUST 2009

Cat. No. Page No.

Cat. No. Page No.

Cat. No. Page No.
2199P 5-37
2237 5-44
2357 5-12
2743034001 12-12
2743064001 12-12
2743104001 12-12
2743134001 12-12
2748214001 12-12
29930 5-8
29939 5-7
29943 5-7
29956 5-7
29958 5-7
29959 5-7
29960 5-7
29962 5-7
29964 5-7
29966 5-7
29968 5-7
29970 5-7
29978 5-7
29980 5-7
29982 5-7
29984 5-7
29986 5-7
29988 5-7
3SBL3618C 12-36
3SBL3618CSB 12-36
3SBM3024VV1 12-20
3SBM3613AM 12-32
3SBM3613AMB 12-32
3SBM3613AMT 12-33
3SBM3613AMTB 12-33
3SBM3613CLH 12-34
3SBM3613CLRH 12-34
3SBM3613CTB 12-35
3SBM3618AM 12-32
3SBM3618AMB 12-32
3SBM3618AMT 12-33
3SBM3618AMTB 12-33
3SBM3618CL 12-34
3SBM3618CLH 12-34
3SBM3618CLRH 12-34
3SBM3618CT 12-35
3SBM3618CTB 12-34
3SBM4028VV1 12-20
3SBM4813CT 12-35
3SBM4813CTB 12-35
3SBM4818AM 12-32
3SBM4818AMB 12-32
3SBM4818AMT 12-33
3SBM4818AMTB 12-33
3SBM4818CL 12-34
3SBM4818CLH 12-34
3SBM4818CLRH 12-34
3SBM4818CTB 12-35
3SBM4824AM 12-32
3SBM4824AMB 12-32
3SBM4824AMT 12-33
3SBM4824AMTB 12-33
3100 5-18
31144 5-49
31145 5-49
31146 5-49
315 5-17
3194 5-33
34GA0 15-2,15-3
34GA18 15-4,15-5
3470 5-12
350 5-17
3510 5-33
3511 5-33
3512 5-33
3513 5-33
3514 5-33
3530 5-33
3531 5-33
3532 5-33
3533 5-33
3539 5-48
3540 5-48
3541 5-48
402 4-14,4-16
4022 4-16
4035 5-48
4036 5-48
4037 5-48
4045 5-37
4047 5-37
4063 5-37
4257 5-3
4258 5-36
4326 5-34
4326P 5-53.2
4328 5-34
4328P 5-53.2
4332 5-34
4332P 5-53.2
4345 4-14
43451 4-14
450314P 4A-6
451016P 5-3
455 5-22
461 5-22
468 5-22
469 5-22
4705 5-34
4705P 5-53.2
4706 5-34
4706P 5-53.2
4717 5-34
4717P 5-53.2
5001 5-30
5004 5-30
5010 5-8
5012 5-8
5014 5-8
5016 5-8
506125 5-46
508500 5-43
508743 5-43
508744 5-43
508753 5-43
508754 5-43
50875412 5-43
508755 5-43
5110T 5-8
5112T 5-8
5114T 5-8
5150 5-17,5-18
5250 5-16,5-17,5-18
5305 4-17
5306 4-17
5307 4-17
5315 4-17
5316 4-17
5317 4-17
5318 4-17
5326 4-17
5327 4-17
5328 4-17
5338 4-17
5340 4-17
5346 4-17
5347 4-17
5348 4-17
5350 5-16,5-17,5-18
5356 4-17
5357 4-17
5358 4-17
5359 4-17
5360 4-17
5368 4-17
5369 4-17
5370 4-17
5432 5-47
5433 5-47
5434 5-47
5436 5-5
5450 5-5,5-20
5466 5-5
55006P 5-33
55058P 5-33
55083P 5-33
55084P 5-33
55085P 5-33
5510 5-8
5512 5-8
5514 5-8
5516 5-8
55312P 5-33
55320P 5-33
56001P 5-33
56073P 5-33
5612 5-8
5614 5-8
56538P 5-33
572AWA0 15-2,15-3
572AWA18 15-4,15-5
5728 5-10
573 5-24
58GA0 15-2,15-3
58GA18 15-4,15-5
5801 5-43
5819 5-37
5844 5-37
6276 5-3,5-4
6277 5-3,5-4
6278 5-3
630002P 4A-4
630010 4A-7
630011 4A-7
630011HD 4A-4,4A-7,4A-15
630012 4A-7
630012HD 4A-4,4A-7
630013 4A-4,4A-7,4A-15
630013A 4A-7
630014 4A-4,4A-7
630015 4A-4,4A-7
630016 4A-4,4A-7
630017 4A-4,4A-7
630027 4A-4
630028 4A-4
6346 4-14
1-12
AUGUST 2009
HUBBELL
Power Systems

Cat. No. Page No.

Cat. No. Page No.

Cat. No. Page No.
63461 4-14
636412 5-5
637412 5-5
639001 4A-7,4A-8,4A-15
6409 5-21
6410 5-21
642AWA0 15-2,15-3
642AWA18 15-4,15-5
6440 4-17
6448 5-20
6449 5-20
6450 5-20
6452 5-44
6453 5-44
6454 5-44
6455 5-44
6456 5-44
6460 5-20
6461 5-20
6462 5-20
6480 5-24
6481 5-24
6482 5-24
6484 5-24
6485 5-24
6500 5-25
6501 5-25
6502 5-25
6503 5-25
6510 5-25
6511 5-25
6512 4-10
6519 5-26
6520 5-26
6531 5-26
653112 5-26
6532 5-26
6533 5-26
6534T 5-26
6535 5-26
6538 5-26
6539 5-26
6540 5-26
6560 5-25
6561 5-25
6562 4-10,5-25
6562H 4-10
6575 5-38
6584 5-30
6593 5-47
6594 5-47
6595 5-47
6805 5-48
6806 5-48
680912 5-48
681012 5-48
6811 5-48
6812 5-48
6813 5-48
6814 5-48
6816 5-48
6817 5-48
6818 5-48
681812 5-48
6819 5-48
681912 5-48
6820 5-48
682212 5-48
6823 5-48
682312 5-48
6825 5-48
6870 4-15
6940 5-9
69401 5-9
6941 5-9
6942 5-9
69421 5-9
6948 5-9
6953 5-9
6955 5-9
6979 5-9
6984 5-9
6999 5-9
7020 5-10
7026 5-10
7028 5-10
7030 5-10
7032 5-10
7126 5-10
7128 5-10
7130 5-10
7132 5-10
717AWA0 15-2,15-3
717AWA18 15-4,15-5
7511 5-45
751134 5-45
7512 5-45
7513 5-45
7522 5-45
7557 4-17
7558 4-17
7559 4-17
7568 4-17
7570 4-17
7574 4-17
7741 5-9
774112 5-9
7742 5-9
7743 5-9
7744 5-9
78GA0 15-2,15-3
78GA18 15-4,15-5
7826 5-8
7828 5-8
7830 5-8
7832 5-8
7888 5-38
7897 5-38
7898 5-38
7901 5-21
7902L 5-21
7902R 5-21
7903 5-3,5-21
7903L 5-21
7904 5-21
7905 5-46
7911 5-30
7920 5-3
7921 5-3
7956 5-20
805AWA0 15-2,15-3
805AWA18 15-4,15-5
8119 5-31
8120 5-31
8161 4-14
8205 5-14
84FRPMGRN 5-29
84FRPMORG 5-29
84FRPMRYEL 5-29
84FRPMYEL 5-29
84PBG2Y 5-28
8512 5-42
8565 5-42
8566 5-42
8576 5-42
8578 5-42
8580 5-42
8600M 5-33
8604 5-7
860412 5-7
8605 5-7
860512 5-7
8609 5-42
8611 5-42
861664002 12-12
8618 5-42
8620 5-42
8634 5-5
863412 5-5
8635 5-5
8636 5-5
8637 5-5
8645 5-5
864512 5-5
8646 5-5
8647 5-5
870112 5-7
87012 5-7
8705 5-7
8706 5-7
8707 5-7
8708 5-7
8709 5-7
8710 5-7
8712 5-7
8714 5-7
872112GP 5-43
8722GP 5-43
872212GP 5-43
875 5-36
8777 5-8
8795 5-23
8805 5-7
8806 5-7
8807 5-7
8808 5-7
8809 5-7
881 5-34
881A 5-34
881AP 5-35,5-53.1
881P 5-35,5-53.1
8810 5-7
8812 5-7
88135 4-15
88135G 4-15
8814 5-7
8816 5-7
8818 5-7
8820 5-7
8822 5-7
8824 5-7
883 5-34
883P 5-35,5-53.1
884 5-34
1-13
HUBBELL
Power Systems
AUGUST 2009

Cat. No. Page No.

Cat. No. Page No.

Cat. No. Page No.
884P 5-35,5-53.1
8846 5-6
8848 5-6
886 5-34
886P 5-35,5-53.1
8862 5-6
8864 5-6
8866 5-6
8868 5-6
887P 5-35,5-53.1
8870 5-6
8872 5-6
8874 5-6
8876 5-6
8877 5-6
8878 5-6
8879 5-6
8882 5-6
8884 5-6
8886 5-6
8888 5-6
8890 5-6
8892 5-6
8894 5-6
8896 5-6
8908 5-7
8910 5-7
8912 5-7
8914 5-7
8916 5-7
8918 5-7
8920 5-7
8922 5-7
8924 5-7
8926 5-7
9000 5-21
9113S 5-19
9114S 5-19
9153 5-45
9154 5-45
916GA0 15-2,15-3
916GA18 15-4,15-5
9161 5-45
9167 5-45
9169 5-45
9183 5-13
96FRPE 5-28
96FRPMGRN 5-29
96FRPMGRY 5-29
96FRPMORG 5-29
96FRPMRYEL 5-29
96FRPMYEL 5-29
96KG1 5-27
96KG112 5-27
96KG12 5-27
96KG34 5-27
96PBG2Y 5-28
1-14
AUGUST 2009
HUBBELL
Power Systems
A
Adapters
Anchors .................................... 4A-4, 4A-8
Anchor Wrench ..................................4A-4
Bolt Circle ..........................................4A-8
Foundations .......................................4A-8
Kelly Bar ............................................4A-7
Kelly Bar PISA Wrench Adapter ..4A-4 &
4A-6
Plate ...................................................5B-4
RR ....................................................4A-8
SS .....................................................4A-8
Thimble ................................................ 5-3
Thimble Pins ...................................... 5-36
Transformer Bracket ......................... 5-17
Adjustable Pole Bands
4-Way .................................................... 5-4
Heavy ................................................... 5-4
Adjust-A-Grip Deadends ............... 15-2 thru
15-7
Aerial Suspension Clamp .....................5A-6
Alley Arm Crossarm Braces ................... 5-9
ALTD Switches ..................................14B-11
Aluminum Band-Type Cluster
Mounts .................................................. 5B
Aluminum Mounts, Thru-Bolt ..............5B-7
Aluminum Platforms ........................ 5D-1.2
Aluminum Wing-Type
Cluster Mounts ..................... 5B-5 & 5B-6
Anchors .................................................... 4-1
Adapters ......................... 4A-4, 4A-7, 4A-8
Application Information ...................... 4-4
Corrosion-Resistant ........................... 4-20
Cross-Plate ......................................... 4-16
Drive Tools ............................... 4A-4, 4A-6
Expanding, 8-Way .............................. 4-15
Expanding Rock ................................. 4-18
High-Strength SS .............................. 4-13
Holding Charts .................................... 4-5
Installing Tool Bent Arm Pin ............4A-7
No-Wrench ......................................... 4-14
PISA ..................................................... 4-8
PISA 6 & 7 ........................................... 4-9
Pole Key ............................................. 4-19
Power Installed ......................4-5 thru 4-9
Power Installed Screw Anchor
Tooling Options ..............................4A-3
Protected Rod ..................................... 4-20
Rock, Expanding ................................ 4-18
Rods ................................................... 4-17
Rods Power Installed .................... 4-10
Round Rod .......................................... 4-11
Science of Selecting ............................. 4-3
Screw .................................................. 4-11
Screw, No-Wrench .............................. 4-14
Shackles ............................................. 5-43
Square Shaft ............................. 4-12, 4-13
Tools ................................................4A-1
Torque Rating .................................. 4A--5
Tough One .................................. 4-6 & 4-7
Wrenches ............................................4A-4
Wrench Adapters ..............................4A-3,
4A-4 & 4A-6
Angle Crossarm Bracket .......................5A-3
Angle Pin ...............................................5A-9
Angle Thimbleye Eyes .......................... 5-26
Application Information, Anchors .......... 4-4
Application Pole Line Hardware ............ 5-2
Arc Chute, Interrupter ......................10A-11
Arc Chute, ALTD ...............................14B-11
Arm Twin Spacer ................................5A-11
Arming Plate ......................................... 5-37
Arms
Arm Alley, Crossarm Braces ............... 5-9
Brace Side ............................................ 5-9
Cable Extension ................................... 5-3
Deadend ........................................... 12-39
Arrester-Cutout Brackets .........5-11 & 5A-3
Arrester-Cutout Combinations C .....10A-14
Arresters ............................................ Tab 18
Assemblies
Coil Lock & Bent Arm .......................4A-7
Helix
PISA .................................................. 4-8
PISA 6 & 7 ........................................ 4-9
Tough One .............................. 4-6 & 4-7
Locking Dog .......................... 4A-4 & 4A-6
Tough One Drive Wrench
Extension ........................................4A-4
Automation-Ready Distribution
Switch ...............................................14A-2
Auxiliary Contacts,
Auxiliary Eyes .......................................5A-2
B
Bail & Jib .............................................4A-14
Bands, Pole
Accessories ........................................... 5-3
Adjustable ............................................ 5-4
Connecting Links ................................. 5-4
4-Way .................................................... 5-4
Secondary Rack ................................... 5-5
Band-Type Cluster Mounts ..................... 5B
Bars
Expanding & Tamping ....................4A-11
Bayonets, Ground Wire ........................... 5-5
Bent Arm Pin and Coil Lock
Assembly ............................................4A-7
Bolt Eyelets ...........................................5A-2
Bolts
Carriage ............................................... 5-5
Carriage, Crossarm Pin ..................... 5-35
Clevis .................................................... 5-6
Cotter, Deadend Insulator ................. 11-2
Double-Arming Eye ............................. 5-6
Double-Arming, Full Thread ............... 5-6
Machine ................................................ 5-7
Ovaleye ................................................. 5-7
Screw Eye ............................................. 5-8
Thimbleye ............................................ 5-8
Upset, Double ...................................... 5-8
Upset, Single ........................................ 5-9
Bonding Clamps ........................5A-2 & 5-19
BPF Station Class Switch.................14B-18
BP3 By-Pass Switch ..........................14B-15
Braces
Crossarm, Alley Arm ........................... 5-9
Crossarm, Flat ................................... 5-10
Crossarm, V ....................................... 5-9
Pole ...................................................5A-11
Side Arm .............................................. 5-9
Brackets
Angle Crossarm .................................5A-3
Banded Cluster .................................. 5-17
Cabinet Mounting ..............................5C-4
Communication................................ 12-21
Corner Construction .......................... 5-10
Crossarm Mounting ............... 5-23, 5-53.9
Curved Base ....................................... 5-13
Cutout & Arrester.....................5-11, 5A-3
Downlead ......................................... 12-13
Extension ........................................... 5-12
Frame-Type Cluster ..................... 5-53.12
Horizontal Insulator ..........................5A-5
Mounting Strap ............................ 5-53.10
Neutral Extension .......................... 5-53.4
Neutral Offset .................................... 5-12
Neutral Wire ...................................... 5-12
Pole Mounting ............................... 5-53.11
Pole Top .............................................. 5-12
Pole Top Insulator ..............................5A-4
Post Insulator .................................... 5-13
Pothead Cutout & Arrester ............... 5-11
Racks, Underground
Cable ............................................... 5-41
Sagger ................................................ 5-23
Secondary Lead Transformer............ 5-19
Service Deadend ................................ 5-14
Side Mounted ..................................... 5-13
Standoff, Single-Phase .................... 12-15
Standoff Two-Phase ......................... 12-18
Standoff Three-Phase ...................... 12-20
Telephone House ................................ 5-14
Transformer ....................................... 5-16
Transformer Mounting ..........5B-4.1, 5-15
5-17 & 5-18
Banded Cluster .............................. 5-17
Rack Frame .................................... 5-15
Unibrackets .................................... 5-13
Vertical Insulator ...........................5A-5
Wing-Type Cluster ........................ 5-53.12
Bumper Posts ........................................ 4-21
By-Pass Switch, BP3 .........................14B-15
C
CATV Formed Wire Products ............... 15-1
Cabinet Mounting Brackets .................5C-4
Cable
Cable Clamp ...................................... 5-20
Extension Arms ................................... 5-3
Guard & Straps ................................. 5-26
Guards, Underground ....................... 5-27
Positioner ...........................................5C-6
Racks ............................................... 5-53.8
Rack Hook .......................................... 5-41
Rack Insulators.................................. 5-41
Rack Supports ........................ 5-41, 5-53.7
Rack Underground ....... 5-39, 5-40 & 5-41
Route Marker ..................................... 5-32
Spacer/Tangent Standoff Bracket ... 12-38
Support Insulators ....................... 5-53.13
Supports .......................................... 5-53.8
Capacitor Racks ....................................5C-5
Carriage Bolts ......................................... 5-5
Cast Iron Pole Line Hardware................. 5A
Cast Washers .......................................5A-12
C Cutouts ........................... 10AA-2 & 10A-2
Fuseholders .................... 10AA-9 & 10A-7
Mounting Assemblies .... 10AA-9 & 10A-7
Ordering Information 10AA-11 & 10A-15
Polymer ......................................... 10AA-2
Specifcations ...................................10A-6
Clamp, Aerial Suspension .....................5A-6
Clamp, Cable ......................................... 5-20
Clamp, Two-Bolt Guy ............................5A-7
Clamp, U-Bolt Guy ................................5A-6
Clamp, Bonding ................. 5-2, 5-19 & 5A-2
Clamp
Ground ............................................... 5-20
Ground Rod ........................................ 5-42
Clamp, Ground Wire ............................. 5-20
Clamp, Guy ............................................ 5-20
Clamp, Guy Offset ................................. 5-21
Clamp, Lashing Wire ............................ 5-21
Clamp, Suspension ................................ 5-21
Clamp-Type Steel Pins ...................... 5-53.3
Classifcation, Soil Data ......................4A-10
Clevis Bolts .............................................. 5-6
1-15
HUBBELL
Power Systems
AUGUST 2009
Clevises
Deadend ............................................. 5-22
Deadending ........................................ 5-22
Insulated ....................... 5-22, 5-23 & 5-24
Sagger ................................................ 5-23
Thimble .............................................. 5-24
Clevis Swinging ..................................... 5-24
Clevis, Thimble ........................5-24 & 5A-11
Clevis Type Wireholders ....................... 5-49
Clips
Guy Wire ............................................ 5-24
Cloverleaf Arrestor Bracket................ 12-28
12-29, 12-31 & 12-34
Cluster Mounting Brackets .................. 5-17
Cluster Mounts, Aluminum
Band-Type, Jumbo .............................5B-8
Cluster Mounts, Aluminum
Wing-Type ............................. 5B-5 & 5B-6
Coil Lock Assembly and
Bent Arm Pin .....................................4A-7
Communication Standoff Bracket ...... 12-21
Conductor Reference Tables ................. 15-9
Conduit Standoff Brackets &
T-Slots .................................................... 5C
Conduit Standoff Brackets ...................5C-2
Conduit Strap Kits ................................5C-2
Connecting Links, Pole Bands ................ 5-4
Connector Cover
Construction Corner Bracket ............... 5-10
Construction Fiberglass Units ............. 12-1
Copper bonded Ground Rods ...... 5-53.16-18
Corner Bracket .................................... 12-37
Corner Construction Bracket ............... 5-10
Corrosion-Resistant Anchor ................. 4-20
Cotter Key ........................................... 12-12
Couplings ............................................... 4-10
Crossarm Braces
Alley Arm ............................................. 5-9
Flat ..................................................... 5-10
Crossarm
Angle Bracket ....................................5A-3
Bolt, Pin Carriage .............................. 5-35
Bracket, Mounting ............................. 5-23
Gains ..................................................5A-8
Insulator Pins .................................... 5-35
Mounting Bracket ........................... 5-53.9
Reinforcing Plate ............................... 5-37
Steel Deadend .................................... 5-25
V Braces ............................................. 5-9
Cross-Plate Anchors .............................. 4-16
Curved-Base Brackets .......................... 5-13
Curved Lock Nut ................................... 5-33
Curved Washer ...........................5-48, 5A-12
Cutouts, C .......................... 10AA-2 & 10A-2
Fuseholders .................... 10AA-9 & 10A-7
Mounting Assemblies .... 10AA-9 & 10A-7
Ordering Information 10AA-11 & 10A-15
Polymer ......................................... 10AA-2
Specifcations ...................................10A-6
Cutout-Arrester Bracket ..............5-11, 5A-3
12-23 thru 12-34
Cutout-Arrester Combinations .. 10AA-10 &
10A-14
Cutout, Linkbreak ............. 10AA-6 & 10A-8
Cutout, Loadbreak ......... 10AA-8 & 10A-11
Cutouts, Polymer .............................. 10AA-2
Cutouts, Standard ............. 10AA-4 & 10A-3
Cutouts, Type C ................. 10AA-2 & 10A-2
D
D6 Switches .......................................14A-18
D7 Switches .......................................14A-11
Dating Pole Nails .................................. 5-33
Deadend Fiberglass Arms ................... 12-39
Deadending
Clevis .................................................. 5-22
Deadends
Adjust-A-Grip.....................15-1 thru 15-7
Brackets ............................................. 5-14
Clevises .............................................. 5-22
Crossarm Steel .................................. 5-25
Service Grip ....................................... 15-4
Tongue ................................................ 5-47
Detachable Lag & Plate ........................ 5-46
Detachable Pole Steps ........................... 5-46
Disconnect Switches..........................14B-11
Type ALTD .....................................14B-11
Distribution Class Surge Arrester .. 31-16.1
Distribution Switch ................................ 14A
Distribution Switch Motor Operators ... 14C
Double-Arming Bolt ................................ 5-6
Double Arming Bolt, Full Thread ........... 5-6
Double-Arming Plates
Center-Suspension Type ................... 5-37
Clevis Connections ............................ 5-37
Double Upset Bolts ................................. 5-8
Downlead Bracket ............................... 12-13
Drive and Screw Hooks ......................... 5-30
Drive-End Tough One Wrenches ..........4A-4
Drive Tools ................................ 4A-5 & 4A-6
Ductile Iron Guy Hooks ........................ 5-30
DUOGAP Interrupter ............................ 14A
E
Earth Anchors ......................................... 4-1
Economy Full-Round Guy Markers ..... 5-28
Eight-Way Expanding Anchor .............. 4-15
Electronic Sectionalizers .......................10D
Electronic Sectionalizers,
Polymer ............................................ 10DD
Expanding Anchors
BUST-CLEAN .................................... 4-15
Eight Way ........................................... 4-15
Pole Key ............................................. 4-19
Rock .................................................... 4-18
Expanding & Tamping Bars ...4-15 & 4A-11
Expanding Pole Key Anchor ................. 4-19
Expanding Rock Anchor ....................... 4-18
Expulsion Interrupter,
DUOGAP ............................................. 14A
Extension Assemblies ...........................4A-4
Extension Brackets ................ 5-12 & 5-53.4
Extension Rod w/Coupling.................... 4-10
Extension, Cable Arms............................ 5-3
Extension Links ........................5-31 & 5A-7
Extension Plate .....................................5B-4
Eye Pole Plate ......................... 5A-10, 5A-11
Eye Screw Bolts ....................................... 5-8
Eyebolts, Double-Arming ........................ 5-6
Eyelets, Bolts .........................................5A-2
Eyenuts
Standard ............................................ 5-25
Thimbleye .............................. 4-10 & 5-25
Tripleye .............................................. 4-10
Twineye .................................. 4-10 & 5-25
Eyes
Angle Thimbleye ................................ 5-26
Auxiliary ............................................5A-2
Standard Pulling .............................4A-11
Thimbleye .......................................... 5-26
F
Fiberglass
Construction Products ....................... 12-1
Fittings
Sidewalk, Guy .................................... 5-43
Flange Drive Foundation
Drive Tools .........................................4A-5
Flat Back Crossarm Gain .....................5A-8
Flat Crossarm Braces ........................... 5-10
Forged Steel Pins .......... 5-34, 5-53.1, 5-53.2
Formed Wire Products .......................... 15-1
Adjust-A-Grip.....................15-2 thru 15-7
Conductor Reference Table ............... 15-9
Line Ties ............................................. 15-8
Strand Reference Table ..................... 15-9
Super Top-Tie ..................................... 15-8
Foundations
Adapters ................................ 4A-4 & 4A-6
Installing Tools ..................... 4A-4 & 4A-6
Frame-Type Cluster
Mounting Bracket ......................... 5-53.12
Full-Round Guy Markers.......... 5-28 & 5-29
Full-Thread, Double-Arming Bolt .......... 5-6
Fuse Links ...........................................10B-1
K .......................................................10B-3
MS ....................................................10B-3
Slo-Fast ............................................10B-4
T ........................................................10B-3
G
Gain, Shelf .............................................5A-8
Gains, Crossarm, Grid ..........................5A-8
Gains, Flat Back Crossarm ...................5A-8
Galvanized Anchor Rods ....................... 4-17
Galvanized Drive-Head
Ground Rods ...................................... 5-42
Galvanized Protected Rods ................... 4-20
Galvanized Sectional Ground Rod ....... 5-42
Galvanized Staples ............................... 5-45
Gang-Operated Switches ....................14A-1
Grips, Deadend ......................15-2 thru 15-7
Ground Cable Route Marker ................ 5-32
Ground Rod Clamp ............................... 5-42
Ground Rods, Copper bonded ..... 5-53.16-18
Ground Rods, Galvanized ..................... 5-42
Ground Rods, Sectional ......................... 5-42
Ground Sets, Substation ....................... 9-15
Ground Wire Bayonet ............................. 5-5
Ground Wire Clamps ............................ 5-20
Guards
Cable .................................................. 5-26
Guy Markers .......................... 5-28 & 5-29
Molding .............................................. 5-27
Safety Guy ......................................... 5-28
Underground Cable ........................... 5-27
Guy Clamps ............5-21, 5-22, 5A-6 & 5A-7
Guy Deadending ....................15-2 thru 15-7
Guy Hooks ....................................5-30, 5A-9
Guy Markers
Full-Round ............................. 5-28 & 5-29
Half-Round ......................................... 5-28
Guy Offset Clamps ................................ 5-21
Guy Sidewalk Fitting ............................ 5-43
Guy Strain Clevis Pin ......................... 12-12
Guy Strain Insulators .........12-4 thru 12-11
Guy Strain Replacement Hardware ... 12-12
Guy Strain Roller ................................ 12-12
Guy Wire Rope Clips ............................. 5-24
Guy Wire Thimbles .................5-47 & 5A-11
H
Half-Round Guy Markers ..................... 5-28
Hanger, Messenger
Universal Type .................................. 5-30
Hardware, Cast Iron Pole Line ................ 5A
1-16
AUGUST 2009
HUBBELL
Power Systems
Hardware, Pole Line ............................... 5-1
Helix Assemblies
Mid-Strength ....................................... 4-8
PISA ..................................................... 4-8
PISA 6 & 7 ........................................... 4-9
Standard-Strength .............................. 4-8
Tough One .................................. 4-6 & 4-7
High-Strength SS .................................. 4-13
High-Voltage Forged Steel Pins............ 5-34
5-53.2
Hook, Cable Rack ...................... 5-40 & 5-41
Hooks
Drive and Screw ................................ 5-30
Guy ............................................5A-9, 5-30
Hookstick Operated Switches .............14B-2
Horizontal Insulator Bracket ...............5A-5
Horizontal-Pin Standoff
Bracket ............................................. 12-16
House, Telephone Brackets ................... 5-14
I
Ice Breaker Padlock ......................... 5-53.15
Indicator, Torque ...................... 4A-6 & 4A-9
Installing, Anchor Tool Pin ...................4A-7
Insulated Clevises .................5-22 thru 5-24
Insulating Fuse Support .....................10C-7
Insulator, Bracket .................... 5A-4 & 5A-5
Insulator, Cable Rack ................ 5-40 & 5-41
Insulator, Cable Support .................. 5-53.13
Insulator Pins ............................... 5-35, 5-37
Insulator Studs, Line Post ................. 5-53.6
Insulator, Polymer ............................. Tab 11
Insulator, Polymer Spool .................. 5-53.19
Insulators
Guy Strain .......................12-4 thru 12-11
Ohio Brass ..................................... Tab 11
Post Bracket Insulator ...................... 5-13
Spool .............................................. 5-53.14
Interrupters ............................................ 14A
Irons, Pulling-In .................................... 5-31
J
K
K-Type Fuse Links ..............................10B-3
Kelly Bar Adapters .......... 4A-4, A-5 & 4A-7
Key, Expanding Pole ............................. 4-19
L
Lag Screws ............................................ 5-43
Lag Screw Type Pin .............................. 5-36
Lashing Wire Clamps............................ 5-21
Lift & Load Plates ................................. 5-38
Limiter Shear Pin Torque .....................4A-9
Line Post Insulator Studs .................. 5-53.6
Line Tension Disconnect
Switches .........................................14B-11
Line Ties ................................................ 15-8
Links
Extension ...............................5-31 & 5A-7
Fuse ..................................................10B-1
Pole Band Connecting ......................... 5-4
Loadbreak Cutout ........... 10AA-8 & 10A-11
Linkbreak Cutout .............. 10AA-6 & 10A-8
Locking Dog Assembly ... 4A-4, 4A-5 & 4A-6
Lockwasher ............................................ 5-48
M
M3 Disconnect Switch .........................14B-2
M3 Switch, Distribution Class ...........14B-3
M3 Switch, Station Class ....................14B-7
M3C Switch .........................................14B-9
Machine Bolts .......................................... 5-7
Marker Route
Ground Level ..................................... 5-32
Markers, Guy ............................. 5-28 & 5-29
Mechanical Torque
Indicator .............................................4A-9
Messenger Hangers
Universal Type .................................. 5-30
Molding .................................................. 5-27
Motor Operator
Overhead Switch ................................ 14C
Mounting, Cabinet Bracket ..................5C-4
Mounting, Crossarm Bracket ............... 5-23
5-53.9
Mounting Bracket
Frame-Type Cluster ..................... 5-53.12
Pole ................................................ 5-53.11
Wing-Type ..................................... 5-53.12
Mounting Strap, Bracket ................. 5-53.10
Mounting, Transformer
Brackets ................................. 5B-4.1 5-15
5-17 & 5-18
Aluminum Rack Frame ..................5B-4.1
Rack Frame ........................................ 5-15
MS-Type Fuse Links ...........................10B-3
N
Nail, Pole Dating ................................... 5-33
Neutral Extension Bracket ................ 5-53.4
Neutral Offset Brackets ........................ 5-12
Neutral Wire Brackets .......................... 5-12
Nob-Loc Supports ............................... 5-53.8
Non-Unitized D6 Switches ...............14A-18
No-Wrench Anchor Installation
Tools ................................................... 4-14
No-Wrench Screw Anchors ................... 4-14
Nuts
Curved Lock ....................................... 5-33
Palnut Lock ........................................ 5-33
Square ................................................ 5-33
Washer ................................................ 5-33
Nylon Thread Crossarm Insulator
Pins ..................................................... 5-35
Nylon Thread Pole Top Insulator
Pins ..................................................... 5-37
O
Offset Neutral Brackets ........................ 5-12
Offset Guy Clamps ................................ 5-21
Ohio Brass ...............................Tabs 11 & 18
Options
PISA Tooling ......................................4A-3
Ovaleye Bolts ........................................... 5-7
Overhead Switches..................... 14A & 14B
Overhead Switches Motor Operator ..... 14C
P
Padlock, Ice Breaker ........................ 5-53.15
Padmount Switches .................... 17D & 17E
Palnut Lock Nuts .................................. 5-33
Pin, Angle ..............................................5A-9
Pin Insulator Ties ................................. 15-8
Pins
Anchor Installing Tool .......................4A-6
Bent Arm ............................................4A-7
Clamp-Type Steel ........................... 5-53.3
Crossarm-Type Carriage Bolt ........... 5-35
Crossarm ......................................... 5-53.1
Forged Steel ........................... 5-34, 5-53.1
High Voltage Forged Steel ..... 5-34, 5-53.2
Insulator ............................................ 5-35
5-37
Lag Screw Type ................................. 5-36
Low Voltage Forged Steel ............... 5-53.1
Pole Top .................................. 5-36, 5-53.5
Ridge ................................................ 12-14
Thimble Adapter ................................ 5-36
Pipe Spacer ............................................ 5-44
PISA ......................................................... 4-8
PISA 6 ...................................................... 4-9
PISA 7 ...................................................... 4-9
PISA Anchor Installing Tools ...............4A-4
PISA Couplings ..................................... 4-10
PISA Rod & Eyenut Combination ........ 4-10
Plastic Molding Guards ........................ 5-27
Plate
Horizontal Adapter ............................ 5-16
Vertical Adapter ................................. 5-16
Plate, Pole Eye ......................... 5A-10, 5A-11
Plates
Crossarm Reinforcing ........................ 5-37
Double-Arming .................................. 5-37
Lift & Load ......................................... 5-38
Strain ................................................. 5-38
Platforms, Aluminum ........................ 5D-1.1
Pole Band Accessories ............................. 5-3
Pole Band, Connecting Links ................. 5-4
Pole Bands, Adjustable
4-Way .................................................... 5-4
Heavy Style .......................................... 5-4
Secondary Rack ................................... 5-5
Pole Brace ............................................5A-11
Pole Dating Nails .................................. 5-33
Pole Eye Plate ...................... 5A-10 & 5A-11
Pole Keys, Expanding ........................... 4-19
Pole Line Hardware ................................ 5-1
Pole Line Hardware, Cast Iron ................ 5A
Pole Mounting Bracket .................... 5-53.11
Pole Steps .............................................. 5-46
Pole Top Brackets ......................5A-4 & 5-12
Pole Top Pins ......................................... 5-36
5-53.5
Polymer Arresters
Ohio Brass ..................................... Tab 18
Polymer Electronic Resettable
Sectionalizer .................................... 10DD
Polymer Insulators
Ohio Brass ..................................... Tab 11
Polymer Spool Insulator .................. 5-53.19
Positioner, Cable ....................................5C-6
Post Insulator Brackets ........................ 5-13
Post Insulator Ties ................................ 15-8
Posts, Bumper........................................ 4-21
Pothead Brackets,
Cutout Arresters ................................ 5-11
Power Install. Screw
Anchors ..................................4-5 thru 4-9
Power Installed Screw Anchor Rods .... 4-10
Tooling Options ..................................4A-3
Tooling System ...................................4A-3
Power No-Wrench Installation Tool ..... 4-14
Probe, Soil Test ....................................4A-10
Products, Formed Wire.......................... 15-1
Protected Anchor Rods .......................... 4-17
Pulling Eyes, Standard .......................4A-11
Pulling In Irons ..................................... 5-31
Q
R
Rack, Secondary Bands, Pole .................. 5-5
Racks, Cable ....................................... 5-53.8
1-17
HUBBELL
Power Systems
AUGUST 2009
Racks, Capacitor ....................................5C-5
Racks, Secondary ................................... 5-38
Racks, Underground Cable ...5-39 thru 5-41
Cable Hook .........................5-39 thru 5-41
Cable Insulators ................5-39 thru 5-41
Channel-Steel Type .......................... 5-40
Heavy Type ........................................ 5-40
Supports ............................................. 5-41
Recloser ................................................... 10E
Reinforced Wireholders ......................... 5-49
Reinforcing Plates, Crossarm ............... 5-37
Reinforcing Straps ................................ 5-46
Ridge Pin ............................................. 12-17
Riser Pole Surge Arrester ................ 31-16.1
Rock Anchors, Expanding ..................... 4-18
Rods, Anchor
Galvanized ................................ 4-17, 5-42
Ovaleye ............................................... 4-17
PISA Extension.................................. 4-10
Power-Installed .................................... 4-8
Protected ............................................ 4-20
Threaded Thimbleye .......................... 4-17
Threaded Tripleye ............................. 4-17
Threaded Twineye ............................. 4-17
Rods, Ground
Clamp ................................................. 5-42
Drive-Head Galvanized ..................... 5-42
Sectional, Galvanized ........................ 5-42
Roller Chain Hoist .................................. 6-5
Rope Wire Clips ..................................... 5-24
Round Rod Anchors ............................... 4-12
Round Washers ........................5-48 & 5A-12
Route Marker, Cable ............................. 5-32
RR Anchor Tools .................................4A-5
RR Screw Anchor ................................ 4-11
S
Sagger Bracket ...................................... 5-23
Science of Selecting Anchors .................. 4-3
Screw Anchors
No-Wrench ......................................... 4-14
Power Installed .................................... 4-5
Round-Rod RR ................................. 4-11
Square-Shaft SS .................. 4-12 & 4-13
Screw Anchor Drive Tool Strings .........4A-5
Screw Anchor, Power Installed
Rods .................................................... 4-10
Tooling Options ..................................4A-3
Screw Anchor, Power Installed
Tooling System ...................................4A-3
Screw Eye Bolts ....................................... 5-8
Screw & Drive Hook .............................. 5-30
Screws, Lag ............................................ 5-43
Screw Lag Pins ...................................... 5-36
Secondary Lead Transformer
Brackets ............................................. 5-19
Secondary Racks ......................... 5-5 & 5-38
Sectional Galvanized Ground Rod ....... 5-42
Sectionalizer, Electronic .........................10D
Sectionalizer, Polymer Electronic ....... 10DD
Selecting Anchors, Science of .................. 4-3
Serving Sleeve ....................................... 5-44
Shackles, Anchor ................................... 5-43
Shear Pin Torque Limiter .....................4A-9
Shelf Gain ..............................................5A-8
Side Arm Braces ...................................... 5-9
Side-Mounted Bracket .......................... 5-13
Sidewalk Guy Fittings .......................... 5-43
Single-Insulator Disconnect
Switch ...............................................14B-9
Single-Phase Recloser ............................ 10E
Single-Phase Standoff
Bracket ............................... 12-23 & 12-29
Single-Phase Suspension
Standoff Bracket .............................. 12-22
Single Upset Bolts ................................... 5-9
Skid-Steer Assembly ...........................4A-14
Skid-Steer Welding Components ........4A-15
Sleeves, Serving..................................... 5-44
Slo-Fast Fuse Links ............................10B-4
Soil Classes .............................................. 4-3
Soil Classifcation Data ......................4A-10
Soil Test Probe .....................................4A-10
Spacer, Pipe ........................................... 5-44
Spacer Twin Arm .................................5A-11
Span Type Guy Hook ............................5A-9
Splices, Strand ..................................... 15-15
Spool Insulators ............................... 5-53.14
Spring Clip Washers ............................. 5-48
Spring Lock Washers ............................ 5-48
Square Nut ............................................ 5-33
Square Shaft Anchors ............... 4-12 & 4-13
Square Washers .......................5-48 & 5A-12
SS Anchors................................. 4-12 & 4-13
SS Anchor Tools ..................................4A-5
SS Anchor Adapter .............................4A-5
Station Class Switch, BPF ................14B-18
Standard Eyenut ................................... 5-25
Standard Pulling Eyes ........................4A-11
Standoff Brackets
Cable Spacer/Tangent ..................... 12-38
Communication................................ 12-21
Single-Phase Horizontal-Pin........... 12-16
Single-Phase Suspension ................ 12-22
Single-Phase Vertical-Pin ............... 12-15
Two-Phase Horizontal-Pin .............. 12-19
Two-Phase Vertical-Pin ................... 12-18
Three-Phase Vertical-Pin ................ 12-20
Staples
Electro-Zinc Plated ............................ 5-45
Copper Coated ................................... 5-45
Hot-Dip Galvanized ........................... 5-45
Static Wire Supports ............................. 5-47
Steel Deadend Crossarm ...................... 5-25
Steel Pins ....................... 5-34, 5-53.1, 5-53.2
Steps, Pole .............................................. 5-46
Strain Insulator Clevis ......................... 5-24
Strain Plates .......................................... 5-38
Strand Reference Table ....................... 15-29
Strap, Bracket Mounting ................. 5-53.10
Strap, Cable ........................................... 5-26
Straps, K-S............................................. 5-27
Straps, Reinforcing ................................ 5-46
Studs, Line Post Insulator ................. 5-53.6
Super Top-Tie ........................................ 15-8
Support Insulator, Cable .................. 5-53.13
Supports
Cable Rack ......................................... 5-41
Fuse Assembly,
Insulating .....................................10C-7
Static Wire ......................................... 5-47
Surge Arresters ................................ 31-16.1
Suspension Aerial Clamp .....................5A-6
Suspension Clamps ............................... 5-21
Suspension Single-Phase
Swinging Clevis ..................................... 5-24
Switches
ALTD ..............................................14B-11
AR Unitized ........................................ 14A
BPF Station Class .........................14B-18
BP3 By-Pass ...................................14B-15
BPR Regulator By-Pass .................14B-21
D6 Non-Unitized ................................. 14A
D7 Unitized ......................................... 14A
Disconnect ........................................14B-2
Distribution ............................ 14A & 14B
M3 .....................................................14B-2
M3C ..................................................14B-9
Overhead ................................. 14A & 14B
Overhead Motor Operators ................ 14C
Padmounted ........................................17D
T
T-Slots ....................................................5C-3
T-Type Fuse Link ................................10B-3
Tamping Bar ............................4-15 & 4A-11
Tangent Bracket .................................. 12-38
Telephone House Brackets ................... 5-14
Test Equipment ........................................ 19
Test, Soil Probe ....................................4A-10
Thimble Adapter ..................................... 5-3
Thimble Adapter Pins ........................... 5-36
Thimble Clevis Guy Wire ....................5A-11
Thimble Clevises ................................... 5-24
Thimbles
Guy Wire ............................................ 5-47
Thimbleyes
Angle Eyes ......................................... 5-26
Bolts ..................................................... 5-8
Eye ...................................................... 5-26
Eyenuts .............................................. 5-25
Three-Phase Corner Bracket .............. 12-37
Three-Phase Vertical-Pin
Thru-Bolt Aluminum Mounts ...............5B-7
Ties, Line ............................................... 15-8
Tie-Top Post Insulators ..................... Tab 11
Tongue, Deadend ................................... 5-47
Tooling Options, PISA ...........................4A-3
Tools
Anchor ................................................... 4A
Foundation No-Wrench Anchor &
Manual Drive Tool .........................4A-8
Torque Indicator ................................4A-9
Torque Limiter Shear Pin .....................4A-9
Torque Rating, Anchor ..........................4A-3
Tough One Anchor .................................4A-6
Transformers
Brackets ............................. 5B-4.1 5-19
Mounting Brackets ...............5B-4.1, 5-15,
5-17 & 5-18
Transformer Mounting Brackets
Aluminum Rack Frame ..................5B-4.1
Banded Cluster .................................. 5-17
Rack Frame ........................................ 5-15
Transformer Secondary Lead
Bracket ............................................... 5-19
Twin Arm Spacer ................................5A-11
Twineye, Eyenuts .................................. 5-25
Two-Bolt Guy Clamp.............................5A-7
Two-Phase Horizontal-Pin
Two-Phase Vertical-Pin
Type ALTD Switch ...........................14B-11
Type AR Switch ...................................14A-2
Type C Cutout .....................................10A-2
Type C-Polymer Cutout ................... 10AA-2
Type-D6 Non-Unitized
Switches .........................................14A-18
Type-D7 Unitized Switches ..............14A-11
Type-K Fuse Links ..............................10B-3
Type-MS Fuse Links ...........................10B-3
Type M3 Switch ...................................14B-2
Type-T Fuse Links ..............................10B-3
U
U-Bolt Guy Clamp .................................5A-6
1-18
AUGUST 2009
HUBBELL
Power Systems
Underground Cable Guards ................. 5-27
Underground Cable Racks ....5-39 thru 5-41
Unitized Switches .................................. 14A
Unibracket, Insulator ........................... 5-13
Upset Bolts .................................... 5-8 & 5-9
V
V Crossarm Braces ............................... 5-9
Versa-Tech Recloser ............................... 10E
Vertical Insulator Bracket ....................5A-5
Vertical-Pin Standoff
Bracket ............................................. 12-15
Vertical-Pin Three-Phase
Tri-Unit Assembly ........................... 12-20
W
Washer Nuts .......................................... 5-33
Washers
Cast ..................................................5A-12
Curved ................................................ 5-48
Double Coil Spring
Lockwasher .................................... 5-48
Fiber-Reinforced ................................ 4-14
Round ................................................. 5-48
Spring Clip ......................................... 5-48
Spring Lock ........................................ 5-48
Square ................................................ 5-48
Wing-Type Cluster
Mounting Bracket ......................... 5-53.12
Wire Bracket Neutral .......................... 5-12
Wire, Clamps Lashing ........................... 5-21
Wire, Ground Bayonets ........................... 5-5
Wire, Ground Clamps ........................... 5-20
Wire, Guy Thimble Clevis ...................5A-11
Wireholders .................................. 5-49, 5-50
Wire Products ........................................ 15-1
Wire Rope Clips ..................................... 5-24
Wire, Static Support .............................. 5-47
Wrenches Adapters,
Anchor ................................................4A-4
Wrenches, Screw Anchor.......................4A-4
X
Y
Z
4-1
HUBBELL
Power Systems
AUGUST 2009
4
Warranty - Material
Hubbell Power Systems, Inc. warrants all products sold by it to be merchantable (as such term is defned in the Uniform Commercial Code) and to be free from defects in material and workmanship.
Buyer must notify the Company promptly of any claim under this warranty. The Buyer's exclusive remedy for breach of this warranty shall be the repair or replacement, F.O.B. factory, at the Company's
option, of any product defective under the warranty which is returned to the Company within one year from the date of shipment. NO OTHER WARRANTY, WHETHER EXPRESS OR ARISING BY
OPERATION OF LAW, COURSE OF DEALING, USAGE OF TRADE OR OTHERWISE IMPLIED, SHALL EXIST IN CONNECTION WITH THE COMPANY'S PRODUCTS OR ANY SALE OR USE
THEREOF. The Company shall in no event be liable for any loss of profts or any consequential or special damages incurred by Buyer. The Company's warranty shall run only to the frst Buyer of a
product from the Company, from the Company's distributor, or from an original equipment manufacturer reselling the Company's product, and is non-assignable and non-transferable and shall be of
no force and effect if asserted by any person other than such frst Buyer. This warranty applies only to the use of the product as intended by Seller and does not cover any misapplication or misuse of
said product.
Warranty - Application
Hubbell Power Systems, Inc. does not warrant the accuracy of and results from product or system performance recommendations resulting from any engineering analysis or study. This applies
regardless of whether a charge is made for the recommendation, or if it is provided free of charge.
Responsibility for selection of the proper product or application rests solely with the purchaser. In the event of errors or inaccuracies determined to be caused by Hubbell Power Systems, Inc., its
liability will be limited to the re-performance of any such analysis or study.
ANCHORS
Minimum order quantities may apply.
Contact factory for test information.
Printed in USA
RGS 3M 6/09
4-2
AUGUST 2009
HUBBELL
Power Systems
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
4-3
4-4
4-5
4-6
4-7
4-8
4-9
4-10
4-11
4-12
4-13
4-14
4-15
4-16
4-17
4-18
4-19
4-20
4-21
Subject
The Science of Selecting Anchors
Anchor Application Information
(Soil Classifcation Data Chart)
Power-Installed Screw Anchors
(Holding-Capacity/Installing-Torque Charts)
Tough one
Anchor Helix Assemblies - Small Hub

(Torque Ratings: 10,000 ft.-lb. & 8,000 ft.-lb.)
Tough one
Anchor Helix Assemblies - Large Hub

(Torque Ratings: 15,000 ft.-lb. & 8,000 ft.-lb.)
Standard & Mid-Strength PISA
Anchor Helix Assemblies

1
3
8
"-Core (Torque Ratings: 4,000 ft.-lb. & 6,000 ft.-lb.)
PISA
6 and PISA
7 Anchor Helix Assemblies

1
1
2
"-Core (Torque Ratings: 6,000 ft.-lb. & 7,000 ft.-lb.)
PISA
Anchor Rods, Eyenuts and Couplings

RR (Round-Rod) Screw Anchors
SS (Square-Shaft) Screw Anchors
High-Strength SS Screw Anchors for Heavy Tension Loading
No-Wrench Screw Anchors
Bust Expanding Anchors
Cross-Plate Anchors and Anchor Rod Extensions
Anchor Rods
Expanding Rock Anchors
Expanding Pole Key Anchors
Corrosion-Resistant Anchors
Bumper Posts
NOTE: For Anchor Installing Tools, see Catalog Section 4A.
4-3
HUBBELL
Power Systems
AUGUST 2009
The Science
of Selecting Anchors
Soil Mechanics and Holding Capacity
During the early stages of the screw anchor, the load re-
sistance of an installed anchor could not be predicted with
reasonable accuracy. Specifc information on soil conditions
was lacking, making anchor selection more or less a guess.
With little consideration for soil variations and the effects of
seasonal weather changes or drainage, soils were classifed as
sand, clay, hardpan or swamp. There wasn't any defnitive
explanation for such soil conditions.
Chance soil classifcation data opened new horizons in pre-
dicting anchor holding capacity. Initially, it was necessary
to obtain soil samples from the projected anchor depth in
order to classify the soil and to make anchor recommenda-
tions. However, this method was inconvenient, costly and
time-consuming.
PISA
: Power-Installed Screw Anchors

More than 50 years ago, Chance introduced this patented
system of utilizing the power of digging equipment to install
screw anchors. The system consists of a screw anchor, an-
chor rod and a special installing wrench. Each anchor has
a galvanized steel threaded anchor rod with an upset hex;
single or twin helices and a galvanized guy wire nut which is
screwed to the anchor rod end. PISA anchors can be installed
in a matter of minutes.
Torque and Performance
Later this method was improved with the development of
Chance torque indicators and sets of holding capacity values
for given anchor types. This did not obviate the soil classif-
cation data but strengthened and simplifed it so the utility
employee could install a PISA anchor or other Chance anchor
to a given torque value and predict with relative accuracy
the holding capacity of the installed anchor. Actually, the cor-
relation between installing torque and anchor performance
required thousands of tests throughout the United States
and in every conceivable soil condition. It is much labor, en-
gineering research and investment that have made possible
the development of this reliable and predictable anchoring
philosophy.
Torque Ratings
Chance screw anchors are designed and manufactured for
maximum torsional strength. During installation, some of the
torque applied by the digger and measured by installation
torque indicators is dissipated by friction along the wrench
and not applied to the anchor itself, so it is possible to apply
more torque than the anchor alone can withstand. Chance
anchors are rated by maximum working torque or, for the
more recent designs, by the 5 per cent exclusion limit which
is a more explicitly defned criterion based on statistical
analysis of on-line quality control testing. Both ratings take
into consideration the variation to be expected in anchor
torsional strength due to normal variations in materials and
manufacturing processes. Customers should consider this
variation along with the wide variation that can be seen in
the frictional loss along the wrench in deciding how much
torque can be applied safely during installation. The fact that
Chance ratings are set near the minimum credible torsional
strength also should be considered in comparing Chance rat-
ings to those of manufacturers who rate their anchors based
on average strength.
Soil Probe, A Logical Development
Chance engineers developed the "soil test probe", a mechani-
cal tool which makes it possible to infer subsoil conditions
from the surface of the earth. The soil test probe is screwed
into the soil. As it displaces the soil, probe installation torque
is measured in inch-pounds on a torque gauge, which is an
integral part of the installing tool. Probe torque readings
are then compared with the information on the Chance Soil
Classifcation Data Chart and translated into the appropri-
ate soil classifcation.
4-4
AUGUST 2009
HUBBELL
Power Systems
Anchor Application Information

Geological Soil Classifcation
Granite, Basalt, Massive Limestone
Caliche, (Nitrate-bearing gravel/rock),
Basal till; boulder clay; caliche;
weathered laminated rock
Glacial till; weathered shales, schist,
gneiss and siltstone
Glacial till; hardpan; marls
Saprolites, residual soils
Dense hydraulic fll;
compacted fll; residual soils
Flood plain soils; lake clays;
adobe; gumbo, fll
Miscellaneous fll, swamp marsh
Class 1 soils are diffcult to probe consistently and the ASTM blow count may be of questionable value.
**It is advisable to install anchors deep enough, by the use of extensions, to penetrate a Class 5 or 6, underlying the Class 7 or 8 Soils.
SOIL CLASSIFICATION DATA
Typical
Blow Count
N per
ASTM-D1586
N.A.
60-100+
45-60
35-50
24-40
14-25
7-14
4-8
0-5

Class
N.A.
1
2
3
4
5
6
**7
**8

Common Soil-Type Description
Sound hard rock, unweathered (bedrock)
Very dense and/or cemented sands;
coarse gravel and cobbles
Dense fne sands; very hard silts
and clays (may be preloaded)
Dense sands and gravel;
hard silts and clays
Medium dense sand and gravel; very
stiff to hard silts and clays
Medium dense coarse sands and sandy
gravels; stiff to very stiff silts and clays
Loose to medium dense fne to coarse
sands to stiff clays and silts
Loose fne sands; Alluvium; loess;
medium - stiff and varied clays; fll
Peat, organic silts; inundated silts, fy ash
very loose sands, very soft to soft clays
Probe
Values
ft.-lb.
(NM)
N.A.
over 60
(85 - 181)
over 50
(68 - 85)
42 - 50
56 - 68
33 - 42
(45 - 56)
25 - 33
(34 - 45)
17 - 25
(23 - 34)
8 - 17
(11 - 23)
under 8
(0 - 11)
4-5
HUBBELL
Power Systems
AUGUST 2009
POwER-INSTALLED SCREw ANCHORS (PISA
)
Holding Capacity/Installing Torques
Predicted ultimate holding capacities are based on results of extensive
Chance tests and interpretation and are offered as an application
guide only. They do not represent a guarantee of holding capacity in a
particular soil class. A user must factor in his individual, appropriate
safety factor. Torque values shown are steady values in homogenous
soils, not peak values that might occur in non-homogenous soil.
Torque values shown were obtained by averaging readings from the
last 2 feet of anchor penetration. The anchor shaft must be aligned
with the guy load to prevent premature failure of the rod. Under no
circumstance should the rod and guy strand join at an angle
of departure exceeding 5 on PISA anchors.
CAUTION: ALL COMPONENTS OF THE CHANCE ANCHOR-
ING SYSTEM ARE PERFORMANCE MATED. USE OF OTHER
ANCHORING PRODUCTS OR EQUIPMENT WILL NOT NECES-
SARILY PRODUCE THE SAME RESULTS.
Under no circumstance should the rod and guy strand join at
an angle of departure exceeding 5 on PISA anchors.
4-6
AUGUST 2009
HUBBELL
Power Systems
Tough one
ANCHOR HELIX ASSEMBLIES

TORQUE RATINGS: 10,000 FT.-LB., AND 8,000 FT.- LB.
Small Hub (2
1
4
" Square Inside)
Use high-strength
10,000 ft-lb.
Tough one
anchor
in hard soils .
10" dia.
C1025209
C1025205
14" dia.
C1025207
Std. Pkg./
Pallet
4/96
4/96
Std. Pkg./
Pallet
2/40
Std. Pkg./
Pallet
4/96
4/96
Std. Pkg./
Pallet
2/48
2/48
8" Dia.
C1025208
C1025204
12" Dia.
C1025206
C1025210
For
5
8" dia. Rod
For
3
4" & 1" dia. Rods
For
3
4" & 1" dia. Rods
For
5
8" dia. Rods
10,000 ft.-lb. Tough one
anchor
2
1
4
" Square Inside Hub
Std. Pkg./
Pallet
4/96
Std. Pkg./
Pallet
2/40
10" dia.
C1025201
14" dia.
C1025203
Std. Pkg./
Pallet
4/96
Std. Pkg./
Pallet
2/48
8" Dia.
C1025200
12" Dia.
C1025202
For
3
4" & 1" dia. Rods
Patent No. 4,979,341; 4,981,000; 5,575,122; 5,607,261.
Use 8,000 ft.-lb.
Tough one
anchor
in soft and medium-
hard soils
Ordering Information

anchor
2
1
4
" Square Inside Hub
Install with the Chance STANDARD (10,000 ft.-lb.) wrench (see page 4A-4).
Install with the Chance STANDARD (10,000 ft.-lb.) wrench (see page 4A-4).
The C10252-- series of Tough one
anchors have a smaller inside hub diameter

than our C10250-- series. The smaller hub is designed to be installed with the
Chance anchor wrench C1021583.
Tough one
anchors give users high-strength anchor capability in all soils. You

get a better anchor at an economical price.
The anchor's sloped lead point (Patent No. 5,575,122) improves penetration and
helps soil fow from below the hub to above the anchor.
Tough one
anchors use standard PISA
rods (see page 4-10).

4-7
HUBBELL
Power Systems
AUGUST 2009
Use 8,000 ft.-lb.
Tough one
anchor
in soft and medium-hard soils.
Tough one

TORQUE RATINGS: 15,000 FT.-LB., AND 8,000 FT.- LB.
Large Hub (2
1
2
" Square Inside)
Std. Pkg./
Pallet
3/72
Std. Pkg./
Pallet
2/40
10" Dia.
C1025001
14" Dia.
C1025003
Std. Pkg./
Pallet
4/96
Std. Pkg./
Pallet
2/48
8" Dia.
C1025000
12" Dia.
C1025002
For
3
4" & 1" dia. Rods
Patent No. 4,979,341; 4,981,000; 5,575,122; 5,607,261.
Tough one
anchors give users high-strength anchor capa-

bility in all soils. You get a better anchor at an economical
price. With Tough one
anchors, theres little concern about

anchor breakage when encountering hard soils.
The anchors sloped lead point (Patent No. 5,575,122) im-
proves penetration and helps soil fow from below the hub
to above the anchor.
Tough one
anchors use standard PISA
rods (see page

4-10).
Its easy to upgrade your entire program with Tough one

anchors.
If soil conditions require installations above 10,000 ft.-lbs.,
you will need our Tough one
wrench system consisting of

drive-end assembly, Kelly bar adapter and locking dog as-
sembly. The high-strength system will also install PISA

6 and 7 anchors. See page 4A-6 for high-strength anchor
installing wrench information.

anchor
2
1
2
" Square Inside Hub
Install with the Chance HYBRID* or Tough one
wrench (see page 4A-4 or 4A-6)

10" Dia.
C1025009
C1025005
14" Dia.
C1025007
Std. Pkg./
Pallet
4/96
4/96
Std. Pkg./
Pallet
2/40
Std. Pkg./
Pallet
4/96
4/96
Std. Pkg./
Pallet
2/48
2/48
8" Dia.
C1025008
C1025004
12" Dia.
C1025010
C1025006
For
5
8" dia. Rod
For
3
4" & 1" Dia. Rods
For
5
8" dia. Rod
For
3
4" & 1" dia. Rods
anchor
2
1
2
" Square Inside Hub
Install with only the Chance Tough one
wrench system (Catalog page 4A-6)

Use high-strength
15,000 ft-lb.
Tough One in
very hard soils
short of solid rock.
4-8
AUGUST 2009
HUBBELL
Power Systems
PISA
anchor installation
takes about 5 minutes with
two workers.
See Page 4-10 for ordering PISA anchor rods and eyenuts.
For
5
8" Dia. Rods
For
3
4" & 1" Dia. Rods
Catalog Number
MID-STRENGTH ANCHOR SERIES
1
3
8" CORE 6000 ft.-lbs. Typical Working Torque Squared Helix 3.0" Helix Pitch
SINGLE HELIX
8" Dia.
E1021629
E1021632
Std. Pkg.
8/240
8/240
10" Dia.
E1021630
E1021633
Std. Pkg.
4/96
4/96
12" Dia.
E1021631
E1021634
Std. Pkg.
4/80
4/80
14" Dia.
NA
E1021801
Std. Pkg.
2/32
For
3
4" & 1" Dia. Rods
Catalog Number
TwIN HELIX
4" Dia.
E1021635
Std. Pkg.
1/30
8" Dia.
E1021636
Std. Pkg.
1/30
Std. Pkg.
1/30
10" Dia.
E1021637
For
5
8" Dia. Rods
For
3
4" & 1" Dia. Rods
Catalog Number
STANDARD-STRENGTH ANCHOR SERIES
1
3
8" CORE 4000 ft.-lbs. Typical working Torque Squared Helix 3.0" Helix Pitch
SINGLE HELIX
8" Dia.
024474
024475
Std. Pkg.
8/240
8/240
10" Dia.
024476
024478
Std. Pkg.
4/96
4/96
12" Dia.
024462*
024481
Std. Pkg.
4/80
4/80
14" Dia.
NA
P024484*
Std. Pkg.
2/32
*RUS Accepted
For
3
4" & 1" Dia. Rods
Catalog Number
TwIN HELIX
8" Dia.
012904
Std. Pkg.
1/30
10" Dia.
012905
Std. Pkg.
1/30
PISA

Chance Standard-Strength 4,000 foot-pound anchors and
Mid-Strength 6,000 foot-pound anchors have curvilinear
leading edges to help penetrate rocky soils and to reduce
damage during installation. These anchors are available in
single and twin-helix designs. The same installing wrench
installs Standard and Mid-Strength anchors as well as Tough
one
C10252- - series anchors. See page 4A-4 for installing

wrench information.
4-9
HUBBELL
Power Systems
AUGUST 2009
SINGLE
HELIX
Chance PISA
-6 6000 foot-pound anchors and PISA
-7 7000
foot-pound anchors have curvilinear leading edges to help
penetrate rocky soils and to reduce damage during instal-
lation. These anchors are available in single and twin-helix
designs.
PISA
-6 and PISA
-7 anchors have a 1
1
2" square solid core
for added strength. See page 4A-4 or 4A-6 for information
on the 1
1
2" installing wrench.
ORDERING INFORMATION
For
3
4" & 1" Dia. Rods
TwIN HELIX
For
5
8" Dia. Rods
For
3
4" & 1" Dia. Rods
1
1
2" CORE 6000 ft.-lbs. Typical Working Torque Squared Helix 3.0" Helix Pitch
PISA
6 anchor
PISA
7 anchor
8" Dia.
E1020816
E1020819
Std. Pkg./Pallet
8/240
8/240
Std. Pkg./Pallet
4/96
4/96
10" Dia.
E1020817
E1020820
Std. Pkg./Pallet
4/80
12" Dia.
E1020821
Two 8" Dia.
E1020822
Std. Pkg./Pallet
1/30
Std. Pkg./Pallet
1/30
Two 10" Dia.
E1020823
1
1
2" CORE 7000 ft.-lbs. Typical working Torque Squared Helix 3.0" Helix Pitch
For
3
4" & 1" Dia. Rods
SINGLE HELIX
Std. Pkg./Pallet
4/96
10" Dia.
E1020250
For
3
4" & 1" Dia. Rods
TwIN HELIX
Std. Pkg./Pallet
1/30
Std. Pkg./Pallet
1/30
Std. Pkg./Pallet
1/30
Std. Pkg./Pallet
8/240
8" Dia.
E1021223
Two 8" Dia.
E1021219
Two 10" Dia.
E1021220
Two 4" Dia.
V1021428
See Page 4-10 for ordering PISA anchor rods and eyenuts.
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
PISA
6 and PISA
7
Std. Pkg./Pallet
2/32
14" Dia.
T1022142
4-10
AUGUST 2009
HUBBELL
Power Systems
Extension Rod & Coupling
Combinations
PISA
Rod & Eyenut Combinations

Catalog Number
Std. Pkg./Pallet
30/750
30/1200
25/1000
Tripleye
12593
12585
12585H
Std. Pkg./Pallet
30/975
30/1200
25/1000
Twineye
12589
6562
6562H
Std. Pkg./Pallet
30/2250
30/1200
N/A
For
5
8" Dia. Rods
For
3
4" & 1" Dia. Rods
For 1" Dia. H.S.
EYENUT
Thimbleye
12587*
6512*
N/A
PISA
ANCHOR RODS,
EYENUTS AND COUPLINGS
Rod
COUPLING
For
5
8" Dia. Rods
For
3
4" & 1" Dia. Rods
NOTE: Couplings are required only when it is necessary to add additional
rods of 3
1
2 ft. or 7 ft. to form an extension.
Std.
Pkg./Pallet
60/1950
50/2400
Catalog
Number
12245P
12247P
3
1
2 ft. ROD
Std. Pkg./Pallet
5/50
5/50
5/50
Cat. No.
12249A
12250A
12251A
5
8" Dia.
3
4" Dia.
1" Dia.
*RUS Accepted.
Ultimate strength ratings apply to properly installed anchors only.

Failure to install within 5 of alignment with the guy load will signifcantly lower strength.
Fits
Rod Size
1" x 7"
1" x 3
1
2'
1"
Std. Pkg./
Pallet
2/50
5/50
50/2400
ROD
3
1
2-ft. ROD 7-ft. ROD
Cat. No.
12332P*
12632P*
12334P
C1021986
Std. Pkg./Pallet
5/50
5/50
5/50
5/60
Std. Pkg./Pallet
5/50
5/50
2/50
2/50
Ultimate
Strength
16,000 lbs.
23,000 lbs.
36,000 lbs.
50,000 lbs.
5
8" Dia.
3
4" Dia.
1" Dia.
1" Dia. H.S.
Cat. No.
12336P
12634P
12338P
C1021987
A
C
D D
For
5
/8" Dia. Rods
For
3
/4" & 1 Dia. Rods
B
R
THIMBLEYE
NUTS
B
C
R
D
A
(For
3
4" & 1 dia.) (For
5
8" dia.)
R
B
C
A
D
Catalog No.
E1020031
E1020047
E1020035
E1020043
E1020051
E1020032
E1020040
E1020036
E1020044
E1020052
E1020041
E1020049
E1020037
E1020045
E1020053
Rod, Eyenut
5
8" x 3
1
2' Rod & Thimbleye Nut
5
8" x 3
1
2' Rod & Tripleye Nut
5
8" x 7' Rod & Thimbleye Nut
5
8" x 7' Rod & Twineye Nut
5
8" x 7' Rod & Tripleye Nut
3
4" x 3
1
2' Rod & Thimbleye Nut
3
4" x 3
1
2' Rod & Twineye Nut
3
3
3
1" x 3
1
2' Rod & Twineye Nut
1" x 3
1
2' Rod & Tripleye Nut
For
5
/8",
3
/4"&
1 Dia. Rods
TwINEYE
NUTS
B
2
25
/64"
R
5
/16"
A
1
13
/32"
D
1
1
/2"
C
1
27
/64"
R
1
/4"
13
/32"
C
1
3
/8"
1
19
/32"
D
1
11
/64"
1
5
/8"
B
1
7
/8"
2
25
/64"
A
7
/8"
1
1
/8"
For
5
/8",
3
/4"&
1 Dia. Rods
TRIPLEYE
NUTS
B
2
13
/16"
A
1
3
/4"
C
1
5
/8"
D
1
1
/2"
R
1
/4"
Corrosion-Protected
PISA
Rod & Coupling

Cat. No.
C1021996
C1022061
C1025240
Rod is asphalt-coated galvanized with
heat-shrink and plastic tube covering.
Coupling is galvanized, covered with
heat-shrink tubing.
Coupling
All components shown on this page are hot-dip galvanized per ASTM A153.
4-11
HUBBELL
Power Systems
AUGUST 2009
Std.
Pkg./Pallet
1/20
1/20
1/15
1/20
RR (ROUND-ROD) SCREw ANCHORS
The Round-Rod "RR" multi-helix anchors are used in areas where
weak soil conditions exist and moderate holding capacities are re-
quired. All helix lead sections are 7 ft. long. Extension shafts may
be required for installation to proper depth.
RR screw anchors consist of three galvanized components: Lead
section, extension shaft (which includes an integral coupling), and
the guy adapter. Each extension and guy adapter includes a high-
strength bolt and nut.
Type RR (Round-Rod) anchors torque rating is 2,300 ft-lb.
Ultimate tension rating for RR mechanical strength is 70,000
lb. Failure to install within 5 of alignment with the guy load
will signifcantly lower strength.
EXTENSIONS
LEAD SECTIONS
GUY ADAPTERS
Extensions with helices are available. Contact your Hubbell
representative or ServiCenter for information.
Length
7 ft.
7 ft.
7 ft.
7 ft.
Helix
Combinations
8" - 10"
8" - 10" - 12"
10" - 10" - 10"
10"
Nominal length
3
1
2 ft.
5 ft.
7 ft.
10 ft.
Std. Pkg./Pallet
1/50
1/50
1/30
1/50
Catalog No.
12696
12697
12698
12699
Nominal length
18"
18"
18"
20"
18"
Description
Thimbleye
Twineye
Tripleye
Threaded Stud
Ovaleye
Std. Pkg./Pallet
5/175
5/250
5/250
5/130
5/200
Catalog No.
C1020023
C1020024
C1020025
C1100026
C1100041
Catalog No.
012690AE
012690AEJ
V1090007
V1090006
LOAD CAPACITY
1
BASED ON INSTALLATION TORQUE
2
LOAD CAPACITY OF RR ANCHORS IN SOIL (POUNDS TENSION)
1
Load capacities listed above are ultimate values based on average test data and
are offered as an application guide. Typical defection at ultimate load ranges
between 2 and 4 inches. The listed values should be reduced by an appropriate
factor of safety. More specifc data on soils and anchor performance in any site
condition can be obtained by contacting Hubbell Power Systems.
Helix
Combinations
10"
8" - 10"
10" - 10" - 10"
8" - 10" - 12"
1,500
16,000
17,000
19,000
19,000
2,000
22,000
23,000
25,000
25,000
Installation Torque (ft-lb)
2,300
28,000
29,000
31,000
31,000
2
The torque values shown are steady values in homogeneous soils, not peak
values that can occur in non-homogeneous soils such as glacial till or other
rocky soils. The torque values shown are obtained by averaging the readings
from the last 2 feet of anchor penetration.
Class 7
19,000
26,000
25,000
17,000
Class 6
23,000
32,000
31,000
21,000
Class 5
27,000
39,000
N/A
24,000
Holding Capacity - (lb.)
vs. Soil Class
For installation tool options,
see catalog Section 4A.
TYPICAL
RR DRIvE STRING
Drive Tool
Torque
Indicator
(Optional)
Kelly Bar
Adapter
Kelly Bar
Lead Section Guy Adapter Extension
4-12
AUGUST 2009
HUBBELL
Power Systems
LEAD SECTION & GUY ADAPTER COMBINATIONS
H
Guy Adapter
Thimbleye

Thimbleye

Thimbleye

Thimbleye

Thimbleye
Twineye

Twineye

Twineye

Twineye

Twineye
Tripleye
Tripleye
Tripleye
Tripleye
Tripleye
Helix Combinations
8" - 10"
10" - 12"
8" - 10" - 12"
10" - 12" - 14"
10" - 12" - 14" - 14"
8" - 10"
10" - 12"
8" - 10" - 12"
10" - 12" - 14"
10" - 12" - 14" - 14"
8" - 10"
10" - 12"
8" - 10" - 12"
10" - 12" - 14"
10" - 12" - 14" - 14"
Catalog No.
126541AE
126541EJ
126541AEJ
126541EJN
126541EJNS
126542AE
126542EJ
126542AEJ
126542EJN
126542EJNS
126543AE
126543EJ
126543AEJ
126543EJN
126543EJNS
Note: Holding capacites are based on average test data and are offered as an application guide only.
*RUS Accepted.
Packaging note: Lead sections are banded to wood blocks to facilitate forklift handling.
H
Packaging note: Lead sections are banded to wood blocks to facilitate forklift
handling. Guy adapters are shipped in separate corrugated cartons.
Nominal Length
18"
18"
18"
20"
18"
Description
Thimbleye
Twineye
Tripleye
Threaded Stud
Ovaleye
Std. Pkg./Pallet
5/175
5/250
5/250
5/130
5/200
GUY ADAPTERS
EXTENSIONS
Nominal Length
3
1
2 ft.
5 ft.
7 ft.
10 ft.
5 ft.
3
1
2 ft.
Std. Pkg./Pallet
1/50
1/50
1/40
1/50
1/12
1/12
Catalog No.
12655
12656
12657
12658

12656N
12655J
Lead Section Guy Adapter
Square-Shaft SS multi-helix screw anchors are designed
for heavy-guy loading. They have 1
1
2" square steel shafts.
Extension shafts must be coupled to the helix section for
installation to the proper depth. For installation tool options,
see catalog Section 4A.
SS screw anchors consist of three galvanized components: the
lead section, the extension shaft, which includes an integral
SS (SQUARE-SHAFT) SCREw ANCHORS
Helix Combinations
8" - 10"
10" - 12"
8" - 10" - 12"
10" - 12" - 14"
8" - 10" - 12" - 14"
10" - 12" - 14" - 14"
Length
3 ft.
3
1
/2 ft.
5
1
/2 ft.
7 ft.
10
1
/2 ft.
10
1
/2 ft.
Std.
Pkg./
Pallet
1/20
1/20
1/20
1/20
1/20
1/20
Class 7
19,000
21,000
26,000
29,000
31,000
40,000
Class 6
23,000
26,000
32,000
37,000
40,000
51,000
Class 5
27,000
31,000
39,000
45,000
49,000
62,000
Class 3
36,000
41,000
51,000
61,000
67,000
N/A
Class 4
32,000
36,000
46,000
53,000
58,000
70,000
Class 2
41,000
46,000
58,000
69,000
N/A
N/A
LEAD SECTIONS
Holding Capacity - (lb.)

vs. Soil Class
Catalog No.
012642AE*
012642EJ
012642AEJ*
012642EJN*
012642AEJN
012642EJNS*
Catalog No.
C1020023
C1020024
C1020025
C1100026
C1100041
coupling, and the guy adapter. Extensions and guy adapters
include a high-strength bolt and nut.
Typical working torque is 5,500 ft.-lb. and minimum ultimate
tension strength is 70,000 lb. Note: Ultimate strength ratings
apply to properly installed anchors only. Failure to install
within 5 of alignment with the guy load will signifcantly
lower strength.
Extension
LOAD CAPACITY
1
BASED ON INSTALLATION TORQUE
2
LOAD CAPACITY OF SS ANCHORS IN SOIL (POUNDS TENSION)
Helix
Combinations
8" - 10"
10" - 12"
8" - 10" - 12"
10" - 12" - 14"
8" - 10" - 12" - 14"
10" - 12" - 14" - 14"
1,500
17,000
18,000
19,000
20,000
20,000
21,000
2,000
23,000
24,000
25,000
26,000
27,000
28,000
2,500
29,000
30,000
31,000
32,000
34,000
35,000
3,500
40,000
42,000
44,000
46,000
47,000
49,000
3,000
34,000
36,000
38,000
39,000
40,000
42,000
4,000
46,000
48,000
50,000
52,000
54,000
56,000
Installation Torque (ft-lb)
5,000
58,000
60,000
62,000
65,000
68,000
70,000
4,500
52,000
54,000
56,000
58,000
61,000
63,000
5,500
63,000
66,000
68,000
70,000
70,000
70,000
1
Load capacities listed above are ultimate values based on average test data and are offered as an application guide. Typical defection at ultimate load ranges
between 2 and 4 inches. The listed values should be reduced by an appropriate factor of safety. More specifc data on soils and anchor performance in any site
condition can be obtained by contacting Hubbell Power Systems.
2
The torque values shown are steady values in homogeneous soils, not peak values that can occur in non-homogeneous soils such as glacial till or other rocky
soils. The torque values shown are obtained by averaging the readings from the last 2 feet of anchor penetration.
Helix Diameter
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
14"
12"
Packaging note: Extension shafts are banded to wood blocks to facilitate forklift handling.
Packaging note: Guy adapters are shipped in corrugated cartons.

4-13
HUBBELL
Power Systems
AUGUST 2009
HIGH-STRENGTH SS ANCHORS
for Heavy Tension Loading
RATINGS
Mechanical
Properties
Max. Installation Torque
Min. Ultimate
Tension Strength
SS 150
1.50" Square Shaft
7,000 ft.-lb.
70,000 lb.
SS 175
1.75" Square Shaft
11,000 ft.-lb.
100,000 lb.
SS 200
2.00" Square Shaft
15,000 ft.-lb.
150,000 lb.
SS 225
2.25" Square Shaft
20,000 ft.-lb.
200,000 lb.
LEAD SECTIONS
Helix Confguration
8" & 10"
6", 8" & 10"
8", 10" & 12"
14", 14" & 14"
8", 10", 12" & 14"
Galv.
C1100385
C1100386
C1100504
Non-Galv.
C1140014
C1140015
C1140149
C1140100
L
1
30"
57"
120"
120"
SS 150
L
1
30"
60"
124"
124"
SS 175
Galv.
C1100569
C1100570
C1100572
C1100573
Non-Galv.
C1140214
C1140215
C1140216
C1140217
L
1
60"
60"
122"
122"
SS 200
Galv.
C1100543
C1100544
C1100545
C1140189
Non-Galv.
C1140187
C1140188
C1140190
C1140189
L
1
54"
75"
114"
115"
SS 225
Helix Confguration
None
None
None
None
Single 14" helix
Twin 14" helices
Triple 14" helices
Galv.
C1100388
C1100470
C1100389
C1100440
C1100471
C1100454
C1100475
Non-Galv.
C1140016
C1140104
C1140017
C1140080
C1140108
C1140058
C1140112
L
2
37"
59"
80"
122"
48"
80"
123"
SS 150
L
2
37"
59"
80"
124"
48"
80"
124"
SS 175
L
2
37"
58"
80"
123"
45"
80"
123"
SS 200
Galv.
C1100645
C1100646
C1100647
C1100650
C1100652
Non-Galv.
C1140243
C1140244
C1140245
C1140238
C1140252
L
2
40"
60"
80"
120"
39"
78"
120"
SS 225
EXTENSIONS
TERMINATION ADAPTERS
Thimpleye Adapter
Twineye Adapter
Tripleye Adapter
Ovaleye Adapter
Threaded Adapter
Chain Shackle
Non-Galv.
L
5
=13
1
2
L
4
=1
1
2
L
3
17"
17"
17"
17"
20"
5
1
8"
SS 150
Galv.
H
T1100311
H
T1100465
H
T1100352*
T1100134
Non-Galv.
L
5
=36"
L
5
=1
13
16
L
3
17"
17"
48"
6
5
8"
SS 175
Galv.
T1100312
C1100557
Non-Galv.
L
4
=2
1
4"
L
3
17"
8
1
4"
SS 200
Galv.
C1100558
Non-Galv.
L
4
=2
3
8"
L
3
9"
SS 225
Galv.
C1100136
C1100137
C1100138
C1100140
C1100472
C1100450
C1100476
Non-Galv.
C1140022
C1140105
C1140023
C1140081
C1140109
C1140057
C1140113
Galv.
C1100563
C1100564
C1100565
C1100566
C1100577
C1100581
C1100586
Non-Galv.
C1140209
C1140210
C1140211
C1140212
C1140220
C1140224
C1140231
*T1100352 includes two nuts.
Tripleye
shackle
Lead Section Lead Section Plain Extension Single Helix
Extension
Two Helix
Extension
L
1
L
1
L
2
L
2
L
2
Ovaleye
Adapter
L
3
Chain
Shackle
L
3
L
4
TRIPLEYE
Chain
Shackle
L
3
L
4
Galv.
C1020023
C1020024
C1020025
C1100041
C1100026
C1100574
Galv.
C1100227
C1100235
C1100505
C1100247
Non-Galv.
C1140020
C1140021
C1140084
C1140101
Socket
H
Clevis
TRIPLEYE
Adapter
L
3
Socket
TwINEYE
Adapter
Socket
H
Clevis
THIMBLEYE
Adapter
L
3
L
3
L
3
L
3
L
5
L
3
L
3
L
5
H
Clevis ftting. Others have Socket ftting.
Socket
H
Clevis
Threaded
Adapter
4-14
AUGUST 2009
HUBBELL
Power Systems
Std.
Pkg./
Pallet
1/100
1/100
1/60
1/20
1/20
1/20
1/100
1/100
1/60
1/50
Rod Dia.
&
Length
3
4" x 54"
3
4" x 66"
1" x 66"
1
1
4" x 66"
1
1
4" x 96"
1
1
4" x 96"
3
4" x 54"
3
4" x 66"
1" x 66"
1
1
4" x 72"
Anchor
Size
Dia.
4"
6"
8"
10"
10"
14"
4"
6"
8"
N/A
Class
7
1500
2500
6000
7000
7000
12000
1500
2500
6000
N/A
Class
6
3000
5000
9000
10000
10000
15000
3000
5000
9000
N/A
Class
5
4500
6500
11000
13000
13000
16000
4500
6500
11000
N/A
Description
Tripleye

Tripleye
Tripleye
Tripleye

Tripleye
Tripleye
Thimbleye
Thimbleye

Thimbleye
Tripleye
Catalog
No.
4345
6346*
PS816
10146
10148
12537
43451
63461
8161
402
Extension Rod 402
forged coupling
engages forged
Tripleye
ftting
on Anchor rod.
For Hand or Machine Installation
Chance No-Wrench Screw Anchors may be installed by hand or machine. The Thimbleye
eye or Tripleye

eye on the rod has a large opening to admit a turning bar for screwing the anchor down. The eye will
also ft into an adapter available from most hole-boring machine manufacturers so the anchor may be
power-installed. The No-Wrench Screw Anchor consists of a drop-forged steel Thimbleye
eye or Tripleye

eye rod welded to a steel helix. The entire anchor is hot-dip galvanized for long resistance to rust.
No-Wrench Screw Anchors can be installed to a greater depth to reach a frmer soil by us-
ing an extension rod, available in three lengths below. Maximum installing torque is 2300
ft.-lbs. for 1
1
4" diameter rod.
Catalog numbers 4345, 6346 and PS816 may be ordered with a forged Thimbleye
rod rather
than the standard Tripleye
rod. To order a Thimbleye
rod simply add "1" to the suffx of

the catalog number. Example: Catalog No. 63461.
NO-wRENCH SCREw ANCHOR
Kelly Bar
Kelly Bar Adapter
No wrench Power
Installation Tool
No-wrench Anchor
NO wRENCH
TYPICAL DRIvE STRING
Typical working torque:
3
4" Rod 400 ft.-lbs.
1" Rod 1000 ft.-lbs.
1
1
4" Rod 2300 ft.-lbs.
APPLICATION AND ORDERING INFORMATION
NO-wRENCH POwER INSTALLATION TOOL
Especially designed for use with the Chance por-
table anchor installer. This tool bolts directly to
the installers output fange or appropriate Kelly
bar adapter. Adjustable pivot plates accept rods
from
3
4 to 1
1
4" diameter. Through-pin with retainer
clip passes through the eyenut.
Has (four) holes on a 5
1
4" bolt circle for attach-
ment. Includes (four)
1
2" x 1
1
2" bolts, nuts and
lockwasher.
Note: Can be attached to any Chance Torque
Indicator
Catalog No.
E3030255
Weight, lbs.
9
6
7
/8"
Note: If hand installed, holding capacity may be reduced by as much as 10% to 20%.
Capacity ratings apply to properly installed anchors only.
No-Wrench Screw Anchor
Holding Capacity - (lbs.)
vs Soil Class
Extension Rod
*RUS Accepted.
4-15
HUBBELL
Power Systems
AUGUST 2009
MORE HOLDING CAPACITY FOR LESS
Four different sizes are available with holding capacity as high as 40,000
pounds.
Chance Bust Expanding Anchors expand to take full advantage of the avail-
able area. All eight blades wedge into undisturbed earth . . . there is no wasted
space between blades.
This anchor should be installed in relatively dry and solid soils. The effectiveness
of the anchor is dependent upon the thoroughness of backfll tamping.
Description
Expanding & Tamping Bar
Length
10'
12'
Weight
22 lbs.
24 lbs.
EXPANDING & TAMPING BAR
The improved Chance fberglass handle Expanding and Tamping Bar simplifes the job of
expanding anchors. The curved Tamper and Expander Head distributes the weight of the
bar evenly around the anchor rod to reduce handle vibration. The hook of the Expanding
and Tamping Bar wraps around the anchor rod to keep the Expanding Head from slip-
ping off the anchor top plate. This tool is also effectively used for tamping in soil above
the installed anchor. The base casting is attached directly to the Epoxiglas
handle.
Bust Expanding Anchor
Std.
Pkg./
Pallet
12/288
6/150
4/48
4/48
2/26
2/26
8-Way Anchor Holding Capacity - (lbs.)
vs Soil Class
Catalog
Number
6870*
88135*
1082
108234
1283
12831
Anchor
Hole
Size
6"
8"
10"
10"
12"
12"
Area
Sq.
In.
70
135
200
200
300
300
Rod Size
(Order
Separately)
5
8"
5
8" or
3
4"
1"
3
4"
1
1
4"
1"
Ultimate strength of rod may limit holding capacity. (See page 4-17 for rod ratings and selection.)
Add suffx "G" for galvanized. Example: 88135G.
*RUS Accepted.
Note: Capacity ratings apply to properly installed anchors only.
Class
3
16000
26500

31000
31000
40000
40000
Class
4
14000
22000
26500
26500
34000
34000
Class
5
11000
18000
21000
21000
26500
26500
Class
6
8500
15000
16500
16500
21500
21500
Class
7
5000
10000
12000
12000
16000
16000
To order fberglass replacement handles or expander head, see page 4A-11.
Cat. No.
C3020003
C3020004
4-16
AUGUST 2009
HUBBELL
Power Systems
The Cross-Plate anchor is made for installation in holes drilled
by power diggers. Because the size of the hole does not affect
holding capacity, the hole can be dug by the same auger that
is used to dig the pole holes on transmission projects.
Cross-Plate Anchor
Std.
Pkg./
Pallet
6/108
4//64
4/64
1/48
1/48
1/48
Holding Capacity
- (lbs.)
(No Safety Factors Included)
vs Soil Class
Catalog
Number
X16
X20
X201
X2434*
X24
X241

Hole
Size
16"
20"
20"
24"
24"
24"
Area
Sq. In.
150
250
250
400
400
400
Rod Size
(order
separately)
5
8",
3
4"
5
8",
3
4"
1"
5
8",
3
4"
1"
1
1
4"
X24 Series are not available in carton and are shipped as individual pieces.
Ultimate strength of rod may limit holding capacity. (See page 4-17 for rod ratings and selection.)
Add suffx "G" for galvanized. Example: X20G.
*RUS Accepted.
Class 3
26500

34000

34000
45000
45000
45000
Class 4
22500
29000
29000
37000
37000
37000
Class 5
18500
24000
24000
30000
30000
30000
Class 6
14500
19000
19000
23500
23500
23500
Class 7
9500
14000
14000
18000
18000
18000
Approx. Wt.
per Carton
90 lb.
64 lb.
64 lb.
34 lb.
34 lb.
34 lb.
Cross-Plate anchors are installed in a diagonal bored hole
which is undercut so the anchor is at right angles to the guy.
A rod trench is either cut with a trenching tool or drilled with
a small power auger. Both anchor and rod trench should be
reflled and tamped.
Rod Slot
TOP vIEw
Rods, Anchor, Galvanized
Extensions
These anchor rod extensions primarily are for making above-
grade connections between installed anchors and guy wires.
Each extensions forged eye is designed to distribute pulling
Std. Pkg.
/Pallet
1/50
1/50
1/50
Rod Dia.
& Length
1
1
4" x 24"
1
1
4" x 36"
1
1
4" x 72"
Catalog No.
4022
pS4023
402
Description
Tripleye
Tripleye
Tripleye
Forged Clevis style

Catalog No.
pSC1022176
pSC1022177
pSC1022178
pSC1022183
pSC1022305
pSC1022184
pSC1022306
pSC1022185
pSC1022307
Std. Pkg.
/Pallet
1/50
1/50
1/50
1/50
1/50
1/50
1/50
1/50
1/50
Rod Dia.
& Length
3
4" x 24"
3
4" x 36"
3
4" x 72"
1" x 24"
1" x 24"
1" x 36"
1" x 36"
1" x 72"
1" x 72"
Description
Tripleye
Tripleye
Tripleye
Twineye
Tripleye
Twineye
Tripleye
Twineye
Tripleye
welded Clevis style

stresses uniformly over individual strands of guy wire and
keep the guy wire from spreading, kinking, or bending.
The drop-forged eye of each extension rod is stronger than
the rod itself. Rod length and diameter are stamped below
each rod eye.
Each extension rod includes a high-strength bolt and
nut.
4-17
HUBBELL
Power Systems
AUGUST 2009
+Protected Rods - Catalog No. Catalog No.
Size
1
/2 x 5'
1
/2 x 6'
1
/2 x 7'
5
/8" x 5'
5
/8" x 6'
5
/8" x 7'
5
/8" x 8'
3
/4" x 6'
3
/4" x 7'
3
/4" x 8'
3
/4" x 9'
3
/4" x 10'
1" x 8'
1" x 9'
1" x 10'
1
1
/4 x 8'
1
1
/4 x 10'
Thimbleye

Adapter
5305
5306
5307
5315
*5316
*5317
*5318
*5326
*5327
*5328
*5338
*5340
*N.E.M.A. Standard
RUS Accepted.
+Galvanized rod and square nuts meet NEMA specifcation plus have polyethylene tube. No asphalt paint is added, so tube can slide
down after anchor is expanded.
D
5
/8"
3
/4"
1"
1
1
/4"
*R
7
/32"
1
/4"
5
/16"
3
/8"
B
1
3
/4"
2"
2
5
/8"
2
15
/16"
TwINEYE
ADAPTER
C
7
/8"
1"
1
3
/16"
1
1
/4"
E
15
/16
1
1
/16"
1
5
/16
1
9
/16"
F
1
1
/4"
1
3
/8"
1
1
/2"
1
5
/8"
D
3
/4"
1"
1
1
/4"
TRIPLEYE
ADAPTER
F
1
1
/4"
1
1
/2"
1
5
/8"
E
1
1
/2"
1
5
/8"
1
11
/16"
*R
1
/4"
1
/4"
9
/32"
*R1
7
/32"
7
/32"
1
/4"
B
2
1
/2"
2
9
/16"
2
7
/8"
C
1
11
/16"
1
11
/16"
1
11
/16"
Rod Size, in.
1
/2
5
/8
3
/4
1
1
1
/4
Strength, lb.
10,000
16,000
23,000
36,000
58,000
TENSILE STRENGTH
*(2 x R or 2 x R1) = maximum-diameter guy strand.
Twineye
Adapter
5346
*5347
*5348
*5356
*5357
*5358
*5359
5360
*5368
5369
*5370
15129
Tripleye
Adapter
*7557
7558
7559
7568
7570
C2000028
7574
Ovaleye
Adapter
PS6417
6440
Thimbleye
Adapter
C2000088
C2000089
C2000090
C2000091
C2000102
C2000103
Tripleye
Adapter
C2000099
C2000098
C2000097
C2000105
C2000104
Twineye
Adapter
C2000092
C2000093
C2000094
C2000095
C2000096
C2000100
C2000101
D
5
/8"
1"
A
9
/16"
7
/8"
B
1
1
/2"
1
1
/2"
OvALEYE

ADAPTER
C
2"
2"
D
1
/2"
5
/8"
3
/4"
1"
*R
3
/16"
1
/4"
9
/32"
13
/32"
B
1
1
/4"
1
1
/2"
1
5
/8"
2
1
/16"
THIMBLEYE
ADAPTER
C
9
/16"
11
/16"
13
/16"
1
1
/8"
E
1
/2"
9
/16"
11
/16"
15
/16"
F
1
1
/4"
1
3
/8"
1
1
/2"
1
5
/8"
Rods, Anchor, Galvanized
Available for one, two, or three guys for use with expanding
and cross-plate anchors. Thimbleye
, Twineye

and Tripleye

rods distribute pulling stresses uniformly over individual
strands of guy wire and keep the guy wire from spreading,
kinking, or bending. The drop-forged eye of each anchor rod
is stronger than the rod itself. Rod length and diameter
are stamped below each rod eye. Each rod is threaded 3
1
/2"
minimum length. Nuts included.
4-18
AUGUST 2009
HUBBELL
Power Systems
Saves Time, Labor, Money
The Chance Expanding Rock Anchor is a big time, labor, and money saver
. . . because, in most cases, there is no need to mix concrete, melt lead,
or carry extra, bulky equipment to the job. Generally, the cost of install-
ing the Expanding Rock Anchor is about 35% less than the old-fashioned
grouting method
Expands and Wedges
This anchor expands and wedges against solid walls of rock. And, once it
is expanded, the harder the pull on the rodthe tighter it wedges. Wedges
are made of malleable or ductile iron with a rust-resistant coating. Rod
should be in line with the guy.
Installation
Installation is quick and simple. Bore the hole with hand or power drill,
making sure that the diameter of the hole is
1
4-inch larger than the di-
ameter of the unexpanded anchor. Drop the anchor in the hole. Put a bar
through the large eye of the anchor rod. Turn the rod until the anchor is
frmly expanded against the sides of the hole. Grouting should be done if
protection of the rock against weathering is a concern.
This wedging force holds the anchor securely in placeto stay.
1, 2 or 3 Guy Strands
The large drop-forged Tripleye
rod of high-test steel holds up to three

guy strands. The contour of the eye grooves keeps the guy strands from
spreading, kinking, bending. . . and allows slack to be pulled up without
binding, damaging, or weakening the guy.
EXPANDING ROCK ANCHORS
Rod
Lth.
15"
30"
53"
60"
72"
84"
96"
Hole
Size
2"
2"
2"
2"
2"
2"
2"
Approx
Weight
Per 100
500
700
960
1040
1200
1300
1460
No.
in.
Bdl.
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
Cat.
No.
R315*
R330*
R353*
R360
R372
R384
R396
Rod
Dia.
3
4"
3
4"
3
4"
3
4"
3
4"
3
4"
3
4"
Anchor
Size
1
3
4"
1
3
4"
1
3
4"
1
3
4"
1
3
4"
1
3
4"
1
3
4"
Anchor
Fully
Exp'd
2
3
8"
2
3
8"
2
3
8"
2
3
8"
2
3
8"
2
3
8"
2
3
8"
Rod
Lth.
30"
53"
72"
96"
Hole
Size
2
1
2"
2
1
2"
2
1
2"
2
1
2"
Approx
Weight
Per 100
1166
1833
2133
2666
No.
in.
Bdl.
3
3
3
3
Cat.
No.
R130L
R153L
R172L
R196L
Rod
Dia.
1"
1"
1"
1"
Anchor
Size
2
1
4"
2
1
4"
2
1
4"
2
1
4"
Anchor
Fully
Exp'd
3
1
8"
3
1
8"
3
1
8"
3
1
8"
*RUS Accepted.
3
4" Rod Minimum Ultimate Strength of 23,000 pounds.
1" Rod Minimum Ultimate Strength of 36,000 pounds.
Ultimate strength ratings apply to properly installed anchors only.
Recommended minimum installation depth is 12" in solid rock.
OPEN CLOSED
. . . push anchor into hole Drill hole . . . . . . turn rod to expand.
4-19
HUBBELL
Power Systems
AUGUST 2009
Quicker Installing, More Effcient Than Wood Key
Made of structural steel, the Chance Pole Key anchor is used where guys are impractical or as
backup to guys.
The Pole Key anchor can be installed in about 15 minutes, while it takes about 3 hours to install
an old-type wood key.
The Pole Key anchor is extensively used for keying power and telephone-line poles, and wood
poles used in street lighting. It is also used as a pole reinforcement in soft soils where the load
is unbalanced, due to small angles or crossarm confguration.
Expanding Pole Key Anchor
Application and Ordering Information
Ultimate Resisting Force at 5 ft. Depth (lb.)
Approx.
Weight
24
1
2 lb.
Area
Expanded
276 sq. in.
Blade
Width
7"
Width
Expanded
27
1
4"
Catalog
Number
*P4817
Soil
Class
4
9,500
Soil
Class
3
11,000
Soil
Class
5
7,400
Soil
Class
6
5,800
Chance Pole Key anchor is quickly installed next to a pole
butt to help hold it in place against light overturning loads
due to service drops, prevailing winds or small changes in
line direction (See illustrations).
The lateral load and overturning moment which can be resisted depends on the height of the load above
ground level, the depths of the two opposing Pole Keys, and the allowable lateral defection of the pole at
ground line.
*RUS Accepted. Accommodates any
3
4"-diameter rod on page 4-17.
CLOSED EXPANDED
4-20
AUGUST 2009
HUBBELL
Power Systems
Protected Rod for Corrosion-Resistant Anchor
These rods include fber-reinforced washer and heavy-forged cap nut. Nut is attached to rod. Washer is shipped separately in a box.
Galvanized Rod meets NEMA specifcation PH2 plus has asphalt coating, polyethylene tube and heat shrink collar.
Lb./100 Pcs.
1330
1450
1566
1826
2500
3005
Thimbleye

Adapter
Catalog No.
C2000053
C2000054
C2000055
C2000056
C2000057
C2000114
C2000108
C2000058
C2000059
Lb./100 Pcs.
1362
1470
1650
1750
1910
2800
3050
Twineye

Adapter
Lb./100 Pcs.
1630
1783
1883
2730
3270
Tripleye

Adapter
3
4" x 6'
3
4" x 7'
3
4" x 8'
3
4" x 9'
3
4" x 10'
1" x 6'
1" x 7'
1"x 8'
1"x 9'
1"x 10'
For additional sizes of rods, contact Hubbell Power Systems, Inc.
The Chance corrosion-resistant disc anchor is designed
for low resistivity, alkaline and acidic soils with electrolite
combinations. The anchor eye is forged directly to the rod,
so the eye is an integral part of the anchor. The anchor's
fanged cap nut is forged. It's large and heavy for greater
protection. The heat-shrink sleeve over the galvanized an-
chor rod helps prevent moisture from going down the rod.
The insulating washer is fberglass-reinforced thermoset
material for better load-bearing properties compared to
thermoform materials.
Chance design offers many advantages
Corrosion-Resistant
Anchor
Rod
Size
Catalog No.
C2000047
C2000048
C2000049
C2000050
C2000051
C2000052
Catalog No.
C2000106
C2000061
C2000062
C2000107
C2000063
C2000064
Fiber-Reinforced washer
Catalog
No.
C2100033
C2100034
Fits
Rod Size
3
4"
1"
Approx.
Wt./100 pcs.
23 lb.
19 lb.
Asphalt-Coated Galvanized Anchor Rod
Curved
Washer Surface
Flat
Washer Surface
Disk Anchor
Round Plastic Tube
Short Piece of Heat Shrink Tubing
at Top of Rod
Insulating Washer
Nut
Catalog
Number
C2050407
C2050408
Fits
Rod
Size
3
4"
1"
Approx.
Wt./100
pcs.
242 lb.
242 lb.
Cap Nut
23,000
23,000
23,000
23,000
23,000
36,000
36,000
36,000
36,000
36,000
Rod

Tensile
Strength, lb.
Ultimate strength of rod may limit holding capacity.

Holding Capacity
- (lbs.)
(No Safety Factors Included)
vs Soil Class
Class 3
500-600
in-lb
31000

31000

40000
40000
50000
50000
Class 4
400-500
in-lb
26500
26500
34000
34000
41000
41000
Class 5
300-400
in-lb
21000
21000
26000
26000
33500
33500
Class 6
200-300
in-lb
16500
16500
21500
21500
26000
26000
Class 7
100-200
in-lb
12000
12000
16000
16000
20000
20000
Fits
Protected
Rod Size
3
4"
1"
1"
1"
1"
1"
Hole
Size
16"
16"
20"
20"
24"
24"
Description
16" Anchor .187" Thick
Catalog No.
C1022008
C1022009
C1022011
C1022012
C1022054
C1022050
Corrosion-Resistant Anchor
4-21
HUBBELL
Power Systems
AUGUST 2009
Catalog
Number
T1120192
T1120224
C1120275
Std.
Pkg./
Pallet
1/12
1/12
1/12
Weight
ea.,
lb.
45
53
61
Description
8" Helix, 3
1
/2" O.D. x 60" Shaft
8" Helix, 3
1
8" Helix, 3
1
8,000 ft.-lb. Typical working Torque
Bumper Posts
for instant equipment protection
Protect transformers, switchgear and guys. Any equipment
needing bumper protection is an ideal candidate. Cheaper than
concrete. Installation in minutes regardless of weather condi-
tions. Available power diggers can install through blacktop
surfaces. Hot-dip galvanized corrosion-resistant fnish.
Installing Tools
Additional tools may not be
required for Bumper Post if
Kelly bar can be inserted into
the 3.06" inside dia. of the
post and pinned by a bent-
arm pin.
Tools are available which
bolt directly to Chance Kelly
bar adapters or which can be
used with Chance locking dog
assembly.
Order C3030737 for Kelly bar
attachment or C3030739 for
use with locking dog assembly.
Bumper Post is inserted into
drive tool and held by the
provided bent-arm pin.
C3030737
C3030739
Hole for attaching drive tool
Drive-on metal cap
Power-Installed Design
4A-1
HUBBELL
Power Systems
JUNE 2009
ANCHOR TOOLS
4A
Warranty - Material
said product.
Printed in USA
RGS 3M 6/09
4A-2
JUNE 2009
HUBBELL
Power Systems
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
4A-3
4A-4
4A-5
4A-6
4A-7
4A-8
4A-9
4A-10
4A-11
4A-12
4A-13
4A-14
4A-15
Subject
How to match Chance PISA
Anchors with Installing Wrenches

PISA
Drive Tools (10,000 ft.-lb. System)

Building a Drive Tool String (PISA
,
RR and SS Anchors)
TOUGH ONE
Drive Tools (15,000 ft.-lb. System)

Bent Arm Pin and Coil Lock Information
Adapters (Reducers, SS and No-Wrench)
Chance Torque Indicators (Mechanical and Shear Pin)
Soil Test Probe Assemblies
Expanding Bar and Pulling Eye
Portable Anchor Installers for Small Foundations
Portable Anchor Installers and Hydraulic Power Unit
Anchor/Foundation Drive Heads and Mounting
Components for Skid-Steers and Backhoes
4A-3
HUBBELL
Power Systems
JUNE 2009
2
0
0
4

H
u
b
b
e
l
l

2
1
0

N
.

A
l
l
e
n

S
t
.

C
e
n
t
r
a
l
i
a
,

M
O

6
5
2
4
0
B
u
l
l
e
t
i
n

0
4
-
9
1
1
4
A
T
P
r
i
n
t
e
d

i
n

U
S
A
A
&
J

R
e
v

6
/
9
6
8
,
0
0
0
1
0
,
0
0
0
8
,
0
0
0
1
5
,
0
0
0
7
,
0
0
0
6
,
0
0
0
4
,
0
0
0
6
,
0
0
0
*
C
1
0
2
-
1
5
8
3
*
C
1
0
2
-
1
5
9
5
*
C
3
0
3
-
1
0
6
4
*
C
3
0
3
-
1
0
6
3
*
*
C
3
0
3
-
0
9
8
3
*
*
C
3
0
3
-
0
9
8
2
7
'
3
1
2
'
7
'
3
1
2
'
7
'
3
1
2
'
1
0
,
0
0
0
1
0
,
0
0
0
1
0
,
0
0
0
1
0
,
0
0
0
1
5
,
0
0
0
1
5
,
0
0
0
2
.
1
6
2
.
1
6
2
.
4
4
2
.
4
4
2
.
4
4
2
.
4
4
1
.
4
6
1
.
4
6
1
.
5
4
1
.
5
4
1
.
5
4
1
.
5
4
M
a
x
i
m
u
m

I
n
s
t
a
l
l
a
t
i
o
n

T
o
r
q
u
e

R
a
t
i
n
g

(
f
t
-
l
b
s
)
O
r
a
n
g
e
Y
e
l
l
o
w
R
e
d
*
F
i
t
s

L
o
c
k
i
n
g

D
o
g

A
s
s
e
m
b
l
y

C
C
3
0
3
-
0
0
6
9
H
D
*
*

F
i
t
s

L
o
c
k
i
n
g

D
o
g

A
s
s
e
m
b
l
y

C
C
3
0
3
-
0
9
8
1
O
u
t
s
i
d
e
I
n
s
i
d
e

D
i
m
.

(
i
n
c
h
e
s
)
O
u
t
s
i
d
e

D
i
m
.

(
i
n
c
h
e
s
)
M
a
x
i
m
u
m

I
n
s
t
a
l
l
i
n
g
T
o
r
q
u
e

R
a
t
i
n
g

(
f
t
-
l
b
s
)
L
e
n
g
t
h

(
f
t
.
)
I
n
s
t
a
l
l
i
n
g

W
r
e
n
c
h
C
a
t
a
l
o
g

N
u
m
b
e
r
C
1
0
2
-
5
0
X
X

S
e
r
i
e
s
T
O
U
G
H

O
N
E

A
n
c
h
o
r

-

L
a
r
g
e

H
u
b
C
1
0
2
-
5
0
X
X

S
e
r
i
e
s
T
O
U
G
H

O
N
E

A
n
c
h
o
r

-

L
a
r
g
e

H
u
b
C
1
0
2
-
5
2
X
X

S
e
r
i
e
s
T
O
U
G
H

O
N
E

A
n
c
h
o
r

-

S
m
a
l
l

H
u
b
C
1
0
2
-
5
2
X
X

S
e
r
i
e
s
T
O
U
G
H

O
N
E

A
n
c
h
o
r

-

S
m
a
l
l

H
u
b
M
i
d
-
S
t
r
e
n
g
t
h

P
I
S
A

A
n
c
h
o
r
S
t
a
n
d
a
r
d
-
S
t
r
e
n
g
t
h

P
I
S
A

A
n
c
h
o
r
P
I
S
A

7

A
n
c
h
o
r
P
I
S
A

6

A
n
c
h
o
r

(
f
o
r
m
e
r
l
y

P
I
S
A

5

A
n
c
h
o
r
)
H
o
w

t
o

M
a
t
c
h
A
n
c
h
o
r
s
a
n
d

I
n
s
t
a
l
l
i
n
g

W
r
e
n
c
h
e
s
I
n
s
i
d
e

a
n
d

o
u
t
s
i
d
e

d
i
m
e
n
s
i
o
n
s

c
o
r
r
e
s
p
o
n
d

t
o
t
h
e

c
o
l
o
r

c
o
d
e
d

e
n
d

o
f

i
n
s
t
a
l
l
i
n
g

w
r
e
n
c
h
.
I
n
s
i
d
e
N
O
T
E
:

B
e
c
a
u
s
e

H
u
b
b
e
l
l

h
a
s

a

p
o
l
i
c
y

o
f

c
o
n
t
i
n
u
o
u
s

p
r
o
d
u
c
t

i
m
p
r
o
v
e
m
e
n
t
,

w
e
r
e
s
e
r
v
e

t
h
e

r
i
g
h
t

t
o

c
h
a
n
g
e

d
e
s
i
g
n

a
n
d

s
p
e
c
i
f
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s

w
i
t
h
o
u
t

n
o
t
i
c
e
.
P
O
W
E
R

S
Y
S
T
E
M
S
,

I
N
C
.
4A-4
JUNE 2009
HUBBELL
Power Systems
Drive-End
Wrench
C1021583
Orange
Drive-End
Wrench
C3031064
Yellow
STANDARD Drive-End Wrench installs
8,000 ft.-lb. (small hub) Tough one
anchors,
anchors,
4,000 ft.-lb. Standard-Strength PISA anchors,
6,000 ft.-lb. Mid-Strength PISA anchors
HYBRID Drive-End Wrench installs
8,000 ft.-lb. (large hub) Tough one
anchors,
6,000 ft.-lb. PISA 6 anchors,
7,000 ft.-lb. PISA 7anchors
3
1
2-ft. Drive-End Wrench
NOTE: These wrenches will ft 15,000 ft.-lb. TOUgH ONE
anchors dimension-
ally, but . . . MUST NOT be used for TORQUES IN EXCESS of 10,000 ft.-lb.!
*NOTE: The old-style HYBRID wrenches C3031063 and C3031064, having a
collar welded around the drive end, ft only PISA 6 and PISA 7 anchors.
C1021595
*
C3031063
3
1
/2-ft. Extension
7-ft. Extension
Extension Wrench
for above STANDARD and HYBRID Drive-End Wrenches
630027
630028
Part No.
630013
630011HD
630012HD
630014
630015
630016
630017
Kelly Bar
Shape
Hex
Hex
Hex
Square
Square
Square
Square
Kelly Bar Dimension
Each STANDARD Kelly bar adapter has six holes for
1
/2" bolts on
a 5
1
/4" bolt circle and comes with six
1
/2" Grade 5 bolts, nuts, lock
washers and bent arm pin with coil lock.
Y
5"
4
1
/4"
4
1
/4"
5
7
/8"
2
3
/4"
2
1
/4"
2
1
/2"
X
2"
2
1
/2"
2
5
/8"
2
1
/4"
2
1
/2"
2
1
/4"
2
1
/2"
Z
6
1
/8"
8
1
/8"
8
1
/8"
7"
7"
3
1
/2"
3
1
/2"
STANDARD Locking Dog Assembly
Description
Complete STANDARD
Locking Dog Assembly
Locking Dog Replacement Kit includes
parts needed to replace both locking dogs
Replacement Ring Only
STANDARD Locking Dog Assembly has six holes for
1
/2" bolts on a
5
1
/4" bolt circle, comes with six
1
/2" Grade 5 bolts, nuts and lock washers.
STANDARD Drive-End Wrench installs
anchors,
anchors,
4,000 ft.-lb. Standard-Strength PISA anchors,
6,000 ft.-lb. Mid-Strength PISA anchors
HYBRID Drive-End Wrench installs
8,000 ft.-lb. (large hub) Tough one
anchors,
6,000 ft.-lb. PISA 6 anchors,
7,000 ft.-lb. PISA 7anchors
7-ft. Drive-End Wrench
C1021583
*
C3031064
STANDARD Kelly Bar Adapter with Bent Arm Pin
(5
1
4" Bolt Circle)
A complete tool system consists of: Kelly bar adapter,
torque indicator, locking dog assembly and drive-end
assembly. For instructions for selecting the proper
Kelly bar adapter, see page 4A-5.
Convertible to Extension Use
Extension assemblies can be added where soil conditions
STANDARD and HYBRID PISA
Anchor Installing Tools

(For installing torques up to 10,000 ft.-lb.)
Cat. No.
C3030069HD
C3030070
P1300007P
Wt. ea.,
lb.
10
18
18
13
1
/4
13
1
/4
10
9
Wt.ea.
20 lb.
4 lb.
0.10 lb.
57 lb.
64 lb.
29 lb.
28 lb.
42 lb.
70 lb.
P0010259P Hex Bolt
055371P Lockwasher
055635P Hex Nut
Extension
Wrench
630027
630028
Replacement Dog Bolt
630002P (2 per wrench)
Kelly Bar Adapter
Z
Y
STANDARD
Locking
Dog Assembly
C3030069HD
7"
dictate that anchors be set more than one rod length deep
or where digger to ground clearances are limited.
Transmits Torque to Anchor Core
The wrench transmits the torque from the Kelly bar of the
digger to the hub of the Power-Installed Screw Anchor so
that the anchor rod need be only large enough in diameter
to support the guy load.
X
Kelly Bar
Y
4A-5
HUBBELL
Power Systems
JUNE 2009
SCREW ANCHOR
DRIvE TOOL STRINgS
Selecting the correct Kelly Bar Adapter is key to building a successful Drive String.
Follow these two easy steps:
1) Remove the auger from the digger and carefully measure the X and Y dimensions of the Kelly bar.
2) Match the shape of the Kelly bar and the X and Y dimensions with the Kelly bar adapter chart provided on page 4A-4
or 4A-6. The Y dimension on the Kelly bar adapter must be equal to or greater than the Y dimension on the Kelly bar
itself.
A Note about Bolt Circles
Chance anchor installing tools are provided with appropriate bolt circles for the expected service. The torque limitations
for the three standard bolt circles are give below. Never exceed the rated torque of any Chance installing tool.
Bolt Circle
(6)
1
/2" Grade 5 bolts on 5
1
/4" Bolt Circle
(6)
5
5
/8" Bolt Circle
(12)
5
5
/8" Bolt Circle
Use for Torque up to
10,000 ft.-lb.
15,000 ft.-lb.
20,000 ft.-lb.
PISA
Drive Wrench
PISA
Anchor
Drive Strings
for
PISA
Anchor,
SS Anchor
or
RR Anchor
Installations:
(can bolt directly to
Kelly Bar Adapter)
Anchor
Drive Tool
(can bolt directly to
Kelly Bar Adapter)
Y
X
Y
Kelly Bar
Adapter
Kelly Bar
Torque Indicator
(optional)
Rod
Anchor
SS5,
SS150,
RR
Drive Wrench
Drive String
for
SS Anchor
or
RR Anchor
Installations:
X
4A-6
JUNE 2009
HUBBELL
Power Systems
TOUGH ONE Kelly Bar Adapter with Bent Arm Pin (7
5
8" Bolt Circle)
Kelly Bar
Shape
Hex
Hex
Hex
Square
Square
Part No.
C3030936
C3030937
C3030940
C3030955
C3030958
Bent Arm
Pin Included
C3031223
C3031223
C3031222
C3031227
C3031227
5
/8" Gr. 2
Bolts Included
12
12
12
12
12
X
2
1
/2"
2
5
/8"
3"
2
1
/2"
3"
Y
3
7
/8"
3
7
/8"
4
1
/2"
4
3
/4"
3
1
/2"&4
15
/16"
Catalog No.
C3031340
Description
Torque Indicator adaptable to 5
1
/4" B.C. or 7
5
/8" B.C.
Wt., lb.
65
*Mechanical Torque Indicator
Each TOuGH ONE
Kelly bar adapters has twelve holes for

5
/8" bolts on a 7
5
/8" bolt circle,
comes with twelve
5
/8" Grade 2 bolts, nuts & lockwashers and bent arm pin with coil lock.
*See page 4A-9 for additional information on Chance Torque Indicators.
For SS and RR Anchor Tool options when using the TOuGH ONE
Drive String System,

see page 4A-8.
TOUgH ONE Locking Dog Assembly
Catalog No.
C3030981
C3031026
Description
Complete TOuGH ONE Locking Dog Assembly
Locking Dog Replacement Kit
Includes all parts less casting, bolts, nuts, washers
TOuGH ONE locking dog assembly has twelve holes for
5
/8" bolts on a 7
5
/8" bolt circle and
comes with twelve
5
/8" Grade 2 bolts, nuts and lockwashers.
Description
Installs 15,000 ft.-lb. (large hub) Tough one

Anchors, 8,000 ft.-lb. (large hub) Tough one

and all 1
1
/2" Core Anchors
Catalog No.
C3030982
C3030983
Length
3
1
/2 ft.
7 ft.
TOUgH ONE Drive-End Wrenches
TOuGH ONE
drive ends are painted with a red band on the bottom.

Description
Extension attaches to drive-end wrench
when additional depth is required.
Catalog No.
C3030987
C3030988
Length
3
1
/2 ft.
7 ft.
Extension Assemblies for TOUgH ONE Drive-End Wrench
Kelly Bar Dimensions
TOUgH ONE
Anchor Installing Tools

Red
Drive Wrench
Wt., lb.
28
5
Wt., lb.
36
73
Wt., lb.
53
89
Z
8
1
/4"
8
1
/4"
8"
7"
7"
Weight,
lb.
23
23
27
22
23
A complete tool system consists of: Kelly bar adapter, torque indicator, locking
dog assembly and drive-end assembly. For instructions for selecting the proper
Kelly bar adapter, see page 4A-5.
Hex Bolt 056653P
Lockwasher 055827P
Hex Nut 450314P
*Torque Indicator
Hex Bolt 056653P
Lockwasher 055827P
Hex Nut 055803P
X
Kelly Bar
Y
Kelly Bar Adapter
Z
Y
7
3
/4"
4A-7
HUBBELL
Power Systems
JUNE 2009

Size
3" x
5
/8"
3
1
/2" x
3
/4"
4
1
/2" x 1"
5" x
3
/4"
4
1
/2" x
1
/2"
5" x
5
/8"
Bent Arm Pin
and Coil Lock Assembly
C3031226
C3031225
C3031224
C3031227
C3031223
C3031222
ANCHOR INSTALLINg TOOL
BENT ARM PIN WITH COIL LOCK
Each Chance plated-steel Bent Arm pin is designed to attach
a Kelly bar adapter to a Kelly bar. Also used to secure SS, RR
and bumper post anchors to anchor drive tools.
Use with STANDARD and TOUgH ONE

Kelly bar adapters,
SS, RR and bumper post
installing tools
ORDERINg INFORMATION
Bent Arm Pins with Coil Locks are included with new tools
as required. Order Pins and Coil Locks for existing tools as
shown below.
BENT ARM PIN
COIL LOCK
To order Coil Lock only, order Part No. P3031215P.
*Old-style Kelly Bar Adapters,
no longer available.
Always use the approved combination of Coil Locks
and Bent Arm Pins. Never attempt to use any other
combinations, such as hair pins, cotter keys, etc., with
Bent Arm Pins.
! WARNINg
Chance Bent Arm Pins with Coil Locks are
the only tested and approved means for
through-pin attachment of drive tools. Do not
attempt to use any other means of attach-
ment.
! WARNINg
SS/RR
Tools
639001
C3030195
C3030201
C3030202
C3030020
Bent Arm Pin
and Coil Lock
Assembly
C3031226
C3031225
C3031224
C3031224
C3031226
Bent Arm Pin
and Coil Lock
Assembly
C3031227
C3031223
C3031223
C3031223
C3031223
C3031223
C3031223
C3031222
C3031222
C3031227
C3031227
C3031223
C3031223
C3031222
C3031227
C3031227
Kelly Bar
Adapter
*630010
*630011
630011HD
*630012
630012HD
630013
630013A
630014
630015
630016
630017
C3030936
C3030937
C3030940
C3030955
C3030958
Bumper Post
Tools
C3030737
C3030739
Bent Arm Pin
and Coil Lock
Assembly
C3031227
C3031227
4A-8
JUNE 2009
HUBBELL
Power Systems
Description
Bolt circle adapter with two
1
/2" x 5
1
/4" bolt circles
Bolt circle adapter with one
1
/2" x 5
1
/4" bolt circle and
one
5
/8" x 7
5
/8" bolt circle
Wt., lb.
11
18
ADAPTERS
BOLT CIRCLE ADAPTERS
(For torques up to 10,000 ft.-lb.)
These adapters are used to connect two tools having incompatable bolt circles.
The C3030115 is for use between two tools having tapped 5
1
/4" bolt circles.
The T3030166 is for use between a tool having a 5
1
/4" bolt circle and one hav-
ing a 7
5
/8" bolt circle.
Both are limited to 10,000 ft.-lb.
FOR INSTALLINg NO-WRENCH ANCHOR
& MANUAL FOUNDATION TOOL
Especially designed for use with the Chance portable anchor installer. This
tool bolts directly to the installers output fange or Kelly bar adapter having
six
1
/2" dia. holes on a 5
1
/4" bolt circle. Adjustable pivoting plates accept rods
from
3
/4" to 1
1
/4" diameter.
For manually-installed foundations, eyenut must be temporarily installed for
installation. Has four holes on 5
1
/4" bolt circle for attachment. Includes four
1
/2" x 1
1
/2" bolts, nuts and lockwashers.
Cat. No.
639001
C3030195*
C3030201*
C3030202*
Description
SS5/SS150/RR
Drive Tool
SS175 Drive Tool
SS200 Drive Tool
SS225 Drive Tool
Bolt Circle
(6)
1
/2" holes on 5
1
/4" B.C.
(12)
5
/8" holes on 7
5
/8" B.C.
(12)
5
/8" holes on 7
5
/8" B.C.
(12)
5
/8" holes on 7
5
/8" B.C.
Approx.
Wt., lb.
7
18
30
30
*Requires use of T3030166 adapter, and limited to 10,000 ft.-lb., when used
with STANDARD Kelly bar adapter (with a 5
1
/4" bolt circle).
Description
SS5/SS150/RR
Drive Tool
SS175 Drive Tool
SS200 Drive Tool
Cat. No.
C3030020
C3031035
T3031403
C3031077
Approx.
Wt., lb.
8
11
26
23
unit fts:
STANDARD Locking Dog Assembly
Tough one

Tough one

These tools slide into locking dog adapter and are retained by spring loaded
dogs.
FOR INSTALLINg SS OR RR ANCHORS
These Drive tools require the appropriate Kelly bar adapter, sold separately.
Each comes with bolts, nuts and lockwashers.
C3030115
639001
Weight, lb.
9
Cat. No.
E3030255
E3030255
T3030166
Cat. No.
C3030115
T3030166
C3030020
4A-9
HUBBELL
Power Systems
JUNE 2009
using the Chance Torque Indicator, you can install screw
anchors to a pre-determined torque value which gives a
positive indication of anchor holding capacity in any type
soil. These tools also help your crew avoid excessive torsional
loading which could cause damage to the anchor and/or other
anchor tools during installation.
The Indicators are mounted between the Kelly bar adapter
and drive wrench or locking dog assembly.
MECHANICAL TORQUE INDICATOR
Catalog No. C3031340
(For Installing torques up to 20,000 ft.-lb.)
Offers: Easy-to-read dial gives the operator a direct readout
of installation torque at all times.
No Shear pins to replace.
Top and bottom each has six holes tapped
1
2" - 13 on a 5
1
4" bolt
circle and twelve holes tapped
5
8" - 11 on a 7
5
8" bolt circle.
NOTE: Mechanical Torque Indicator is not recommended
in heavy, rocky soil applications.
CHANCE

TORQUE INDICATORS
Description
Shear Pin Torque Indicator
One Carton of Shear Pins (Approx. 1700 pins)
One Box of Shear Pins (Approx. 510 pins)
Wt., lb.
54
50
15
SHEAR PIN TORQUE LIMITER
For Installing torques up to 10,000 ft.-lb.
Offers: Protection for anchors and installing tools by disconnecting the power when the installing
torque reaches a preselected level.
useable in very rocky soil.
Durable does not require special storage or handling.
Top and bottom each has six holes tapped
1
2" - 13 on a 5
1
4" bolt circle.
*Each Shear Pin provides 500 ft.-lb. of torque.
Catalog Number
C3030044
*C3030045
*T3031420
Bent Arm
Pin
Locking
Dog
Assembly
Kelly Bar
Adapter
Torque
Indicator
Tooling with
7
5
/8" or 5
1
/4"
Bolt Circle
may be used.
Check Ratings
Coil Lock
4A-10
JUNE 2009
HUBBELL
Power Systems
Determine soil conditions without taking
core samples
The Chance Soil Test Probe is a mechanical instrument which enables
the operator to determine the condition of the sub-soil without core
samples. A ratchet-handle torque wrench which slides up and down on
the shaft is used to install or retract the probe. Torque wrench readings,
in inch-pounds, provide a way to measure the consistency of the sub-soil.
The torque values obtained are translated into soil classifcations using
the copyrighted Chance Soil Classifcation Table (see below) located on
the inside fap of the carrying case.
Torque readings are taken at the depth to which an anchor is to be in-
stalled, and at least 2 feet above this depth because the average earth
consistency 2 to 3 feet above the anchor determines the anchor holding
capacity. The probe shaft is marked at 1-foot intervals permitting soil
evaluation at every foot of depth.
The length of the Soil Test Probe (including helix) is 5 feet. Each shaft
coupled to the probe provides an additional 5 feet. A durable carrying
case protects the equipment when not in use.
ORDERINg INFORMATION
Description
Probe w/3 5-ft. extensions
Length
20'
Weight
21
1
/2 lb.
Soil Test Probe 1800 in.-lb. Capacity
Catalog No.
C3090033
Description
5-ft. extension only
Weight
3 lb.
Accessories
Cat. No.
C3090032
SOIL TEST PROBE

Geological Soil Classifcation
Granite, Basalt, Massive Limestone
Caliche, (Nitrate-bearing gravel/rock),
Basal till; boulder clay; caliche;
weathered laminated rock
Glacial till; weathered shales, schist,
gneiss and siltstone
Glacial till; hardpan; marls
Saprolites, residual soils
Dense hydraulic fll;
compacted fll; residual soils
Flood plain soils; lake clays;
adobe; gumbo, fll
Miscellaneous fll, swamp marsh
Class 1 soils are diffcult to probe consistently and the ASTM blow count may be of questionable value.
**It is advisable to install anchors deep enough, by the use of extensions, to penetrate a Class 5 or 6, underlying the Class 7 or 8 Soils.
SOIL CLASSIFICATION DATA
Typical
Blow Count
N per
ASTM-D1586
N.A.
60-100+
45-60
35-50
24-40
14-25
7-14
4-8
0-5

Class
N.A.
1
2
3
4
5
6
**7
**8

Common Soil-Type Description
Sound hard rock, unweathered (bedrock)
Very dense and/or cemented sands;
coarse gravel and cobbles
Dense fne sands; very hard silts
and clays (may be preloaded)
Dense sands and gravel;
hard silts and clays
Medium dense sand and gravel; very
stiff to hard silts and clays
Medium dense coarse sands and sandy
gravels; stiff to very stiff silts and clays
Loose to medium dense fne to coarse
sands to stiff clays and silts
Loose fne sands; Alluvium; loess;
medium - stiff and varied clays; fll
Peat, organic silts; inundated silts, fy ash
very loose sands, very soft to soft clays
Probe
Values
ft.-lb.
(NM)
N.A.
over 60
(85 - 181)
over 50
(68 - 85)
42 - 50
56 - 68
33 - 42
(45 - 56)
25 - 33
(34 - 45)
17 - 25
(23 - 34)
8 - 17
(11 - 23)
under 8
(0 - 11)
4A-11
HUBBELL
Power Systems
JUNE 2009
Adapter Bushing
(included)
Pulling Eye
5
/8 x 2
5
/8 Lg.
Cadmium Plated Bolt with Nut
Cat. No.
C3020003
C3020004
*E3020001P
*E3020006P
P3020002P
Weight
22 lb.
24 lb.
7 lb.
8 lb.
14 lb.
Description
Fiberglass Handle
Fiberglass Handle
Expander and Tamper Head
Length
10'
12'
10'
12'
N/A
The Chance fberglass handle Expanding and Tamping Bar simplifes
the job of expanding anchors. The curved Expander and Tamper Head
distributes the weight of the bar evenly around the anchor rod to reduce
handle vibration. The hook of the Expanding and Tamping Bar wraps
around the anchor rod to keep the expanding head from slipping off the
anchor top plate. This tool is also effectively used for tamping in soil
above the installed anchor. The base casting is attached directly to the
fberglass handle.
EXPANDINg & TAMPINg BAR
Catalog No.
E96
Weight
5 lb.
This inexpensive cost-cutter provides a large offset eye to accommodate
three-ton chain hoist hooks, and leaves the anchor eye free with plenty
of clearances for attaching formed wire grips. By removing the Adapter
Bushing, the E96 Pulling Eye fts 1
1
/4" rods. The E96 Pulling Eye is
inexpensive and easy to use. One person can assemble and hook up in
minutes. For working loads to approximately 6,000 pounds (ultimate
strength 18,000 pounds).
STANDARD PULLINg EYE
1
3
/4
5
/8
1
/2
Fiberglass Handle
Expander and
Tamper Head
*Includes plug mix to reset handle.
4A-12
JUNE 2009
HUBBELL
Power Systems
Portable Anchor Installers
for small foundations
For most shaft-driven guy anchors and smaller screw
foundations, these compact drivers get into areas
where large equipment cannot go or is impractical.
Operator does not need to resist the torque gener-
ated by anchor installation. Countertorque transmits
through a torque bar from the drive head to the earth
or other restraint. This frees the operator for the task
of guiding the anchor path.
2,500 ft.-lb. torque capacity hydraulic power drive
Economical manual operation and portability
for remote sites, common anchor installations
Built-in bypass valve limits output to 2,500-ft.-lb.
maximum, two-way foot pedal gives operator direct
control over drive and reverse directions, hoses (two
12-ft. and two 25-ft.) come with quick couplers for all
connections from power supply to foot control to drive
head. Pivoting drive-head yoke connects with bent-arm
pin to square-tubular torque bar which telescopes from
8 feet to 10 feet as needed.
Heavy-Duty Installer requires 1,900 psi at 8 gpm fow rate to deliver 2,500 ft.-lb. maximum torque.
Medium-Duty Installer requires 1550 psi at 8 gpm fow rate to deliver 2,500 ft.-lb. maximum torque.
4A-13
HUBBELL
Power Systems
JUNE 2009
Medium Duty Catalog No. C3031032

Output shaft is 1
1
/2" square socket. Requires C3031230
and fanged drive tool (order separately) to install anchors
other than 1
1
/2" square 1
1
/4" round shaft.
* Note: Hydraulic components are not interchangeable
between C3031032 and C3031244.
grease flled gear case. Single Catalog Number above
includes all items below. Each item also may be or-
dered by separate number.
Heavy Duty Catalog No. C3031244
Output Shaft is 2" Hex. - Requires Kelly Bar Adapter
P630013 and fanged drive tool (order separately) to install
all anchors.
* Note: Hydraulic components are not interchangeable
between C3031032 and C3031244.
* Hydraulic Control Valve C3031031
Two 25-ft. Hydraulic Hoses C4176121 (each)
* Hydraulic Drive Head C3031180
Yoke Assembly E3030680
* Two 12-ft. Hydraulic Hoses E3030876 (pair)
Square Torque Bar Assembly E3031041
Sealed oil-flled gear case. Single Catalog Number
above includes all items below. Each item also may be
ordered by separate number.
Optional Hydraulic Power Unit
For easy wheeling to worksite, hydraulic drive head and foot
control secure by rubber strap included to angle braces atop
the cart frame and hoses ride on handles.
Operating instructions are included with anchor installer and hydraulic power unit.
Cart-mounted on
5
8 "-diameter axle with two 4.80 x 8
infatable (30psi) tires; 27
1
4" wide x 34
1
2" high x 36" long;
shipping weight with oil: 275 lb.
Hydraulic Pump with fan cooling system:
Typical output pressure 2500psi
Pump displacement 8 gpm @ 3400rpm
Reservoir capacity 5 gallons US
(shipping cap and vented fll cap provided)
gasoline Engine System:
16hp Briggs & Stratton
Industrial/Commercial Model 326437, Type 2527
12-Volt pushbutton start, 3600rpm (maximum)
2,500 ft-lb
Portable Anchor Installers
Anchor Drive Tools
See page 8 for details on tools to drive specifc anchor types.
* Hydraulic Control Valve C3031247
Two 25-ft. Hydraulic Hoses C4176121 (each)
* Hydraulic Drive Head C3031233
Yoke Assembly E3030680
* Two 12-ft. Hydraulic Hoses E3031253 (pair)
Square Torque Bar Assembly E3031041
Adapter Tool
Catalog
No. C3031230
Note that all 5

1
4" bolt-circle tools may be connected directly to Heavy Duty Portable
Anchor Installer Cat. No. C3031244.
Adapter Tool Cat. No. C3031230 is required

to connect 5
1
4" bolt-circle tools to Medium Duty Portable Anchor Installer Cat. No.
C3031032. If needed, order Adapter C3031230 as a separate item.
4A-14
JUNE 2009
HUBBELL
Power Systems
For Skid-Steers other than Bobcat:
(for feld welding to utility plates on skid-steers)
C3031016 3,500 ft.-lb. Bail & Jib Assembly less utility Plate
Anchor/Foundation Drive Heads
Vehicle Mounted Hydraulic Powered
6,000 & 11,500 ft.-lb. Torque Ratings
Specially suited for vertical installations of screw-type
anchors, foundations, and bumper posts.
The drive head comes in two torque-rating ranges. The de-
sign also delivers other features for rugged feld conditions.
Precisionplanetarygearsandbearingsinoil-flled,
sealed gearcase
Heavy-dutyoutputhousingandbearings
Heavy-dutybailfangemountedtogearcasehousing
provides balanced load-sharing torque restraint
Dual-pinmountingprovidesdrive-headpositioningfor
controlled installations
Drive-headalsoreadilyacceptsearthaugersforhole
digging
Hose assemblies are not furnished with drive heads. For
hydraulic fow more than 20 gpm,
3
/4"-diameter hose is recom-
mended. For fow rates of 20 gpm and below,
1
/2" hose may
be used. Swivel joint and swivel joint adapter are furnished.
Thread size is 1"-11
1
/2" NPSM (National Pipe Straight Me-
chanical).
To order, refer to information below and on next page. Specify one each: Drive Head,
Utility Plate, Bail & Jib Assembly, and Kelly Bar Adapter.
Skid-Steer Utility Plate, Bail and Jib Components
6,000 ft.-lb. maximum torque
Catalog Numbers at
left do not include
drive head, hoses or
kelly bar adapter as
shown at right.
For Bobcat Skid-Steers ONLY:
Catalog No.
C3031014
Description
6,000 ft.-lb. utility Plate, Bail & Jib Assembly
Bracket
Description
6K & 11.5K ft.-lb. Eskridge
3.5K ft.-lb. Eskridge
Backhoe
Brand Name
Case
Case
JCB
JCB
John Deere
John Deere
*A
10.1
10.1
7.00
7.00
8.18
8.18
B
1.5
1.0
1.5
1.0
1.5
1.0
Dimensions, inches
Catalog
Number
C3030969
C3030970
C3030971
C3030972
C3030973
C3030974
*Bracket accepts boom up to 10.2" wide (1.75" dia. pin).
For booms 7" & 8.18" wide, 2 spacer bushings supplied. Other bushings available for backhoes not listed.
Backhoe Mounting Brackets

To order, specify components in Typical Tool-String Assemblies on next page.
Backhoe Mounting Components
6,000 and 11,500 ft.-lb. maximum torque
4A-15
HUBBELL
Power Systems
JUNE 2009

Output Torque vs. Pressure Output Speed vs. Flow
Each of these Kelly
Bar Adapters has a
5
1
/4" bolt circle and
comes with (6)
1
/2"
bolts, nuts and lock-
washers and a Bent-
Arm Pin with Coil
Lock (see page 4A-7).
Typical BackhoeTool-Strings
For SS5 and SS150 (1
1
2" Square Shaft) Series Anchors For SS175 (1
3
4" Square Shaft) Series Anchors
Backhoe
Mounting Bracket
6,000
or 11,500 ft.-lb.
Drive Head
Kelly Bar Adapter
Anchor Drive Tool

639001
Headroom
Dimension
52
5
/8"
52
5
/8"
Drive Head,
ft.-lb.
6,000
11,500
Backhoe
Mounting Bracket
6,000
or 11,500 ft.-lb.
Drive Head
Kelly Bar Adapter
Headroom
Dimension
56
3
/4"
56
3
/4"
Drive Head,
ft.-lb.
6,000
11,500
Part No.
630013
630011HD
X
2" Hex
2
1
/2" Hex
Y
5"
4
1
/4"
Z
6
1
/8"
8
1
/8"
Kelly Bar Adapters

Anchor/Foundation Drive Heads
Shear-Pin Torque Indi-
cator C3030044
Catalog Running Torque Running Torque Flow Speed Wt. Wt. Dimensions (in., cm)
Number ft.-lb. Nm gpm rpm lb. kg A B C D E F
C3030927 6,000 @ 2,400 psi 8,100 @ 165 BARS 40 39 246 112 1.5 3.81 29.5 74.9 10.7 27.2 13 33.0 11.4 28.9 2.5 6.4
C3030928 11,500 @ 2,400 psi 15,600 @ 165 BARS 40 20 246 112 1.5 3.81 29.5 74.9 10.7 27.2 13 33.0 11.4 28.9 2.5 6.4
Shear-Pin Torque Indi-
cator C3030044
Wrench Adapter
T3030166
Anchor Drive Tool
C3030195
Y
X
Z
5-1
HUBBELL / CHANCE CENTRALIA, MISSOURI DECEMBER 2008
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

POLE LINE HARDWARE
Copyright 2008 Hubbell210NorthAllenStreetCentralia,MO65240

NOTE:BecauseHubbellhasapolicyofcontinuousproductimprovement,wereservetherighttochangedesignandspecifcationswithoutnotice.
PrintedinUSA
5
Warranty - Material
HubbellPowerSystems,Inc.warrantsallproductssoldbyittobemerchantable(assuchtermisdefnedintheUniformCommercialCode)andtobefreefromdefectsinmaterialandworkmanship.
BuyermustnotifytheCompanypromptlyofanyclaimunderthiswarranty.TheBuyersexclusiveremedyforbreachofthiswarrantyshallbetherepairorreplacement,F.O.B.factory,attheCompanys
option,ofanyproductdefectiveunderthewarrantywhichisreturnedtotheCompanywithinoneyearfromthedateofshipment.NOOTHERWARRANTY,WHETHEREXPRESSORARISINGBY
OPERATIONOFLAW,COURSEOFDEALING,USAGEOFTRADEOROTHERWISEIMPLIED,SHALLEXISTINCONNECTIONWITHTHECOMPANYSPRODUCTSORANYSALEORUSE
THEREOF.TheCompanyshallinnoeventbeliableforanylossofproftsoranyconsequentialorspecialdamagesincurredbyBuyer.TheCompanyswarrantyshallrunonlytothefrstBuyerofa
productfromtheCompany,fromtheCompanysdistributor,orfromanoriginalequipmentmanufacturerresellingtheCompanysproduct,andisnon-assignableandnon-transferableandshallbeof
noforceandeffectifassertedbyanypersonotherthansuchfrstBuyer.ThiswarrantyappliesonlytotheuseoftheproductasintendedbySelleranddoesnotcoveranymisapplicationormisuseof
saidproduct.
HubbellPowerSystems,Inc.doesnotwarranttheaccuracyofandresultsfromproductorsystemperformancerecommendationsresultingfromanyengineeringanalysisorstudy.Thisapplies
regardlessofwhetherachargeismadefortherecommendation,orifitisprovidedfreeofcharge.
Responsibilityforselectionoftheproperproductorapplicationrestssolelywiththepurchaser.IntheeventoferrorsorinaccuraciesdeterminedtobecausedbyHubbellPowerSystems,Inc.,its
liabilitywillbelimitedtothere-performanceofanysuchanalysisorstudy.
5-2
DECEMBER 2008 HUBBELL / CHANCE CENTRALIA, MISSOURI
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

NOTE:
Whereapplicable,polelinehardwareman-
ufacturedbyHubbellPowerSystems,Inc.
ismadefromsteelproducedinaccordance
withASTMA575and/orASTMA576.
Wheregalvanized,itemsaregalvanizedin
accordancewithASTMA153.
Whereappropriate,thesepolelinehard-
wareitemsmeetorexceedthefollowing
ANSI/NEMAspecifcations:
ANSI
C135.4
C135.1
C135.2
C135.22
C135.14
C135.17
C135.7
C135.5
NEMA
PH1
PH10
PH38
PH20
PH25
RefertothisCatalogSection5orcallyour
Hubbellrepresentativeforconformanceof
particularitemstotheabovespecifcations.
5-3
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

ADAPTER, THIMBLE
Used to change 1-inch pin insulator thread to 1
3
/8-inch pin insulator
thread.
Exterior
Thread Dia.
1
3
/8 inch
Dimensions in Inches
Catalog
No.
4257
Interior
Thread Dia.
1 inch
Overall
Length
2
1
/4
Approx. Ship
Weight, Lbs.
Per 100 Pcs.
63
No. 4257
ARMS, CABLE EXTENSION
For suspending cables at a distance from the pole, a No. 7903 Cable Sus-
pension Clamp is usually used under the arm (See page 5-21), attached
through the center slot to a
5
/8" machine bolt with a washer under the
bolt head. Cable extension from the pole is 23" for No. 7920, 41" for
No. 7921. Cable clamp with attachment bolt and pole mounting bolts,
or lag screws, must be ordered separately. Hot dip galvanized.
Dimensions in Inches Catalog
No.
7920
7921
Approx. Ship
Weight, Lbs.
Per 100 Pcs.
2900
6200
C
26
44
1
/2
B
8
1
/2
18
3
/4
A Angle Size
3 x 2
1
/2 x
1
/4
3
1
/2 x 2
1
/2 x
5
/16
A-Size Angles
B
C
3
/4" Dia.
Holes
BANDS, POLE, ACCESSORIES
For use with No. 6276 and No. 6277 Pole Bands (See next page).
Deadend clevis has
13
/16" hole to match rectangular holes in bands, and
is attached with cone head bolt. Guy clips made in two pieces: top,
5
/16" x 2
1
/2" steel; bottom,
3
/16" x 2
1
/2" steel. A
3
/4" x 2
1
/2" machine bolt
with cotter pin fastens thimble. Guy clip also includes one No. 6280
conehead bolt which has square shoulder. Sheave can be used with
C2030183 on page 5-4.
Description
Guy Clip
Cone Head Bolt
Sheave for Guy Clip
Steel Size
Inches A
See above
3
/4 x 2
1
/2
Catalog
No.
6278
PS6280
451016P
Approx. Ship Wt. Lbs.
Per 100 Pcs.
580
50
245
P451016
.81"dia.
No. 6278
No. PS6280
No. 7920
7
1
/2"
5-4
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

No. 6277
BANDS, POLE, ADJUSTABLE
Heavy Style
These are
3
/16" x 4" fat steel bands, shipped assembled with one
3
/4 x
4" curved bolt and one
3
/4 x 2
1
/2" cone head bolt. Hot dip galvanized.
Extra cone head bolts, for attaching deadend clevises and guy clips,
must be ordered separately. (See Accessories on page 5-3). One to eight
attachments can be made from each pole band.
Catalog
No.
6276
6277
Approx. Ship Wt.
Lbs. Per 100 Pieces
950
1150
Description
Band, 6" - 10"
Band, 8" - 14"
BANDS, POLE, ADJUSTABLE
Use steel Pole Bands on wood poles. Take-offs for guy and insulation
attachments can be made by using connecting links (see below). Bands
are shipped unassembled.
Type
4 Way, 90
4 Way, 90
4 Way, 90
Pole
Dia.
6" - 11
1
/2"
9
1
/2" - 14"
9
1
/2" - 16"
Size
Stud
3
/4 x 6"
3
/4 x 6"
3
/4 x 8"
Size
Steel
1
/4 x 4"
1
/4 x 4"
1
/4 x 4"
4 Pcs.
4 Pcs.
4 Pcs.
4 Pcs.
4 Pcs. 4 Pcs.
RUS Listed
BANDS, POLE, CONNECTING LINKS
Designed for use with 4-Way Adjustable Pole Bands, above. For insula-
tor or guy attachments. C2030183 has 1
1
/4" diameter hole on one end
and
15
/16" holes on the other end.
Catalog
No.
(Per Pair)
C2030183
Steel
Size
Inches
1
/4 x 3
Length, Inches
(Center Hole
to Center Hole)
7
1
/2
Approx.
Ship Wt. Lbs.
Per 100 Pieces
360
Cat. No.
(Complete
Assembly)
C2030194
C2030197
C2030200
Lag
Hole
Size
9
/16"
9
/16"
9
/16"
Approx.
Ship
Wt. Per
100 Pcs.
1560
2360
2820
7
1
/2"
C2050140
or C2050141
C2030187
2"
1
/4" thick
15
/16" Dia.
1
1
/4" Dia.
3"
No. C2030183

C
2
0
3
0
1
4
1
C
2
0
3
0
1
4
0
C
2
0
3
1
0
8
8
C
2
0
3
1
0
8
7
5-5
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

BANDS, POLE, SECONDARY RACK
For attaching secondary racks to tubular metal poles. Bands are
equipped with
5
/8" x 2" carriage bolts for attaching the racks, and
1
/2"
x 1
5
/8" oval-shoulder clamp bolts for tightening bands on pole. Hot dip
galvanized
1
/4" x 1
1
/2" steel. Made in two styles, the single type for at-
taching one rack and the double type for two racks.
Single Type Double Type
No. 8634
Cat.
No.
Thread
Length
Bolt
Length
Approx.
Ship
Wt. Lbs.
Per 100
Pcs.
Dim. in Inches
3
/8-Inch Diameter
*8645
864512
*8646
8647
5
5
1
/2
6
7
Cat.
No.
Bolt
Length
Thread
Length
Approx.
Ship
Wt. Lbs.
Per 100
Pcs.
1
/2-Inch Diameter
3
3
3
4
31
37.5
38
44
15.6
17
17.6
21.6
22
4
4
1
/2
5
6
7
Dim. in Inches
1
3
/4
1
3
/4
1
3
/4
1
3
/4
1
3
/4
*8634
*863412
*8635
8636
8637
4,250 Pound Rated Tensile Strength
*NEMA Standard
RUS Listed
Catalog
No. A B Angle Size
Approx. Ship
Wt. Lbs.
Per 100 Pieces
BAYONETS, GROUND WIRE
(Supports, Shield Wire)
For supporting overhead ground wire on wood or steel poles. Bayonets
have an
11
/16" hole and an
11
/16" pole-mounting slot to allow for inaccuracy
in boring holes. Holes at top of bayonet allow use of No. 5450 ground-
wire clamps (Not included. See page 5-20). Bolts used to fasten corner
bayonets together are included. Pole-mounting bolts and ground-wire
clamps are not included. Hot dip galvanized.
Straight Bayonets
36
66
84
5436
5466
PS5484
10
15
20
2 x 2 x
1
/4
2
1
/2 x 2
1
/2 x
1
/4
3 x 3 x
1
/4
940
2200
3430
5466
BOLTS, CARRIAGE
Carriage Bolts have square nuts, fnished points and rolled threads.
Standard heads have square shoulders. Open-hearth steel. Hot dip
galvanized.
Approx.
Ship
Wt. Lbs.
Per 100
Pcs.
388
380
475
524
Cat.
No.
637412
PS6376
PS6377
PS6378
Dim. in Inches
Pole
O.D.
5
6
5
/8
7
5
/8
8
5
/8
Approx.
Ship
Wt. Lbs.
Per 100
Pcs.
304
368
406
480
Cat.
No.
636412
PS6366
PS6367
PS6368
Dim. in Inches
Pole
O.D.
5
6
5
/8
7
5
/8
8
5
/8
PS6376
Double Type
PS6366
Single Type
5-6
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

BOLTS, CLEVIS
For supporting crossarm suspension insulator strings. Cotter bolt
is 2
3
/4" long and comes with cotter pin and hex nut. Clevis Bolts are
drop-forged steel. Hot dip galvanized.
Dimensions in Inches Approx. Ship
Wt. Lbs.
Per 100 Pcs.
150
199
217
220
200
257
280
304
Thread
Length
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
Catalog
No.
15808
15810
15812
15814
15828
15830
15832
15834
RUS Listed
Catalog
No.
19784
19786
19788
19790
19792
Approx. Ship
Wt. Lbs.
Per 100 Pcs.
196
220
232
256
260
Length
Under Eye
C (Inches)
14
16
18
20
22
BOLTS, DOUBLE-ARMING
FULL THREAD
Bolts permit replacement ease in double arms and offer added fexibil-
ity of use. Cone type point for easy starting and driving-out without
damage to threads. Each bolt provided with four square nuts. Hot dip
galvanized steel.
BOLTS, DOUBLE-ARMING EYE
Bolts have a cone type point and are threaded to within 2" of the 1
1
/2" x
2" eye. Three Square Nuts. Drop-forged steel. Hot dip galvanized.
5
/8-Inch Diameter
Length,
Inches
18
6
8
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
26
No. 15828
B
D
E
A
Inside
Dim. A
1
1
/2
1
1
/2
1
1
/2
1
1
/2
1
1
/2
Outside
Dim. B
2
5
/8
2
5
/8
2
5
/8
2
5
/8
2
5
/8
A
B
No. 8846
C
RUS Listed
5
/8" Bolt has 12,400 Pound Rated Tensile Strength
3
/4" Bolt has 18,350 Pound Rated Tensile Strength
E
1
13
/16
1
13
/16
1
13
/16
1
13
/16
1
13
/16
1
13
/16
1
13
/16
1
13
/16
D
1
/2
1
/2
1
/2
1
/2
5
/8
5
/8
5
/8
5
/8
C
13
/16
13
/16
13
/16
13
/16
13
/16
13
/16
13
/16
13
/16
B
5
/8
5
/8
5
/8
5
/8
3
/4
3
/4
3
/4
3
/4
A
8
10
12
14
8
10
12
14
C
2
1
/2
Approx.
Ship
Wt. Lbs.
Per 100 Pcs
117
126
156
176
196
204
220
240
256
268
270
280
Length,
Inches
16
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
26
28
30
32
Catalog
No.
8846
*8862
*8864
*8866
*8868
*8870
*8872
*8874
8876
8877
8878
8879
Approx.
Ship
Wt. Lbs.
Per 100 Pcs
125
128
150
234
240
248
272
292
316
328
365
1
/2-Inch Shank Diameter
5
/8-Inch Diameter
3
/4-Inch Diameter
*ANSI Standard
RUS Listed
Catalog
No.
8848
C2050140
C2050141
*8882
*8884
*8886
*8888
*8890
*8892
*8894
8896
NOTE: For ALL sizes now available,
see Supplemental Catalog Bulletin
5-53.24 through 5-53.28 dated
December 2008.
5-7
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

BOLTS, MACHINE
Are also called crossarm bolts or through bolts. Bolts have rolled
threads and one square nut. Bolts six inches or longer have cone-type
points. Hot dip galvanized.
Approx.
Ship
Wt. Lbs.
Per 100
Pcs.
Dim. in Inches
Approx.
Ship
Wt. Lbs.
Per 100
Pcs.
Dim. in Inches
Thread
Length
Bolt
Length
Cat.
No.
Bolt
Length
Thread
Length
Cat.
No.
3
/8-Inch Diameter
5
5
1
/2
3
3
18.8
19.6
15
17.2
4
4
1
/2
3
3
17.6
33
35
39
48
1
1
/2
4
1
/2
5
6
7
1
1
/4
3
3
3
3
1
/2-Inch Diameter
49
57
60
71
73
8
9
10
12
14
4
4
4
6
6
*8708
8709
*8710
*8712
8714
5
/8-Inch Diameter
60
69
75
78
84
99
112
5
6
7
8
9
10
12
3
3
4
4
4
6
6
8805
*8806
8807
*8808
8809
*8810
*8812
126
134
149
164
176
194
14
16
18
20
22
24
6
6
6
6
6
6
*8814
*8816
*8818
*8820
8822
8824
7
/8-Inch Diameter
6
6
*C2050255
C2050257
16
20
316
390
284
352
425
14
18
22
6
6
6
*C2050254
*C2050256
C2050258
3
/4-Inch Diameter
*ANSI Standard
RUS Listed
No. 8810
No. 860512
BOLTS, OVALEYE
Bolts with
5
/8" and
3
/4" shanks have 1
1
/2" x 2" ovaleyes. Drop-forged,
galvanized steel bolts have cone type points and rolled threads.
Approx.
Ship
Wt. Lbs.
Per 100 Pcs.
Length
Under
Eye
Inches
Thread
Length
Inches
Catalog
No.
Approx.
Ship
Wt. Lbs.
Per 100 Pcs.
Length
Under
Eye
Inches
Thread
Length
Inches
Catalog
No.
1
/2-Inch Shank Diameter
7
/16" x 1
1
/4" x 1
5
/8" Ovaleye
*29943
12 100
*29939 77 8 4
6
29956
*29958
*29959
*29960
*29962
*29964
29966
29968
29970
6
8
9
10
12
14
16
18
20
4
4
4
6
6
6
6
6
6
5/8" Shank Dia 9/16 x 11/2" x 2" Ovaleye
29978
29980
29982
29984
29986
29988
8
10
12
14
16
18
180
200
228
248
268
314
4
4
6
6
6
6
*NEMA Standard
RUS Listed
3/4" Shank Dia 5/8" x 11/2" x 2" Ovaleye
No. 29960
126
154
166
188
225
8
10
12
14
16
4
6
6
6
6
*8908
*8910
*8912
*8914
*8916
232
252
268
304
308
18
20
22
24
26
6
6
6
6
6
*8918
8920
8922
8924
8926
100
104
113
122
144
146
168
208
240
8604
860412
*8605
860512
870112
*870412
*8705
*8706
8707
NOTE: For ALL sizes now available,
see Supplemental Catalog Bulletin
5-53.24 through 5-53.28 dated
December 2008.
5-8
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

L
13
3
/4
14
3
/4
15
3
/4
17
3
/4
19
3
/4
A
8
9
10
12
14
B
6
6
6
6
6
Catalog
No.
7826
7828
7830
7832
7834
Approx. Ship
Wt. Lbs. Per
100 Pieces
166
162
168
186
204
RUS Listed
BOLTS, UPSET, DOUBLE
Includes square nut, round washer, and cotter key on short end and
Square nut and M-F locknut on long end. Used with spool insulators
ANSI 53-2. Hot dip galvanized.
HEXAGONAL SECTION
FOR WRENCH HOLD
No. 5112T
BOLTS, SCREW EYE
Gimlet-point lag-screw thread. Drop-forged except 8777. Hot dip
galvanized.
Type
Dia.
Size of
Eye
Catalog
No.
Length
Under Eye
Approx. Ship
Wt. Lbs.
Per 100 Pieces
29930
C2050094
8777
Ovaleye
Ovaleye
Hookeye
1
1
/4 x 1
5
/8
1
1
/4 x 1
5
/8
3
/4
1
/2
1
/2
3
/8
6
4
3
1
/2
65
54
16
Opening in Eye
1
/4".
No. 29930 No. 8777
BOLTS, THIMBLEYE
Contoured eye keeps guy strand from kinking, bending, or spreading.

Drop-forged steel. Hot dip galvanized. Cone-type points. Eyes of angle
bolts are offset 45 degrees.
Approx.
Ship
Wt. Lbs.
per 100 Pcs.
112
148
176
188
192
200
Thread
Length
Inches
4
4
6
6
6
6
Size
Inches
5
/8 x 8
5
/8 x 10
5
/8 x 12
5
/8 x 14
5
/8 x 16
5
/8 x 18
Angle
Bolt
DG4F8
*5010
*5012
*5014
5016
Straight
Bolt
DG1F8
*5510
*5512
*5514
5516
DG1F18
Catalog No.
*ANSI
RUS Listed
Approx.
Ship
Wt. Lbs.
Per 100 Pcs.
228
244
264
Thread
Length
Inches
4
6
6
Size
Inches
3
/4 x 10
3
/4 x 12
3
/4 x 14
Angle
Bolt
5110T
5112T
5114T
Straight
Bolt
5612
5614
Catalog No.
*NEMA Standard
RUS Listed
No. 5112T No. 5612
B
1
3
/8
1
1
/2
C
9
/16
11
/16
D
11
/16
13
/16
E
1
1
/2
1
5
/8
R
1
/4
9
/32
A
5
/8
3
/4
L
1
3
8" B
A 4
1
4" 1
1
2"
1
1
4"
5
8"
B
A
D
E
R
C
1
4"
No. 5612
5-9
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

BOLTS, UPSET SINGLE
Used in rural secondary construction. Has
5
/8" thread diameter. Used
with spool insulators ANSI 53-2. Hot dip galvanized.
Shank Length
B
4
4
4
6
6
Catalog
No.
7741
774112
7742
7743
7744
Approx. Ship
Wt. Lbs. Per
100 Pieces
138
144
170
186
196
A
8
9
10
12
14
L
12
3
/4
13
3
/4
14
3
/4
16
3
/4
18
3
/4
RUS listed
BRACES, CROSSARM, "V"
Furnished with
9
/16" holes for crossarm mounting.
11
/16" holes for pole
mounting. The 1 series has a
9
/16" x 1" slot in place of the
9
/16" diam-
eter crossarm mounting holes. Hot dip galvanized.
Catalog
No.
*6940
*6941
*6942
*6948
*6953
6955
69401
69421
Size of Angle
1
1
/2 x 1
1
/2 x
3
/16
1
1
/2 x 1
1
/2 x
3
/16
1
1
/2 x 1
1
/2 x
3
/16
1
1
/2 x 1
1
/2 x
3
/16
1
3
/4 x 1
3
/4 x
3
/16
1
3
/4 x 1
3
/4 x
3
/16
1
1
/2 x 1
1
/2 x
3
/16
1
1
/2 x 1
1
/2 x
3
/16
A
45
51
63
51
63
75
45
63
B
42
48
60
48
60
72
42
60
C
12
18
18
14
18
18
12
18
Approx. Ship
Wt. Lbs.
Per 100 Pcs.
820
980
1100
920
1340
1600
820
1120
*NEMA Standard
RUS listed
BRACES, CROSSARM, ALLEY ARM
Used for side-arm construction. Furnished with lineman's steps. Hot
dip galvanized.
Catalog
No.
*6979
6984
T2030367
Holes
Approx. Ship
Wt. Lbs.
Per 100 Pcs.
1300
1788
1780
Pole
Attach
9
/16
9
/16
11
/16
*NEMA Standard
RUS listed
Arm
Attach
9
/16
11
/16
11
/16
Length
Feet
5
7
10
Angle Size
Inches
1
3
/4 x 1
3
/4 x
3
/16
1
3
/4 x 1
3
/4 x
3
/16
2 x 2 x
1
/4
BRACES, SIDE ARM
Used on three-phase medium-voltage lines, brace is placed on side op-
posite odd conductor to support the unbalanced load. Can be used for
either right or left support. Hot dip galvanized.
Size of
Angle
E
1
3
/4 x 1
3
/4 x
3
/16
B
42
A
27
Catalog
No.
6999
Pole
C
11
/16
Arm
D
11
/16
Approx. Ship
Wt. Lbs.
Per 100 Pcs.
930
Hole Dia.
RUS listed
1
1
/16" Hole
9
/16" Hole
No. 6940
No. 6999
No. 6979
C
B
A
L
1
1
4" B
A 4
1
2"
1
1
4"
5
8"
5-10
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

BRACKET, CORNER CONSTRUCTION
Used for small angles to deadend on pole. Has 1
1
/2" x 2" drop-forged eyes,
12" extension. Mounting eyes are at right angles to take-off eye.
Catalog
No.
5728
C2060480
Mting. Distance
12
12
Approx. Ship Wt.
Lbs. Per 100 Pcs.
530
375
Steel Size
3
/4 Rd.
5
/8 Rd.
RUS listed
1
1
/2" Open Eye
BRACES, CROSSARM, FLAT
Approx. Ship
Wt. Lbs.
Per 100 Pcs.
140
185
200
215
225
Catalog
No.
7020
7026
*7028
*7030
*7032
"A"
18
24
26
28
30
7
/32" x 1
7
/32" Braces
Approx. Ship.
Wt. Lbs.
Per 100 Pcs.
230
240
255
275
295
315
335
Catalog
No.
7126
7128
7130
7132
C2030233
T2030459
T2060398
"A"
24
26
28
30
32
34
36
1
/4" x 1
1
/4" Braces
Have rounded ends and are punched at one end with a
9
/16" hole, with
a
7
/16" hole at the other end. Holes punched 1-inch from brace end to
center of hole. Hot dip galvanized.
RUS listed
*NEMA Standard
No. 7020
A
1"
1"
5-11
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Catalog
No.
C2060189
C2060190
C2060192
C2060193
BRACKETS, CUTOUT,
ARRESTERS & POTHEAD
These brackets offer a wide variety of one, two or three unit mount-
ing applications. Completely assembled brackets are available
as well as individual parts for feld adaptation. The one and two
unit brackets can be mounted with the vertical member running
either up or down the pole.
Description
Pole bracket for mounting single
unit of apparatus
Cross strap for mounting two
units of apparatus
C2060189 and C2060190
C2060189 and C2060190 and lower strap
for third unit (incl. grd. clamp)
Approx.
Ship
Wt. Lbs.
Per 100 Pcs.
390
230
630
790
C2060189
8"
1
1
/2"
12
1
/8"
8
1
/2"
C2060193
8"
6
13
/16"
30
C2060190
C2060192
1
1
/2"
Catalog No.
C2060299
C2060547
Description
Pole bracket for Dim. A is 12-in. mounting single unit
of apparatus with ground lug
Pole bracket for Dim. A is 7.25-in. mounting single unit
of apparatus without ground lug
A
(inches)
12
7.25
Approx. Ship Wt.
Lbs. Per 100 Pcs.
767
675
8
1
/2"
LOWERSTRAP
FORTHIRDUNIT
5"
1
/2" x 2" bolts
This D type bracket is used to mount cutouts and/or arresters
directly to the pole. Three brackets may be used for three-phase
application. Can be conveniently mounted or removed without
removing bolts. Clean, quick mounting for single-phase application
without crossarm or special pole bands.
Galvanized
3
/8" x 2" steel, 7.25 or 12-inches of clearance to the face
of the pole. Mounting holes accept the L portion of the NEMA
cutout crossarm bracket. A grounding lug connector is provided
(on C2090299 only), along with two
3
/8" x 1
1
/2" carriage bolts with
nut, round washer and lock washer.
BRACKET, CUTOUT AND ARRESTER
7
/16"
dia.
A
3"
7
3
/8"
3
/8"
3
1
/2"
30
1"
1"
3"
2"
grounding lug
11
/16" 2 slots
10
3
/8"
BRACKETS, CUTOUT AND ARRESTER
Hot dip galvanized, complete with bolts, nuts and washers. Crossarm
brackets adjust to ft arms from 3" x 4" to 4" x 5".
Bracket
Description
Crossarm Bracket NEMA Type A
Crossarm Bracket NEMA Type B
Crossarm Mounting Bracket
Pole Mounting Bracket
Catalog
Number
*C2060127
*C2060283
C2060280
C2060236
*NEMA Standard
Clearance Dimensions
Crossarm to
Mtg. Bolt
2
9
/16"
2
5
/8"
5
1
/4"
Pole to Mtg. Strap
5"
4
1
/4" 4
1
/4"
5"
Pole Bracket
Wt. Per
100 lb.
250
284
375
400
1
/2" x 2"
carriage
bolt
3
/8" x 5"
carriage bolts
Crossarm
Brackets
5-12
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

No. C2060004
No. 2355
No. 3470
No. 2157
Catalog
No.
*PS2355
*2357
Center
11
/16
11
/16
Mounting Holes
Side
9
/16
9
/16
Extension
6
9
Approx. Ship
Wt. Lbs.
Per 100 Pcs.
308
405
BRACKETS, EXTENSION
Where obstructions are to be overcome and where proper clearances are
required, this bracket is fastened to the pole for mounting secondary
racks. Made of hot-galvanized 9-gauge steel, it is equipped with a
5
/8" x
2" carriage bolt. Curved back is 3" wide.
BRACKET, NEUTRAL OFFSET
Designed to support the neutral wire well away from the pole. Used
primarily on rural open wire construction where long spans are common
and additional clearance or climbing space is required. Full-threaded
25" rod;
5
/8" pin accepts ANSI 53-2 spool insulator.
Catalog
No.
C2060004
Arm
Length
15"
Rod
Diameter
5
/8"
Pole
Mting.
Hole Dia.
1
/2"
Approx. Ship
Wt. Lbs.
Per 100 Pcs.
800
RUS listed
*NEMA Standard
Approx.
Ship
Wt. Lbs.
Per 100 Pcs.
380
Steel
Size
1
/4" x 3"
Hole
Spacing
8
Overall
Height
10
1
/2
Hole
Dia.
11
/16"
Catalog
No.
2157
RUS listed
BRACKET, POLE TOP
This bracket can be used with two pole-top pins to give additional clear-
ance from the pole. It is mounted to the pole with
5
/8" double arming bolts,
extending the spread between insulators by 4" in addition to the pole
diameter. The bottom slot is
11
/16" x 1
1
/4" for easy adjustment. Bracket
pipe spacers may be required (See page 5-47).
BRACKET, NEUTRAL WIRE
Used where a neutral wire is used as one of a 3-phase circuit. Has
11
/16"
mounting slots. Non-insulating. Hot dip galvanized steel.
Catalog
No.
3470
Wire
Size
1
/2 or under
Length Pole
Bearing Surface
2
1
/2
Approx. Ship
Wt. Lbs.
Per 100 Pieces
124
5-13
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

11
/16" Hole
16919
Insulator
Stud
Bolts Required
3
/4"
3
/4"
13
/16" Hole
*C2060209
C2060162
Pole
Mounting
Bolts Required
Two
5
/8"
Two
5
/8"
Approx. Ship
Wt. Lbs.
Per 100 Pcs.
650
440
*This bracket is designed to facilitate a stringing block.
RUS listed
Catalog Number
BRACKETS, POST INSULATOR
Side Mounted
The bracket is formed of high-quality
3
/8" x 2
1
/2" bar steel and hot dip
galvanized. It can be utilized to mount distribution post insulators from
15 kV to 34.5 kV.
Curved base
This bracket can be used for mounting distribution post-type insulators
from 15 kV to 34.5 kV on the side of the pole. The base has a pole-shape
back for convenient installation. Brackets can be placed in a phase-over-
phase arrangement or can be mounted on opposite sides of the pole for
"armless" construction.
Insulators not included.
Uni-Brackets
Chance Uni-Brackets are a clean-appearing, low-cost method of mounting
three post-type insulators atop a pole completely eliminating the cros-
sarm. The brackets can be installed on the pole in less than fve minutes,
requiring only two
3
/4" bolts for attachment. Uni-Brackets ft poles having
a pole-top diameter from 6" to 8
1
/2". Slot on top is
11
/16" x 2
1
/4".
No. 9183 brackets can be adapted to a variety of distribution construc-
tion using post-type insulators from 15 through 34.5 kV.
Catalog
Number
9183
Approx. Ship Wt.
Lbs. Per 100 Pcs.
2100
Insulator Stud
Bolts Required
5
/8"
Includes both sections of bracket
C2060162 C2060209
Angle
A
15
15
15
W
4
4
4
D
13
/16
13
/16
13
/16
L
9
1
/2
12
15
Catalog
Number
*C2060009
*C2060010
C2060011
Dimensions
In Inches
*These brackets have
13
/16" stringing block holes.
RUS listed
Approx.
Ship
Wt. Lbs.
Per 100 Pcs.
1220
1669
2066
8
1
/4"
11
/16"Holes
13
/16"Hole
13
/16"x1
1
/4"
Hole
3
/8"x2
1
/2"
Stock
60
9
1
/2"
18
17
/32"
No. 9183
13
/16"hole
8
1
/2"
11
/16"hole
11
/16"x1
3
/8"slot
5
1
/4"
30
11
/16"x1
3
/8"slot
8
3
/4"
13
/16"hole 30
13
/16"
hole
4
1
/2"
11
/16"hole
13
/16"x
15
/16"slot
8
1
/2"
C2060009
3
1
/2"R
W
11
/16"Dia.hole
L
3
/8"
X
A
D
10"
loadtable
11
/16"x1
1
/4"slot
4
1
/2"
5-14
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

BRACKETS, TELEPHONE HOUSE
Used where the pole lead attaches to the building at an angle or
to carry leads around the corner of a building. Used with porcelain
spool insulator and 8604 bolt (page 5-7) which are not included. Hot
dip galvanized.
A
4
3
/4
Steel
Size
1
/2 x
3
/16
Ins.
Holes
13
/32
Mtg.
Holes
9
/32
B
2
7
/8
Catalog
No.
8205
Approx. Ship
Wt. Lbs.
Per 100 Pcs.
82
C
2
5
/8
These lightweight, easy-to-handle aluminum transformer mounting brackets are designed for 3 KVA thru 250 KVA trans-
formers. Their bolted, rugged construction has pre-drilled holes for mounting. The convenient key-hole has a jump-proof
lip for a secure mounting.
Units are designed to accommodate mounting one, two or three transformers and will ft NEMA- A, B and C lugs. A func-
tional grounding lug is built-in on the back.
ALUMINUM RACK FRAME TYPE
BRACKETS, TRANSFORMER MOUNTING
Approx. Ship
Wt. Lbs.
36
36
36
36
Description
No transformer mtg. bolts
5
/8 x 1
3
/4-in. transf. mtg. bolts
3
/4 x 2 in. transf. mtg. bolts
5
/8 &
3
/4-in. transf. mtg. bolts
Catalog No.
C2128007
C2128007A
C2128007B
C2128007AB
BRACKET, SERVICE DEADEND
Attaches to 1
1
/4" through 3" diameter service masts. Front strap
is rounded to prevent damage to bail of the service clamp. Square
hole at end of the front slot captures the carriage bolt head dur-
ing installation and prevents slippage after installation. Hot dip
galvanized.
Catalog No.
C2060169
Adjustment
1
1
/4" 3"
Approx. Ship Wt.
Lbs. Per 100 Pcs.
102
C2060169
No. 8205

No Longer Available, Visit 5B Catalog Section

5-15
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

BRACKETS,
TRANSFORMER MOUNTING
RACK-FRAME TYPE
For mounting 3 KVA to 500 KVA transformers
C2120141
C2120146
Catalog
Number (1)
C2120141
T2120222
C2120142
T2120223
C2120143
T2120224
C2120144
T2120225
C2120145
T2120226
C2120146

T2120227
*C2120147
T2120228
Dimensions
A
31"
21
1
/2"
25"
37
1
/2"
B
6
1
/2"
4
1
/2"
4
3
/4"
9
1
/2"
Strength
Tested to
2000 lb.,
per
transformer
position,
simultaneous
loading
Tested to
5000 lb.,
per
transformer
position
simultaneous
loading
Tested to
5000 lb.,
per
transformer
position
simultaneous
loading
75 to 500 KVA
NEMA
A
LUGS
NEMA
A LUGS
Pole
Diameter
6
1
/2 - 11
1
/2"
N/A
7 - 12"
N/A
7 - 12"
N/A
N/A
Wt.
Each
55 lb.
53 lb.

75 lb.
61 lb.

102 lb

83 lb.

85 lb.
Type Pole Mounting
One BAND & 2 lag screws
or
One BAND & 1 thru-bolt
2 THRU-BOLTS
or
1 THRU-BOLT & 2 lag screws
** 2 Pole BANDS
2 THRU-BOLTS
2 Pole BANDS
2 THRU-BOLTS
2 THRU-BOLTS
NEMA
B LUGS
Transformer
Lug Dimension
3 to 50 KVA
3 to 333 KVA**
NEMA
C LUGS
NEMA
B LUGS
(1) Note: "T" prefx indicates unit has lifting eye.
#Order Adapter plate for type C lugs separately, see page 5-16.
RUS listed
**If cooling fns ft, see dimensions A and B.
*Can also mount NEMA A lugs.
NOTE: Order thru-bolts and lag screws separately.
Thru-bolts up to
3
/4" and lag screws up to
5
/8".
C2120143
The rack-frame type bracket may be mounted to the
pole with either thru-bolts or bands and is available
in three sizes. Manufactured of high-strength steel,
galvanized per ASTM A-153, with bolted construction
using a minimum number of parts and completely
factory assembled. Transformers can be mounted to
these sturdy brackets while on the ground, with the
hardware that is included with each bracket, for a
convenient, balanced one-lift maneuver to the pole
top,pre-drilled holes accept lifting eyes.
The "T" prefx in the catalog number indicates the unit
has a built-in integral lifting eye for an easy one-point
lift maneuver.
Banded style has a reinforced bolting surface. (Fig.
A)
Thru-bolt style has jump-proof lip.(Fig. B)
Virtually all 167 KVA to 333
KVA transformers can be in-
stalled on the C2120143 and
T2120224 and C2120144 and
T2120225 brackets. Check
manufacturers dimensions
for cooling fns. Outside
dimensions are shown in
the table.
5-16
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Horizontal adapter plates C2110015, C2110016 and
C2110017, may be used in lieu of No. C2110012
plate where more extension from bracket is desired
when mounting 167 KVA to 500 KVA transformers
with Type C lug spacing. Two plates required per
transformer. Furnished with two
5
/8" x 1
3
/4" bolts
each as noted.
C2110017
Horizontal Adapter Plate
C2110015 Horizontal Adapter Plate
C2110009
Vertical Adapter Plate
Two bracket assemblies (5250 or
5350), can be used for mounting
167 KVA to 500 KVA by adding
No. C2110012 horizontal adapter
plates. Plates should be used with
two brackets to make a complete
assembly. Two plates are required
for each transformer. Each plate
is furnished with one
5
/8" x 1
3
/4"
machine bolt.
C2110012
Horizontal Adapter Plate
One plate is required for each
transformer. Plates furnished with
three
5
/8" x 1
3
/4" machine bolts.
ADAPTERS FOR USE WITH TRANSFORMER BRACKET
Description
Through Bolt Type
Catalog
No.
*C2120001
Ship
Wt. Lbs.
Each
30
Transformer
KVA Rating
75 KVA and
100 KVA
*RUS listed
Catalog
No.
C2110015
C2110017
Description
Top plate with jump-proof lips,
less bolts
Bottom plate with open end slot,
less bolts
Ship
Wt. Lbs. Each
12.25
11.5
No. C2110015 Top Plate
No. C2110017 Bottom Plate
C2120001
Two Transformer Brackets
One piece construction. Drilled for banding or through bolting to pole.
Has transformer mounting bolts and ground bolt assembly. Brackets
have 12" and 24" spacing for mixed bank application. Tested to 4,000
lbs. per transformer position. Bracket C2120001 is mounted with two
bolts or one bolt and lag screw.
Direct Pole Mount Brackets
Plates can be used on regular transformer brackets. One of each required
to mount transformer.
TRANSFORMER BRACKETS
3"
Catalog
No.
C2110009
C2110012
C2110015
C2110016
C2110017
C2110058
Description
Adapter Plate for Mtg. Trans. on Single
Segment, w/machine bolts.
Adapter Plate for Mtg. Trans. with Type
C lug spacing, w/machine bolts.
Plate with 3" offset, w/machine bolts.
Identical to C2110017 except open end
mounting slot less jump-proof lips
Top plate with jump-proof lips
Includes C2110016, C2110017 and four

5
/8" x 1
3
/4" bolts and nuts
Approx. Ship
Wt. Each Lbs.
5.4
9.2
10.5
10.4
10.3
22
3"
16"
13
16"
9"
3
3
16"
4
1
2"
1
2"
16"
13
16"
7"
4
3
16"
5"
3
8"
14"
3"
11
16"
6
5
16" 4
3
16"
5"
16"
3"
3"
3"
3"
5-17
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

NEMA
B
LUGS
SINGLE PHASE
75, 100 and 167 KVA Transformers
THREE PHASE
45 and 75 KVA Transformers
Will also mount Type A lugs, 12" spacing
Weight
Lb.
86
Weight
Lb.
72
Weight
Lb.
64
Weight
Lb.
43
Catalog
Number
PS250
Consists of
2 #5250
Transformer
Brackets
Catalog
Number
350
Consists of
2 #5350
Transformer
Brackets
Catalog
Number
HD350
Consists of
2 #HD5350
Transformer
Brackets
RUS listed
RUS listed
NEMA
A
LUGS
SINGLE PHASE
3 thru 50 KVA Transformers
THREE PHASE
15 and 30 KVA Transformers
BRACKETS,
BANDED CLUSTER MOUNTS
Fits most 3 KVA to 500 KVA transformers
to mounting bracket, ground clamp and installation
instructions are included.
The Banded Cluster Mounts may be ordered in pack-
ages (recommended), or by components (not recom-
mended).
Brackets provide 6
3
/8" of pole clearance.
Heavy Duty Bracket
HD350
HD315
These easy-to-install cluster mounts have a curved back to ft
round, tapered poles from 6" (15.2 cm) to 10
1
/2" (26.7 cm) in
diameter. Manufactured of high-strength steel, galvanized
per ASTM A-153. Standard duty mounts have one set of four
6" long clamping bolts. Heavy-duty mounts have two sets of
bolts (see sketch).
Lag screws can be used to position the mounting bracket be-
fore tightening clamping bolts. Support rating, however, does
not depend on the use of lag screws. All banding hardware
for mounting to the pole, hardware to attach transformer
Heavy Duty
Bracket
No. 215 No. 115 No. 315
No. PS250 No. PS150 No. 350
Catalog
Number
PS150
Consists of
2 #5150
Transformer
Brackets
Catalog
Number
315
Consists of
1 #5350
Transformer
Bracket and
3 #C2110009
Vertical Bracket
Catalog
Number
HD315
Consists of
1 #HD5350
Transformer
Bracket and
3 #C2110009
Vertical Bracket
Weight
Lb.
65
Weight
Lb.
50
Weight
Lb.
39
Catalog
Number
215
Consists of
1 #5250
Transformer
Bracket and
2 #C2110009
Vertical Bracket
Weight
Lb.
27.5
Catalog
Number
115
Consists of
1 #5150
Transformer
Bracket and
1 #C2110009
Vertical Bracket
5-18
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

NEMA
C
LUGS
SINGLE PHASE250, 333 and 500 KVA Transformers
THREE PHASE 112
1
/2, 150, 225 and 300 KVA Transformers
Weight
Lb.
137.6
Catalog
Number
HD3100
Consists of
2 #HD5350
Transformer
Brackets and
6 #C2110012
Horizontal Brackets
Weight
Lb.
129.6
Catalog
Number
3100
Consists of
2 #5350
Transformer
Brackets and
6 #C2110012
Horizontal Brackets
RUS listed
Tailor your own mounting assemblies with
brackets and adapters on page 5-16.
No. 5250 Bracket
Ground
Lug
No. 5350 Bracket
Heavy Duty
Bracket
HD3100
C2110019 or
C2110021
Transformer Mounting
Bracket
9 lb.
1
/4" stock
Ground
Lug
BRACKETS,
C2030187
Cluster Mount
Segment
2.5 lb.
1
/4" stock
1
3
/16"
No. 3100
9
/16"
Ground
Lug
No. 5150 Bracket
5-19
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

No. 9113S
BRACKETS, TRANSFORMER,
SECONDARY LEAD
CLAMPS, BONDING
Bonding Clamps make a dependable mechanical and electrical pressure
contact between guy strand and anchor rod, when the guy is part of the
grounding system. Used on Thimbleye and Angle-Thimbleye bolts to keep
hardware-to-guy contacts tight. Also used to prevent excessive wear on
guy strands and protect galvanizing. Maintains electrical continuity.
The Chance Secondary Lead Transformer Bracket is a device that serves
as a support for secondary lead wires. Made to clamp over the rolled edge
at the bottom of the transformer, it fts all popular distribution trans-
formers with steel tank. Clamp and bolt are hot dip galvanized steel.
Bolt end has a plastic cap to prevent scratching the outer surface of the
transformer. Furnished as a bracket or with insulator assembled.
Description
With Non-ANSI 2
1
/4 x 2
1
/8"
Spool Insulator
Ins. Assembled
With ANSI 53-2
Ins. Assembled
Size of
Insulator
Bolt
1
/2 x 5
1
/2 x 6
Catalog
No.
9113S *
9114S *
Steel Size
of
Clamp
5
/16 x 1
1
/4
5
/16 x 1
1
/4
Approx.
Ship Wt.
Lbs. Per
100 Pcs.
152
256
RUS listed
* "S" Indicates gray glaze insulators
For Power Installed Screw Anchors
Rod Type and Size
in Inches
Thimbleye,
1
/2 &
5
/8
Thimbleye,
3
/4 & 1
Twineye,
5
/8,
3
/4 & 1
Tripleye,
5
/8,
3
/4 & 1
Approx. Ship Wt.
Lbs. Per 100 Pieces
22
36
38
41
Catalog
No.
G5067
G5068
G5069
C2030148
Expanding Anchors & Rock Anchors
Approx. Ship Wt.
Lbs. Per 100 Pieces
6.5
13
21
For No-Wrench Screw Anchors
Catalog
No.
G5060
G5061
G5063
Rod Type and Size
in Inches
Thimbleye,
1
/2 &
5
/8
Twineye,
5
/8,
3
/4 & 1
Tripleye,
3
/4 & 1
Catalog
No.
G5065
G5063
Approx. Ship Wt.
Lbs. Per 100 Pieces
15
21
Rod Type and Size
in Inches
Thimbleye,
3
/4 & 1
Tripleye,
3
/4 & 1
RUS listed
These can be used with SS (square Shaft) and RR (round rod) anchors.
5-20
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Connection is soldered to the cable sheath and mechanically clamped to
the messenger wire. The bolt can be removed so that the clamp can be
dropped over the messenger. Hot dip galvanized.
Approx. Ship
Wt. Lbs.
Per 100 Pieces
61
Bolt Size
1
/2 x 1
3
/4
Length
1
3
/4
Steel Size
3
/16 x 1
3
/4
Catalog
No.
7956
Ground Wire Clamp is used to attach ground or static wires to bayonets.
No 5450 is
1
/2" J-Bolt which fts into two holes at top of bayonet (as seen
on Page 5-5).
"J" Type
CLAMP, GUY
Parallel grooves trap strand tightly without marring. Plate halves align
evenly for easy application. Each bolt has a shoulder to prevent turning
while tightening. Hot dip galvanized.
Catalog
No.
6460
*6461
6462
Ship Wt.
Lbs. Per
100 Pcs.
390
252
178
Accepts
Strand Size

3
/8 thru
5/
8
5
/16 thru
1
/2
5
/16 thru
1
/2
Width
2
1
/8
1
21
/32
1
21
/32
Length
6
6
4
No. of
Bolts
3
3
2
Catalog
No.
6448
6449
*6450
Ship Wt.
Lbs. Per
100 Pcs.
132
162
228
Accepts
Strand Size

1
/4 thru
7
/16
1
/4 thru
7
/16
1
/4 thru
7
/16
Width
1
9
/16
1
9
/16
1
9
/16
Length
3
3
/8
4
6
No. of
Bolts
2
3
3
No. 6461
No. 7956
RUS listed
*NEMA Standard
CLAMP, GROUND
CLAMP, GROUND WIRE
5
/8" Clamp Bolts
1
/2" Clamp Bolts
No. 5450
Catalog
No.
5450
Bayonet
Hole Spacing
15
/16"
Approx. Ship
Wt. Lbs.
Per 100 Pieces
39
5-21
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

CLAMPS, GUY OFFSET
This two-bolt guy clamp with curved clamping member provides a more
positive hold on the guy strand. Available with
1
/2" or
5
/8" bolts. Hot
dip galvanized.
Catalog
No.
6409
6410
Bolt
Dia.
1
/2
5
/8
Length
3
1
/4
4
Width
1
1
/2
1
5
/8
Approx.Ship
Wt. Lbs.
Per 100 Pcs.
135
172
CLAMPS, LASHING WIRE, TYPE E
Clamp is ftted with a special clamp bolt formed with a shoulder to prevent
turning while tightening. Both ends of the
1
/4" bolt are peened to prevent
loss of nuts during shipment or handling. Hot dip galvanized.
Dimensions in Inches Approx. Ship
Wt. Lbs.
Per 100 Pcs.
17
Width
1
Length
1
Catalog
No.
9000
RUS listed
RUS listed
CLAMPS, SUSPENSION
Clamps are used with through bolts to support cable at poles. Through
bolt also serves as clamping member. One or more nuts and/or washers
are used between the pole and clamp for required spacing. No. 7901 is
used on very light cables. This one bolt clamp consists of the two clamping
members only. Nos. 7902L and 7902R are used at corners and angles.
Nos. 7903 and 7904 are used on straight runs.
Dimensions
in Inches
Accommo-
dates
Strand Size
1
/4 thru
7
/16
1
/4 thru
7
/16
1
/4 thru
7
/16
1
/4 thru
7
/16
1
/4 thru
7
/16
1
/4 thru
7
/16
Catalog
Number
7901
7902L
7902R
7903
*7903L
7904
Center
Hole Dia.
11
/16
11
/16
13
/16
11
/16
11
/16
13
/16
Approx.
Ship
Wt. Lbs.
Per 100 Pcs.
75
232
232
178
177
212
Type
1-Bolt
Straight Susp
3-Bolt
Angle Susp.
3-Bolt
Angle Susp
3-Bolt
Straight Susp.
3-Bolt
Straight Susp.
3-Bolt
Straight Susp.
Length
2
1
/2
7
7
5
5
/8
5
5
/8
5
5
/8
No. 6409
No. 9000
No. 7902R
No. 7903L
*Flat Keeper Plate
Strand Size

1
/4 thru
7
/16
Strand Size
3
/16 thru
5
/16
5
/16 thru
1
/2
5-22
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

CLEVISES, INSULATED (Insulators Not Included)
CLEVIS, DEADEND
There is no need for a cotter pin because the lip on the clevis locks the
pin. An elongated slot in the upper arm lets the pin foat into position.
Steel parts are hot dip galvanized. Wet-process spool insulator is gray
Sky-Glaze
color. Shipped unassembled.

Approx. Ship
Wt. Lbs.
Per 100 Pcs.
41 Clevis, with Sq. Hole for
3
/8" Carriage Bolts
and pin only (insulator not included)
Catalog
No.
H14
Description
CLEVIS DEADENDING
Used for attaching deadend insulators and guys with extension links
(Page 5-32). Clevises have
5
/8" cotter bolts, except No. 456 which has
a
3
/4" machine bolt. Hot dip galvanized.
Mtg. Hole
Diameter
13
/16
Throat
Clearance
5
/8
Catalog
No.
455
Extension
3
3
/4
Steel
Size
3
/16 x 1
1
/2
Approx. Ship
Wt. Lbs.
Per 100 Pcs.
98
*NEMA Standard
No. *461 Wt. per 100 pcs. 158 lb.
NEMA 53-4
PORCELAIN
SPOOL INSULATOR
NEMA 53-3
PORCELAIN
SPOOL INSULATOR
No. *468 Wt. per 100 pcs. 132 lb. No. 469 Wt. per 100 pcs. 166 lb.
No. *0340 Wt. per 100 pcs. 144 lb.
No. *0341 Wt. per 100 pcs. 112 lb.
RUS Listed
1
1
/2"x
1
/2"x
1
/2"
STEELCHANNEL
11
/16"x
25
/32"
OVALHOLE
4"
3
1
/4"
5
/8"COTTERBOLT
4"
4
1
/4"
3
1
/4"
4
1
/16"
5"
3
5
/16"
1

x
1
/2"x
1
/8"
STEELCHANNEL
5
/8"COTTERBOLT
3
1
/2"
11
/16"
SQUARE
HOLE
NEMA 53-2
PORCELAIN
SPOOL INSULATOR
NEMA 53-2
PORCELAIN
SPOOL INSULATOR
11
/16"x
7
/8"
OVALHOLE
5
/8"COTTERBOLT
1
1
/2"x
1
/2"x
1
/8"
STEELCHANNEL
2
3
/8"
1
/2"COTTERBOLT
11
/16"x
3
/4"
OVALHOLE
NEMA 53-1
PORCELAIN
SPOOL INSULATOR
3
/16"x1
1
/2"STEEL
11
/16"x
3
/4"
OVALHOLE
3
/16"x1
1
/2"STEEL
5
/8"COTTERBOLT
1
3
/4"
2
3
/8"
No. 455
No. H14
3
/8"COTTERBOLT
NEMA 53-1
PORCELAIN
SPOOL INSULATOR
11
/16"
DIA.
HOLE
2"

1
/4"x1
1
/2"STEEL
No. PS7820 Wt. per 100 pcs. 90 lb.
5-23
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Sagger Bracket Less Insulator
Sagger Bracket Less Insulator
Crossarm Mounting Bracket
For attachment over crossarm with a
1
/2" carriage bolt installed verti-
cally through the arm, or a
3
/8" lag screw.
Approx. Ship Wt.
Lbs. Per 100 Pcs.
192
Catalog
No.
8795 Clevis less insulator
Description
Description
CLEVISES, INSULATED (Less Insulators)

No. 0352 Wt. per 100 pcs. 152 lb.
RUS listed
No. *0322 Wt. per 100 pcs. 186 lb.
NEMA 53-2
PORCELAIN
SPOOL INSULATOR
3
/16"x1
1
/2"
STEEL
5
/8"COTTERBOLT
5"
3
1
/4"
NEMA 53-4
PORCELAIN
SPOOL
INSULATOR
11
/16"
DIA.
HOLE
4
1
/2"
3
3
/8"
5
/8"COTTERBOLT
1
/4"x1
1
/2"
STEEL
NEMA 53-2
PORCELAIN
SPOOL
INSULATOR
4"
3
1
/4"
11
/16"x1
1
/8"
SLOT
HOLE
3
/16"x3"STEEL
3
1
/2"BACKRADIUS
5
/8"COTTER
BOLT
No. *0337 Wt. per 100 pcs. 240 lb.
No. 0338 Clevis is identical to No. 0337
except length from back of clevis to cotter
bolt is 3" instead of 4" and weight is 204 lb.
*NEMA Standard
No. *0327 Wt. per 100 pcs. 276 lb.
RUS listed
2
3
/8"BACKRADIUS
5
/8"COTTER
BOLT 3
/16"x4
"
STEEL
9
/16"
DIA.
2
HOLES
3
1
/4"
11
/16"x
3
/4"
SLOTHOLE
4"
NEMA 53-4
PORCELAIN
SPOOL
INSULATOR
No. *0344 Wt. per 100 pcs. 272 lb.
NEMA 53-5
WET PROCESS
PORCELAIN
SPOOL INSULATOR
6"
11
/16"x
3
/4"
OVALHOLE
1
/4"x1
1
/2"STEEL
5
/8"COTTERBOLT
4
1
/4"
No. *C2070024 Wt. per 100 pcs. 184 lb.
NEMA 53-2
PORCELAIN
SPOOL
3"
3
1
/4"
5
/8"COTTERBOLT
USE NEMA 53-3
INSULATOR
No. C2070116
No. 8795
Approx. Ship Wt.
Lbs. Per 100 Pcs.
140
240
Catalog
No.
C2070072
C2070116
NEMA 53-2
INSULATOR
No. C2070072
Sagger Bracket
Double duty bracket may be used to support conductor during stringing
operations and then may be rotated upright to become a permanent
clevis. Catalog Number C2070072 has same overall dimensions as
C2070024 clevis.
5-24
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Swinging Clevis
Clevis & Mounting Bracket
Less Insulator
Clevis Only Less Insulator
& Mounting Bracket
Description
RUS listed
Standard
Combines a steel-attachment clevis with a wire-rope thimble. Thimble
has 2" diameter wire groove for deadending strand and swings free
for fexibility. Hot dip galvanized.
Catalog
No.
573
CLIPS, WIRE ROPE GUY WIRE
Body of each clip is galvanized ductile iron designed to ft the strand,
which is protected by smooth-rounded contact surfaces. Bolts are
made of high-strength steel.
Approx. Ship
Wt. Lbs.
Per 100 Pcs.
56.3
111
Size of
Strand, In.
1
/2
5
/8
Catalog
No.
6484
6485
Catalog
No.
6480
6481
6482
No. 6485
No. 573
No. 1948M
Approx. Ship Wt.
Lbs. Per 100 Pcs.
71
40
Catalog
No.
1948M
1948C
Steel
Gauge
10
Cotter Bolt
Diameter
5
/8
Approx.
Ship Wt. Lbs.
Per 100 Pcs.
94
Dimensions In Inches
Approx. Ship
Wt. Lbs.
Per 100 Pcs.
12.5
13.5
22.5
Size of
Strand, In.
1
/4
5
/16
3
/8
CLEVIS, THIMBLE
5-25
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

EYENUTS, STANDARD
Most commonly used for deadending, back-guying, and attaching pole
head guys on the threaded ends of crossarm bolts. Drop-forged hot
dip galvanized steel.
Dimensions In Inches Approx.Wt.
Lbs. Per
100 Pcs.
51
46
51
54
F
2
5
/8
2
5
/8
3
3
E
2
1
/8
2
1
/8
2
1
/2
2
1
/2
D
1
1
/8
1
1
/8
1
3
/4
1
3
/4
C
1
1
/8
1
1
/8
1
1
/2
1
1
/2
B
1
/2
1
/2
1
/2
1
/2
A
1
1
/4
1
1
/4
1
3
/8
1
3
/8
For Bolt
Dia
1
/2
5
/8
5
/8
3
/4
Catalog
No.
6500
6501
*6502
6503
For attaching to thru-bolts or threaded end of straight or angle-Thim-
bleye bolts for straight-away head guys. Drop-forged galvanized steel.
Nuts are contoured to minimize bending and kinking of guy strand.
Dimensions In Inches Approx.Wt.
Lbs. Per
100 Pcs.
78
72
Catalog
No.
6510
*6511
EYENUTS, THIMBLEYE
*NEMA Standard
RUS listed
Tapped
For
5
/8 Bolt
3
/4 Bolt
B
1
1
/2
1
1
/2
A
1
1
/2
1
1
/2
R
1
/4
1
/4
C
7
/8
7
/8
D
1
3
/8
1
3
/8
E
1
7
/8
1
7
/8
F
3
1
/4
3
1
/4
*ANSI Standard
RUS listed
Used for head or stub guying of two strands, Twineye Nuts can be
attached to thru-bolts or threaded end of straight or angle Thimbleye
bolts. Grooves are contoured to protect guy strands. Drop-Forged
galvanized steel.
Dimensions In Inches Approx. Ship
Wt. Lbs. Per
100 Pcs.
190
184
188
Catalog
No.
6560
6561
*6562
EYENUTS, TWINEYE
Tapped
For
5
/8 Bolt
3
/4 Bolt
1" Bolt
and PISA
B
1
11
/16
1
11
/16
1
11
/16
A
1
7
/8
1
7
/8
1
7
/8
R
5
/16
5
/16
5
/16
C
1
1
/8
1
1
/8
1
1
/8
D
1
5
/16
1
5
/16
1
5
/16
E
2
3
/8
2
3
/8
2
3
/8
F
3
5
/8
3
5
/8
3
5
/8
*Cat. No. 6562 1" eyenut fts both 1" and
3
/4" PISA rods.
No. 6562
No. 6510
No. 6502
5-26
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

EYES, THIMBLEYE
Used on ordinary machine bolts for straight-away guys. Rounded

groove protects guy strand from sharp kinks and bends. Drop-forged
galvanized steel. Construction for high strength applications.
Catalog
No.
6519
6520
Mtg.
Bolt
Hole
11
/16 x 1
13
/16 x 1
1
/8
B
1
1
/2
1
1
/2
A
2
1
/16
2
1
/16
For
Bolt
Dia
5
/8
3
/4
C
1
5
/16
1
5
/16
D
2
9
/16
2
9
/16
E
2
1
/16
2
1
/16
F
4
5
/16
4
5
/16
Approx.Wt.
Lbs. Per
100 Pcs.
123
130
GUARDS & STRAPS, CABLE
Mounting Straps
Catalog
No.
6538
6539
6540
C2030455
C2030456
Used With
Guard No.
6531 & 653112
6532 & 6533
6534T & 6535
C2030450
C2030452
C2030451
Steel Size
1
/8 x
3
/4
1
/8 x
3
/4
3
/16 x 1
3
/32 x
3
/4
3
/16 x 1
Hole Dia.
9
/32
9
/32
11
/32
9
/32
11
/32
Approx. Ship
Wt. Lbs.
Per 100 Pcs.
12.8
24.3
63.5
6.6
69
Protect telephone and power lines where circuits lead from underground
to overhead. Guards are 14-gauge hot dip galvanized steel, formed into
U shape. Straps are made from hot dip galvanized fat steel, shaped
to ft the guards.
RUS listed
Guards
Inside Dia.
Inches
3
/4
1
1
/8
1
1
/8
2
3
/16
2
3
/16
3
3
/16
3
3
/16
3
11
/16
Catalog
No.
C2030450
6531
653112
6532
6533
6534T
6535
C2030451
Length,
Feet
8
5
8
5
8
5
8
8
RUS listed
Approx. Ship Wt.
Lbs. Per 100 Pcs.
480
480
560
860
1260
1525
1800
2269
Mtg.
Bolt
Hole A
11
/16
13
/16
For Bolt
Dia.
5
/8
3
/4
Catalog
No.
0100
0101
B
1
1
/2
1
1
/2
C
11
/16
11
/16
D
13
/16
13
/16
E
1
5
/8
1
5
/8
F
2
1
/2
2
1
/2
G
2
1
/2
2
1
/2
R
9
/32
9
/32
Approx.Wt.
Lbs. Per
100 Pcs.
120
132
Used for attaching to thru-bolt or threaded end of straight or angle
Thimbleye bolt for down guying. Rounded groove protects guy strand
from sharp bending and kinking. Drop-forged galvanized steel. Con-
struction for high strength application.
EYE, ANGLE THIMBLEYE
RUS listed
No. 6519
No. 0100
No. 6538
No. 653112
5-27
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

GUARDS, UNDERGROUND CABLE
C2030036
C2030037
5'
5'
2"
3"
1
7
/8"
2
7
/8"
1000
1400
Approx. Wt.
Per 100 Pcs.
1900
2600
2800
Inside Clearance
From Face of Pole
1
7
/8"
2
7
/8"
3
3
/8"
Inside
Dia.
2"
3"
3
1
/2"
Overall
Length
9'
9'
9'
Catalog
No.
C2030033
C2030034
C2030035
Cable Guards
Flanged one-piece unit is formed of 14 gauge steel. Hot dip galvanized.
Extension is fared at one end so that it can be joined to the base section.
A carriage bolt fastens the two sections together and also serves as a
ground lead attachment point. Mounting holes in 1" wide fanges are
located every 25". No straps needed for installation.
Cable Guard Extensions
KOVER-GARD
molding protects surface ground wires, lead wires and

conductors. Flame retardant and easy to install. Makes wood or metal
molding obsolete.
GUARDS, PLASTIC MOLDING
KOVER-GARD Molding
T
1
/16
1
/16
5
/64
5
/64
W
1
/2
3
/4
1
1
1
/2
H
1
/2
3
/4
1
1
1
/2
Std.
Length
96
96
96
96
Std.
Pkg.
50
50
50
25
Nominal
Size
(Inches)
1
/2
3
/4
1
1
1
/2
Measurements
(Inches)
Kover-Gard Molding
Catalog Number
Black
96KG12
96KG34
96KG1
96KG112
Approx.
Wt. Per
100 Pcs.
48
76
96
227
K-S STRAPS
K-S Straps for fastening covered conductors,
conduit or pipe . . . Anything up to
7
/8" O.D., electrical
or not.
KS34 (for 96KG34)
2
3
/8"
5
/8"
5
/64"
1,000
7.20
KS12 (for 96KG12)
2"
5
/8"
1
/16"
1,000
6.25
Catalog Number
Length
Width
Thickness
Pcs. Per Ctn.
Wt. Per Ctn.
No. C2030033
K-S Straps
5-28
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

HALF-ROUND MARKERS
Made from an MPO formulation, markers come in yellow only. They resist whit-
ening and have high impact resistance. Markers dont become brittle when cold.
They cover completely from the ground up. Markers attach to any
3
/16" to
3
/4" guy
strands. Clamps are located at top, middle and lower end of marker.
Each PBG is furnished with a one-bolt hardware clamp at the lower end to ft all
types of guy attachments and two one-bolt strand clamps at the middle that adapts
to ft guy wires from
3
/16" through
3
/4".
GUY MARKERS
Full Round
Construction
Over the rod
Above the rod
ECONOMY FULL-ROUND MARKERS
Bright, high visibility markers neither bleach out to white nor crack from cold tem-
peratures. Made of ultraviolet-stabilized high-density polyethylene, overlapping
tube-like design offers full-length coverage.
Easy installation requires no tools. Replaceable standard tie strap allows the mark-
ers to be reused. Three holes permit the black self-locking nylon strap (furnished) to
secure the lower end in a choice of two attachment methods either above or over
the anchor rod, illustrated below. This fastening design eliminates the cutaway
section that would weaken its resistance to breaking.
The economy marker is available in high visibility 8' long,
1
1
/8" O.D., bright yellow sections.
Catalog Number
Yellow color only
84PBG2Y
96PBG2Y
Strand
Range
3
/16" thru
3
/4"
3
/16" thru
3
/4"
Width
2"
2"
Std.
Pkg.
12
12
Wt. Per
100 Pcs.
150
175
Dimensions
Length
84"
96"
RUS listed
Hardware Clamp Convertible Strand Clamp
Dia.
1
1
/8"
Units
25
Color
Bright Yellow
Length
8 ft.
Dimensions Per Carton
Catalog
Number
96FRPE
Weight per
100 pcs.
96 lbs.
5-29
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

GUY MARKERS, FULL ROUND
Increased Visibility
A full 360 of 1.5" diameter high visibility yellow or orange provides
increased visibility to children and adults alike. Also available in
green or gray for more aesthetically inconspicuous applications. A 2
1
/2"
diameter marker is also available.
Increased Vandal Resistance
A unique strand trapping design has been added to the security of a
concealed pigtail and a self-locking nylon strap. The guy strand passes
easily in one direction only . . . into the marker.
Increased Installation Ease
Easy to install; tough to remove. Simply snap the marker over the guy
and lock it in place with the self-locking nylon strap and pigtail.
Increase Installation Range
Fit guy strand diameters from
3
/16" to
1
/2".
Increased Ruggedness for Demanding Service
The UV stabilized, high impact, high density polyethylene construction
has excellent color retention, cold weather properties and no cutaway
sections to weaken its strength.
Decreased Costs
Not only will you save time but youll also save money with these ex-
ceptionally affordable guy markers.
Strand
Range
3
/16" thru
1
/2"
3
/16" thru
1
/2"
3
/16" thru
1
/2"
Gray
96FRPMGRY
Wt. Per
100 Lbs.
105
120
120
Dia.
1.5"
1.5"
1.5"
Std.
Pkg.
20
20
20
Dimensions Catalog Number
(1) Can be ordered without pigtail, cat no. T0790206
*Cat. No. C0790263. Refective 10" long bright
orange strip 2' from top of yellow marker for
greater visibility. Ideal for heavy snow areas
and also for recreational ATV-use areas.
Green
84FRPMGRN
96FRPMGRN
Orange
84FRPMORG
96FRPMORG
Length
84"
96"
96"
Yellow
84FRPMYEL
96FRPMYEL (1)
C0790263*
Dimensions Wt. Per
100
Pcs.
240 9
3
/16" thru
1
/2"
Std.
Pkg.
Strand
Size Dia.
2
1
/2"
Length
96"
Color
Yellow
Catalog
Number
T0790228
2
1
/2" Diameter
Per Carton
Std.
Pkg.
20
20
105
120
Strand
Range
3
/16" thru
1
/2"
3
/16" thru
1
/2"
84"
96"
84FRPMRYEL
96FRPMRYEL
Catalog Number
Yellow Dia.
1.5"
1.5"
Length
Dimensions
Wt. Per
100 Pcs.
RUS listed
Flame Retardant
5-30
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Used on corners and straight runs. Messenger is securely clamped by
two
1
/2" carbon-steel guy clamp bolts. Mounted with a
5
/8" thru-bolt and
a
1
/2" lag screw, neither of which are included. Hot dip galvanized.
HOOKS, DRIVE AND SCREW
Hooks used to attach wedge type service drops and deadend clamps to
crossarms, poles or buildings. No. C2050190 Drive Hook is furnished
with
7
/16" fetter drive threads and a pilot point for easy starting. No.
0317 Screw Hook has
3
/8" gimlet threads.
Approx. Ship
Wt. Lbs.
per 100 Pcs.
108
79
78
Hole Dia.
Inches
9
/16 &
13
/16
11
/16
11
/16
Material
Size, Inches
1
/4 x 1
1
/2 x 7
1
/4 x 1
1
/2 x 4
1
/8
7
/16 x 1
3
/4 x 4
Description
2-Bolt Storm
1-Bolt Storm,
3
/4"R
1-Bolt Standard
HOOKS, GUY, DUCTILE IRON
Ductile Iron Hot Dip Galvanized
Will accommodate a maximum guy strand of
9
/16" diameter at a 90 angle
to the pole. May be used for down guy attachment with excellent load
holding capabilities. The guy strand loop may be made up on the ground
to simplify installation. See Catalog 5A for additional guy hooks.
HANGERS, MESSENGER
UNIVERSAL TYPE
HOOKS, GUY
Catalog
No.
5001
5004
6584
Keeps guy wire from creeping downward when pole is guyed sharply.
Nos. 5001 and 5004 are used for storm guying. Hooks should be used
under bolt heads for maximum shear strength.
Catalog No.
GH6
GH6ILS
Type
2 Bolt
1 Bolt
Wt. Per 100 Pcs.
100 lbs.
96 lbs.
GH6ILS GH6
RUS listed
Length
2
1
/2
2
Overall Length
4
3
/4
4
Approx. Ship Wt.
Lbs.Per 100 Pcs.
27
13
Thread Dia.
7
/16
3
/8
Catalog
No.
C2050190
0317
Strand Size
5
/16 to
1
/2
Ext. from Pole
4
1
/4
Steel Size
1
/2 x 2
Catalog
No.
7911
Approx. Ship
Wt. Lbs.
Per 100 Pcs.
370
RUS listed
No. 7911
No. C2050190
No. 0317
No. 6584 No. 5004
HANGER
FIGURE 8 CABLE
Used to support integrated messenger telephone cable commonly
referred to as Figure 8 Cable. Hanger is in two parts, hook and clamp,
both galvanized steel. Installed with a
1
/2" machine bolt and two square
nuts. One nut is placed between hook and clamp for spacing. The other
is used to tighten the clamp member. Order nuts and bolts separately.
Accommodates .109 to .134 solid messenger wire.
Catalog
No.
PS9015
Description
Hook and Clamp
Approx. Ship Wt.
Lbs. Per 100 Pcs.
54
No. PS9015
5-31
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

IRONS, PULLING IN
Provides a strong and easy-to-get-at attachment for the pulling-in
blocks when installing or removing cables. Pulling-in irons are set into
the brick or concrete walls of street vaults opposite all duct entrances.
Hot dip galvanized.
The extension link is used to give additional clearance on deadends and
corners. The end clevis has a slotted hole for inserting the machine bolt
without having to remove the extension bar. Hot dip galvanized.
LINK, EXTENSION
RUS listed
Catalog
No.
8119
8120
Steel Size
7
/8 Rd.
7
/8 Rd.
A
9
12
B
8
3
/8
10
7
/8
Approx.Ship Wt.
Lbs. Per 100 Pcs.
540
580
Catalog
No.
C2070065
C2070112
T2070134
DC33B1
DC33B3
Hole to Hole
Length
20"
14"
5.5"
14"
10"
Extension
Bar Stock
5
/16" x 1
1
/2"
1
/4" x 2"
1
/4" x 2"
3
/16" x 1
1
/4"
3
/16" x 1
1
/4"
Approx. Ship Wt.
Lbs. Per 100 Pcs.
441
500
350
232
168
RUS listed
B
A
No. C2070112
No. C2070065
7
/8" Dia. Steel
5
/8" dia. pin with cotter key
13
/16" dia. hole
11
/16" dia. hole
0.69"
clevis
opening
5-32
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Markers, Cable Route
Ground Level
Catalog No.
C5540001
T5540196
*Installing tool is #CWFA
RUS listed
Lettering on Top Plate Insert
Electric Company
Telephone Co.
Weight
2 lbs. 13 oz.
2 lbs. 13 oz.
BURIED
CABLE ROUTE
FT. TO NEXT
CONNECTION
BEFORE DIGGING
CONTACT
CHANCE CAT.
C5540001
ELECTRIC
COMPANY
C5540001
BURIED
CABLE ROUTE
FT. TO NEXT
CONNECTION
T5540196
TELEPHONE CO.
BEFORE DIGGING
CONTACT
BURIED
CABLE ROUTE
CONNECTION
CHANCE CAT.
C5540001
CABLE TV
COMPANY
Insert Area
BURIED
CABLE ROUTE
CONNECTION
CHANCE CAT.
C5540001
Special Lettering for Insert Area:
For special lettering in INSERT AREA other than standard, order by description. These are
available at additional charge. Special lettering may be cast with 2 lines of letters
3
/8" high (11
letters on top line, 10 letters on next line) or 3 lines of letters
1
/4" high (16 letters on top two
lines, 15 letters on bottom line).
The entire top can also be special lettered at additional cost. Contact Hubbell Power Systems,
Inc. for further details.
Easy Location of Buried Cable
This short anchor has an identifcation plate
that can be used to mark locations of buried
power, telephone or CATV cables. The anchor
is screwed into the ground until the top
plate is fush with the ground level.* The 3"
diameter helix and rod are galvanized steel.
Holding power is approximately 750 pounds
in average soil.
The top plate is made of copper alloy for high
corrosion resistance and long life. The top
is lettered with various information includ-
ing an arrow pointing to the direction of the
next connection.
5-33
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

No. 3194
No. 3530
55083P
No. 3510
Wt. Lbs.
Per 100 Pcs.
2.6
8
10.4
14.4
30
50
Threads
Per Inch
16
13
11
10
9
8
Catalog
No.
*8600M
*55083P
*55084P
*55085P
*56538P
*56073P
Bolt Size,
Inches
3
/8
1
/2
5
/8
3
/4
7
/8
1
For Bolts
Regular Square Nuts
RUS listed
*ANSI B18.2.2
Wt. Lbs.
Per 100 Pcs.
12.5
12.8
22
50
100
Rod Size,
Inches
1
/2
5
/8
3
/4
1
1
1
/4
Catalog
No.
*55058P
*55006P
*55312P
*55320P
*56001P
For Rods
Heavy Square Nuts
Washer Nuts
Approx. Ship
Wt. Lbs.
Per 100 Pcs.
38
Sq. Size
15
/16
Washer Dia.
2
1
/2
Bolt Size
5
/8
Catalog
No.
*3194
Palnut Lock Nuts
Approx. Ship
Wt. Lbs.
Per 100 Pcs.
.39
.92
1.34
1.73
Height
.160
.190
.224
.246
Width
5
/8
13
/16
1
1
1
/8
Bolt Size
3
/8
1
/2
5
/8
3
/4
Catalog
No.
3530
3531
3532
3533
NUTS
Made to give tight connections. Galvanized.
M-F Curved Lock Nuts M-F Curved Lock Nuts
Wt. Lbs.
Per 100 Pcs.
1.25
2.6
4.44
Bolt Size,
Inches
3
/8
1
/2
5
/8
Catalog
No.
3510
3511
3512
Catalog
No.
3513
3514
Bolt Size,
Inches
3
/4
7
/8
Wt. Lbs.
Per 100 Pcs.
6
8.5
NAILS, POLE DATING
Used to indicate the year in which poles are set. Heads are
5
/8" diam-
eter. Hot dip galvanized. Year determines catalog number.
Catalog
No.
C2052007
C2052008
C2052009
C2052010
For
Year
2007
2008
2009
2010
Length
Inches
2
1
/2
2
1
/2
2
1
/2
2
1
/2
Approx, Ship Wt.
Lbs. Per 100 Pcs.
5.3
5.3
5.3
5.3
5-34
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Approx. Ship
Wt. Lbs.
Per 100 Pcs.
Catalog
No. D
For Wood Crossarms Flat-Base Long-Shank Type
5
/8
5
/8
5
/8
5
/8
3
/4
5
/8
5
/8
10
3
/4
11
1
/2
12
1
/2
11
3
/4
12
1
/2
13
5
/8
15
5
/8
For Steel Crossarms Flat-Base Short-Shank Type
124
136
184
*NEMA Standard
RUS listed
PINS
High Voltage Forged Steel Pins
Use with pin-type insulators. Each pin is forged from a single steel
piece. Lead threads are free of fns and mold-marks, perfect insulator
seating. Made for wood crossarms, the long-shank type pins have a 3"
x 3" x
3
/16" square washer, square nut, curved locknut.
For Wood Crossarms 13/8" Lead Thread
C B
5
6
6
5
5
6
6
6
7
7
/8
7
7
/8
*881
*881A
*883
*884
*PS890
C2060266
C2060294
2
2
2
2
2
1
/2
3
3
180
192
196
184
264
290
340
6
1
/2
7
1
/2
7
3
/4
2
2
2
1
/2
5
/8
5
/8
3
/4
*886
*PS887
*PS893
A
No. 4328
PINS
Forged Steel Pins
Made with 1" lead thread for 1" pin-type insulators.
1
/2" and
5
/8" dia.
shank pins are furnished with 2" x 2" x
1
/8" square washers, and the
3
/4" pins with 2
1
/4" x
3
/16" square washers. These pins come with square
nut and curved lock nut. Short shank pins come with spring lock-washer
and square nut only. Hot dip galvanized.
No. 881A
MF lock nut
A
C
3" x 3" x 3/16"
square washer
D
For Wood Crossarms 1" Lead Thread
A
5
6
H
7
/8
7
/8
F
2
5
/8
2
5
/8
D
2
1
/2
2
1
/2
C
3
/4
3
/4
B
6
1
/2
6
1
/2
Catalog
No.
4705
4706
Approx. Ship
Wt. Lbs.
Per 100 Pieces
232
276
1
1
1
1
1
/8
377
450
460
558
3
3
3
3
1
/2
2
1
/2
3
3
3
1
/2
7
7
7
7
5
/8
3
/4
3
/4
3
/4
7
7
8
10
4717
*4326
4328
*4332
*NEMA Standard
RUS listed
B
5-35
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Designed for straight-line, angle or corner construction. Base rests
evenly on arms to prevent cutting into crossarm. Lugs prevent twisting.
Two
5
/8" x 7" carriage bolts, two square nuts, two curved lock nuts and
a
5
/16" x 1
1
/2" washer-plate are included. Hot dip galvanized.
Catalog No.
Lead Thread
14322
143221
Thread
Size
1"
1
3
/8"
Ship. Wt.
Lbs., 100 Pcs.
600
792
Height Above
Crossarm
5
3
/4
6
3
/4
Crossarm
Size
3
3
/4 x 4
3
/4
3
3
/4 x 4
3
/4
No. 14322
RUS Listed
Nylon threads are an alternative to lead threads on Chance steel insu-
lator pins. These forged steel pins are hot-dip galvanized. Available on
5
/8" dia. shanks. Furnished with one each, 2" x 2" x
1
/8" square washer,
square nut and curved lock nut.
Catalog
No.
*881P
*881AP
*883P
*884P
*886P
*887P
*NEMA Standard
RUS listing applied for.
Nylon threads offer:
Improved impact resistance
Firm, more resilient insulator ft
Environmental friendliness
Elimination of lead disposal concerns
A
B
C
Nylon Thread Crossarm Insulator Pins
2"
5
8"
1"
Approx. Ship
Wt. Lbs.
Per 100 Pcs.
180
192
196
184
124
136
C
3
3
3
3
1
1
/4
1
1
/4
B
5
3
/4
6
1
/2
6
1
/2
5
3
/4
1
1
/2
1
1
/2
A
5
5
6
6
5
6
For Wood Crossarms Flat-Base Long-Shank Type
For Steel Crossarms Flat-Base Short-Shank Type
Crossarm Type Pins Carriage Bolt
The crossarm corner pin is made of ductile iron, hot-dip galvanized. It
mounts standard 1" thread insulators at an angle 60 from horizontal.
Attached to the crossarm by means of a square head bolt which is
furnished as part of the pin.
Crossarm Corner Type Pins
Catalog
No.
PS8779
Approx.
Ship
Wt. Lbs.
Per 100 Pcs.
315
Bolt
Size
5
/8 x 7
Thread
Size
1
Pin Height
Above
Crossarm
5
Crossarm
Size
4 x 5
Roofed
No. PS8779
5-36
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Thimble Adapter Pins
Designed for insulator clearance when used on bolt ends. Seat frmly
against the crossarm. Popular for rural line construction. Made of 1"
x 12-gauge hot dip galvanized fat steel. A heavy American standard
5
/8" nut is crimped to thimble bottom. Lead thread takes 1" standard
pin insulators.
No. 875
For Max.
Stud
Length
3
Mach.
Bolt
Diameter
5
/8
Lag Screw Type Pins
Pins have sharp gimlet-point threads and are used primarily for pole
and transformer wiring. Forged steel, hot dip galvanized with 1" cast
lead thread.
Height
Above
Arm
6
5
Overall
Length
9
8
Base
Dia.
1
3
/4
2
Shank
Dia.
1
/2
5
/8
Catalog
No.
875
PS888
Approx.
Ship
Wt. Lbs.
Per 100 Pcs.
110
120
Approx.
Ship
Wt. Lbs.
Per 100 Pcs.
82
Overall
Length
5
1
/4
Thread
Dim.
1"
Catalog
No.
4258
RUS listed
No. 4258
RUS listed / NEMA Standard
PINS, POLE TOP
Hot dip galvanized pressed steel, 1' lead thread. When no A dimension
is given, the pin has two mounting holes only.
Approx. Ship Wt.
Lbs. Per 100 Pcs. A B L
Catalog
No.
STRAIGHT BASE PINS 1" THREADS
*2162
*2170
C2060106
C2060227
2199
*2174
2171
21971
*C2060140
15
18
18
21
20
20
24
24
24
3
2
3
3
5
5
8
5
8
5
6
5
5
268
320
332
460
408
416
550
600
530
*NEMA Standard
RUS listed
STRAIGHT BASE PINS 1
3
/8" THREADS
8
8
OFFSET BASE PINS 1" THREADS
RUS listed / NEMA Standard
21 C2060271 8 580
541
541
20
24
2195
2196
No. 2170
Straight Base Pin
1" LEAD THREAD
C2060271
Offset Base Pin
L
B
A
5-37
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Approx. Ship
Wt. Lbs.
Per 100 Pcs.
166
276
115
Hole
Dia.
13
/16
15
/16
13
/16
Steel
Thickness
3
/16
1
/4
7 Ga.
Catalog
No.
4045
4047
4063
RUS listed
PLATE, DOUBLE ARMING
Center-Suspension Type
Attached to the crossarm through the slots provided. Suspension at-
tachment is made through center hole. Hot dip galvanized.
Approx. Ship
Wt. Lbs.
Per 100 Pcs.
460
Overall
Length
17
Catalog
No.
5819
Steel
Size
1
/4 x 4
RUS listed
For Clevis Connections
Used with forged steel insulator pins or suspension type insulators
on wood or steel crossarms. Used with clevises having
3
/4" or smaller
bolts. Hot dip galvanized.
Approx. Ship
Wt. Lbs.
Per 100 Pcs.
1200
Overall
Length
24
Catalog
No.
5844
Steel
Size
1
/2 x 4
RUS listed
PLATES, CROSSARM REINFORCING
Reinforcing plates prevent damage to the crossarm from tightened nuts.
Nos. 4045 and 4047 have a pressed rib and are normally used on the
side of the crossarm to prevent the tightened nut from causing checking
or splitting. No. 4063 is used on top or bottom of fat-top crossarms to
impede the strain from forged steel pins.
Crossarm
Size
4 x 5
6 x 8
3
3
/4 x 4
3
/4
2
No. 5844
.62
No. 5819
No. 4063
13
16" x 3
1
2"
Slots
13
16"
Holes
4.62
1.87
11
16" x 3
1
2"
Slots
11
16" Holes
4.38
Nylon Thread Pole Top Insulator Pins
Nylon threads are an alternative to lead threads on Chance hot-dip
galvanized pole top pins. Mounting holes are
11
/16" diameter. Bottom
slot is
11
/16" x 1
1
/4".
Nylon threads offer:
Improved impact resistance
Firm, more resilient insulator ft
Environmental friendliness
Elimination of lead disposal concern
Catalog
Number
*
2162P
*2170P

C2060106P

2199P
*2174P
2171P
21971P
*C2060140P
Dimensions in inches
L A B
15 - 5
18 3 5
18 - 8
20 - 8
20 3 5
24 2 6
24 3 5
24 3 5
Approx. Ship Wt.
(lb. per 100 pieces)
268
320
320
408
408
540
540
540
*NEMA Standard
RUS listing applied for

Hubbell
2162P
2170P
C2060106P
2199P
2174P
2171P
21971P
C2060140P
Cross Reference
Joslyn
J715Z
J13682
-
J740Z
J1220Z
-
-
J7442
Hughes Brothers
2770-B15-100
2770-B15-C5-100
2770-B18-100
2770-A20-100
2770-A20-C5-100
-
2770-A24-100
2770-A24-C5-100
1" Nylon Thread
L
A
B
5-38
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Dimensions,
Inches
4 x 8 x 14 Ga.
Catalog
No.
*6575
Approx. Ship Wt.
Lbs. Per 100 Pcs.
116
Type
Standard
RUS listed
*NEMA Standard
PLATES, STRAIN
Strain Plates are used to prevent pole from being damaged by guy wire.
Nail holes at corners are
3
/16" diameter. Hot dip galvanized steel plates
are formed to 5" radius.
No. of
Wires
Catalog
No.
End Mtg.
Hole Spacing
Width
of Back
Approx. Ship
Wt. Lbs.
Per 100 Pcs.
Medium Type, Extended Back, 12 Gauge
2
3
4
3
4
3
16
24
32
16
24
24
18
26
34
21
3
/4
29
3
/4
26
2
7
/8
2
7
/8
2
7
/8
3
1
/4
3
1
/4
3
1
/4
460
660
880
700
1020
800
Heavy Type, Nonextended Back, 9 Gauge
Heavy Type, Extended Back, 9 Gauge
*ANSI Standard
RACKS, SECONDARY
Medium and Heavy Types
These racks have fabricated steel points that are permanently welded
to the rack bases. The entire unit is hot dip galvanized.
Insulators are not included.
PLATES, LIFT AND LOAD
Used to protect poles on heavy down guying when Thimbleye, Angle-
Thimbleye or Oval-Eye bolts are used through the pole. Hot dip
galvanized.
Size Holes, Inches
Bottom
3
/4 x 1
7
/8 x 1
3
/4 x 1
7
/8 x 1
Plate Size,
Inches
3
/16 x 2
1
/2 x 7
1
/4 x 2
1
/2 x 7
3
/16 x 2
1
/2 x 7
1
/4 x 2
1
/2 x 7
Approx. Ship
Wt. Lbs.
Per 100 Pcs.
98
126
97
126
RUS listed
No. 6575
No. 7897 No. 7887
C2070047
Catalog
No.
PS7887
7888
7897
7898
Description
2-Hole Lift
2-Hole Lift
3-Hole Lift
3-Hole Lift
Top
9
/16
9
/16
9
/16
9
/16
C2070049
C2070047*
C2070048*
C2070050*
C2070051*
C2070052*
Overall
Length., Back
5-39
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Hook
C2031131
Hook
C2031132
Racks
C2031124
C2031125
C2031126
Hook
C2031133
Hook
C2030317
Hook
C2030315
Hook
C2030316
Racks
C2030313
C2030314
No. L1100
No. C2031120
Catalog
Number
C2031131
*C2030502
C2031132
*C2031128
C2031133
*C2031127
C2030317
C2030315
*C2030499
C2030316
*T2030500
Wt. Per
100 Pcs.
42
42
96
108
116
136
175
204
204
260
260
Channel Steel
Size, Inches
1
1
/2 x 1
1
/8 x
3
/16
1
1
/2 x 1
1
/8 x
3
/16
1
1
/2 x 1
1
/8 x
3
/16
1
1
/2 x 1
1
/8 x
3
/16
1
1
/2 x 1
1
/8 x
3
/16
1
1
/2 x 1
1
/8 x
3
/16
1
1
/2 x 2
1
/16 x
13
/64
1
1
/2 x 1
35
/64 x
3
/16
1
1
/2 x 1
35
/64 x
3
/16
1
1
/2 x 1
35
/64 x
3
/16
1
1
/2 x 1
35
/64 x
3
/16
Length from
Face of Rack
4"
4"
7
1
/2"
7
1
/2"
10"
10"
10"
14"
14"
18"
18"
RUS listed
*Plasticized PVC coated
Cable Rack Insulator (White Glaze)
Catalog
No.
C2031120
Radius
1
1
/2
Length Along Hook
3
Width
2
3
/4
Approx. Ship Wt.
Lbs. Per 100 Pcs.
80
Cable Rack Hook Lock Clip
Catalog
No.
L1100
Size,
Inches
18 Ga. x
3
/8
Approx. Ship Wt.
Lbs. Per 100 Pcs.
2
Material
Galvanized Steel
RACKS, UNDERGROUND CABLE
Channel-Steel Types
Cable Racks
Hot dip galvanized racks with hook holes 1
1
/2" apart. Fasten to manhole
or interior walls with
1
/2" x 4" expansion bolts (not included). Mounting
slots
5
/8" x
3
/4" at top and bottom of 15", 24" and 30" lengths overlap for
assembly in combinations for overall length desired.
Cable Rack Hooks
Hot dip galvanized hooks with rounded surfaces have
3
/16" x
13
/16" slots
for lock clips, below. For hooks with 0.080" plasticized PVC coating
for abrasion protection, contact Hubbell Power Systems, Inc. Servi-
Center.
For extra clearance from wall, see Supports, Cable Rack, Page 5-43.
RUS listed
Catalog
Number
C2031124
C2031125
C2031126
C2030313
C2030314
No. of
Hook Holes
8
14
18
37
47
Dimensions Wt. Per
100 Pcs.
162
230
280
570
720
A
15"
24"
30"
55
1
/4"
70
1
/4"
B
13
1
/2"
22
1
/2"
28
1
/2"
1
1
/2" x
9
/16" x
3
/16" Channel Steel
2
3
4"
1
9
16"
3"
1
1
2"
12
3
32"
5-40
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Radius
for Cable
2
5
/8
Catalog
No.
1115
Overall
Length
4
1
/2
Overall
Width
2
5
/8
Approx. Ship.
Wt. Lbs.
Per 100 Pcs.
134
Cable Rack Insulators (White Glaze)
Catalog
No.
1292
1293
Extension
from Face
of Rack
10
1
/4
16
5
/8
Overall
Length
12
18
Steel
Size
12 Ga.
12 Ga.
Approx. Ship.
Wt. Lbs.
Per 100 Pcs.
244
340
Cable Rack Hooks
Cable Racks
Hook Slot
Spacing
8
8
8
8
No. of
Slots
3
4
6
6
Catalog
No.
R1473
R1474
R1476
*C2030047
Overall
Length
24
32
48
48
Mtg. Hole
Spacing
16
24
40
22
3
/8 & 40
Approx. Ship.
Wt. Lbs.
Per 100 Pcs.
1000
1400
2100
2000
*Same as R1476 except three mounting holes...lower two slotted.
Heavy Channel Steel Type
Made from 4" x 1
19
/32" x
3
/16" channel steel. Hot dip galvanized. Either expan-
sion or anchor bolts can be used to mount them to the vault wall. Pressed-steel
hooks have stops to keep insulators from sliding off. Mounting holes
3
/4" on
all except C2030047 which has
5
/16" mounting holes.
Hook No. 1293
Hook No. 1293
Hook No. 1293
Insulator No. 1115
Rack No. R1473
No. of
Insulators
Accommodated
2
3
5-41
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Vertical pinning of successive racks is permitted by an offset at each
rack end. Racks are made of 2
1
/4" x 2
1
/4" x
1
/4" steel T-section. Hot dip
galvanized. Mounting holes and slot for fastening to manhole walls
are designed to be used with or without insulators. Hooks supplied
with
3
/8" x 1
1
/2" cotter bolt and key, also available with plastisol coatings
applied after galvanizing. Hot dip galvanized.
SUPPORTS, CABLE RACK
Supports extend cable rack away from wall in order to avoid obstruc-
tions, escape water seepage, or because of limited space. Mounting
holes take
1
/2" bolts. Hot dip galvanized. Two supports required to
mount each rack. See Racks, Underground Cable, above.
Mtg. Hole
Size
9
/16
9
/16
B
4
1
/4
5
3
/4
A
3
5
/8
6
9
/16
C
2
1
/4
2
3
/8
Steel
Size
1
/2 x 1
1
/2 x 1
1
/4
Approx. Ship
Wt. Lbs.
Per 100 Pcs.
110
252
Catalog
No.
1101
1102 No. 1101
No. of
Hook
Holes
14
Overall
Length
27
1
/2
Approx. Ship
Wt. Lbs.
Per 100 Pcs.
840
Hook Hole
Spacing
1
1
/2
Mtg. Hole
Spacing
25
1
/2
Cable Racks
Cable Rack Hooks
Plastisol
Coated
C2030084
C2030085
C2030086
Extension from
Rack Face
6
10
1
/2
15
Galvanized
1231
1232
1233
Steel
Size
9 Ga.
7 Ga.
7 Ga.
Approx. Ship
Wt. Lbs.
Per 100 Pcs.
164
308/340
550/620
Catalog Number
Cable Rack Insulators (White Glaze)
Radius
for Cable
R
2
5
/8
1
1
/2
Length
along Hook
A
3
3
/4
3
Catalog
No.
1121
1118
Approx. Ship
Wt. Lbs.
Per 100 Pcs.
138
112
Width
3
3
/4
3
3
/4
Insulator No. 1121
Rack No. PS1225
Hook No. 1233
Hook No. 1232
Hook No. 1231
Hook No. C2030085
R
A
2
1
4
3
3
4
2
3
4
C
A
B
9
16" x
3
4"
Catalog
No.
PS1225
5-42
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

No. 8512 No. 8609
Standard
with Electro-
Brazed Pigtail
Heavy duty forged steel clamps provide secure, low resistance connec-
tions. One piece bodies. Hot dip galvanized.
1
/2" square-head cup point
set screw is hot dip galvanized.
Wire Dia.
Min.
.128
.128
Rod Dia.
Inches
5
/8
3
/4
Catalog
No.
C2030344
C2030345
Wire Dia.
Max.
.460
.460
Wt. Per
100 Pcs.
34
30
ROD, GROUND, CLAMP
ROD, GROUND,
SECTIONAL GALVANIZED
Made of high-carbon steel as standard. All rods have a
5
/8" cut thread
on top and bottom. Hot dip galvanized.
Dimensions
Dia.
5
/8"
5
/8"
5
/8"
5
/8"
5
/8"
5
/8"
5
/8"
5
/8"
Length
5'
8'
10'
6'
2"
8'
10'
Approx. Ship
Wt. Lbs.
Per 100 Pcs.
520
860
1043
625
18
800
1000
150
Bolt-Type Drive Head
RUS listed
Approx.
Ship Wt.
Lbs. Per
100 Pcs
340
340/350
400
600/626
800/860/820
1000
1200/1220
1460
2670
1620
Length
Ft.
5
5
6
6
8
7
10
8
10
10
15
Dia.,
Inches
1
/2
1
/2
1
/2
5
/8
5
/8
5
/8
5
/8
3
/4
3
/4
1
5
/8
Pigtail
Approx.
Length,
Inches
28
18
48

48
15
Drive-
Head
Bolt-
Type
C2030377
T2030427
Standard
With
Electro-
Brazed
Pigtail
C2030107
C2030109

Standard
8565
8566
8576
8578
8580
8618
8620

Catalog No.
RODS, GROUND, GALVANIZED
Ground Rods are available with or without copper wire. Made of high-
carbon, open-hearth steel for maximum strength. Hot dip galvanized.
Does not bend when driven into hard soils. The electro-brazed pigtail is
No. 6 tinned copper on
5
/8" and
3
/4" rod. Bolt-Type Drive Head Ground
Rods have surfaces of head and integral clamp tinned. Hot dip galva-
nized steel rod. Non-ferrous bolt with lockwasher accommodates No.
3 to No. 8 stranded wire.
RUS listed
Description
Cone Point with
5
/8" Thread
Cone Point with
5
/8" Thread
Cone Point with
5
/8" Thread

Extension,
5
/8" Thread, both ends
Coupling for above
Threadless Sectional Rod
Threadless Sectional Rod
Threadless Coupling
Cat. No
C2030227
C2030052
8512
8609
8611
C2030453
C2030430
C2030458
5-43
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

SCREWS, LAG
Lag Screws of
1
/4",
3
/8" and
1
/2" diameter have upset shoulders. Hot dip
galvanized.
Gimlet Point Type
Fetter Drive Pilot-Point
Approx.
Ship.
Wt. Per
100 Pcs
2
3.2
4.4
5.6
9
Dia.
1
/4
1
/4
1
/4
1
/4
3
/8
Length
1
1
/2
2
2
1
/2
3
3
Dimensions
in Inches Catalog
No.
872112GP
8722GP
872212GP
DF1L3
DF3L3
Twist-Drive Pilot Point Type
508500 22.8 4
1
/2
Approx.
Ship.
Wt. Per
100 Pcs
10.4
13.6
19.6
24
27
28
Dia.
3
/8
3
/8
1
/2
1
/2
1
/2
1
/2
Length
3
4
3
4
4
1
/2
5
Dimensions
in Inches Catalog
No.
508743
508744
508753
508754
508754
1
/2
508755
RUS listed
SIDEWALK GUY FITTINGS
These fttings are used along sidewalks or near buildings where space
is not available for standard guying. No. 0501 Pole Plate is attached
with one
5
/8" bolt and two
1
/2" lag screws. No. 0502 and 0512 End Fit-
tings clamp the strand. All fttings are hot dip galvanized.
Approx. Ship.
Wt. Lbs.
Per 100 Pcs
455
495
620
Description
Pole Plate
End Fitting w/Clamp
End Fitting w/Double Clamp
Pipe,
Inches
2
2
2
Catalog
No.
0501
0502
0512
RUS listed
SHACKLES, ANCHOR
Used principally for attaching suspension-insulator units to the pole.
Drop forged. Hot dip galvanized. RUS Load Rating: 20,000 lbs.
Catalog
No.
5801
Dimensions in Inches Approx. Ship. Wt.
Lbs. Per 100 Pcs
93
A
1
/2
B
2
1
/2
C
3
/4
D
5
/8
E
1
5
/8
RUS listed
Gimlet Point Type
Fetter Drive Regular-Point
Twist-Drive Pilot Point
No. 5801
No. 0501 No. 0502
No. 0512
A
B
C
D
5-44
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

SLEEVES, SERVING
For holding down the loose end of guy strand projecting beyond the guy
clamp. Chance Serving Sleeves, which have a fared end to speed applica-
tion, are faster to apply than wire-wrap sleeves. Hot dip galvanized.
Strand
Size
Inches
1
/4
5
/16
Cat.
No.
6452
6453
Length,
Inches
Overall
1
3
/8
1
1
/2
Approx.
Ship
Wt. Lbs.
Per 100
Pcs.
2.8
5.9
Strand
Size
Inches
3
/8
7
/16
1
/2
Cat.
No.
6454
6455
6456
Length,
Inches
Overall
1
3
/4
2
2
1
/4
Approx.
Ship
Wt. Lbs.
Per 100
Pcs.
7.3
12
13
RUS listed
Approx.
Ship
Wt. Lbs.
Per 100 Pcs.
16
Pipe,
Inches
3
/4 I.D.
Length,
Inches
1
1
/2
Description
Spacer
Catalog
No.
2237
RUS listed
SPACER, PIPE
Used with No. 2157 Pole Top Pin Brackets for greater rigidity.
No. 6456
No. 2237
5-45
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Staples
Used to secure ground
wire and ground wire
molding to wood poles.
RUS listed
* ANSI Standard
RUS Listing Pending
0.6
2.3
Dimensions
(Inches)
Length x Inside
Width x
Wire Dia.
1-1/2 x 3/8 x .131
1-1/2 x 3/8 x .140
2 x 3/8 x .131
2 x 5/8 x .165
3 x 1-1/16 x .218
1 x 1/4 x .114
1 x 5/16 x .120
1-1/4 x 1/4 x .114
1-1/2 x 5/16 x .144
1-1/2 x 3/8 x .148
1-3/4 x 3/8 x .144
1-3/4 x 3/8 x .148
2 x 1/2 x .162
2 x 5/8 x .162
3 x 1 x 1/4
3 x 1-1/16 x 1/4
3 x 1-1/2 x 1/4
3-1/2 x 1-3/4 x 1/4
1-1/4 x 3/16 x .114
2 x 5/8 x 3/16
2 x 1-1/16 x 3/16
2-1/4 x 25/32 x 3/16
2-1/2 x 1-1/16 x 3/16
Staple
Type
Square
Shank,
Cut Point
(Diamond)
Point
(Slash)
Point
FINISH
1-3/8 x 1/2 x .162
1-1/2 x 1/4 x .148
2 x 1/2 x .162
Barbed
Rolled
Cut
C2050460
1750/350
C2050214*
1000/100
C2050215*
1000/100
C2050216*
1000/100
C2050217
1000/100
C2050218
1000/100
C2050219*
1000/100
C2050220
500/100
C2050221
500/100
C2050222
250/50
C2050247

3600/NA
C2050461
1300/260
C2050463
800/160
C2050462
300/60
C2050213
1000/100 0.5
1.4
1.5
2.2
2.3
3.2
3.1
8.0
8.0
9.5
7511
1000/100 0.5
1000/100 1.4
C2050208
7512
1000/100 2.2
C2050209
1000/100 2.3
C2050210
1000/100 3.2
7513
1000/100 3.1
7522
500/100
8.0
C2050211
500/100
8.0
C2050212
250/100 9.5
C2050207
751134
3600/NA
ELECTRO ZINC
Catalog No.
Qty per carton
/inner pkg.
Approx. Wt.
(lbs.) per 100
1.5 1000/100
GALVANIZED
Catalog No.
Qty per carton
/inner pkg.
Approx. Wt.
(lbs.) per 100
C2050464
1500/300
C2050223
5000/500 0.5
C2050224
5000/500
C2050225
2500/500 1.2
9153
2500/500 1.4
C2050226
1000/100
C2050229
1000/100 3.1
C2050227
1000/100 3.4
C2050230
1000/100 4.0
C2050232
500/100 8.0
9161

500/100 8.0
500/100 8.0
C2050245
6700/NA
C2050244
3100/NA
9167

2200/NA
9154
1000/100
1.7
9169
2900/NA
COPPER COATED
Catalog No.
Qty per carton
/inner pkg.
Approx. Wt.
(lbs.) per 100
BRIGHTWIRE
Catalog No.
Qty per carton
/inner pkg.
Approx. Wt.
(lbs.) per 100
C2050235
1000/100 1.4
C2050237
1000/100 2.2
C2050242
500/100
Sold by the Pound
1.4
1.9
3.2
8.3
2.2
8.0
0.7
2.0 2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
1-1/2 x 3/8 x .162
C2050233
5-46
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

STRAP, REINFORCING
Used as additional support in attaching cable suspension clamps to
pole for heavy loads.
Catalog
No.
7905
Approx. Ship Wt.
Lbs. Per 100 Pieces
41
R
7
/8
A
11
/16
D
11
/16
W
1
1
/2
No.PS6236
No.6235
No.7905
Cat. No. J600007
STEPS, POLE
Steps are made from hot-rolled open-hearth steel. Hot dip galvanized.
Standard Drive Hook type has fetter drive thread and pilot point for
easy starting.
Approx. Ship
Wt. Lbs.
Per 100 Pieces
92
Size
Inches
5
/8 x 10
Type
Head
Hook
Catalog
No.
*506125
*NEMA Standard
Detachable Type
Steps make a neat appearance and deter unauthorized pole climbing.
Installed by placing plate over lag until plate cuts into pole. Nail driven
into bottom hole gives extra rigidity. Step fts on lag head. Order lags
and steps separately.
Detachable Type Wood Pole
Approx. Ship Wt.
Lbs. Per 100 Pieces
60
64
Description
Lag & Plate
Step
*NEMA Standard
Detachable Type Metal Pole
T2050425
T2050426
Bolt & Plate
Bolt - Plate - Step
58
122
Standard Type, Detachable
Fabricated-steel step is hot-dip galvanized. Removable to help prevent
unauthorized climbing access, each step has an upturned tab to help
keep foot in place.

Description
Standard step
Approx. Ship Wt.
Lbs. Per 100 Pieces
76
Catalog No.
J600007
Ladder-Rung Type, Detachable
Detachable Rung used on metal poles.
Approx. Ship Wt.
Lbs. Per 100 Pieces
900
Description
Ladder-Rung step
Catalog No.
FT70025
PLATE
BOLT
Cat. No. FT 70025
As installed
No. 506125
No. T2050425
A
W
R D
11 GAUGE
Catalog
No.
*PS6235
*PS6236
5-47
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

SUPPORTS, STATIC WIRE
Designed to carry static wires. Load plate is welded to the rods, while
the back plate can be adjusted to ft the pole. Hot dip galvanized. In-
cludes
1
/2" link for wire-clamp attachment.
THIMBLES, GUY WIRE
Chance Guy-Wire Thimbles are primarily used with Ovaleye anchor
rods and bolts. Grooved to ft various strand sizes, they are made from
crescent-shaped stock to prevent abrupt, strand-weakening kinks. Open
end for slipping over rod or eye. Hot dip galvanized steel.
Cat.
No.
6593
Approx.
Wt. Lbs.
Per 100
Pcs.
8.2
Size of
Guy Rod
Clearance
1
/2 and
5
/8
Strand
Size
3
/8
Dim. in Inches
RUS listed
Cat.
No.
6594
6595
Approx.
Wt. Lbs.
Per 100
Pcs.
15.6
40
Size of
Guy Rod
Clearance
5
/8 and
3
/4
1
Strand
Size
1
/2
5
/8
Dim. in Inches
TONGUE, DEADEND
This forged steel deadend tongue may be used with virtually all
strain insulator clevises and clevis type suspension insulators. Hot
dip galvanized.
Catalog
No.
C2030385
Hole Dia.
1 x 2
Steel Size
3
/8
Approx. Ship Wt.
Lbs. Per 100 Pcs.
120
Length
5
No. 6593
No. 5432
Catalog No.
5432
5433
5434
Approx. Ship Wt.
Lbs. Per 100 Pcs.
630
646
660
A
11
3
/4
13
3
/4
15
3
/4
For Pole Diameter
8 to 10
10 to 12
12 to 14
Steel Size
5
/8
5
/8
5
/8
RUS listed
B
6
6
6
C
4
4
4
B
A
C
5-48
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Hole Dia.
15
/16
11
/16
11
/16
13
/16
7
/8
11
/16
13
/16
13
/16
Square Washers
13
12
24
23
51
64
87
120
118
236
228
9
/16
11
/16
11
/16
13
/16
13
/16
13
/16
13
/16
7
/8
15
/16
13
/16
1
1
/8
2 x 2 x
1
/8
2 x 2 x
1
/8
2
1
/4 x 2
1
/4 x
3
/16
2
1
/4 x 2
1
/4 x
3
/16
3 x 3 x
3
/16
3 x 3 x
1
/4
4 x 4 x
3
/16
4 x 4 x
1
/4
4 x 4 x
1
/4
4 x 4 x
1
/2
4 x 4 x
1
/2
1
/2
5
/8
5
/8
3
/4
3
/4
3
/4
3
/4
3
/4
7
/8
3
/4
1
*PS6801
*PS6802
*PS6803
*6805
*6806
Round Washers
3
/8
3
/8
1
/2
5
/8
3
/4
7
/16
9
/16
9
/16
11
/16
13
/16
1 O.D. x 14 Ga.
1
1
/4 O.D. x 14 Ga.
1
3
/8 O.D. x 12 Ga.
1
3
/4 O.D. x 10 Ga.
2 O.D. x 9 Ga.
*NEMA Standard
RUS listed
Spring Clip Washers
Spring Clip
Double Coil Spring
Catalog
No
3539
3540
3541
C2050436
Approx. Ship Wt.
Lbs. Per 100 Pcs.
22
93
91
89
Bolt Size
1
/2
5
/8
3
/4
7
/8
Stock
5
/32" x 1"
1
/4" x 1
3
/4"
1
/4 x 1
3
/4"
1
/4 x 1
3
/4"
Hole Size
9
/16
11
/16
13
/16
15
/16
Spring Lock Washers
DF7W1
4035
4036
4037
1.0
1.5
2.4
4.8
1
/8 x
3
/32
11
/64 x
1
/8"
13
/64 x
5
/32
1
/4 x
3
/16
7
/16

9
/16
11
/16
13
/16
3
/8
1
/2
5
/8
3
/4
Double Coil Spring Lockwasher
4
6.6
10.40
1.50
5
/32" x 1"
3
/16" x 1
3
/16"
7
/32" x 1
3
/8"
7
/64" x
3
/4"
9
/16
11
/16
13
/16
7
/16
1
/2
5
/8
3
/4
3
/8
C2050185
C2050186
C2050187
C2050188
RUS listed
WASHERS
Galvanized
Square Curved Washers
Curved Square Round
Spring Lock
Washer Size
4 x 4 x
1
/4
2
1
/4 x 2
1
/4 x
3
/16
2
1
/2 x 2
1
/2 x
3
/16
3 x 3 x
1
/4
3 x 3 x
1
/4
3 x 3 x
1
/4
3
1
/4 x 3
/1
/4 x
1
/4
4 x 4 x
3
/16
Bolt Dia.
7
/8
5
/8
5
/8
3
/4
3
/4
5
/8
3
/4
3
/4
Approx. Ship Wt.
Lbs. Per 100 Pcs.
120
31
36
66
62
62
76
82
1.64
2.84
4.50
8.50
11.80
Catalog
No
*680912
*681012
PS6822
*682212
6823
*682312
6825
DF4W15
*6811
*6812
*6813
*6814
6816
*6817
6818
*681812
*6819
681912
6820
5-49
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

WIREHOLDERS
Universal Service Type
These two pipe mounting wireholders will together accommodate a
range of pipe sizes from 1
1
/4" to 4". Heavy cup-base and strap is a
single steel stamping, to which clamp is rigidly assembled and hot dip
galvanized. Insulator and strap-base are assembled with a solid-cop-
per rivet. Two carriage bolts are wedged rigidly into the wireholder
base on both models. The C2070075 clamp section is slotted so nuts
need never be removed.
Pipe Sizes
1
1
/4", 1
1
/2", 2", 2
1
/2"
3", 3
1
/2", 4
Wire Hole
1" Dia.
1" Dia.
Approx. Ship
Wt. Lbs.
Per 100 Pcs.
156
150
Insulator Process: Dry, gray glaze.
Size of Screw
or Bolt, Inches
No. 22 x 2
1
/4 Galv. Wood Screw
No. 22 x 2
1
/4 Galv. Wood Screw
No. 14 x 1
1
/2 Cadmium-
plated Wood Screw
C
2
2
1
/2
1
3
/8
D
5
/8 x
3
/4
1
1
/2
Approx.
Ship
Wt. Lbs.
Per 100 Pcs.
66
74
25
Single-point wireholders are strong and compact. Heavy cup-base
and strap is a single steel stamping, to which the screw is rigidly as-
sembled. Hot dip galvanized. Insulator and strap base are assembled
with solid-copper rivet.
Reinforced Wireholders
Hole
Dia. In.
1
1
1
Approx. Ship
Wt. Lbs.
Per 100 Pcs.
68
72
76
Size of Screw
or Bolt, Inches
No. 22 x 2
1
/4 Galv. Wood Screw
No. 22 x 3 Galv. Wood Screw
No. 22 x 4 Galv. Wood Screw
For use with triplex-type service cable, the No. 0192 Clevis takes one
NEMA 53-2 spool insulator. Insulators must be ordered separately.
Clevis-Type Wireholders
Approx. Ship
Wt. Lbs.
Per 100 Pcs.
142
For
Insulators
NEMA 53-2
Mtg. Screw
Size
No. 24 x 3
1
/2
Steel
Size
3
/16 x 1
1
/2
Catalog No.
Sky-Glaze
*C2070075
*C2070076
Catalog
No.
0623
0607
0618
Catalog No.
31144
31145
31146
Catalog No.
0192
No. 31144
No. 0618
No. 0623
No. 0607
C2070076
C2070075
A
3
3
1
/8
2
B
2
1
/4
2
1
/4
1
11
/16
RUS listed
RUS listed
*NEMA Standard
RUS listed
5
/8" Dia. Cotter Bolt
No. 24
Wood Screw
3
1
4"
3" 3
1
2"
2
1
2"
3
16 x 1
1
2"
5-50
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Catalog
Number
C2070138
C2070139
C2070140
C2070143
The Chance nylon alloy wireholder is offered as a
direct replacement for porcelain wireholders. It has
greatly increased fracture resistance, comparable
insulation and increased ease of installation.
The fat top will let you start lag-screw wirehold-
ers using a hammer. Universal installing tool is
available for powered installations. Toggle-bolt
wireholder C2070141 requires
7
/
8
" hole for instal-
lation.
Screw
Diameter
(inches)
5
/16 Lag
5
/16 Lag
5
/16 Lag
Tool
5
/16 UNC-2A
"A"
Length
(inches)
2
1
/4
2
3
/4
3
3
/4
3
3
/4
Approx. Wt.
(lb. per
100 pieces)
24
26
28
28
UV stabilized Glass reinforced Nylon alloy Galvanized screw
Toggle-Bolt Wireholder:
C2070141
TOGGLE-BOLTWIREHOLDER
CatalogNo. C2070141
"A" 2.40
1.35
0.82
INSTALLINGTOOL
CatalogNo. C2070143
1.40 .50
1.10
2.00
LAG-SCREWWIREHOLDER
CatalogNo. C2070138,C2070139,C2070140
"A" 2.40
1.35 0.85
RUS Listed
Wireholders
For an introductory period, each box will have two
installation tools included with lag-screw wirehold-
ers. Installation tool is durable for reusability.
Screw-Type Wireholders
Clamp-Type Wireholders
C2070144
C2070145
Catalog
Number
C2070144
C2070145
Pipe
Sizes
(inches)
1
1
/4 2
1
/2
3 4
Approx. Wt.
(lb. per
100 pieces)
114
128
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

210 N. Allen St. Centralia, MO 65240
2007 Hubbell Incorporated Printed in USA

SUPPLEMENTAL CATALOG
BULLETIN 5-53.1
November 2007
Nylon Threads
Eliminate handling and disposal concerns associated with Lead threads.
Nylon threads by Hubbell Power Systems meet all ANSI performance and dimensional requirements.
Insulator ft is frm, yet resilient.
Nylon threads are more impact resistant than on pins with Lead threads.
Catalog
Number
Dimensions
ANSI Load
Rating at
10 degree
Defection
Approx.
Ship Wt.
per 100
pcs.
A B C D E F
Washer
Size
Shank
Dia.
Shank
Length
Shaft
Height
Min.
Thread
Length
Base
Dia.
Wrench
Square
881P*
5
/8" 5
3
/4" 5" 3" 2"
3
/4"
2" sq. x
1
/8"
1000 lbs. 148 lbs.
881AP*
5
/8" 6
1
/2" 5" 3" 2"
3
/4"
2" sq. x
1
/8"
1000 lbs. 156 lbs.
884P*
5
/8" 5
3
/4" 6" 3" 2"
3
/4"
2" sq. x
1
/8"
800 lbs. 161 lbs.
883P*
5
/8" 6
1
/2" 6" 3" 2"
3
/4"
2" sq. x
1
/8"
800 lbs. 164 lbs.
*ANSI Standard C135.17
RUS Listed, Category f

Low Voltage Forged Steel Pins Short Shank for Steel Crossarms
1" ANSI Standard Nylon Threads
Galvanized per ASTM A-153
Catalog
Number
Dimensions
ANSI Load
Rating at
10 degree
Defection
Approx.
Ship Wt.
per 100
pcs.
A B C D E F
Washer
Shank
Dia.
Shank
Length
Shaft
Height
Min.
Thread
Length
Base
Dia.
Wrench
Square
886P*
5
/8" 1
1
/2" 5" 1
1
/4" 2"
3
/4"
Lock-
washer
1000 lbs. 0.94 lbs.
887P*
5
/8" 1
1
/2" 6" 1
1
/4" 2"
3
/4"
Lock-
washer
800 lbs. 1.25 lbs.
RUS Listed, Category f

NOTE: This page replaces information on Catalog Page 5-37, dated February 2007.
REVISED November 2007
Low Voltage Forged Steel Pins Long Shank for Wood or Composite Crossarms
The forged design of low voltage insulator pins includes fats for wrench engagement and a wide
base to distribute load stresses. Each pin is shipped with hardware assembled as shown.
Pins, Crossarm
The forged design of low voltage insulator pins includes fats for wrench engagement and a wide
base to distribute load stresses. Each pin is shipped with hardware assembled as shown.
Hardware includes Square Washer,
Square Nut and M-F Locknut
A
D
F
C
B
E
1" Nylon Thread
D
A
B
C
E
F
1" Nylon Thread
Hardware includes Coil Lockwasher and Square Nut
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Nylon Threads
BULLETIN 5-53.2
NOVEMBER 2007
High Voltage Forged Steel Pins Long Shank for Wood or Composite Crossarms
Catalog
Number
Dimensions
ANSI Load
Rating at
10 degree
Defection
Approx.
Ship Wt.
per 100
pcs.
A B C D E F
Washer
Size
Shank
Dia.
Shank
Length
Shaft
Height
Shaft
Dia.
Min.
Thread
Length
Base
Dia.
4705P
3
/4" 6
1
/2" 5" 1" 2
1
/2" 2
5
/8"
2
1
/4" sq.
x
3
/16"
2500 lbs. 2.68 lbs.
4706P
3
/4" 6
1
/2" 6" 1"" 2
1
/2" 2
5
/8"
2
1
/4" sq.
x
3
/16"
2500 lbs. 2.76 lbs.
High Voltage Forged Steel Pins Long Shank for Wood or Composite Crossarms
1
3
/
8
" ANSI Standard Nylon Threads
Catalog
Number
Dimensions
ANSI or
RUS Load
Rating at
10 degree
Defection
Approx.
Ship Wt.
per 100
pcs.
A B C D E F
Washer
Size
Shank
Dia.
Shank
Length
Shaft
Height
Shaft
Dia.
Min.
Thread
Length
Base
Dia.
4717P
5
/8" 7" 7" 1" 4" 3"
2
1
/4" sq.
x
3
/16"
2200 lbs. 3.83 lbs.
4326P*
3
/4" 7" 7" 1" 3" 3"
3" sq. x
3
/16"
2200 lbs. 4.50 lbs.
4328P*
3
/4" 7" 8" 1" 3" 3"
3" sq. x
3
/16"
1900 lbs. 4.60 lbs.
4332P*
3
/4" 7" 10" 1
1
/16" 3" 3
1
/2"
3" sq. x
3
/16"
2100 lbs. 5.58 lbs.
RUS Listed, Category f (approval pending)

The forged design of high voltage insulator pins includes a wide base to distribute load stresses.
Each pin is shipped with hardware assembled as shown.
Pins, Crossarm
The forged design of high voltage insulator pins includes a wide base to distribute load stresses.
Each pin is shipped with hardware assembled as shown.
B
A
C
D
E
F
1" Nylon Thread
B
A
C
D
E
F
1
3
8" Nylon Thread
REVISED January 2008
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.


Nylon Threads
BULLETIN 5-53.3
NOVEMBER 2007
Clamp-Type Steel Pins For Wood or Composite Crossarms
1" and 1
3
/
8
" ANSI Standard Nylon Threads
Catalog
Number
Dimensions
RUS Load
Rating at
10 degree
Defection
Approx.
Ship Wt.
per 100
pcs.
A B C E
ANSI Thread
Size
Shaft Height
Crossarm
Size
Carriage
Bolts
14322P
1" 5
3
/4" 3
3
/4" x 4
3
/4"
5
/8" x 7" 1500 lbs. 5.61 lbs.
143221P
1
3
/8" 7" 3
3
/4" x 4
3
/4"
5
/8" x 7" 1500 lbs. 6.46 lbs.
RUS Listed, Category f (approval pending)

Clamp type crossarm pins (saddle pins) can be used for straight line, angle or corner construc-
tion. The clamping design does not require cutting or drilling of the crossarm. The back plate
has raised projections to prevent slippage. Each pin is shipped with hardware assembled as
shown.
Pins, Crossarm
14322P
B
A 1" Nylon Thread
5
/8" x 7" Carriage Bolt
Hardware includes Square
Nut and M-F Locknut
143221P
A
B
1
3
/8" Nylon Thread
5
/8" x 7" Carriage Bolt
Hardware includes Square
Nut and M-F Locknut
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

BULLETIN 5-53.4
DECEMBER 2002
Neutral Extension Bracket
DC6N1
Increases spacing between pole and neutral wire. Provides
offset between neutral and phase conductors to prevent
phase-to-ground contacts during sudden release of accu-
mulated ice.
To prevent disassembly due to vibration, insulator is
retained with round washer, regular square nut, and self-
locking cotter.
Use DE4S-series insulator; order separately.
Hot-dipped galvanized steel for corrosion resistance.
Insulator Clevises and Related Items
DC6N1
Catalog
No.
DC6N1
Standard
Package
10 pcs.
Approx. Ship
Wt. Lbs.
Per 100 Pcs.
450
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.


BULLETIN 5-53.5
DECEMBER 2002
Pole-Top Pins
Flared Base
The fared based design provides a wider, more solid bear-
ing surface when mounted with the fange against the
pole.
For long-span construction.
Insulator Pins and Accessories
Catalog
No.
DP24P2*
DP24P5*
DP26P1
Standard
Package
15 pcs.
10 pcs.
10 pcs.
Weight
100 Pcs.
349
550
530
*ANSI/NEMA standard
Dimensions (in.)
Lead Thread
Diameter
1
1
1
A
18
24
24
B
8
8
8
C
5
5
DP24P5
DP26P1
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

BULLETIN 5-53.6
DECEMBER 2002
Line Post Insulator Studs
DF19M Series
Serrated collar and lockwasher secure unit to line post
insulator and prevent accidental disassembly. Cut threads
above serrated collar, rolled threads below collar.
Insulator Pins and Accessories
DF19M3
DF19M2
Catalog
No.
DF19M2
DF19M4
DF19M19
DF19M20
*DM19M29
*DM19M32
Std.
Pkg.
50 pcs.
40 pcs.
25 pcs.
25 pcs.
20 pcs.
15 pcs.
Weight
100 Pcs.
102 lbs.
140 lbs.
176 lbs.
192 lbs.
234
342
Dimensions (in.)
Line Post
Rating
(kV)
20-25
35-66
20-25
20-25
35-66
35-66
A
1-1/8
1-1/8
1-1/8
1-1/8
1-1/8
1-1/8
B
7
7
10
12
14
24
C
5/8
3/4
5/8
5/8
3/4
3/4
For Wood Crossarms
*Hardware
Included
(1) square nut, (1) square
washer, (1) spring lockwasher
and (1) M-F locknut
Catalog
No.
DF19M1
DF19M3
Standard
Package
100 pcs.
100 pcs.
Weight
100 Pcs.
43 lbs.
54 lbs.
Dimensions (in.)
Line Post
Rating
(kV)
20-25
35-66
A
1-1/8
1-1/8
B
1-3/4
1-3/4
C
5/8
3/4
For Steel Crossarms
Hardware
Included
(1) reg. hexnut and (2) spring lockwashers
(1) reg. hexnut and (2) spring lockwashers
*NOTE: DM19M29 and DM19M32 include one additional double-coil lockwasher.
REVISED December 2007
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.


BULLETIN 5-53.7
DECEMBER 2002
Cable Racks and Supports
H-Slot Racks
DU13B Series
Manufactured of 3" structural steel channel.
Accommodate from one to seven supports spaced on 4-1/2"
centers.
Offset lower mounting tab allows racks to be joined for ad-
ditional length.
Underground Vault and
Manhole Materials
DU3S Series
H-Slot Supports
DU3S Series
Available in four lengths to accommodate from one to four
insulators.
Compatible insulators are DE3U1, DE6U1, and DE12U
series; order separately.
Catalog
No.
DU13B1*
DU13B3*
DU13B5*
DU13B7*
Std.
Pkg.
25 pcs.
4 pcs.
4 pcs.
4 pcs.
Weight
100 Pcs.
216 lbs.
570 lbs.
800 lbs.
1050 lbs.
*ANSI/NEMA standard
Dimensions (in.)
Mounting Hole
Spacing
6 1/2
15 1/2
24 1/2
33 1/2
Number of
Support
Holes
1
3
5
7
Overall
Length
8 1/4
17 1/4
26 1/4
35 1/4
Catalog
No.
DU3S1*
DU3S2*
DU3S3*
DU3S4
Std.
Pkg.
50 pcs.
25 pcs.
25 pcs.
12 pcs.
Weight
100 Pcs.
94 lbs.
160 lbs.
252 lbs.
400 lbs.
ANSI/NEMA
Load Rating
(lbs.)
400
400
200
Length
(in.)
6 1/4
11 3/4
17 1/4
22 3/4
Accommodates
No. of
Insulators
1
2
3
4
DU13B Series
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

BULLETIN 5-53.8
DECEMBER 2002
Cable Racks and Supports
Nob-Loc Racks
DU1B Series
Manufactured from 3/8" x 1 3/4" steel.
Can accommodate from one to 13 supports.
Nob-Loc type supports are interchangeable on DU1B Se-
ries racks. Order supports separately (see below).
Underground Vault and Manhole Materials
Catalog
No.
DU1B1*
DU1B3
DU1B4
DU1B10*
DU1B28*
DU1B29*
DU1B30*
Standard
Package
5 pcs.
5 pcs.
5 pcs.
5 pcs.
5 pcs.
5 pcs.
5 pcs.
Weight
100 Pcs.
280 lbs.
520 lbs.
660 lbs.
600 lbs.
520 lbs.
760 lbs.
1000 lbs.
Dimensions (in.)
No. of Sup-
port Holes
1
3
4
11
5
9
13
A
14 3/4
28 3/4
35 3/4
34 7/8
28 3/4
42 3/4
56 3/4
B
13
27
34
33 1/8
27
41
55
C
7
7
2
3 1/2
3 1/2
3 1/2
DU1S Series
DU1B Series
Nob-Loc Supports
DU1S Series
Use DE3U1 or DE6U1 insulators; order separately.
*ANSI/NEMA standard
Catalog
No.
DU1S1*
DU1S2*
DU1S3*
DU1S4*
Std.
Pkg.
50 pcs.
25 pcs.
25 pcs.
15 pcs.
Weight
100 Pcs.
136 lbs.
220 lbs.
296 lbs.
360 lbs.
Length
(in.)
3 7/8
7 7/8
11 7/8
14 7/8
Accommodates
No. of
Insulators
1
2
3
4
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.


BULLETIN 5-53.9
DECEMBER 2002
Crossarm Mounting Brackets
The wide variety of cutout, arrester, and terminator
mounting brackets Hubbell offers, allows fexibility in con-
struction layout and design. Crossarm and pole-mounted
designs are available for mounting single units or combi-
nations of protective devices and terminators. Manufac-
tured for strength and durability, all brackets, mounting
channels and mounting straps are hot-dipped galvanized
in accordance with ASTM A153 for corrosion resistance.
For crossarm mounting of protective devices and cable
terminators. Brackets are available for single unit mount-
ing or various cutout/arrester combinations. All crossarm
mounting brackets are adjustable to ft various crossarm
sizes. Completely assembled brackets are available as well
as individual components for feld adaptation. All com-
plete mounting bracket assemblies include all mounting
hardware.
Mounting Brackets
Catalog
No.
DM36B3
DM40B2
DC63B5
Standard
Package
25 pcs.
20 pcs.
10 pcs.
Weight
100 Pcs.
272 lbs.
340 lbs.
420 lbs.
Dimensions (in.)
A
2 7/16 to 6
2 11/16 to 4
2 1/8 to 4 1/8
More photos on the following page.
DM36B3
DM9B4 & DM10B2
Material
Size
5/16 x 1 1/2
5/16 x 1 1/2
3/8 x 2
B
2 1/4
2 9/16
5 7/8
C
1 11/16
1 11/16
1 5/8
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

BULLETIN 5-53.10
DECEMBER 2002
Crossarm Mounting Brackets (cont.)
Mounting Brackets
DC63B5
DM40B2
Bracket Mounting Strap
DM20S3
Manufactured of 3/8" x 2" steel. Includes two captive
mounting bolts, one on each leg.
Std. Pkg.: 15 pcs.
Weight per 100 pcs.: 340 lbs.
DM20S3
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.


BULLETIN 5-53.11
DECEMBER 2002
Pole Mounting Bracket
The wide variety of pole-mounting brackets differs to ac-
commodate various device mounting positions and materi-
als sizes. This wide selection lets you choose the bracket
which best satisfes a particular requirement for cutout,
arrester, and/or terminator mounting, single- or three-
phase construction.
All necessary device attachment hardware is included.
Captive mounting bolts (1/2" diameter) aid installation.
Mounting Brackets
DC47B1
Catalog
No.
DC47B1
Std.
Pkg.
10 pcs.
Weight
100 Pcs.
510 lbs.
Dimensions (in.)
Channel
1/8 x 1/2 x 2
A
7-1/2
B
11
C
9
Strap
3/8 x 2
Upper
11/16 x 1-1/4 slot
Lower
11/16
Material Sizes Mounting Holes
Strap Only DC21Y1
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

BULLETIN 5-53.12
DECEMBER 2002
Frame (wing) type transformer mounting brackets offer a
simplifed, dependable means for mounting multiple pole
type transformers on poles in a cluster arrangement.
Manufactured of high strength steel, stability and bal-
anced pole loading is provided in fulflling mounting needs
for both initial and future transformer requirements.
Transformers may be assembled to the bracket on the
ground and many electrical connections made prior to
raising the entire cluster into position. Designed for direct
mounting to the pole with machine bolts. Keyhole and key
slot mounting holes allow the entire assembly to be placed
on 3/4" machine bolts already installed on the pole. Holes
in lower arms provide a convenient means of grounding
the entire structure.
Available in three sizes to accommodate transformers from
3 to 500 kVa having 12" and 24" spacing.
Compatible with ANSI type A, B and C lugs.
Note: DT16A1 adapter plates are required for mounting
transformers with ANSI type C lugs.
Hardware for mounting the transformer to the bracket is
included.
Machine bolts for mounting to the pole, insulator pins,
eyebolts and adapter plates are all sold separately.
Hot-dipped galvanized in accordance with ASTM A153 for
corrosion resistance.
Mounting Brackets
Catalog
No.
DT6C1*
DT7C1**
DT8C1**
Std .
Pkg.
1 pc.
1 pc.
1 pc.
Weight
100 Pcs.
3,200 lbs.
6,900 lbs.
9,800 lbs.
RUS-Accepted
Total Max
Capacity
(lbs.)
6,000
10,800
15,000
kVA
Range
3-50
3-333***
3-500***
NEMA Lug
Spacing
(in.)
12
12 and 24
12 and 24
Max. Capacity
per Position
(lbs.)
2000
3600
5000
* Includes integral lifting eye.
** Insulator pins (order separately) may be attached to holes in upper arms for lead
training. 5/8" Eyebolts placed in holes in upper arms can be used as temporary
lifting lugs. Order eyebolts separately.
*** Horizontal adapter plates required for transformers with NEMA C lugs.
TOP VIEW
DT7C1 and DT8C1
FRONT VIEW
DT7C1 and DT8C1
DT6C1
Wing- or Frame-Type Cluster Mounting Bracket
Bolts
ONLY
DF34M2
DF34M4
DF34M1
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.


BULLETIN 5-53.13
DECEMBER 2002
Cable Support Insulators
High-grade electrical porcelain insulators with rounded
corners and edges prevent cable-sheath damage.
Insulators
DE5U1
DE3U1
Catalog
No.
DE3U1
DE5U1
DE6U1
DE11U1
DE12U1
Std.
Pkg.
50 pcs.
50 pcs.
50 pcs.
50 pcs.
50 pcs.
Weight
100 Pcs.
112 lbs.
76 lbs.
74 lbs.
78 lbs.
70 lbs.
Dimensions (in.)
A
2-1/16
2-1/16
2-1/16
1-5/8
2-1/2
B
2-1/16
1-3/4
1-3/4
1-11/16
1-5/8
C
4
3
3
2-3/4
3-1/4
Groove
Radius
2 1/16
1 7/16
1 7/16
1 1/2
1 3/4
Accommodates
Support
(Catalog No.
Series)
DU1S, DU3S
DU3S
DU1S, DU3S
DU5S
DU3S, DU9S
DE6U1
DE11U1
DE12U Series
DE17U1
D
1-3/8
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

BULLETIN 5-53.14
DECEMBER 2002
Spool Insulators
DE4S Series
Use with clevises, racks and brackets for deadending or
supporting secondary voltage conductors. Electrical-grade
porcelain; self-cleaning glazed surface.
Center hole, tapered at each end, minimizes breakage if
supporting clevis pin or bolt defects under stress.
Insulators
Catalog
No.
DE4S3*
DE4S5
Std.
Pkg.
50 pcs.
50 pcs.
Weight
100 Pcs.
124 lbs.
140 lbs.
Porcelain
Process
Wet
Wet
Porcelain
Glaze
Brown
Blue-gray
Ultimate
Strength
(lb.)
3000*
3000
Horizontal
15
15
Vertical
12
12
DE4S Series
Dry
60 sec.
25
25
Wet, 10 Sec.
Low-Frequency Flashover Test
(kV)
EEI strength class 53-2
*RUS-Accepted
ANSI/NEMA standard
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.


BULLETIN 5-53.15
MARCH 2003
Ice Breaker Padlock
The perfect answer for sub-station fences, switches, out-
door cubicles and many other applications where ice, dust
or corrosion have been problems in the past.
Thousands of padlocks have been tested for many appli-
cations in outdoor service under conditions of freezing
rain, ice storms, melting and freezing snow and heavy
condensation that freezes at night.
Padlocks are available to keyed alike or differently.
Padlock face is protected by fush ftting, fip up lid held
snugly against the padlocks by a spring.
Disc tumbler lock is housed in a one-piece sturdy alu-
minum alloy casting. All components are of non-ferrous
metals to prevent rust.
The swing yoke easily breaks through heavy coatings of
ice as the lock is opened.
Keyed-alike locks are available with four different
series of key numbers.
Keyed-differently locks are available in series of succes-
sive key numbers.
Catalog
No.
DMPL61A1T
DMPL61A2T
DMPL61A3T
DMPL61A4T
DMPL61D1T
Description
Ice Breaker Padlock, Keyed Alike
Ice Breaker Padlock, Keyed Differently
Key
Confguration
A Master Key
B Master Key
C Master Key
D Master Key
Individually Keyed
The padlock weighs 12
ounces and is 5
3
8
" high,
1
1
2
" wide, 2
1
4
" deep.
Yoke diameter is
5
16
".
Key Only
Catalog No.
DM21M902
DM21M903
DM21M904
DM21M905
Key
ID No.
5239
2382
X-634
X-649
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Manufactured by molecularly bonding of 99.95 pure electrolytic copper to high
strength steel core rod.
Core rod is rated for 80,000 lbs. tensile strength for driving into hard soils.
Satisfes the requirements of UL and NEMA GR-1 specifcations.
Threaded and non-threaded ground rods are offered in both 10 mil and 13 mil
(RUS specifed) plating thickness.
Each rod permanently marked with company designation (HPS) and catalog
number.
Available accessories include couplers, drive heads, drive tips, ground rod clamps
and conductive paste.
A complete line of bronze ground rod clamps are available for connecting cop-
per cable in parallel with the copper bonded ground rod. A heavy-duty clamp is
available for high-pressure applications.
Ground Rods
Copper bonded
10 Mil - 13 Mil
Drive Heads
Coupler
Ground
Rods
Couplers
Ground
Rods
Copper bonded Ground Rods Non-Threaded
Catalog
Number
C615885
C615855
C611380
C611300
C615840
C615850
C615860
C615880
C615800
C613450
C613460
C613480
C613400
C615883
C615803
C613483
Plating
(1) (2)

Thickness
5 mil
5 mil
10 mil
10 mil
10 mil
10 mil
10 mil
10 mil
10 mil
10 mil
10 mil
10 mil
10 mil
13 mil
13 mil
13 mil
Rod
Diameter
5/8"
5/8"
1/2"
1/2"
5/8"
5/8"
5/8"
5/8"
5/8"
3/4"
3/4"
3/4"
3/4"
5/8"
5/8"
3/4"
Rod
Length
8'
5'
8'
10'
4'
5'
6'
8'
10'
5'
6'
8'
10'
8'
10'
8'
Std.
Pkg.
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
(1)
10 mil plating thickness meets the requirements of ANSI/UL 467-1984
and ANSI/NEMA GR-1.
(2)
and ANSI/NEMA GR-1.
BULLETIN 5-53.16
MAY 2003
Non-Threaded Threaded
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.


Ground Rods
Copper bonded
Copper bonded Ground Rods Threaded
(1)
and ANSI/NEMA GR-1.
(2)
and ANSI/NEMA GR-1.
Compression Coupler
Driving Head
As Installed
As Installed Threaded Coupler
Coupler
For Non-Threaded Ground Rods
Driving Head
For Non-Threaded Ground Rods
Catalog
Number
C631380
C631300
C635840
C635850
C635860
C635880
C635800
C633460
C633480
C633400
C635883
Plating
(1) (2)
Thickness
10 mil
10 mil
10 mil
10 mil
10 mil
10 mil
10 mil
10 mil
10 mil
10 mil
13 mil
Rod
Diameter
1/2"
1/2"
5/8"
5/8"
5/8"
5/8"
5/8"
3/4"
3/4"
3/4"
5/8"
Rod
Length
8'
10'
4'
5'
6'
8'
10'
6'
8'
10'
8'
Std.
Pkg.
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
Catalog
Number
CCC12
CCC58
CCC34
Diameter of
Rod
1/2"
5/8"
3/4"
Std.
Pkg.
25
25
25
Catalog
Number
CDH12
CDH58
CDH34
Diameter of
Rod
1/2"
5/8"
3/4"
Std.
Pkg.
25
25
25
Coupler
For Threaded Ground Rods
Catalog
Number
CTC12
CTC58
CTC34
Diameter of
Rod
1/2"
5/8"
3/4"
Std.
Pkg.
25
25
25
BULLETIN 5-53.17
MAY 2003
As Installed
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

BULLETIN 5-53.18
MAY 2003
Revised May 2006
Ground Rods
Copper bonded
Drive Head
For Threaded Ground Rods
Drive Head
As Installed
Drive Head
Threaded
Coupler
Ground Rod
Ground Rod Clamps Bronze
Refer to Anderson & Fargo Connector
Catalog for additional information.
Type
Normal Duty
Normal Duty
Normal Duty
Heavy Duty
Heavy Duty
Heavy Duty
Diameter of
Rod
1/2"
5/8"
3/4"
1/2"
5/8"
3/4"
Wt./ Ea. (kg.)
0.09 (.04)
.11 (.05)
.13 (.06)
.24 (.11)
.38 (.17)
.51 (.23)
Std.
Pkg.
1
100
25
50
75
18
Conductive Paste
Catalog
Number
CP113
Description
8 oz. Bottle
GC1
Connector
GC5G5
Connector
Catalog
Number
CTDH12
CTDH58
CTDH34
Diameter of
Rod
1/2"
5/8"
3/4"
Std.
Pkg.
25
25
25
Std.
Pkg.
12
Ground Rod or Pipe Clamp AL/Cu
Refer to Anderson & Fargo Connector
Catalog for additional information.
Type
Standard
Diameter of
Rod
3/8" - 1"
Wt./ Ea. (kg.)
.11 (.05)
Std.
Pkg.
1
Catalog
Number
GC4
GC5G5
GC6
GC10301
GC10302
GC10303
Catalog
Number
GC1
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.


A superior direct replacement for porcelain ANSI 53-2 spools in iden-
tical installations, this polymer spool won't chip, crack or break like
porcelain. To be compatible with standard hardware installations,
its shape is consistent with its porcelain counterparts. Molded from
specially-blended UV-stable polymers, it delivers high compressive
strength and electrical performance. Light weight (4.4 oz.) is inherent
to the rugged polymer material.
POLYMER SPOOL INSULATOR
Meets ANSI 53-2 spool requirements:
3,000-lb. ultimate tensile strength
Low frequency fashover ratings of Dry 25 kV, Wet 15 kV
Lightweight at 4.4 oz. (vs. Porcelain at 1 lb. 3 oz.)
Catalog No. C9091032P
BULLETIN 5-53.19
NOVEMBER 2004

Revised May 2006
Typical Installations
Catalog
Number
*C9091032P
Shipping
Weight, Each
0.29 lb.
Standard
Pkg. Qty.
50
Standard
Pallet Qty.
2400
1
1
2"
3"
11
16" R
1
1
2"
13
16"
1
3
4"
3
1
8"
*RUS listed
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.


BULLETIN 5-53.20
June 2008
Catalog
Number
Mounting
Bolt Dia.
Line Post
Stud Dia.
Approx. Ship
Weight, each
IB2S
5
/8"
5
/8" or
3
/4" 3.5 lb.
IB4*
5
/8" or
3
/4"
5
/8" or
3
/4" 8.0 lb.
IB5
3
/4"
3
/4" or
7
/8" 12.0 lb.
Ductile Iron per ASTM A-536
*
RUS Listed, eb-1
Pole top brackets are used to mount post type insulators to top of wood, steel, concrete or composite
pole. The insulator is secured to the bracket by either a
5
/8" or
3
/4" diameter short shank line post
stud. Each bracket has been designed with a neck opening suffcient for a wrench movement
and an open bottom slot to facilitate installation or removal of the bracket.
Bracket, Pole Top
for Post Type Insulators
IB5
4
1
/2"
Square
6"
8"
6"
IB4
4
1
/8"
4
3
/4"
8"
5
1
/4"
3
3
/4"
IB2S
4"
4
3
/4"
5"
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

BULLETIN 5-53.21
JUNE 2008
Pressed steel type thimble clevises are used in the deadending of elec-
trical conductors. The contour of the clevis body is smooth to distribute
load stresses at the attachment point of the wire deadend. The pin
end of the clevis is inserted through the eye or tongue of a suspension
type insulator. A hump back cotter key is included for quick removal.
Clevis pin is 1.5" x 0.625".
Clevis, Thimble
Pressed Steel Type
Catalog
Number
Minimum
Ultimate Tensile
Strength
Steel Thickness
Approx. Ship Wt.
per 100 pcs.
PSC2070147 10,000 lbs. 9 gauge (0.149") 1 lb.
2.15"
3.44"
1"
0.79"
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.


BULLETIN 5-53.22
JUNE 2008
Porcelain, Wet Process, Gray Glaze
Catalog
Number
ANSI Class *
Ultimate
Tensile
Strength
Low-Frequency Flashover (kV)
Approx.
Ship Weight,
each
Dry 60 Sec.
Wet, 10 Sec.
Vertical Horizontal
C9091031 53-1 2000 lbs. 20kV 8kV 10kV .50 lb.
DE4S5 53-2 3000 lbs. 25kV 12kV 15kV 1.2 lbs.
C9091033 53-3 4000 lbs. 25kV 12kV 15kV 1.25 lbs.
C9091034 53-4 4500 lbs. 25kV 12kV 15kV 2.35 lbs.
C9091035 53-5 6000 lbs. 35kV 18kV 25kV 2.45 lbs.
*ANSI C29.3
All internal holes are sized for
5
/8" bolts
Spool insulators are used with spool bolts (upset bolts) clevises, secondary racks and various
brackets for deadending or supporting secondary voltage conductors.
Insulators, Spool
C9091031
ANSI 53-1
2
1
/8"
2
1
/4"
7
/16" R
DE4S5
ANSI 53-2
11
/16" R
3
1
/8"
3"
C9091033
ANSI 53-3
7
/16" R 3
3
/16"
3"
C9091034
ANSI 53-4
3"
5
/8" R
4
1
/8"
C9091035
ANSI 53-5
4
1
/8"
7
/16" R
4"
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

BULLETIN 5-53.23
JUNE 2008
The PSC2060680 insulator spacer bracket is installed on
round poles with either a
5
/8" or
3
/4" diameter long shank line
post stud to provide a mounting surface for horizontal line
post insulators. The fat face is angled for 5 upsweep of the
insulator when installed.
Line post studs are purchased separately and shown on
page 5-53.
Bracket, Insulator, Horizontal Spacer
4"
.82" dia. hole
Catalog Number
For Mounting
Stud Diameter
Approx. Ship
Weight, each
PSC2060680
5
/8" or
3
/4" 1 lb.
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.


BULLETIN 5-53.24
December 2008
Sometimes referred to as "crossarm" bolts or "through"
bolts, Hubbell Power Systems (HPS) square head and hex
head machine bolts are manufactured to HPS specifcations
that meet the requirements of ANSI C135.1 and are avail-
able in a range of thread diameters and lengths. The head
is marked with an identifying "C" and the bolt includes an
Bolts, Machine - square head
continued on next page
ansi c135.1 Galvanized per ASTM A-153
assembled square or hex nut that corresponds to the head
shape. Threads are formed with the rolled thread process.
Bolt length is measured from the underside of the head to
the last thread. Semi-cone point comes on bolts 8" and lon-
ger in
1
2",
5
8" and
3
4" diameters. All others have chamfered
or rounded ends. For lengths not shown, contact HPS
Customer Service.
8702 2" 1
1
4" .21 lbs.
870212 2
1
2" 1
1
4" .24 lbs.
8703 3" 1
1
4" .27 lbs.
8704 4" 3" .31 lbs.
870412 4
1
2" 3" .33 lbs.
8705 5" 3" .35 lbs.
8706* 6" 3" .40 lbs.
8707* 7" 3" .48 lbs.
8708* 8" 4" .49 lbs.
8709* 9" 4" .57 lbs.
8710* 10" 4" .60 lbs.
8712 12" 4" .71 lbs.
8714 14" 6" .73 lbs.
DF2B16 16" 6" .82 lbs.
1
/2" thread Diameter (
1
/2-13 Unc) 7,800 lb. Rated tensile strength
8802 2" 1
1
2" .36 lbs.
880212 2
1
2" 1
1
2" .39 lbs.
PS8803 3" 1
1
2" .48 lbs.
8804 4" 3" .57 lbs.
8805 5" 3" .60 lbs.
8806* 6" 3" .69 lbs.
8807* 7" 3" .75 lbs.
8808* 8" 4" .78 lbs.
8809* 9" 4" .88 lbs.
8810* 10" 4" .93 lbs.
8812* 12" 6" 1.08 lbs.
8814* 14" 6" 1.23 lbs.
8816* 16" 6" 1.40 lbs.
8818* 18" 6" 1.54 lbs.
8820* 20" 6" 1.71 lbs.
8822* 22" 6" 1.76 lbs.
8824* 24" 6" 1.96 lbs.
8826 26" 6" 2.15 lbs.
8828 28" 6" 2.31 lbs.
5
5

catalog no. length Minimum thread
length
approx. ship
Wt. each
8602 2" 1" .11 lbs.
8603 3" 1" .13 lbs.
8604 4" 3" .15 lbs.
860412 4
1
2" 3" .17 lbs.
8605 5" 3" .18 lbs.
860512 5
1
2" 3" .19 lbs.
T2060412 6" 3" .21 lbs.
8607 7" 3" .24 lbs.
8608 8" 4" .27 lbs.
8610 10" 4" .32 lbs.
3
3
*RUS Listed: c - Bolt, machine
9
/16"
9
/16"
3
/8" Bolt Head Size
1
/4"
5
/8" Bolt Head Size
15
/16"
15
/16"
27
/64"
1
/2" Bolt Head Size
3
/4"
3
/4"
21
/64"
NOTE: This page replaces information on Catalog Page 5-7, dated December 2008.
For additional square nuts,
see catalog page 5-33
Revised February 2009
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

1" Bolt Head Size
7
/8" Bolt Head Size
BULLETIN 5-53.25
December 2008
Bolts, Machine - square head
continued from previous page. For hex head Bolts, see next page.
1" thread Diameter (1-8 Unc) 33,500 lb. Rated tensile strength
PSSB100350 3
1
2" 2
1
2" 1.48 lbs.
PSSB100400 4" 3" 1.580 lbs.
PSSB100500 5" 3" 1.79 lbs.
PSSB100600 6" 3" 2.01 lbs.
PSSB100800 8" 4" 2.43 lbs.
PSSB101000 10" 4" 2.85 lbs.
PSSB101200 12" 6" 3.27 lbs.
PSSB101400 14" 6" 3.69 lbs.
PSSB101600 16" 6" 4.12 lbs.
PSSB101800 18" 6" 4.54 lbs.
PSSB102000 20" 6" 4.96 lbs.
PSSB102200 22" 6" 5.38 lbs.
PSSB102400 24" 6" 5.81 lbs.
PSSB102600 26" 6" 6.24 lbs.
PSSB102800 28" 8" 6.67 lbs.
PSSB103000 30" 8" 7.10 lbs.
1
1
/2"
1
1
/2"
21
/32"
1
5
/16"
1
5
/16"
19
/32"
7
8" thread Diameter (
7
PSSB780250 2
1
2" 2" .90 lbs.
PSSB780400 4" 2" 1.15 lbs.
PSSB780500 5" 2
1
2" 1.30 lbs.
PSSB780600* 6" 2
1
2" 1.44 lbs.
PSSB780800* 8" 3" 1.76 lbs.
PSSB781000* 10" 6" 2.08 lbs.
DF5B12* 12" 6" 2.40 lbs.
C2050254* 14" 6" 2.84 lbs.
C2050255* 16" 6" 3.16 lbs.
C2050256* 18" 6" 3.52 lbs.
C2050257* 20" 6" 3.90 lbs.
C2050258* 22" 6" 4.25 lbs.
DF5B24* 24" 6" 4.30 lbs.
PSSB782600* 26" 8" 4.62 lbs.
PSSB782800* 28" 8" 4.94 lbs.
PSSB783000 30" 8" 5.27 lbs.
PSSB783200 32" 8" 5.61 lbs.
3
/4" Bolt Head Size
1
1
/8"
1
1
/8"
1
/2"
3
4" thread Diameter (
3
catalog no. length Min. thread
length
approx. ship
Weight each
PS8902 2" 1
3
4" .65 lbs.
PS8903 3" 1
3
4" .75 lbs.
PS8906* 6" 3" 1.09 lbs.
PS8907* 7" 3" 1.18 lbs.
8908* 8" 4" 1.26 lbs.
8910* 10" 4" 1.54 lbs.
8912* 12" 6" 1.62 lbs.
8914* 14" 6" 1.88 lbs.
8916* 16" 6" 2.25 lbs.
8918* 18" 6" 2.32 lbs.
8920* 20" 6" 2.52 lbs.
8922* 22" 6" 2.68 lbs.
8924* 24" 6" 3.04 lbs.
8926* 26" 6" 3.08 lbs.
8928 28" 6" 3.23 lbs.
8930 30" 8" 3.46 lbs.
8932 32" 8" 3.69 lbs.
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.


3
/4"
Sometimes referred to as "crossarm" bolts or "through"
bolts, Hubbell Power Systems (HPS) square head and hex
head machine bolts are manufactured to HPS specifcations
that meet the requirements of ANSI C135.1 and are avail-
able in a range of thread diameters and lengths. The head
is marked with an identifying "C" and the bolt includes an
Bolts, Machine - hex head
For square head Bolts, see previous pages.
assembled square or hex nut that corresponds to the head
shape. Threads are formed with the rolled thread process.
Bolt length is measured from the underside of the head to
the last thread. Semi-cone point comes on bolts 8" and lon-
ger in
1
2",
5
8" and
3
or rounded ends. For lengths not shown, contact HPS
Customer Service.
PSHB580150 1
1
2" 1
1
4" .33 lbs.
PSHB580175 1
3
4" 1
1
2" .35 lbs.
PSHB580200 2" 1
1
2" .37 lbs.
PSHB580225 2
1
4" 1
1
2" .40 lbs.
PSHB580250 2
1
2" 1
1
2" .43 lbs.
PSHB580300 3" 1
1
2" .46 lbs.
PSHB580400 4" 3" .52 lbs.
5
5
27
/32"
BULLETIN 5-53.26
December 2008
PSHB120125 1
1
4" 1
1
4" .14 lbs.
PSHB120150 1
1
2" 1
1
4" .15 lbs.
PSHB120175 1
3
4" 1
1
4" .16 lbs.
PSHB120200 2" 1
1
4" .17 lbs.
PSHB120250 2
1
2" 1
1
4" .20 lbs.
PSHB120300 3" 1
1
4" .23 lbs.
PSHB120350 3
1
2" 1
1
4" .27 lbs.
PSHB120400 4" 3" .30 lbs.
1
1
length
approx. ship
Wt. each
11
/32"
1
/2" Bolt Head Size
1
1
/16"
27
/64"
3
/4" Bolt Head Size
15
/16"
length
approx. ship
Wt. each
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Bolts, DoUBle-aRMing
all-thread Rods
BULLETIN 5-53.27
December 2008
Referred to as D.A. bolts, double-arming bolts are used for double
arm applications (one arm on each side of the pole) because of the
ease of installation if replacement of the crossarm is necessary
and offer fexibility of use. Hubbell Power Systems D.A. bolts are
manufactured to HPS specifcations that meet the requirements
of ANSI C135.1. They are available in a range of thread diameters
catalog number length
approx. ship
Weight each

8846
16" 1.17 lbs.
8848
18" 1.25 lbs.
8862*
12" 1.26 lbs.
8864*
14" 1.48 lbs.
8866*
16" 1.70 lbs.
8868*
18" 1.80 lbs.
8870*
20" 1.97 lbs.
8872*
22" 2.13 lbs.
8874*
24" 2.27 lbs.
8876
26" 2.40 lbs.
8877
28" 2.53 lbs.
8878
30"
2.67 lbs.
8879
32"
2.80 lbs.
and lengths. Each bolt includes four assembled square
nuts. Threads are formed with the rolled thread process.
Bolt length is measured from the last thread, end to
end. Semi-cone point comes on bolts 8" and longer in
1
2",
5
8" and
3
or rounded ends. For lengths not shown, contact
HPS Customer Service.
1
2" thread Diameter (1/2-13 Unc) 7,800 lb. Rated tensile strength
5
*RUS Listed: n - Bolt, double arming
approx. ship
Weight each

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.


PSDA781200
12" 2.83 lbs.
PSDA781400
14" 3.12 lbs.
PSDA781600
16" 3.41 lbs.
PSDA781800
18" 3.70 lbs.
PSDA782000
20" 3.99 lbs.
PSDA782200
22" 4.27 lbs.
PSDA782400
24" 4.56 lbs.
PSDA782600
26" 4.85 lbs.
PSDA782800
28" 5.14 lbs.
PSDA783000
30" 5.43 lbs.
PSDA783200
32" 5.72 lbs.
PSDA783400
34" 6.01 lbs.
PSDA783600
36" 6.30 lbs.
PSDA783800
38" 6.59 lbs.
PSDA784000
40"
6.88 lbs.
PSDA784200
42"
7.17 lbs.
Bolts, DoUBle-aRMing
all-thread Rods
continued from previous page.
approx. ship
Weight each

3
C2050140
6" 1.28 lbs.
C2050141
8" 1.50 lbs.
8882
12" 1.82 lbs.
8884
14" 2.24 lbs.
8886
16" 2.48 lbs.
8888
18" 2.72 lbs.
8890*
20" 2.92 lbs.
8892*
22" 3.16 lbs
8894*
24" 3.35 lbs.
8896
26" 3.56 lbs.
8897
28" 3.65 lbs.
8898
30" 3.81 lbs.
889832
32" 4.13 lbs.
PS889834 34" 4.34 lbs.
PS889836
36" 4.50 lbs.
PS889838
38" 4.82 lbs.
PS889840
40" 5.10 lbs.
PS889842
42" 5.41 lbs.
*RUS Listed: n - Bolt, double arming
7
BULLETIN 5-53.28
December 2008
approx. ship
Weight each

5A-1
MAY 2006 HUBBELL / CHANCE CENTRALIA, MISSOURI
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

5A
CAST IRON
POLE LINE HARDWARE
warranty - Hater|a|
Buyer must notify the Company promptly of any claim under this warranty. The Buyers exclusive remedy for breach of this warranty shall be the repair or replacement, F.O.B. factory, at the Companys
OPERATION OF LAW, COURSE OF DEALING, USAGE OF TRADE OR OTHERWISE IMPLIED, SHALL EXIST IN CONNECTION WITH THE COMPANYS PRODUCTS OR ANY SALE OR USE
THEREOF. The Company shall in no event be liable for any loss of profts or any consequential or special damages incurred by Buyer. The Companys warranty shall run only to the frst Buyer of a
product from the Company, from the Companys distributor, or from an original equipment manufacturer reselling the Companys product, and is non-assignable and non-transferable and shall be of
said product.
warranty - App||cat|on
Copyright 2006 Hubbell 210 North Allen Street Centralia, MO 65240

Minimum order quantities may apply.
Contact factory for test information.
Printed in USA
RGS 15M
5A-2
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

AUXILIARY EYES
Ductile iron per ASTM A-536
Hot dipped galvanized per ASTM A-153
Adds additional guy attachment to existing anchor rod. Also
can be used as a pulling eye for guying tension.
Catalog
No.
BB155A
Approx. Ship
Wt. Lbs.
Per 100 Pcs.
270
Anchor Rod
Diameter
5
/8" - 1"
Maximum
Strand Size
1
/2"
Thimble
Diameter
1
1
/2"
Catalog
No.
B14A
B14B
B12A
B12B
Approx. Ship Wt.
Lbs.
Per 100 Pcs.
100
100
137
137
Contact factory for round bolt hole design.
RUS Listed
Maximum
Strand Size
5
/8"
5
/8"
Mounting Bolt
Diameter
5
/8"
3
/4"
5
/8"
3
/4"
Slotted hole design to allow thru-bolt to be inserted from
eye side. Not threaded.
BOLT EYELETS
Approx. Ship Wt.
Lbs.
Per 100 Pcs.
38
Tap
2 STR - 6 SOL
Main
9
/16" -
1
/4"
250 MCM - 4 STR
Cable Range
B14
B12
1.50"
1.94"
.56"
2.50"
.56"
.56"
1.25"
3.00"
CB1
2.38"
1.25"
4.25"
2.38"
Series CB - Bonding clamps are specified for connecting
ground wires to guys, messengers, or static wires.
BONDING CLAMPS
Hot dipped galvanized per ASTM A-153; U-Bolts .5" diameter
Catalog
No.
CB1
5A-3
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Catalog
No.
ICB1
ICB10
Approx. Ship. Wt.
Lbs.
Per 100 Pcs.
147
262
"A"
Dimensions
7
5
/8"
12"
Mtg. Bolt
Diameter
5
/8"
5
/8"
Equip. Bolt
Diameter
3
/8"
3
/8"
Designed to fit NEMA L brackets. One bolt mounts
bracket to pole.
BRACKET,
CUTOUT AND ARRESTER
A
6
1
4"
4
7
8"
11
16" DIA.
3
8" x 1
3
4" CARRIAGE BOLT
TWO PROVIDED
BRACKET,
ANGLE CROSSARM
Catalog
No.
1XAB
Crossarm
Size
3
3
/4" x 4
3
/4"
Max. and
Round
Crossarms
Approx. Ship
Wt. Lbs.
Per 100 Pcs.
610
Mtg. Bolt
Diameter
3
/4"
Stud Bolt
Diameter
3
/4"
Mounts post insulators at 30 angle on crossarm for use on
running corners.
5A-4
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Mounts post or pin type insulator to top of pole. Variety of
bolt hole locations for mounting to pole.
BRACKET,
POLE TOP INSULATOR
Catalog
No.
IB2
IB3
IB4
Approx.
Ship.Wt.Lbs.
Per 100 Pcs.
360
600
600
Mounting
Bolt Dia.
5
/8"
3
/4"
5
/8"
Insulator
Bolt Dia.
5
/8" or
3
/4"
5
/8" or
3
/4"
5
/8" or
3
/4"
Mtg. Bolt
Spacing
4
3
/4"
5" or 8"
5" or 8"
Dis. From
Insul.Base
To Top
Hole
4
3
/4"
6
3
/8"
5"
RUS Listed
11
16"
11
16"
4
3
4"
10
5
8"
5"
11
16
"
4
1
2"
5"
8"
2
1
2"
1
3
16"
2
3
16"
IB4
2
1
2"
3"
1
3
16"
3
3
4"
IB2
3
3
4"
2"
6"
15
3
8"
IB3
3"
6
3
8"
1
5
16"
13
16"
14"
5A-5
POWER SYSTEMS, INC. BRACKET,

HORIZONTAL INSULATOR
Use for mounting one or two insulator(s) to pole for armless
construction.
Approx.
Ship.
Wt.Lbs.
Per
100 Pcs.
333
1025
Space
Between
Insul.
Bases
14"
Insul.
Angle
Dim.
5
Mtg.
Bolt
Spacing
5", 6"
4", 5"
Max.
Insul.
Bolt
Dia.
3
/4"
3
/4"
Mtg.
Bolt Dia.
Two
5
/8"
Two
5
/8"
Catalog
No.
1IPTB
2IPTB
BRACKET,
VERTICAL INSULATOR
Use for mounting pin or post vertical insulators, cutouts, arresters, or cable terminators. Three-hole style can be used for
in-line deadending using suspension insulators.
2IPTB

Max.
Insul.
Mtg.
Bolt
Dia.
3
/4"
3
/4"
3
/4"
3
/4"
3
/4"
Pole
Mtg.
Bolt
Dia.
Two
5
/8"
Two
5
/8"
Two
5
/8"
Two
5
/8"
Two
5
/8"
Max.
Equip.
Mtg.
Bolt
Dia.
5
/8"
5
/8"
5
/8"
1
/2"
5
/8"
Pole
Mtg.
Bolt
Spacing
5"
5"
5"
5"
5"
Clearance
Pole To
Insul.
Bolt
"A"
12"
18"
18"
12"
18"
Approx.
Ship.
Wt.Lbs.
Per
100 Pcs.
860
1300
1400
86
1400
4"
4"
4"
"A"
.58 sq. Hole
T2060594
Side view with
hardware
LB12A1 & LB18B1
4" R
4
1
2"
4"
4
1
2"
T2060594
For
3
8" Carriage Bolt
13
16" Dia.
"A"
5"
LB18B3/LB18B3CH
"A"
11
16" Dia. Hole
4"
4"
1
1
/
4
"
Catalog
No.
LB12A1
LB18B1
LB18B3
*T2060594
**LB18B3CH
* T2060594 has 3 captive 1/2" x 2" bolts and nuts included
**LB18B3CH has 2 captive 1/2" x 2" bolts and nuts included with
LB18B3.
11
16"
Dia.
4"
1IPTB
5A-
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

CLAMP, U-BOLT GUY
Can be easily installed without disassembling the clamp.
The GCU38C and GCU50C have a spacer block to help
prevent damage to strand against U-bolt.
Approx.
Ship Wt. Lbs.
Per 100 Pcs.
80
Type of
Nut
HEX
U- Bolt Dia.
3
/8"
Catalog
No.
GCU38
Strand Size
3
/16" -
3
/8"
Catalog
No.
ASC2
ASC3
Approx.
Ship Wt. Lbs.
Per 100 Pcs.
175
175
Messenger
Range
.22" - .56"
.43" - .75"
Pole
Clearance
1
1
/2"
1
1
/2"
Mounting
Bolt Dia.
5
/8"
5
/8"

Rigid keeper for maximum clamping action. Bottom groove
is curved to prevent damage to messenger. Top hook to sup-
port cable during installation.
CLAMP,
AERIAL SUSPENSION
ASC2
ASC5
Heavy duty clamp design uses two bolts to hold messenger
to clamp, which prevents clamp slippage if pole shrinks.
CLAMP,
AERIAL SUSPENSION
Approx.
Ship Wt. Lbs.
Per 100 Pcs.
725
Messenger
Range
9
/16" -
3
/4"
Mtg.
Bolt
Dia.
5
/8"
Pole
Clear.
3"
Ground
Wire
6 AWG

Catalog
No.
ASC5
Clamp Bodies and Spacer: Ductile iron per ASTM A-536
GCU38
Clamp
Bolt Dia.
Two-
5
/8"Sq.Hd.

5A-I
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Bolts installed in opposite directions to allow greater wrench
clearance.
CLAMP, TWO-BOLT GUY
Clamp
Lngth.
1
1
/8"
1
3
/16"
Two
Clamps
10,700
Wire
Broke
13,100
Holding Power lbs.
Catalog
No.
GC131
GC138
Guy
Strand
Size
5
/16"
3
/8"
No.
Slip
7,300
7,200

Slip
Less
Than
Dia.of
Strand
7,700
9,150
Slip
Less
Than
1
1
/2"
9,600
12,150

GC
SERIES
Clamp Bodies: Ductile iron per ASTM A-536
Approx. Ship
Wt. Lbs.
Per 100 Pcs.
200
L
5
8" Clevis Pin
7
8" 1
3
8"
1
1
2" Dia. (Typ)
11
16" Dia. (Typ)
L14
Catalog
No.
L14
Pin
Diameter
5
/8"
L - Inches
14
The L14 is a one-piece extension link with a clevis pin and
cotter key.
EXTENSION LINK
Approx.
Ship Wt. Lbs.
Per 100 Pcs.
66
90
5A-8
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Crossarm Grid Gain
Crossarm
Range
3
1
/2" -

5
1
/2"
3
1
/2" -

5
1
/2"
5" -

7"
5" - 7"
4
1
/2"
Approx.
Ship Wt. Lbs.
Per 100 Pcs.
80
130
180
180
120
Catalog
No.
PG31
PG441
PG45
PG45S
PG3545
Max. Bolt
Dia. "D"
3
/4
3
/4
3
/4
3
/4
5
/8
Pole Dia.
Range
6" - 10"
6" - 11"
6" - 11"
6" - 11"
4" - 9"
B
4
4
5
5
/16
5
1
/4
4
1
/2
A
3
4
4
4
3
1
/2
Curved face with spurs prevents need of cutting gain into
pole. Slotted hole for easy alignment.
Catalog numbers with "S" suffix have extended bolt hole
slot.
Flat Back Crossarm Gain
Approx.
Ship Wt. Lbs.
Per 100 Pcs.
180
175
120
375
Catalog
No.
PG4
PG4A
PG44
PG5
Pole Dia.
Range "R"
6" - 11"
6" - 11"
6" - 11"
10" - 16"
Max. Bolt
Dia. "D"
3
/4
7
/8
7
/8
7
/8
B
5
1
/2
5
1
/2
4
7
1
/4
A
4
4
4
5
3
/8
Curved face with spurs prevents need of cutting gain into
pole. Large surface area reduces crossarm shift.
RUS Listed
Mtg. &
Bolt "D"
No. & Dia.
Two -
5
/8
"
Two -
3
/4" Max.
Approx.
Ship Wt. Lbs.
Per 100 Pcs.
540
950
Crossarm
Range
3
1
/2
"
x 6
1
/2
"
4
"
Channel
B
3
5
/8
4
7
/16
C
6
8
E
11
/16
Dia. Hole
13
/16
Dia. Hole
Catalog
No.
PG84XB12
PG84XE12
A
8
9
3
/4
D
4"
E
B
C
10"
A
GAIN, SHELF
Provides strong, stable crossarm connection to the pole.
Reduces need for braces. Deadending or guying located
directly under arm. Steel crossarm can be mounted to shelf
with bolts.
Clamp Bodies: Ductile iron per ASTM A-536
A
B
D
A
B
D
R
5A-9
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Approx. Ship Wt.
Lbs.
Per 100 Pcs.
62
88
98
88
98
240
225
Catalog
No.
GH151A
GH5
GH5ILS
GH6
GH6ILS
GH6X
GH6XBILS
Max.
Guy Strand
Dia.
7
/16"
7
/16"
7
/16"
1
/2"
1
/2"
5
/8"
5
/8"
Lag Screw
Dia.
None
1
/2"
None
1
/2"
None
1
/2" or
3
/4"
None
GUY HOOK
Use in down or span guy applications. Spurs resist down
slotting. The overturning action is resisted by the wide
lower curved heal pad. Contact Factory about Guy Hooks
for use on concrete and steel poles.

Thru-Bolt
Dia.
5
/8"
5
/8"
5
/8"
3
/4"
3
/4"
7
/8"

1"
PIN, ANGLE
Catalog
No.
PS8779
PBA841
Bolt
Size
5
/8" x 7"
5
/8" x 7"
Thread
Size
1"
1"
Pin Height
Above Arm
5"
8
1
/4"
Crossarm
Size
4"
4"
The crossarm corner pin is made of ductile iron, hot dip
galvanized. Made with 1" lead threads for 1" thread insula-
tors at an angle 60
o
from horizontal. Attached to the cros-
sarm by means of a square head bolt, which is furnished
as part of the pin.
GUY HOOK, SPAN TYPE
For guy attachment, use at angles 0
o
to 30
o
from horizontal.
Catalog
No.
GH2
GH3
Approx. Ship
Wt. Lbs.
Per 100 Pcs.
66
64
Max. Thru-Bolt Dia.
5
/8"

3
/4"
Max. Guy
Strand Dia.
1
/2"
1
/2"
Suffix "ILS" indicates cast in integral lag
RUS Listed
4
1
2" 2
5
8"
2
3
8"
1
1
2"
1
5
8"
4
1
2"
Bolt
5
8" x 7"
GH151A
GH5ILS
2
3
4"
3
3
4"
11
16"
dia.
3
8"
2
7
16"
2"
13
16"
2
5
8"
9
16"
1
1
2"
3
5
8"
GH6 1
5
8"
4
15
16"
2
1
2"
GH2
PS8779
Approx. Ship Wt.
Lbs.
Per 100 Pcs.
315
541
5A-10
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

6
5
8"
4"
13
16" DIA.
4
1
8"
1"
1
3
4"
21
32"
4"
5
1
4"
1
7
8"
PLATE, POLE EYE
GEP6 style eye plate provides large pad area to spread
forces over pole surface. Ideal for guy strain insulator
installation.
Catalog
No.
GEP6
Approx.
Ship Wt. Lbs.
Per 100 Pcs.
269
Mounting Bolt
Diameter
3
/4"
Maximum Pin
Diameter
3
/4"
Narrow profile eye plate provides clevis eye with
5
/8" maxi-
mum pin diameter.
Catalog
No.
GEP5C
GEP5D
GEP5E
GEP5G
Approx.
Ship Wt. Lbs.
Per 100 Pcs.
155
155
155
155
Max. Pin
Diameter
5
/8"
5
/8"
5
/8"
5
/8"
PLATE, POLE EYE
PLATE, POLE EYE
Allows guy loop to be made up on the ground as well as
providing a clevis eye plate capability. Spurs prevent slip-
page down the pole. Contact Factory about eye plates for
use on concrete and steel poles.
Catalog
No.
GEP5
GEP5A
Approx.
Ship Wt. Lbs.
Per 100 Pcs.
175
175
Mounting
Bolt Dia.
5
/8"
3
/4"
Max. Pin
Diameter
5
/8"
5
/8"
Max. Strand
Size
5
/8"
5
/8"

2
5
8"
11
16" Dia.
4
1
2"
2
5
8"
3
1
4"
GEP5:
11
16" Dia.
GEP5A:
13
16" Dia.
11
16" Dia.
1
1
4"
2
3
8"
GEP5
Mounting Bolt
Diameter
5
/8"
3
/4"
3
/4"
3
/4"
Lag Screw
Diameter
1
/2"
Integral Spur
1
/2"
3
/4"
5A-11
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Top curved groove has
3
/8" radius to allow guy at-
tachment. Groove captures guy attachment against
pole to help prevent possibility of guy slipping off
hook. Also has pole eye lug.
PLATE, POLE EYE
GEP7
GEP12
13
16" Dia.
1
7
8"
2
1
2"
6
7
16"
2
3
8"
A
1
1
4"
3
13
16"
"A"
3
7
8"
"A" 4
1
4"
1
3
8" R
2"
1
3
4"
8
3
8"
POLE BRACE
For use in push pole application where guying is not feasible.
Brace adjusts for different pole angles.
Catalog
No.
SG611
Approx.
Ship Wt. Lbs.
Per 100 Pcs.
750
Pole Diam-
eter
6" - 11"

Hinge
Bolt Dia.
3
/4"

Mounting
Bolt Dia.
3
/4"
Base
Diameter
4" x 8"
TWIN ARM SPACER
Connects two crossarms in twin arm application. Lugs
provide for deadending attachment.
"F" Dia.
Clevis Pin
"B"
"A"
"C"
"E"
TC2
THIMBLE CLEVIS,
GUY WIRE
Approx.
Ship Wt. Lbs.
Per 100 Pcs.
100
275
Commonly used for attaching guy to pole eye plate. Clevis
pin has humped cotter key.
Catalog
No.
TC1
TC2
A
4
9
/16

5
5
/16
E
3
/4
1
C
3
3
/4

4
5
/16
B
1
3
/4

2
1
/2
F
5
/8
3
/4
D
1
7
/16
1
3
/4
Clearance for
3
/4"
Sq. Hd. Bolt
"B"
4
1
2"
"A"
9
7
8"
2
1
2"
CXS
Catalog
No.
CXS1
Approx.
Ship Wt. Lbs.
Per 100 Pcs.
440
For Cross-
Arm Sizes
3
1
/4" x 4
1
/4" & 4" x 5"

Mtg. Bolt
Hole "A"
11
/16"
Clevis Bolt
Hole "B"
11
/16"
8" 4"
Catalog
No.
GEP7
GEP7A
GEP12
Max.
Pin
Dia.
7
/8"
7
/8"
3
/4"
"A"
Mtg.
Bolts No.
& Dia.
Two 1"
Two
7
/8"
One
7
/8"
Approx.
Ship
Wt. Lbs.
Per 100 Pcs.
559
564
332
6"
"D"
5A-12
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Approx.
Ship Wt. Lbs.
Per 100 Pcs.
20
45
45
100
100
Size
Inches
*2
1
/4 x 2
1
/4
*3 x 3
*3 x 3
*4 x 4
4 x 4
Catalog
No.
GCW1
GCW31
GCW31A
GCW41
GCW41A
Thickness
At Boss
Inches
1
/4
3
/8
3
/8
1
/2
17
/32
Max.
Bolt Dia.
Inches
5
/8
5
/8
3
/4
3
/4
7
/8
C U R V E D S Q U A R E
Cast washers provide excellent strength characteristics. Reinforcing ribs helps prevent washer from crushing.
WASHERS, CAST
GCW
RUS Listed
* NEMA Standard
Approx.
Ship Wt. Lbs.
Per 100 Pcs.
45
93
93
Size
Inches
*2
1
/4 x 3
1
/2
*3 x 4
3 x 4
Catalog
No.
CRW3
CRW4A
CRW4B
Thickness
At Boss
Inches
3
/8
1
/2
1
/2
Max.
Bolt Dia.
Inches
3
/4
7
/8
1
C U R V E D R E C T A N G U L A R
RUS Listed
* NEMA Standard
Approx.
Ship Wt. Lbs.
Per 100 Pcs.
20
20
Size
Inches
*2
1
/4 x 2
1
/4
*2
1
/4 x 2
1
/4
Catalog
No.
BB214
BB214A
Thickness
At Boss
Inches
9
/32
9
/32
Max.
Bolt Dia.
Inches
5
/8
3
/4
S Q U A R E F L A T
RUS Listed
* NEMA Standard
Approx.
Ship Wt. Lbs.
Per 100 Pcs.
44
87
87
Size
Inches
*3 Dia.
*4 Dia.
4 Dia.
Thickness
At Boss
Inches
7
/16
1
/2
1
/2
Catalog
No.
GWR3
GWR4
GWR4A
Max.
Bolt Dia.
Inches
3
/4
7
/8
1
R O U N D F L A T
GWR
BB
GCW31
* NEMA Standard
AUGUST 2006 HUBBELL / CHANCE CENTRALIA, MISSOURI
5-1
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

5
ALUMINUM
BAND-TYPE CLUSTER MOUNTS
warranty - Hater|a|
said product.
warranty - App||cat|on

NOTE: Because Hubbel has a policy of continuous product improvement, we reserve the right to change design and specifcations without notice.
Printed in USA
5-2
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Aluminum Band-Type Cluster Mounts
Quick Installation
One worker can install the mount in
minutes. Typically less than fve minutes
including transformer.
Rugged
6061T6 aluminum alloy is extruded for
high strength. Corrosion resistant.
Convenient
Factory preassembled and boxed. Easy
to store.
Installation
1. Remove from box. Hardware included with the mount.
2. Using the tape provided, measure pole at the desired
mounting height. Cluster mount will adjust to a wide va-
riety of poles. Adjustment can be made at the ground.
3. Use a lag screw installed into the pole to locate where
you want the cluster mount positioned. The lag screw is
used for positioning only and not to bear the load.
4. Tighten double-arming bolts. Mount transformers.
IMPORTANT!
The following condensed instructions are provided for general information and to aid the buyer in product selection.
They are not to be used in actual product installation. Complete installation instructions and safety information are
provided with each Cluster Mount unit.
5-3
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Models to mount one, two,
or three transformers
For 3 through 100kVA transformers, use double band cluster mounts. Use any combination of 12" or 24" EEI-NEMA type
A and B lugs as required. If adapters (page 5B-4) are used with the mounts, 167 through 250kVA transformers with EEI-
NEMA type C lugs can be mounted.
For 3KVA through 50kVA, single-band cluster mounts may be used with 12" EEI-NEMA type A lugs.
Use Model C6M36M when extra pole bearing surface is required.
Includes
5
8
" transformer mounting hardware and ground clamp for mounting
three 3kVA through 50kVA transformers with 12" EEI-NEMA type A lugs.
Gives extra pole bearing surface for increased support on extremely soft or
older poles. Ideal where appearance requires transformers to remain in a
vertical position. Shipping weight: 31.3 lb. / 14.2 kg.
C6M36M
Mounts Three Transformers
* RUS Listed
Mounts Two Transformers Mounts One Transformer
From pole
6"
9"
9"-6"-9"
Mounts Three Transformers
* RUS Listed
From pole
6"
9"
Mounts Two Transformers
From pole
6"
9"
Mounts One Transformer
Double-band mounts for 3kVA - 100kVA transformers
Single-band mounts for 3kVA - 50kVA transformers
For extra pole bearing surface
Wt. (lb./kg.)
24.6/11.15
29.4/13.33
28/12.7
Wt. (lb./kg.)
22/9.97
27/12.24
Wt. (lb./kg.)
20/9.07
25/11.33
From pole
6"
9"
Wt. (lb./kg.)
35.7/16.19
50/22.68
From pole
6"
9"
Wt. (lb./kg.)
38/17.24
52/23.59
From pole
6"
9"
9"-6"-9"
Wt. (lb./kg.)
40/18.14
54.2/24.58
50/22.67
Model
C5M16
C5M19
Model
C10M26
C10M29
Model
C15M36*
C15M39
C15M3969
Model
C6M36*
C6M39
C6M3969
Model
C4M26
C4M29
Model
C2M16M
C2M19M
5-4
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Accessories
Model C321A Adapter Plate
Shipping weight: XX lb./XX kg.
Use when mounting 167kVA and larger transformers with EEI-NEMA type C lugs
(two plates required per transformer). Slot secures 3/4" mounting bolt head and
permits one-hand tightening of bolt while providing jump proof feature. Each plate
includes two 5/8" x 2" hot-dip galvanized machine bolts with nuts and lockwashers.
Other mounting hardware is included with the cluster mount.
Model CEP18 Extension Plate
Shipping weight: XX lb./XX kg.
One CEP18 extension plate required for each band.
Example:
C6M36 (single band) use one CEP18
C15M36 (double band) use two CEP18's
CEP18 Extension Plates can be used with any Hubbell aluminum band-type cluster mount to increase pole range. (see
chart below). Extra bolts, nuts, and washers are provided.
Pole Sizes
Hubbell band type Cluster Mounts
can be mounted on poles 6
1
/
2
" to
19" in diameter.
Mount Loading
Cluster mounts are subjected to eccentric loading in service because transformer mount-
ing brackets are located away from the lines of action of their gravity loads. Although the
distance between the mounting face and the gravity load (the moment arm of the load) is
often taken at 14", in reality it varies among the different models of transformer. By chang-
ing the bending moment associated with the vertical load, this variation may greatly affect
the ability of the cluster mount to support the various transformers. Because the resisting
stresses produced in the cluster mount are related to both the vertical load itself and to
its associated moment, a single formula based on the moment arm will not satisfactorily
predict safe loading. It is recommended that the moment arms be taken into account along
with the weights of any transformers to be supported by cluster mounts. The table below
shows minimum ultimate strength ratings of several Hubbell cluster mounts, suggested
maximum transformer weights, and resultant safety factors for four selected values of
moment arm. Trained personnel with adequate technical skills may fnd this informa-
tion helpful in selecting an appropriate cluster mount to support a specifc transformer.
Distance (D) from transformer Minimum Maximum recommended
mounting surface Ultimate Transformer load (lbs.) Safety
to load's line of action Strength (lbs.) per position Factor
14" 6,000 2500 2.4
18" 3,900 1950 2
22" 3,200 1600 2
26" 2,800 1350 2.1
14" 3,400 1275 2.7
18" 2,400 1000 2.4
22" 2,100 820 2.6
26" 1,650 690 2.4
14' 6,400 3200 2
18" 5,000 2500 2
22" 4,000 2000 2
26" 3,450 1725 2
Catalog
Number
C5M19
C10M29
C15M39
C15M3969
C2M16
C4M26
C6M36
C5M16
C10M26
C15M36
Type Pole Cat. Example EP18 Will
Dia. No. Increase Max. Dia. To
Small 6
1
/
2
" - 11
1
/
2
" Add 5 to C6M365 16
1
/
2
"
Standard Model No. C15M365
Standard 7
3
/
4
" - 12
1
/
4
" Standard Models C6M36 17
1
/
4
"
C15M36
Large 9
1
/
2
" - 14
1
/
2
" Add 14 to C6M3614 19
1
/
2
"
Standard Model No. C15M3614
5-5
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Aluminum Wing-Type Cluster Mounts
for 3 to *250kVA Transformers with NEMA A, B or C lugs
Patent No. 6,378,821
Light weight and pre-assembled for installation
ease
To save you installation time and money, all Hubbell alumi-
num wing mounts are fully assembled. Two sizes are designed
for mounting transformers on the ground and hoisting into
position.
High-strength, unitized construction
For optimum strength and light weight, only 6061T6 aluminum
extrusions are used to fabricate these transformer cluster
mounts. The factory-assembled construction results in a rigid
single unit ready for immediate feld handling.
The unique design furnishes standard lifting provisions on
both units.
...continuedonotherside...
Catalog Number
C3MW24ML
For mounting up to three 50kVA transfomers
with NEMA A lugs
Maximum 1,000 lb. per transformer position
at 26" moment
Mounts to pole with two
3
4
" thru-bolts
(not included)
Illustrated instruction label on each unit
Weight each: 30 lb. (13.6 kg.)
*For250kVAapplications,seeotherside.
12"
Galvanized-Steel
Mounting Hardware
(6 each included):
5
8
" x 2
1
2
" square head
machine bolt with hex
nut and spring lock-
washer
Grounding Lug
12"
Lifting Notch
(top & bottom, not visible here,
see other side for illustration)
5-
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Aluminum Wing-Type Cluster Mounts
for 3 to *250kVA Transformers with NEMA A, B or C lugs
Patent No. 6,378,821
Catalog Number
C11MW24L
For mounting up to three 100kVA transfomers
with NEMA B lugs (24" centers)
Field adaptable for NEMA A lugs (12" centers)
*For mounting 250kVA transformers with C
lugs, add two C321A adapter plates per trans-
former
Maximum 2,000 lb. per transformer position
at 26" moment
Mounts to pole with two or three
3
4
" thru-bolts
(not included)
Illustrated instruction label on each unit
Weight each: 42.8 lb. (19.4 kg.)
Galvanized-Steel Mounting Hardware
(6 each included): High-strength
5
8
" x 2
1
2
" machine
bolt with special
3
4
" square head and
5
8
" threads for
NEMA A & B lugs, hex nut and spring lockwasher
Cat. No.
C321A
Weight, each
4

lb./1.8 kg.
Description
*Adapter Plate
(two required per transformer)
for use with C11MW24L
*Optional, for mounting three 250kVA Transformers
with NEMA Type C lugs (see Catalog page 5B-4)
Lifting Notch
(top & bottom)
Grounding Lug
18" 24" 12"
1"
5-I
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Thru-Bolt Single-Position Aluminum Mounts
for Transformer, Recloser or Sectionalizer
with NEMA A, B or *C lugs
Catalog No.
CTB2M16
CTB2M19
Weight
7.2

lb./3.3 kg.
8.3 lb./3.8 kg.
Mounting Distance from Pole
6"
9"
Catalog No.
CTB5M16
CTB5M19
Weight
12.1

lb./5.5 kg.
13.7

lb./6.2 kg.
Mounting Distance from Pole
6"
9"
For mounting one 3kVA - 50kVA Transformer,
Recloser or Sectionalizer with NEMA A lugs
Maximum capacity is 2,000 lb.
Mounts to pole with two
5
8
" thru-bolts
(not included)
Illustrated instructions included with each unit
For mounting one 3kVA - 100kVA Transformer,
Recloser or Sectionalizer with NEMA A or B lugs
(Readily feld adapts for NEMA A lugs.)
*For mounting one 167kVA - 333kVA Transformer,
Recloser or Sectionalizer with NEMA C lugs,
add two C321A adapter plates*
Maximum capacity is 2,000 lb. with two
thru-bolts and 3,000 lb. with three thru-bolts
Mounts to pole with two or three
3
4
" thru-bolts
(not included)
Illustrated instructions included with each unit
Galvanized-Steel
Mounting Hardware
(2 each included):
High-strength
5
8
" x 2
1
2
" machine
bolt with special
3
4
" square head
and
5
8
" threads for
NEMA A & B lugs,
hex nut and spring
lockwasher
Galvanized-Steel
Mounting Hardware
(2 each included):
5
8
" x 2" square
head machine bolt
with hex nut and
spring lockwasher
Catalog No.
C321A
Weight, each
4

lb./1.8 kg.
Description
*Adapter Plate (two required) for
use with CTB5M16 or CTB5M19
*Optional, for mounting one transformer, recloser
or sectionalizer with NEMA Type C lugs (see Cata-
log page 5B-4)
7" 12"
Grounding
Lug
Grounding
Lug
24"
8
3
4
"
8
3
4
"
5-8
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Aluminum Band-Type Cluster Mounts
Jumbo Model
Distance
from Pole
to
Mounting Pad
6"
9"
Distance from Mounting Pad
to Center of Equipment
Weight,
each
Jumbo Mount
77 lb./34.9 kg.
80 lb./36.3 kg.
Maximum Recommended Equipment Load per Phase
14"
5,000 lb.
4,000 lb.
18"
3,900 lb.
3,100 lb.
22"
3,200 lb.
2,550 lb.
26"
2,700 lb.
2,100 lb.
Three-band clusters mount up to three 500kVA
transformers and regulators with EEI-NEMA *C
lugs (36" vertical spacing).
Field adaptable for EEI-NEMA A or B lugs (12" or
24" vertical spacing).
Mounts to poles with diameters from 9
1
2
" to
14
1
2
". Each unit includes three CEP18 extension
plates (page 5B-4) to increase diameter by 5" (to
19
1
2
").
To accommodate four-hole EEI-NEMA
*C lug mountings, C321A adapter plates can be
purchased separately (page 5B-4).
for 3 to 500kVA Transformers
with EEI-NEMA A, B or *C lugs
36"
Stainless Steel
Grounding Lug
Catalog
Number,
Jumbo Mount
C15M361436
C15M391436
POWER
SYSTEMS, INC.
5C-
APRIL 2006 HUBBELL / CHANCE CENTRALIA, MISSOURI
5C
CONDUIT STANDOFF BRACKETS
AND T-SLOTS
Warranty - Material
said product.

NOTE: Because Hubbell has a policy of continuous product improvement, we reserve 0the right to change design and specifcations without notice.
Printed in USA
RGS 5M
POWER
SYSTEMS, INC.
5C-
Conduit Standoff Brackets
A multi-purpose bracket for mounting 1" through 6" conduit
in a variety of ways. Bracket will mount up to four 6" con-
duits with unlimited adjustability. 4-Way T-Slot extrusion
eliminates field drilling. Unit mounts to the pole on 3
5
/8" hole
centers using
5
/8" thrubolt and
1
/2" lag (not supplied). Conduit
straps are not included, order below. Additional T-Slot
Shapes are available on the following page.
Strap kits with the following variations are available for use with the
conduit standoff brackets above. The straps have two holes for mounting
one conduit section. Each strap kit contains a strap, two each
1
/2" x 1
1
/4"
hex head bolts, lockwashers and hex nuts.
Typical Installations
4-Way T-Slot
End View
Captures 12" bolt heads
A
B
9
16
" dia. - 2 holes
Dimensional
Data
A B
6" 12"
6" 24"
6" 36"
9" 12"
9" 24"
9" 36"
A Dim.
1
3
8"
1
7
8"
2
3
8"
2
7
8"
3
1
2"
4"
4
1
2"
5
9
16"
6
5
8"
Weight
0.3 lb.
0.4 lb.
0.5 lb.
0.6 lb.
0.6 lb.
0.6 lb.
0.6 lb.
0.7 lb.
0.7 lb.
Conduit Size
1 inch
1
1
2 inch
2 inch
2
1
2 inch
3 inch
3
1
2 inch
4 inch
5 inch
6 inch
B Dim.
3"
3
1
2"
3
15
16"
4
7
16"
5
1
16"
5
9
16"
6
1
16"
7
1
8"
8
3
8"
C Dim.
4
1
8"
4
5
8"
5
1
16"
5
9
16"
6
3
16"
6
11
16"
7
3
16"
8
1
4"
9
5
16"
D Dim.
1
1
4"
1
7
8"
2
1
4"
2
3
4"
3
3
8"
3
15
16"
5
3
8"
5
1
2"
6
1
2"
1
1
2
"
A B C
D Conduit Strap Kits
1
1
4
"
3
4
"
1
2
" x 1
1
4
"
hex head bolt
Catalog
Number
C6CSO12
C6CSO24
C6CSO36
C9CSO12
C9CSO24
C9CSO36
Weight
each
4 lb.
5 lb.
6 lb.
4 lb.
5 lb.
6 lb.
Catalog No.
CSTK1
CSTK15
CSTK2
CSTK25
CSTK3
CSTK35
CSTK4
CSTK5
CSTK6
POWER
SYSTEMS, INC.
5C-
For versatile equipment mounting, these custom T-Slot shapes are
extruded from high-strength, heat-treated 6061T6 aluminum alloy.
NOTE: Both the extrusions can be used for thru-bolt mounting
of equipment to poles, structures, walls, enclosures,
machinery, etc.
Other lengths are available by special order.
Contact the factory for details.
T-Slot Shapes
4-Way T-Slot
2-Way T-Slot
Captures the heads
of
1
2
" dia. bolts
Captures the heads
of
1
2
" dia. bolts
A multi-purpose extrusion for mounting equipment in four directions
using
1
/2" diameter hardware.
Dimension A
12"
24"
36"
48"
60"
120"
Weight each
1.25 lb.
2.25 lb.
3.25 lb.
4.50 lb.
5.50 lb.
11.00 lb.
Dimension A
12"
24"
36"
48"
60"
120"
Weight each
1 lb.
2 lb.
3 lb.
4 lb.
5 lb.
10 lb.
A
Typical Pole
Application
END VIEW
Captures the heads
of
5
8
" dia. bolts
END VIEW
A
Catalog Number
C2WT12
C2WT24
C2WT36
C2WT48
C2WT60
C2WT120
Catalog Number
C4WT12
C4WT24
C4WT36
C4WT48
C4WT60
C4WT120
POWER
SYSTEMS, INC.
5C-
For mounting meter cabinets, meter
sockets or other light-duty enclosures,
with a maximum weight not to exceed
500 pounds.
Installs to pole or wall with two
1
/
2
"
fasteners, not included.
Adjust for various hole patterns. See
ordering information for ranges.
Consists of one vertical support, two
horizontal supports and stainless
steel mounting hardware.
Shipped unassembled
Cabinet Mounting Brackets
A
1" - 7
1
/
4
"
1" - 11
1
/
4
"
1" - 15
1
/
4
"
1" - 17
1
/
4
"
Wt. Ea.
(per
lbs.)
2.25
3.00
3.75
4.25
Aluminum T-Slot Shapes
B
2" - 12"
2" - 18"
2" - 24"
2" - 30"
B'
16
3
/
8
"
22
3
/
8
"
28
3
/
8
"
34
3
/
8
"
A'
8"
12"
16"
18"
Four 1/4" x 1" stainless
steel bolts with nuts and
split lockwashers
Four 1/4" x 3/4" stainless
steel bolts with nuts and
split lockwashers
Two 9/16" holes for 1/2" mounting
hardware (not included).
A
B
A'
5/8"
B'
Mounting Range Catalog
Number
CCMB812
CCMB1218
CCMB1624
CCMB1830
POWER
SYSTEMS, INC.
5C-5
Capacitor Racks
Five sizes for one to twelve 200-kvar capacitors
Shipped fully assembled to go up fast
Catalog
Number
CCR1
CCR3
CCR34
CCR6
CCR912
Weight
4
1
/2 lb./9.9 kg.
17 lb./37.5 kg.
18 lb./39.7 kg.
22
1
/2 lb./49.6 kg.
85 lb./187.4 kg.
Lightweight and pre-assembled for installation ease
To save you installation time and money, all Hubbell aluminum
capacitor racks are fully assembled. Five sizes are designed
for mounting capacitors with a 15
5
/8" lug spacing and weighing
up to 80 pounds each. The racks are notably light in weight
compared to their strength ratings.
Each capacitor rack is furnished complete with a ground wire
clamp secured by a
3
/8" bolt.
Mounting bolts are not included. The single-unit (CCR1) rack
requires a
5
/8" through bolt and a lag bolt; the largest rack
(CCR912) requires two
3
/4" through bolts; and each of other
Cat. No.
CCR3
CCR34
CCR6
Braces
2
2
3
A
26
13
/16"
34
13
/16"
50
13
/16"
Dimensions
C
18
5
/8"
18
5
/8"
18
3
/4"
B
9"
18"
18"
Catalog Number CCR1
Catalog Number CCR912
64"
30"
15
5
8"
15
5
8"
32
13
16"
18
3
4"
10
1
4"
three racks (CCR3, CCR34, CCR6) requires two
5
/8" through
bolts. All come with illustrated mounting instructions.
Adjustability of multi-unit models
Every unit comes with two pre-spaced
3
/8" hold-down bolts
(each with a flat washer, a lockwasher and a nut) per capaci-
tor, up to the racks maximum.
These hold-down bolt heads are trapped in the T-slot channel
to ensure proper spacing for mounting. Whether mounting
the maximum or fewer capacitors, they must be evenly
spaced in the rack for proper load distribution.
Ground Clamp
5"
17
5
8"
15
5
8"
6"
3
8" Hold Down Bolts
3
8" Hold Down
Bolts
Ratings
1 Capacitor
Max. 3 Capacitors
Max. 4 Capacitors
Max. 6 Capacitors
Max. 12 Capacitors
Mounting Distance
from Pole
6"
3
1
/4"
3
1
/4"
3
1
/4"
9
1
/2"
Catalog Numbers
CCR3, CCR34, CCR6
3
8" Hold Down Bolts
A
15
5
8"
17
1
4"
C
B
9"
3"
14.25"
Ground
Clamp
2.25"
POWER
SYSTEMS, INC.
5C-
Cable Positioner
Catalog No. CCS820
for 0.75" to 3" O.D. Cable
As installed
This easy-to-install kit supports conductor at the transition
from overhead to underground service. The Cable Positioner
simply attaches to a suitable bracket with
1
/2 mounting
hardware (not included).
Each unit includes illustrated instructions and comes in
a plastic bag. Packaged 36 per box, each unit weighs 1 lb.
(0.45 kg.).
2.5"
As supplied
Positioner
Casting
Wrap
Clamps
Cable Wrap
Adhesive Pad
8"
NEMA A Mounting
Bracket C2060127
(order separately)
10.5"
210 N. Allen St. Centralia, MO 65240 Phone 573-682-5521 www.hubbellpowersystems.com
2006 Hubbell / Chance Printed in USA
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

ALUMINUM BRACKET
Terminator and Arrester
BULLETIN 5C - 4.3
MARCH 2004 (rev 4-2006)
Bracket for three phase mounting of terminators and/or arresters. Extruded aluminum ma-
terial offers lightweight for easy handling. Mounts to pole with 5/8" thru-bolt and 1/2" lag
screw. Shipped completely assembled. Mounting hardware is purchased separately.
RGS 3/04
Three Phase Terminator Bracket
Catalog No. A Dim. B Dim. Wt. / Ea.
CTBEMB13PA 23.25" 11.56" 7
CTBEMB13PA35 33.50" 16.70" 8
Components can be ordered separately. See following page.
Uses 5/8" Mounting Hardware
Ground
Lug
3.63" Bolt Center
10.40"
26 Angle
1/2" x 2" Carriage Bolt
Nut and Lockwashers (3 Places)
A
B
Uses 1/2" Lag Screw
Three Phase Terminator / Arrester Bracket
Catalog No. A Dim. B Dim. Wt. / Ea.
CTBEMB16PA 24" 10.20" 8
CTBEMB16PA35 35" 15.70" 9
Components can be ordered separately. See following page.
Ground Lug
3.60"
8.80"
26 Angle
1/2" x 2" Carriage Bolt, Hex
Nut and Lockwashers (6 Places)
A
B
Uses 1/2"
Lag Screw
3.63" Bolt Center
210 N. Allen St. Centralia, MO 65240 Phone 573-682-5521 www.hubbellpowersystems.com
2006 Hubbell / Chance Printed in USA
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

C3PA
23.25"
Components for Terminator / Arrester Brackets
(From Previous Page)
Catalog No. Description Wt. Ea.
CTBEMB1 Pole Mounting Bracket for Item Below 3
C1PA Single Phase Terminator Bracket 1
C2PA Three Phase Terminator/Arrester Bracket 1.5
C3PA Single Phase Terminator Bracket 4
C6PA Three Phase terminator Bracket 5
BULLETIN 5C - 4.4
MARCH 2004 (rev 4-2006)
ALUMINUM BRACKET
Terminator and Arrester
CTBEMB1
C1PA
C2PA
C6PA
3.60"
26 Angle
1/2" x 2" Carriage Bolt,
Nut and Lockwasher
24"
26 Angle
Nut and Lockwashers
(2 Places)
Ground Lug
3.63" Bolt Center
Uses 1/2" Lag Screw
for Mounting
Nut and Lockwasher
POWER
SYSTEMS, INC.
Aluminum Platforms
Shipped fully assembled for 2-pole mounting

Printed in USA
RGS
BULLETIN 5D-1.1
JUNE 2000
Revised April 2006
Built for fast, simple mounting of transformers,
reclosers and other distribution control equipment.
Capacities range up to 33,000 lb.
4 duty ratings 12-ft. to 21-ft.
Optional 41"-wide walkway
For equipment too heavy for single-pole mounting, Hubbell
Aluminum Platforms carry three relative ratings:
Uniform vertical load
Single center vertical load
Three vertical loads
These criteria provide fexible information to match varying
circumstances in the case-by-case process of specifying a
platform. Since both weight and dimensions of equipment are
factors, the same size specifed for an individual item at one
location may serve to support two to three items elsewhere.
To serve a wide range of uses, Hubbell offers a large selection.
In the following four series, these lengths* are available at
each increment of 2 feet:
Regular Duty ............................ 12 to 16 feet*
Heavy Duty ............................... 14 to 18 feet*
Extra Heavy Duty .................... 13 to 21 feet*
Super Extra Heavy Duty ......... 13 to 21 feet*
*Inside poles, face to face
Pre-assembly saves you time and money
All Hubbell platforms are delivered in an assembled state,
ready for mounting. This saves $200 to $300 on average in
labor per platform.
High-strength and walkway option for all sizes
All platforms are constructed with 11
1
2" main I-beams (two each
for all series but the Super Extra Heavy Duty series, which
has four main beams each)., Extruded-aluminum sections are
all 6061-T6 material. Fasteners are all steel galvanized per
ASTM A153 or ASTM B695 Class 55.
Each platform has six adjustable hat-channel crossmembers
that can slide to necessary positions and lockbolt in place.
All come with illustrated, detailed mounting instructions.
Each unit may be ordered with an optional 41-inch-wide paral-
lel walkway with hand railing and supports. Planks are not
included, must be provided by the customer.
For ordering information, see other side.
Extra Heavy
Duty Design Shown
(above and below)
POWER
SYSTEMS, INC.
Catalog
Number
Inside Poles,
Face to Face
Beams,
No. x Length
BULLETIN 5D-1.2
JUNE 2000
Revised April 2006
Aluminum Platforms
Shipped fully assembled for 2-pole mounting
Walkway option for Regular Duty Platforms For a single walkway (41 inches wide x length of platform beams) with supports
and hand railings (walkway planks not supplied), add to Catalog No. this suffx: WKY.
Walkway option for Heavy Duty Platforms For a single walkway (41 inches wide x length of platform beams) with supports
and hand railings (walkway planks not supplied), add to Catalog No. this suffx: WKY.
Walkway option for Extra Heavy Duty Platforms For a single walkway (41 inches wide x length of platform beams) with sup-
ports and hand railings (walkway planks not supplied), add to Catalog No. this suffx: WKY.
Walkway option for Super Extra Heavy Duty Platforms For a single walkway (41 inches wide x length of platform beams) with
supports and hand railings (walkway planks not supplied), add to Catalog No. this suffx: WKY.
Super Extra Heavy Duty Platforms 48" WIDE Each attaches by six
3
4" machine bolts (not supplied), three bolts in each pole.
Extra Heavy Duty Platforms 42" WIDE Each attaches by six
3
4" machine bolts (not supplied), three bolts in each pole.
Heavy Duty Platforms 42" WIDE Each attaches by four
3
4" machine bolts (not supplied), two bolts in each pole.
Regular Duty Platforms 42" WIDE Each attaches by four
3
4" machine bolts (not supplied), two bolts in each pole.
Vertical Load Ratings
Weight,
each Uniform Vertical
Load
Single Center Vertical
Load
Three Vertical
Loads
12 feet
14 feet
16 feet
2 x 14 ft.
2 x 16 ft.
2 x 18 ft.
8,000 lb.
6,000 lb.
5,000 lb.
5,000 lb.
4,000 lb.
3,100 lb.
2,000 lb.
1,800 lb.
1,400 lb.
233 lb.
254 lb.
275 lb.
14 feet
16 feet
18 feet
2 x 16 ft.
2 x 18 ft.
2 x 20 ft.
14,000 lb.
14,000 lb.
14,000 lb.
7,500 lb.
7,500 lb.
7,500 lb.
4,600 lb.
4,600 lb.
3,633 lb.
265 lb.
286 lb.
307 lb.
13 feet
15 feet
17 feet
19 feet
21 feet
2 x 16 ft.
2 x 18 ft.
2 x 20 ft.
2 x 22 ft.
2 x 24 ft.
22,000 lb.
17,742 lb.
13,813 lb.
11,058 lb.
9,052 lb.
10,000 lb.
10,000 lb.
8,633 lb.
6,911 lb.
5,657 lb.
6,220 lb.
4,667 lb.
3,700 lb.
2,909 lb.
2,381 lb.
409 lb.
430 lb.
451 lb.
471 lb.
503 lb.
13 feet
15 feet
17 feet
19 feet
21 feet
4 x 16 ft.
4 x 18 ft.
4 x 20 ft.
4 x 22 ft.
4 x 24 ft.
33,000 lb.
31,000 lb.
27,626 lb.
22,116 lb.
18,104 lb.
20,000 lb.
18,000 lb.
17,266 lb.
13,822 lb.
11,314 lb.
10,400 lb.
9,334 lb.
7,266 lb.
5,818 lb.
4,762 lb.
665 lb.
709 lb.
751 lb.
801 lb.
856 lb.
Platform Accessories
Equipment tie-down kit. Includes L tabs, bolts, washers and nuts for one piece of equipment
Extra pole kit for regular duty platform
Extra pole kit for heavy duty platform
Extra pole kit for extra heavy duty platform
Extra pole kit for super extra heavy duty platform
CP122
CP142
CP162
CPHD142
CPHD162
CPHD182
CPEHD142
CPEHD162
CPEHD182
CPEHD202
CPEHD222
CPSEHD142
CPSEHD162
CPSEHD182
CPSEHD202
CPSEHD222
CATTDK
CPEPKRD
CPEPKHD
CPEPKEHD
CPEPKSEHD
10A-1
HUBBELL / CHANCE CENTRALIA, MISSOURI SEPTEMBER 2007
Printed in USA
Section
10A
Cutouts (Standard, Linkbreak & Loadbreak)
and Cutout-Arrester Combinations
U.S. Patent 4,546,341; 6,392,526
CAUTION: The equipment covered in this catalog section should be installed, used, and serviced only by competent per-
sonnel familiar with and following good work and safety practices. This equipment is for use by such personnel and is not
intended as a substitute for adequate training and experience in safe procedures for this type of equipment.
This catalog information and any related instruction sheets do not cover all details or situations in equipment use nor do
they provide for every possible contingency to be encountered in relation to installation, operation or maintenance. Should
additional information and details be desired, or if specifc situations arise that are not covered adequately for the user's
purpose the specifcs should be referred to Hubbell Power System, Inc.
Warranty - Material
said product.
Copyright 2007 Hubbell Incorporated 210 North Allen Street Centralia, MO 65240
10A-2
SEPTEMBER 2007 HUBBELL / CHANCE CENTRALIA, MISSOURI
U.S. Patent 4,546,341; 6,392,526 and other Patents
Pending
Type C Cutouts
LOADBREAK cutout
with Arc-Chute interrupter,
pages 11-13
STANDARD cutout,
pages 3-7
LINKBREAK cutout,
pages 8-10
CUTOUT-ARRESTER
Combinations,
page 14
Application
The primary purpose of any cutout is to provide protection to
the lines of your system and the various apparatus on those
lines such as transformers and capacitor banks. Chance Type
C cutouts provide reliable protection from low-level overloads
that just melt the fuse link, intermediate faults, and very high
faults, through maximum interrupt capacity.
In addition, Type C cutouts can also be used as a sectionalizing
device. With the use of a portable loadbreak tool, Type C cutouts
can function much like an overhead disconnect switch. A 300
amp disconnect blade is also available for this purpose.
Ratings/Specifcations
STANDARD Type C cutouts have maximum design voltage rat-
ings to simplify the confusing ratings of cutouts. There are no
restrictions on application to grounded wye, ungrounded wye,
or delta systems having maximum operating voltages (line-to-
line) equal to or less than the cutout maximum design voltage
rating. (See the LINKBREAK and LOADBREAK cutouts for
their specifcations.) Interruption tests have been performed
at full system line-to-line voltage. In each voltage class, there
are continuous current ratings of 100 amps, 200 amps and 300
amps. See the table on page 6 for other specifcations.
10A-3
Insulators
The insulators used on Type C cutouts are a sky-glaze gray.
The metal to metal leakage distance on the 15 kV cutout
insulator is 8.7 inches (220 mm), 12.6 inches (320 mm) on
the 27 kV [125 kV LIW (BIL)], 17.3 inches (440 mm) on the
27 kV [150 kV LIW (BIL)], 26 inches (660 mm) on the 36
kV [170 kV LIW (BIL)], and 28.4 inches (720 mm) on the 36
kV [170 kV LIW (BIL)].
Fuseholders
The solid cap on the single vent fuseholder is a copper alloy,
silver-plated to provide effcient current transfer. An integral
ring is provided in the top tube casting for opening and clos-
ing the fuseholder with conventional disconnect tools from
the ground, from a bucket truck or from the pole.
The toggle type trunnion casting is a selective silver-
plated bronze for effcient current transfer to the lower
hinge contacts. A cam shaped projection on each side of the
trunnion casting provides high pressure parallel current
paths to the lower contacts. These projections, or pivot pins,
are cast full round for smooth rotational operation in the
hinge. The link ejector assists in arc interruption during
low fault current or excessive overload conditions. A groove
in the center of the link ejector allows the fuse links pigtail
to go directly from the fuse tube to the attachment nut. A
curved ejector minimizes bending stresses in the pigtail to
prevent broken strands. A stainless steel torsion spring on
the link ejector helps to rapidly eject the link from the bore
of the fuseholder during interruption. The 200 amp link
ejector has a wider groove area and increased spring force
to accommodate the larger links.
The link ejector is pinned to the trunnion casting with a
stainless steel pin to provide resistance to corrosive elements
and provide smooth pivotal action. An interlocking feature
between the link ejector and tube casting prevents excessive
tension on the fuse link during closure, thereby preventing
link breakage.
The link ejector employs a hammer effect to enhance toggle
action of the trunnion during low fault and overload inter-
ruptions, hence dropout action is enhanced. The link ejector
provides suffcient surface area to facilitate re-fusing by
linemen wearing gloves.
Quality Construction
Effcient Current Transfer
The Chance Type C cutout has an all copper current path. All
contacts are silver-plated. Terminals are tin-plated bronze
for use with copper or aluminum conductors.
Loadbreak Hooks
Galvanized steel hooks are standard on all Type C cutouts,
except the arc chute version, for use with a portable loadbreak
tool. These sturdy hooks are mounted on the top support and
serve to guide the fuseholder into the latch socket when clos-
ing at an off-center angle.
Top Contact
The top contact is attached to the galvanized-steel hood by a
stainless rivet to provide a smooth self-aligning action during
closing even in severely corrosive environments. The top con-
tact provides a socket-type cavity for latching the fuseholder
and prevents any possible over-travel of the fuseholder. The
top contact is made of a highly conductive copper strip with
silver-plated embossments to resist corrosion. The contacts
are held under constant pressure designed to maintain frm
contact with the fuseholder contact surface until fault inter-
ruption is accomplished.
Hinge
The hinge on the Type C cutout employs large pivot areas for
the fuseholders trunnion and is cast of a copper alloy chosen
for its strength and corrosion resistance. The hinge contacts
are highly conductive copper alloy stampings and are plated
to assure low resistance current transfer from the trunnion
casting. The parallel current paths are backed up by high
strength cantilever springs and are riveted to the hinge cast-
ings. Fuseholder can be dropped into place and easily lifted
up and out. No tricky maneuvering.
Type C STANDARD Cutout
Chance Type C fuseholders are also mutually interchangeable with the S & C Electric Companys Type XS cutout.
100 Amp
Single Vent
200 Amp
Single Vent
300 Amp
Disconnect
10A-4
kV
LIW (BIL)
110
125
150
170
STANDARD Type C Cutout with
NEMA Type B Bracket Dimensions
A
16"
406 mm
16
3
/8"
416 mm
16
3
/8"
416 mm
17
1
/4"
438 mm
B
5
1
/2"
137 mm
7
1
/8"
181 mm
7
1
/8"
181 mm
8
1
/2"
216 mm
C
10
3
/4"
273 mm
12
1
/2"
318 mm
12
1
/2"
318 mm
15"
381 mm
D
3
1
/2"
89 mm
3
1
/8"
79 mm
3
1
/8"
79 mm
1
3
/4"
44 mm
E
21
1
/2"
559 mm
26
3
/4"
679 mm
26
3
/4"
679 mm
32
1
/2"
826 mm
PRODUCT FEATURES
Interchangeability
Chance was the frst to design a cutout that could inter-
change fuseholders and mounting assemblies with those
of another manufacture. Standard Type C fuseholders and
mounting assemblies are mutually interchangeable with the
S&C Electric Companys Type XS cutout (within the same
voltage class).
Fusetube
The
1
/2-inch inside diameter of the Type C cutouts 100 ampere
fusetube increases internal pressure giving superior and
reliable expulsion action. During frequently encountered
intermediate fault ranges this diameter also permits higher
TRV (transient recovery voltage) values to be tolerated. This
small bore design eliminates any concern related to high
impedance phase-to-phase faults on ungrounded wye and
delta systems.
The inside liner is constructed of a synthetic arc-quench-
ing material. The tube is made of fberglass which permits
the smaller bore and provides a higher burst strength. It is
protected from the weather and environment by a special
ultra-violet resistant coating.
Also, the Chance fusetube operates with fuselinks from all
major suppliers.
Brackets
C cutouts come packed one per carton including a NEMA
Heavy Duty B bracket with captive 1
1
/2" bolt for crossarm
mounting.
Type X brackets, also for crossarm mounting, provides 2
5
/8"
additional clearance between the crossarm and the cutout.
D brackets are used to mount cutouts and/or arresters
directly to the pole. Three brackets may be used for three-
phase application. Type D brackets provide a clean, quick
mounting without crossarm or special pole bands.
All the above brackets are galvanized steel for long lasting
service. Cutouts can be ordered without any brackets.
Higher Interrupt Capacities
By using a copper arc shortening rod inside the top of the
fusetube, higher interrupt ratings are obtainable. An arc
shortening rod is attached to the cap of some fusetubes and
lowers the fuse link within the fusetube. This permits a
much shorter arc, resulting in less arc energy, and higher
interrupting capacities.
For 200 A tubes, it allows for full voltage rating.
It is necessary to use fuse links with removable buttonheads
when arc shortening rods are employed.
170 kV LIW (BIL)
A 170 kV BIL Type C cutout is available for use in areas
where the 28.4-inch minimum leakage distance to ground
is required. See ordering data, page 6.
Extra Corrosion Protection [150 & 170 kV LIW (BIL) only]
Type C cutouts are available with components of stainless
steel inserts, hood and bolts, and copper alloy loadbreak
hooks to offer greater corrosion resistance for environmental
areas where corrosion can become a major factor. To order a
stainless steel/copper alloy cutout add the suffx S to the
end of the catalog number with the rating specifcations de-
sired. In additon, an optional spring assist may be provided
to further enhance the toggle and drop out action in highly
corrosive applications.
Terminals
Tin-plated bronze parallel groove type terminals are standard
on Type C cutouts. They can accommodate aluminum or
copper conductor sizes ranging from No. 6 (13.3 mm
2
) solid
copper through 4/0 (160.6 mm
2
) ACSR or 250 (167.5 mm
2
)
kcmil stranded copper. The parallel groove design is perfect
for handling two different sizes of conductor as is the case
when arresters are being used. Eyebolts are also available.
See ordering data, page 10A-6.
10A-5
STAINLESS-STEEL
SPRING ENSURES
PROPER TOGGLE ACTION
OF FUSELINK EJECTOR
(CAST-BRONZE ON ALL 200
AND LINKBREAK FUSEHOLDERS;
STAINLESS-STEEL ON ALL 100A)
Compare Chance

quality and technical expertise
SILVER-TO-SILVER
CONTACTS
CAST BRONZE HINGE
FOR CORROSION RESISTANCE
COPPER
CURRENT PATH
FUSEHOLDER TOGGLE LATCH
LIMITS TENSION OF FUSELINK
SILVER-TO-SILVER
CONTACTS
WITH STAINLESS STEEL
BACKUP SPRINGS
CAST BRONZE
LOWER TUBE
CASTING
CAST BRONZE TOP TUBE CASTING
AND PULL RING
HIGH-STRENGTH FIBERGLASS FUSETUBE
COATED WITH ULTRA-VIOLET INHIBITOR
GALVANIZED STEEL HOOKS
FOR LOADBREAK TOOL
STAINLESS STEEL
BACKUP SPRING
TO MAINTAIN
CONTACT PRESSURE
BIRD-PROOFED
ONE-PIECE
SOLID-PORCELAIN
INSULATOR
TIN-PLATED BRONZE TERMINALS
FOR USE WITH COPPER
OR ALUMINUM CONDUCTOR
GALVANIZED-STEEL CHANNEL
COPPER
ARC-SHORTENING ROD
(ON SOME RATINGS)
TWO-PLACE LOCKING
TO PREVENT SIDE
MOVEMENT OF HOOD,
CONTACTS OR HOOKS
HOT STICK HOLE IN TRUNNION CASTING
COPPER CURRENT PATH
All Type C Cutouts meet or exceed ANSI/NEMA specifcations.
Manufacturing and/or use under U. S. Patent No. 4,546,341 and 6,392,526.
LARGE NUT TO
FASTEN FUSELINK
WITHOUT BREAK-
ING STRANDS
MECHANICAL ASSIST:
FUSEHOLDER IS AVAIL-
ABLE WITH A TORSIONAL
SPRING ON TRUNNION TO
AID DROP OUT OPERATION
IN CORROSIVE ENVIRON-
MENTS.
SyNTHETIC
FUSE TUBE
LINER
10A-6
No option (may not be
used with Z in Option 2)
Mechanical Assist Fuse-
holder (may not be used
with Blank in Option 2)
Fargo cutout cover
(available for 15 kV
only) (may not be used
*Option Suffx 3
Mechanical Assist Fuseholder
Suffx
3
Blank
M
F
Description
*Base
Catalog No.
C710112
C710114
C710143
C710133
320 mm
320 mm
320 mm
320 mm
*Adjust total weight when selecting Options below. **Momentary rating Solid blade
Must use removable buttonhead fuse links.
For application on single-phase to neutral or three-phase solidly-grounded wye-connected circuits where recovery voltage does not exceed
the maximum-design voltage of the device.
Maximum
Design
Voltage
15 kV
15 kV
15 kV
15 kV
Nominal
System Voltage
Thru 14.4 kV
Thru 14.4 kV
Thru 14.4 kV
Thru 14.4 kV
220 mm
220 mm
220 mm
220 mm
Arc
Shortening
Rod
No
Yes
Yes
N/A
Continuous
Current
(Amps)
100
100
200
300
8.7"
8.7"
8.7"
8.7"
Leakage to Ground
Metal to Metal
Interrupt
Capacity
(Asym Amps)
10,000
16,000
12,000
12,000**
27 kV - 125 kV LIW (BIL) RUS Listed
27 kV
27 kV
27 kV
27 kV
No
Yes
Yes
N/A
100
100
200
300
8,000
12,000
10,000
12,000**
Thru 24.9 kV
Thru 24.9 kV
Thru 24.9 kV
Thru 24.9 kV
C710211
C710213
C710242
C710233
12.6"
12.6"
12.6"
12.6"
No Restrictions
thru 24.9 kV;
26.4 thru 34.5 kV

No Restrictions
thru 24.9 kV;
26.4 thru 34.5 kV

No Restrictions
thru 24.9 kV;
26.4 thru 34.5 kV

No Restrictions
thru 24.9 kV;
26.4 thru 34.5 kV

440 mm
440 mm
440 mm
440 mm
660 mm
660 mm
660 mm
26"
26"
26"
36 kV
27 kV
36 kV
Yes
Yes
N/A
100
200
300
11,200
12,000
12,000**
C710613
C710643
C710633
720 mm
720 mm
720 mm
28.4"
28.4"
28.4"
36 kV
27 kV
36 kV
Yes
Yes
N/A
100
200
300
11,200
12,000
12,000**
C710713
C710743
C710733
Thru 34.5 kV
No Restrictions
thru 24.9 kV;
26.4 thru 34.5 kV

Thru 34.5 kV
Specifcations and Ordering Information
Thru 34.5 kV
No Restrictions
thru 24.9 kV;
26.4 thru 34.5 kV

Thru 34.5 kV
No
Yes
Yes
N/A
C710311
C710313
C710342
C710333
27 kV
27 kV
27 kV
27 kV
100
100
200
300
8,000
12,000
10,000
12,000**
17.3"
17.3"
17.3"
17.3"
22.63/10.26
22.83/10.36
23.43/10.63
23.03/10.45
*Weight
(lb./kg.)
14.23 /6.45
14.43 /6.55
15.03 /6.82
14.53 /6.59
Replacement
Fusetube
Cap
P7001535P
E7001767P
E7002146P
P7001535P
17.73 /8.04
17.03 /7.72
17.73 /8.04
17.23 /7.82
E7001743P
E7002117P
P7001535P
E7001743P
E7002117P
P7001535P
25.43/11.54
25.83/11.72
25.43/11.54
30.73/13.94
31.13/14.12
30.73/13.94
NOTE: 26" fuse links are recommended.
P7001535P
E7001768P
E7002479P
P7001535P
P7001535P
E7001768P
E7002479P
P7001535P
NEMA Heavy Duty B bracket
for crossarm (1
1
/2" bolt)
Extended type bracket for cros-
sarm (Horizontal section
is 2
5
/8" longer than Type B
bracket)
D-shape bracket (pole)
No bracket (must be used with
M in Option 3)
No bracket (cannot use with M
in Option 3)
*Option Suffx 1
Terminal Variations
*Option Suffx 2
Bracket Variations
*Weight
(lb./kg.)
0.33/0.15
0.16 /0.07
0.31/0.14
Suffx
1
P
E
L
Description
Parallel-groove clamps
Small eyebolts
Large eyebolts
*Weight
(lb./kg.)
2.84/1.29
3.75/1.70
7.67/3.48
Suffx
2
B
X
D
Z
Blank
Description
Must specify one selection for Option 1.
See page 10A-15 for Accessories.
*Option
suffxes
below
1 2 3
1 2 3
1 2 3
1 2 3
1 2 3
1 2 3
1 2 3
1 2 3

1 2 3
1 2 3

1 2 3
1 2 3
1 2 3
1 2 3

1 2 3
1 2 3
1 2 3

1 2 3
U.S. Patent 6,392,526
10A-7
Universal Cutout Tool
Ideal for Standard and Linkbreak 100 amp fuse
holders (ABB, Chance S&C) to easily lift out, place,
*open and close. Inverted, secure method also fts
Chance Electronic Sectionalizers.
Cat. No. PSC4033484 (Wt. 4 oz.) See Tools Catalog Section 2100.

*When opening a cutout, follow all work rules and OSHA regulations.
Not for use with Loadbreak cutouts.
Fuseholders and Mounting Assemblies
15 kV - 110 kV LIW (BIL)
5.85 kg. 12.9 lb.
Weight Weight
T710613T
T710643T
T710633T
2.8lb.
3.2 lb.
2.8 lb.
1.27 kg.
1.45 kg.
1.27 kg.
10.61 kg. 23.4 lb. T7106MM
T710713T
T710743T
T710733T
2.8lb.
3.2 lb.
2.8 lb.
1.27 kg.
1.45 kg.
1.27 kg.
13.02 kg. 28.7 lb. T7107MM
7.08 kg. 15.6 lb.
9.66 kg. 21.3 lb.
300A
Blade
100A 200A
Fuseholders
36 kV - 26" leakage
T7106MMPB
36 kV - 28.4" leakage
T7107MMPB
300A
Blade
100A 200A
Fuseholders
300A
Blade
200A
Fuseholders
100A
T7103MMPB
T7102MMPB
15 kV
8.7" leakage
Catalog No.
T7101MM
Mounting
Assembly
only

C710613
C710643
C710633
C710713
C710743
C710733
C710311
C710313
C710342
C710333
T710311T
T710313T
T710342T
T710333T
2.1 lb.
2.3 lb.
2.7 lb.
2.5 lb.
0.95 kg.
1.14 kg.
1.22 kg.
1.13 kg.
T7103MM
C710211
C710213
C710242
C710233
T710211T
T710213T
T710242T
T710233T
2.1 lb.
2.3 lb.
2.7 lb.
2.5 lb.
0.95 kg.
1.14 kg.
1.22 kg.
1.13 kg.
T7102MM
1.8 lb.
2.0 lb.
2.6 lb.
2.1 lb.
*Cutout
Base Catalog
Number
C710112
C710114
C710143
C710133
0.82 kg.
0.91 kg.
1.18 kg.
0.95 kg.
Mounting
Assembly only
*Catalog No.
T7101MM
Fuseholder or
Blade only
Catalog No.
T710112T
T710114T
T710143T
T710133T
10A-8
Type C 100-Amp
LINKBREAK Cutout
22/36.4 kV - 150 kV LIW (BIL)
22/36.4 kV - 170 kV LIW (BIL)
15 kv - 110 kV LIW (BIL)
15/27 kV - 125 kV LIW (BIL)
interchangeable with any other manufacturers cutout.
All standard non-loadbreak fuseholders and the linkbreak
fuseholders are interchangeable and ft into both the non-load-
break and Type C LINKBREAK cutout mounting assemblies
produced after January 1985. Mounting assemblies are same
as Type C STANDARD cutouts, shown on page 10A-7.
Ratings / Specifcations
The 15 kV Type C LINKBREAK cutout has a maximum
design voltage rating of 15 kV. There are no voltage restric-
tions on application to grounded wye, ungrounded wye, or
delta systems having maximum operating voltages (line to
line) equal to or less than the cutout maximum design volt-
age rating.
The 15/27 and 22/36.4 kV Type C LINKBREAK cutouts have
maximum design slant voltage ratings. These cutouts are to
be used on systems which have phase-to-ground voltages no
greater than the value listed to the left of the slant (/) and
which have phase-to-phase voltages no greater than the value
listed to the right of the slant.
The Type C LINKBREAK cutout is to be used with only
Chance, McGraw-Edison and Kearney fuselinks. S&C Elec-
tric fuselinks and other fuselinks which require more than
1 inch elongation before breaking must not be used with the
Type C LINKBREAK cutout.
A sharp downward pull on the lever with a hookstick
breaks the fuselink.
15 kV - 110 kV LIW (BIL) unit
Application
The Chance Type C 100 amp LINKBREAK cutout provides
short circuit protection to utility lines with the added feature
of mechanical linkbreak capability in a loadbreaking function.
Linkbreak cutouts provide reliable protection from overloads
that just melt the fuselink through the maximum interrupt
capacity of the fuseholder and also provide inductive and
capacitive loadbreak capability. For loadbreak ratings see
chart, next page.
The unit will also accept the Type C 200 amp non-loadbreak
fuseholder or a 300 amp disconnect blade. Each LINK-
BREAK cutout includes standard loadbreak hooks to use
with portable loadbreak tools. This method is particularly
useful for switching of the 200 amp fuseholder and 300 amp
disconnect blade.
Design / Product Features
Construction and product details shown on page 10A-3 apply
to the LINKBREAK cutout except that the link-ejector on
the linkbreak fuseholder is a copper-alloy casting instead of
a stainless-steel stamping.
The unit utilizes a stainless-steel linkbreak lever to mechani-
cally break fuselink elements thereby obtaining load inter-
ruption within the fuseholder. The long lever is positioned
directly in-line with the cutout, rather than on one side or
in back of the cutout for convenient pull-down operation.
The Type C LINKBREAK fuseholder is not designed to be 15/27 kV - 125 kV LIW (BIL) unit
10A-9
Type C 100-Amp
LINKBREAK Cutout
LINKBREAK Cutout with NEMA Type B Bracket
F
16
5
/8"
422
mm
16"
406
mm
16"
406
mm
14
1
/2"
368
mm
A
16"
406
mm
16
3
/8"
416
mm
16
3
/8"
416
mm
17
1
/4"
438
mm
B
5
3
/8"
137
mm
7
1
/8"
181
mm
7
1
/8"
181
mm
8
1
/2"
216
mm
C
10
3
/4"
273
mm
12
1
/2"
318
mm
12
1
/2"
318
mm
15"
381
mm
D
3
1
/2"
89
mm
3
1
/8"
79
mm
3
1
/8"
79
mm
1
3
/4"
416
mm
E
22"
559
mm
26
3
/4"
679
mm
26
3
/4"
679
mm
32
1
/2"
826
mm
LIW (BIL)
kV
110
125
150
170
Capacitive
Amperes
100
100
100
100
50
50
50
*Specifcations and ordering information on next page.
Limited to grounded-wye systems with grounded-wye

loads.
Inductive
Amperes
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
kV,
Nominal
System Voltage
14.4
14.4
24.9
24.9
34.5
34.5
34.5
*Base Cutout
Catalog
Number
C720112
C720114
C720211
C720213
C720311
C720313
C720613

Loadbreak Ratings
Dimensions
22/36.4 kV - 150 kV LIW (BIL) unit 22/36.4 kV - 170 kV LIW (BIL) unit
10A-10
C720211
C720213
26.13 /11.85
Must use removable buttonhead fuse links. *Adjust total weight when selecting Options below.
For application on single-phase to neutral circuits with phase-to-ground voltages not exceeding the value to the left of the
slant; and for application on three-phase solidly-grounded-wye systems with solidly-grounded loads with line-to-line volt-
ages not exceeding the value to the right of the slant.
Maximum
Design
Voltage
15 kV
15 kV
Nominal
System Voltage
Thru 14.4 kV
Thru 14.4 kV
220 mm
220 mm
*Weight
(lb./kg.)
Arc
Shortening
Rod
No
Yes
Continuous
Current
(Amps)
100
100
8.7"
8.7"
Leakage to Ground
Metal to Metal
Interrupt
Capacity
(Asym Amps)
10,000
16,000
14.53 /6.59
14.73 /6.68
22/36.4 kV
22/36.4 kV
22/36.4 kV - 150 kV LIW (BIL) RUS Listed
C720311
C720313
No Restrictions
thru 20.8 kV;
22.8 thru 34.5 kV

660 mm 26.0"
22/36.4 kV
Yes
11,200
22/36.4 kV -170 kV LIW (BIL) RUS Listed
C720613
No Restrictions
thru 20.8 kV;
22.8 thru 34.5 kV

15/27 kV
15/27 kV
No
Yes
8,000
12,000
100
100
15/27 kV - 125 kV LIW (BIL) RUS Listed
No Restrictions
thru 14.9 kV;
20.8 thru 24.9 kV

12.6"
12.6"
320 mm
320 mm
lb.
2.5
2.7
2.7
2.9
2.7
2.9
3.5
kg.
1.13
1.22
1.22
1.32
1.22
1.32
1.59
Weight Fuseholder
Catalog No.
T720112T
T720114T
T720211T
T720213T
T720311T
T720313T
T720613T
Cutout
Catalog Number
C720112PB
C720114PB
C720211PB
C720213PB
C720311PB
C720313PB
C720613PB
kV
& BIL
15 kV
110 kV BIL
15/27 kV
125 kV BIL
22/36.4 kV
150 kV BIL
22/36.4 kV
170 kV BIL
*Mounting assemblies are same as Type C STANDARD cutouts,
shown on page 10A-7.
Type C 100-Amp LINKBREAK Cutout
110 kV BIL 170 kV BIL 125 & 150 kV BIL
*Fuseholders (100 Amp only)
Replacement
Fusetube
Cap
P7001469P
E7001784P
P7001469P
E7001785P
17.23 /7.82
17.43 /7.91
No
Yes
8,000
12,000
100
100
17.3"
17.3"
440 mm
440 mm
P7001469P
E7001785P
23.03 /10.45
23.23 /10.54
100 PE7001787P
*Base
Catalog No.
C720112
C720114
for crossarm (1
1
/2" bolt)
is 2
5
bracket)
M in Option 3)
in Option 3)
*Option Suffx 1
Terminal Variations
*Option Suffx 2
Bracket Variations
*Weight
(lb./kg.)
0.33/0.15
0.16 /0.07
0.31/0.14
Suffx
1
P
E
L
Description
Small eyebolts
Large eyebolts
*Weight
(lb./kg.)
2.84/1.29
3.75/1.70
7.67/3.48
Suffx
2
B
X
D
Z
Blank
Description
*Option
suffxes
below
1 2 3
1 2 3
1 2 3
1 2 3
1 2 3
1 2 3
1 2 3
Fargo cutout cover
*Option Suffx 3
Suffx
3
Blank
M
F
Description
U.S. Patent 4,546,341; 6,392,526
10A-11
B
6
7
/8"
175 mm
8
5
/8"
219 mm
8
5
/8"
219 mm
C
10
3
/4"
273 mm
12
1
/2"
318 mm
12
1
/2"
318 mm
A
25
1
/4"
642 mm
28
1
/4"
719 mm
28
1
/4"
719 mm
D
3
1
/2"
89 mm
3
1
/8"
79 mm
3
1
/8"
79 mm
E
25
5
/8"
651 mm
30
7
/8"
784 mm
30
7
/8"
784 mm
kV LIW (BIL)

110
125
150
Dimensions
Application
The Type C Loadbreak Cutout is available for application on
15, 25 and 35 kV distribution systems. The addition of the
arc chute expands the fexibility of the Chance protective
devices family by providing loadbreak capability for cutouts
and disconnect solid blade units. The loadbreak cutout pro-
vides short circuit protection to utility lines with the added
feature of a loadbreaking function.
The loadbreak cutout is applicable for transformer and
capacitor bank switching or line sectionalizing. Loadbreak
cutouts provide protection from overloads that just melt the
fuselink through the maximum interrupt capacity of the
fuseholder. They also provide loadbreak capability through
300 amperes.
Design
All design features and most components of the loadbreak
unit are identical to those incorporated in the Type C stan-
dard cutout. The loadbreak portion of the Type C Loadbreak
cutout is a heavy duty, reliable load interrupter that provides
a positive visible loadbreak. A common loadbreak mounting
assembly will accept the Chance Type C 100 amp and 200
amp loadbreak fuseholders or a 300 amp loadbreak discon-
nect blade.
The 15kV Type C loadbreak cutout has a maximum design
voltage rating of 15kV. There are no voltage restrictions on
applicaton to grounded wye, ungrounded wye, or delta sys-
tems having maximum operating voltages (line to line) equal
to or less than the cutout maximum design voltage rating.
The 15/27 and 20/34.5 kV Type C loadbreak cutouts have
maximum design slant voltage ratings. These cutouts are
to be used on systems which have phase-to-ground voltages
no greater than the value listed to the left of the slant (/)
and which have phase-to-phase voltages no greater than the
value listed to the right of the slant.
Fuseholders and mounting assemblies from other manu-
facturers' loadbreak cutouts are not interchangeable with
Chance loadbreak cutouts. Likewise, Chance fuseholders
and mountings are not interchangeable with other manu-
facturers' loadbreak cutouts.
Operation
The self-contained loadbreak device enables the lineman to
interrupt load current by means of a simple hookstick opera-
tion. To break the current, the lineman inserts a hookstick
into the operating ring and rapidly opens the device. Upon
opening, a spring-loaded stainless steel blade mechanism
snaps out through a gray arc chute and elongates, cools and
extinguishes the confned arc. The loadbreaking operation
is independent of the operating speed of the lineman. The
fuse remains undamaged. No special or portable tools are
required to operate the unit. In the open position, the fuse-
holder or blade hangs in an approximate vertical position
for the visible-break.
Type C
LOADBREAK Cutout
with Arc Chute type interrupter
15kv15/27kV20/34.5kV
10A-12
20/34.5 kV
20/34.5 kV
Replacement
Fusetube
Cap
P7001535P
E7001767P
E7002146P
P7001535P
*Base
Catalog No.
C730112
C730114
C730143
C730133
Type C LOADBREAK Cutout
with Arc Chute Interrrupers
U.S. Patent 6,392,526
Nominal
System
Voltage
Thru 14.4 kV
Thru 14.4 kV
Thru 14.4 kV
Thru 14.4 kV
Interrupt
Capacity
(Asym
Amps)
10,000
16,000
12,000
12,000**
19.33/8.77
19.53/8.86
20.13/9.13
19.63/8.90
Continuous
& Loadbreak
Current
(Amps)
100
100
200
300
*Weight
(lb./kg.)
Arc
Short-
ening
Rod
No
Yes
Yes
N/A
Number
of
Operations
200
200
200
50
Leakage
to Ground,
Metal to Metal
8.7"
8.7"
8.7"
8.7"
220 mm
220 mm
220 mm
220 mm
Maximum
Design
Voltage
15 kV
15 kV
15 kV
15 kV
15/27 kV -125 kV LIW (BIL) RUS Listed
No Restrictions
thru 14.4 kV;
20.8 thru 24.9 kV

8,000
12,000
10,000
12,000**
100
100
200
300
No
Yes
Yes
N/A
200
200
200
50
15/27 kV
15/27 kV
15/27 kV
15/27 kV
C730211
C730213
C730242
C730233
12.6"
12.6"
12.6"
12.6"
320 mm
320 mm
320 mm
320 mm
20/34.5 kV -150 kV LIW (BIL) RUS Listed
No Restrictions
thru 14.4 kV;
20.8 thru 34.5 kV

8,000
12,000
100
100
No
Yes
100
100
C730311
C730313
17.3"
17.3"
440 mm
440 mm
**Momentary rating Solid blade
For application on single-phase to neutral circuits with phase-to-ground voltages not exceeding the value to the left of the slant; and for
application on three-phase solidly-grounded-wye systems with solidly-grounded loads with line-to-line voltages not exceeding the value
to the right of the slant.
20/34.5 kV,
150 kV
LIW (BIL)
15 kV, 110 kV LIW (BIL)
15/27 kV,
125 kV
LIW (BIL)

21.93/9.95
22.13/10.04
22.83/10.36
22.33/10.13
P7001535P
E7001768P
E7002479P
P7001535P
27.73/12.58
27.93/12.67
P7001535P
E7001768P
*Option Suffx 1
Terminal Variations
Suffx
1
P
E
L
Small eyebolts
Large eyebolts
*Option Suffx 2
Bracket Variations
*Option Suffx 3
*Weight
(lb./kg.)
0.33/0.15
0.16/0.07
0.31/0.14
Description
Suffx
3
Blank
M
Description
Mechanical Assist
Fuseholder (may not
be used with Blank in
Option 2)
*Weight
(lb./kg.)
2.84/1.29
3.75/1.70
7.67/3.48
Suffx
2
B
X
D
Z
Blank
Description
for crossarm (1
1
/2" bolt)
is 2
5
bracket)
M in Option 3)
in Option 3)
*Option
suffxes
below
1 2 3
1 2 3
1 2 3
1 2 3
1 2 3
1 2 3
1 2 3
1 2 3
1 2 3
1 2 3
10A-13
3.3 lb.
3.5 lb.
4.1 lb.
3.6 lb.
Cutout
Catalog
Number
C730112
C730114
C730143
C730133
1.5 kg.
1.6 kg.
1.9 kg.
1.6 kg.
Mounting As-
sembly only
*Catalog No.
T7301MM
Fuseholder or
Blade only
Catalog No.
T730112T
T730114T
T730143T
T730133T
8.4 kg. 18.6 lb.
Weight Weight
20/34.5 kV - 150 kV LIW (BIL)
C730311
C730313
T730311T
T730313T
3.6 lb.
3.8 lb.
1.6 kg.
1.7 kg.
12.1 kg. 26.6 lb. T7303MM
3.6 lb.
3.8 lb.
4.4 lb.
4.0 lb.
9.4 kg. 20.8 lb. T7302MM
1.6 kg.
1.7 kg.
2.0 kg.
1.8 kg.
T730211T
T730213T
T730242T
T730233T
15/27 kV - 125 kV LIW (BIL)
C730211
C730213
C730242
C730233
20/34.5 kV T7303MMPB
15 kV T7301MMPB
200A 100A 300A
300A
Blade Fuseholders
100A 200A
Type C
LOADBREAK Cutout
Replacement Arc Chute Interrupter: Catalog No. T7300080 (1.2 lb. / 0.54 kg.)
15/27 kV T7302MMPB
10A-14
kV LIW (BIL)
110
125
150
170
E
22" (559 mm)
26
3
/4" (679 mm)
26
3
/4" (679 mm)
32
1
/2" (826 mm)
G
23
3
/4" (603 mm)
25
1
/2" (648 mm)
25
1
/2" (648 mm)
28" (711 mm)
Type C
Cutout-Arrester Combinations
15 kV cutout with direct-connected Ohio Brass large-
block, MOV, polymer 9 kV lightning arrester
Advantages of combination
Chance cutout-arrester combinations cost less than the total
cost of separately purchased components. The combination
units install faster, more economically and take up less space
in storage, transit and service. Each combined unit takes
up a minimum of space on the crossarm and has a favorable
weight distribution for minimal off-center loading. The feld-
proven quality of both cutout and arrester assure consistent
Over-the-Arm Type only
Cutout-Arrester
Dimensions
13"
(330 mm)
high performance for the combinations.
These units include Chance cutouts ftted with only Ohio
Brass
MOV arresters, superseding previous silicon-carbide

units. For easy conversion to the new arrester designation
system, refer to the Cutout Cross-Reference Guide, Bulletin
10-0203.
To specify a Cutout-Arrester Combination:
1. Select a two-letter designation for the appropriate arrester
from the shaded section of the Table at left.
2. Substitute the two letters for the 0 in the Base Catalog
No. for the appropriate Cutout listed on page 6, 10 or 12.
Direct
Direct
Direct
Small Block
Normal Duty
5 kA
Large Block
Heavy Duty
10 kA
Riser
Pole
O
h
i
o

B
r
a
s
s
9
DL
EL
FL
10
DM
EM
FM
18
DN
EN
FN
27
DP
EP
FP
125 &
150
150 110
Polymer
Metal Oxide Varister (MOV)
Operating
Design
Housing
kV LIW (BIL)
for Cutout
kV Rating
M
C
O
V

D
u
t
y

C
y
c
l
e
k
V

R
a
t
i
n
g
A
r
r
e
s
t
e
r

M
a
n
u
f
a
c
t
u
r
e
r
A
r
r
e
s
t
e
r
C
o
n
n
e
c
t
i
o
n
M
e
t
h
o
d
U.S. Patent 4,546,341; 6,392,526
10A-15
Ideal for Standard and Linkbreak 100 amp fuse holders (ABB,
Chance, S&C) to easily lift out, place, *open and close. Inverted,
secure method also fts Chance Electronic Sectionalizers.

Fastener installation locations
(2 fasteners per assembly)
Fargo Cutout Cover
ONE PIECE WILDLIFE PROTECTOR
Available as an Option on Standard and Linkbreak Type C-Porcelain Cutouts
(see pages 10A-6 and 10A-10), Cover also may be ordered as a separate line
item as Catalog No. CC101. Material: Proprietary low track vinyl that is UV
stabilized for long-term performance. Gray color.
Designed to provide protection for cutouts from accidental contact by squir-
rels, birds or other wildlife.
Universal one-piece design for easy installation or retroft. Fits Chance 15 kV
Standard and Linkbreak Cutouts, both Polymer and Porcelain types.
Accessories
Catalog No.
T7001325
T7001326
T7001327
Terminal Connectors
Min. Order Qty.
10
10
10
Description
Parallel-Groove Clamp, tin-plated bronze for No. 6 solid thru 4/0 ACSR or 250 kcmil stranded
Small Eyebolt for No. 8 solid thru 2/0 stranded
Large Eyebolt for No. 6 solid thru 4/0 ACSR or 250 kcmil stranded
C2060283
C2060280
C2060299
C2060632
Mounting Brackets
NEMA Heavy Duty B Bracket with 1

1
/2" captive bolt for crossarm mounting
Extended Crossarm Bracket (Horizontal section is 2
5
/8" longer than NEMA B bracket)
D Pole Mounting Bracket
Cutout/Arrester Bracket complete with carriage bolts and backstrap
Mounting Bracket Dimensions
Wt. (lb./kg.)
0.33 / 0.15
0.16 / 0.07
0.40 / 0.14
2.84 / 1.29
3.75 / 1.70
7.67 / 3.48
4.00 / 1.81
Web: http://www.hubbellpowersystems.com
MEXICO
HUBBELL DE MEXICO, S.A. DE. CV
Av. Coyoacan No. 1051
Col. Del Valle
03100 Mexico, D.F.
Phone: 52-55-9151-9999
Fax: 52-55-9151-9988
e-mail: vtasdf@hubbell.com.mx
UNITED STATES
HUBBELL POWER SYSTEMS, INC.
210 N. Allen
Centralia, Mo 65240-1395
Phone: 573-682-5521
Fax: 573-682-8714
e-mail: hpsliterature@hps.hubbell.com
10AA-1
HUBBELL POWER SYSTEMS, INC. CENTRALIA, MISSOURI SEPTEMBER 2007
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Printed in USA
Section
10AA
HUBBELL
Type C-POLYMER
Cutouts (Standard, Linkbreak & Loadbreak)
and
U.S. Patent 4,546,341; 6,392,526; 6,593,842
CAUTION: The equipment covered in this catalog section should be installed, used, and serviced only by competent per-
sonnel familiar with and following good work and safety practices. This equipment is for use by such personnel and is not
intended as a substitute for adequate training and experience in safe procedures for this type of equipment.
This catalog information and any related instruction sheets do not cover all details or situations in equipment use nor do
they provide for every possible contingency to be encountered in relation to installation, operation or maintenance. Should
additional information and details be desired, or if specifc situations arise that are not covered adequately for the user's
purpose the specifcs should be referred to Hubbell Power Systems, Inc.
Warranty - Material
said product.
Photos show 15 kV
products.
27 kV products also
are available.
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

10AA-2
SEPTEMBER 2007 HUBBELL POWER SYSTEMS, INC. CENTRALIA, MISSOURI
HUBBELL
Type C-POLYMER Cutouts
the ground, from a bucket truck
or from the pole.
The toggle type trunnion is a
selective silver-plated bronze
casting for efficient current
transfer to the lower hinge con-
tacts. A cam shaped projection
on each side of the trunnion
casting provides high pressure
parallel current paths to the
lower contacts. These projections,
or pivot pins, are cast full round
for smooth rotational operation
in the hinge. The link ejector as-
sists in arc interruption during
low fault current or excessive
overload conditions. A groove in
the center of the link ejector al-
lows the fuse links pigtail to go
directly from the fuse tube to the
attachment nut. A curved ejector
minimizes bending stresses in the
pigtail to prevent broken strands.
A stainless steel torsion spring on
the link ejector helps to rapidly
eject the link from the bore of the
fuseholder during interruption.
The 200 amp link ejector has a
wider groove area and increased
spring force to accommodate the
larger links.
The link ejector is pinned to the
trunnion casting with a stainless
steel pin to provide resistance to
corrosive elements and provide smooth pivotal action. An
interlocking feature between the link ejector and tube casting
prevents excessive tension on the fuse link during closure,
thereby preventing link breakage.
The link ejector employs a hammer effect to enhance toggle
action of the trunnion during low fault and overload inter-
ruptions, hence dropout action is enhanced. The link ejector
provides suffcient surface area to facilitate re-fusing by
linemen wearing gloves.
STANDARD Type C-Polymer cutouts are maximum design
voltage rated to eliminate application and selection confusion.
There are no restrictions on application to grounded wye,
ungrounded wye, or delta systems having maximum operat-
ing voltages (line-to-line) equal to or less than the cutout
maximum design voltage rating. (See the LINKBREAK and
LOADBREAK cutouts for their specifcations.) Interruption
tests have been performed at full system line-to-line voltage.
100-amp and 200-amp fuse tubes and 300-amp disconnect
blades are available for each voltage class. They all ft into a
common mounting assembly rated at 300 amps continuous.
Quality
Construction
Effcient Current Transfer
The Type C-Polymer cutout has
an all copper current path. All
contacts are silver-plated. Ter-
minals are tin-plated bronze for
use with copper or aluminum
conductors.
Loadbreak Hooks
Galvanized steel hooks are
standard on all Type C cutouts,
except the arc chute version, for
use with a portable loadbreak
tool. These sturdy hooks are
mounted on the top support and
serve to guide the fuseholder
into the latch socket.
Top Contact
The top contact is attached to
the galvanized-steel hood by
a stainless rivet to provide a
smooth self-aligning action
during closing even in severely
corrosive environments. The
top contact provides a socket-
type cavity for latching the
fuseholder and prevents any
possible over-travel of the
fuseholder. The top contact is
made of a highly conductive copper strip with silver-plated
embossments for effcient current transfer. The contacts are
held under constant pressure designed to maintain frm
contact with the fuseholder contact surface until fault inter-
ruption is accomplished.
Hinge
The hinge on the Type C-Polymer cutout employs large pivot
areas for the fuseholders trunnion and is cast of a copper alloy
chosen for its strength and corrosion resistance. The hinge
contacts are highly conductive copper alloy stampings and
are plated to assure low resistance current transfer from the
trunnion casting. The parallel current paths are backed up by
high strength cantilever springs and are riveted to the hinge
castings. Fuseholder can be dropped into place and easily
lifted up and out. No tricky maneuvering is required.
Fuseholders
The solid cap on the single vent fuseholder is a copper alloy,
silver-plated to provide effcient current transfer. An integral
ring is provided in the top tube casting for opening and clos-
ing the fuseholder with an appropriate disconnect tool from
Application
The primary purpose of any cutout is to provide protec-
tion to the lines of your system and the various apparatus
on those lines such as transformers and capacitor banks.
Hubbell Type C-Polymer cutouts provide reliable protection
from low-level overloads that just melt the fuse link, inter-
mediate faults, and very high faults, through maximum
interrupt rating.
In addition, Type C-Polymer cutouts can also be used as a
sectionalizing device. With the use of a portable loadbreak
tool, Type C-Polymer cutouts can function much like an
overhead disconnect switch. A 300 amp disconnect blade
is also available for this purpose.
Polymer Insulators
Type C-Polymer cutout insulators are manufactured
with ESP
silicone alloy rubber, the same material used

in Ohio Brass PDV arresters and Hi*Lite insulators.
ESP is a polymer compound made by alloying silicone
and EPDM rubber. This alloy offers the desirable tough-
ness and resistance to tracking of our original EPR,
with the hydrophobic characteristics derived from low
molecular weight silicone oils.
Hubbell Power Systems uses several tests to evaluate
materials. Tracking, QUV, corona cutting, salt fog,
oxidative stability and variations of differential ther-
mal analysis tests confrm the quality of the material.
For further information on our polymers, ask your
Hubbell Power Systems representative for the publica-
tion "Polymer Materials for Insulator Weathersheds"
EU1264-H.
Upgrades to Cutout Performance
The increased metal-to-metal leakage distance of Type
C-Polymer Cutouts compares to their porcelain coun-
terparts at 12.6" (319 mm) vs 8.7" (220 mm) for 15kV
and 17.1" (434 mm) vs 12.6" (319 mm) for 27kV.
Signifcantly lighter, Type C-Polymer Cutouts typically
weigh only approximately half their porcelain counter-
parts. This ergonomic advantage makes them simple
to install and, of course, far less fragile than porcelain.
That means reduced or eliminated losses from routine
shipping, storage and handling.
10AA-3
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

HUBBELL
Type C-POLYMER Cutouts
STAINLESS-STEEL
SPRING PROVIDES
PROPER TOGGLE ACTION
OF FUSELINK EJECTOR
(CAST-BRONZE ON ALL 200
AND LINKBREAK FUSEHOLDERS;
STAINLESS-STEEL ON ALL 100A)
Compare Hubbell

quality and technical expertise
SILVER-TO-SILVER
CONTACTS
CAST BRONZE HINGE
FOR CORROSION RESISTANCE
COPPER
CURRENT
PATH
FUSEHOLDER TOGGLE LATCH
LIMITS TENSION OF FUSELINK
CAST BRONZE
LOWER TUBE
CASTING
CAST BRONZE TOP TUBE CASTING
AND PULL RING
HIGH-STRENGTH FIBERGLASS FUSETUBE
COATED WITH ULTRA-VIOLET INHIBITOR
GALVANIZED STEEL HOOKS
FOR LOADBREAK TOOL
STAINLESS STEEL
BACKUP SPRING
TO MAINTAIN
CONTACT PRESSURE
POLYMER
INSULATOR
TIN-PLATED BRONZE TERMINALS
FOR USE WITH COPPER
OR ALUMINUM CONDUCTOR
GALVANIZED-STEEL CHANNEL
COPPER
ARC-SHORTENING ROD
(ON SOME RATINGS)
TWO-PLACE LOCKING
TO PREVENT SIDE
MOVEMENT OF HOOD,
CONTACTS OR HOOKS
COPPER CURRENT PATH
SYNTHETIC
FUSE TUBE
LINER
LARGE NUT TO
FASTEN FUSELINK
WITHOUT BREAK-
ING STRANDS
MECHANICAL ASSIST:
FUSEHOLDER IS AVAIL-
ABLE WITH A TORSIONAL
SPRING ON TRUNNION TO
AID DROP OUT OPERATION
IN CORROSIVE ENVIRON-
MENTS.
15 kV product shown. 27 kV cutout varies slightly in appearance.
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

10AA-4
Type C-Polymer
STANDARD Cutout
kV
LIW (BIL)
110
125
STANDARD Type C-Polymer Cutout
with NEMA Type B Bracket
A
15
5
/8"
395 mm
16
1
/16"
408 mm
B
4
7
/8"
125 mm
6
5
/8"
167 mm
C
11
5
/8"
295 mm
13
1
/16"
332 mm
D
3
1
/4"
82 mm
2
7
/8"
72 mm
E
22
1
/16"
561 mm
27"
686 mm
Interchangeability
Chance was the frst to design a cutout that could interchange
fuseholders and mounting assemblies with those of another
manufacture. Standard Type C fuseholders and mounting as-
semblies are mutually interchangeable with the S&C Electric
Companys Type XS cutout (within the same voltage class).
The Type C-Polymer Standard cutout is mutually interchange-
able with Chance Type C Porcelain Standard cutout.
Synthetic Arc-Quenching Fusetube
The
1
/2-inch inside diameter of the Type C-Polymer cutouts 100
ampere fusetube increases internal pressure giving superior
and reliable expulsion action. During frequently encountered
intermediate fault ranges this diameter also permits higher
TRV (transient recovery voltage) values to be tolerated. This
small bore design eliminates any concern related to high
impedance phase-to-phase faults on ungrounded wye and
delta systems.
The inside liner is a synthetic arc-quenching formulation in
part consisting of polyester fber, epoxy and Aluminum Tri
Hydrate. The liner is chemically bonded to the tube's glass-
reinforced shell. This combination provides a moisture source
to extinquish the arc during interrupt operations without
absorption of atmospheric moisture leading to potential
swelling and delamination, and provides a high bursting
strength. It is protected from the weather and environment
by a special ultra-violet resistant coating. For more infor-
mation on the synthetic arc-quenching material, refer to
Bulletin 10-0201.
The Hubbell fuse tube operates with fuselinks from all major
suppliers.
100 amp or smaller fuselinks shall not be used in 200-amp
fuseholders.
Brackets
Type C-Polymer cutouts come packed one per carton includ-
ing a NEMA Heavy Duty B bracket with captive 1
1
/2" bolt
for crossarm mounting.
Type X brackets, also for crossarm mounting, provides 2
5
/8"
additional clearance between the crossarm and the cutout.
D brackets are used to mount cutouts and/or arresters
directly to the pole. Three brackets may be used for three-
phase application. Type D brackets provide a clean, quick
mounting without crossarm or special pole bands.
All the above brackets are galvanized steel for long lasting
service. Cutouts can be ordered without any brackets.
Higher Interrupt Capacities
By using a copper arc shortening rod inside the top of the
fusetube, higher interrupt ratings are obtainable. An arc
shortening rod is attached to the cap of some fusetubes and
lowers the fuse link within the fusetube. This permits a
much shorter arc, resulting in less arc energy, and higher
interrupting capacities. For 200 A tubes, it allows for full
voltage ratings.
It is necessary to use fuse links with removable buttonheads
when arc shortening rods are employed.
Terminals
Tin-plated bronze parallel groove type terminals are standard
on Type C cutouts. They can accommodate aluminum or
copper conductor sizes ranging from No. 6 (13.3 mm
2
) solid
copper through 4/0 (160.6 mm
2
) ACSR or 250 (167.5 mm
2
)
kcmil stranded copper. The parallel groove design is perfect
for handling two different sizes of conductor as is the case
when arresters are being used. Eyebolts are also available.
See ordering data, page 10AA-11.
100 Amp
Single Vent
15 kV/110 kV LIW (BIL)
110 kV LIW (BIL) product is
depicted.
125 kV LIW (BIL) product varies
slightly in appearance.
10AA-5
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Fargo cutout cover
for crossarm (1
1
/2" bolt)
is 2
5
bracket)
M in Option 3)
in Option 3)
TP7102MMPB
Type C-Polymer
STANDARD Cutout
Maximum
Design
Voltage
15 kV
15 kV
15 kV
15 kV
Nominal
System Voltage
Thru 14.4 kV
Thru 14.4 kV
Thru 14.4 kV
Thru 14.4 kV
319 mm
319 mm
319 mm
319 mm
Arc
Shortening
Rod
No
Yes
Yes
N/A
Continuous
Current
(Amps)
100
100
200
300
12.6"
12.6"
12.6"
12.6"
Leakage to Ground
Metal to Metal
Interrupt
Capacity
(Asym Amps)
10,000
16,000
12,000
12,000**
U.S. Patent 4,546,341; 6,392,526; 6,593,842
15 kV - 110 kV LIW (BIL) RUS LISTED
See page 10AA-11 for Accessories.
*Weight
(lb./kg.)
9.6/4.4
9.8/4.5
10.4/4.7
9.9/4.5
Replacement
Fusetube
Cap
P7001535P
E7001767P
E7002146P
P7001535P
434 mm
434 mm
434 mm
434 mm
P7001535P
E7001768P
E7002479P
P7001535P
27 kV
27 kV
27 kV
27 kV
No
Yes
Yes
N/A
100
100
200
300
8,000
12,000
10,000
12,000**
Thru 24.9 kV
Thru 24.9 kV
Thru 24.9 kV
Thru 24.9 kV
CP710211
CP710213
CP710242
CP710233
17.1"
17.1"
17.1"
17.1"
11.0/5.0
11.0/5.0
11.6/5.3
11.2/5.1
1.8 lb.
2.0 lb.
2.6 lb.
2.1 lb.
Cutout
Base Catalog
Number
CP710112
CP710114
CP710143
CP710133
0.76 kg.
0.79 kg.
1.18 kg.
0.95 kg.
Mounting Assembly
only
*Base Catalog No.
TP7101MM
Fuseholder or
Blade only
Catalog No.
T710112T
T710114T
T710143T
T710133T
3.6 kg. 8.0 lb.
Weight *Weight
**Momentary rating -Solid blade.

CP710211
CP710213
CP710242
CP710233
T710211T
T710213T
T710242T
T710233T
1.9 lb.
2.0 lb.
2.5 lb.
2.1 lb.
0.86 kg.
0.91 kg.
1.13 kg.
0.97 kg.
4.1 kg. 9.16 lb. TP7102MM
300A
Blade
100A 200A
Fuseholders
*Option Suffx 1
Terminal Variations
*Option Suffx 2
Bracket Variations
*Option Suffx 3
*Option
suffxes
below
1 2 3
1 2 3
1 2 3
1 2 3
1 2 3
1 2 3
1 2 3
1 2 3
*Adjust total weight when se-
lecting Option suffxes above.
*Weight
(lb./kg.)
0.33/0.15
0.16 /0.07
0.31/0.14
Suffx
1
P
E
L
Description
Small eyebolts
Large eyebolts
Suffx
3
Blank
M
F
Description
*Weight
(lb./kg.)
2.84/1.29
3.75/1.70
7.67/3.48
Suffx
2
B
X
D
Z
Blank
Description
300A
Blade
200A
Fuseholders
100A
15 kV
12.6" leakage
*Catalog No.
TP7101MMPB
Mounting
Assembly only
*Base
Catalog
No.
CP710112
CP710114
CP710143
CP710133
Ideal for Standard and Linkbreak 100 amp fuse
holders (ABB, Chance S&C) to easily lift out, place,
*open and close. Inverted, secure method also fts
Chance Electronic Sectionalizers.

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

10AA-6
15/27 kV - 125 kV LIW (BIL)
A sharp downward pull on the lever with a hookstick
breaks the fuselink. (15/27 kV product shown here)
Application
The Type C-Polymer 100 amp Linkbreak cutout provides short
circuit protection to utility lines with the added feature of
mechanical linkbreak capability in a loadbreaking function.
Linkbreak cutouts provide reliable protection from overloads
that just melt the fuselink through the maximum interrupt
capacity of the fuseholder and also provide inductive and
capacitive loadbreak capability. For loadbreak ratings see
chart, next page.
The unit will also accept the Type C-Polymer 200 amp non-
loadbreak fuseholder or a 300 amp disconnect blade. Each
Linkbreak cutout includes standard loadbreak hooks to use
with portable loadbreak tools. This method is particularly
useful for switching of the 200 amp fuseholder and 300 amp
disconnect blade.
Design / Product Features
Construction and product details shown on page 10AA-3 ap-
ply to the Linkbreak cutout except that the link-ejector on
the linkbreak fuseholder is a copper-alloy casting instead of
a stainless-steel stamping.
The unit utilizes a stainless-steel linkbreak lever to me-
chanically break fuselink elements thereby obtaining load
interruption within the fuseholder. The Type C-Polymer
Linkbreak fuseholder is not designed to be interchangeable
with any other manufacturers cutout.
All standard non-loadbreak fuseholders and the linkbreak
fuseholders are interchangeable and ft into both the non-
loadbreak and Type C-Polymer or Porcelain Linkbreak cutout
mounting assemblies. Mounting assemblies are the same as
those for Type C-Polymer or Porcelain STANDARD cutouts,
shown on page 10AA-5.
Ratings / Specifcations
The 15 kV Type C-Polymer Linkbreak cutout has a maximum
design voltage rating of 15 kV. There are no voltage restric-
tions on application to grounded wye, ungrounded wye, or
age rating.
The 15/27kV Type C-Polymer LINKBREAK cutout has
maximum design slant voltage ratings. These cutouts are to
be used on systems which have phase-to-ground voltages no
greater than the value listed to the left of the slant (/) and
which have phase-to-phase voltages no greater than the value
listed to the right of the slant.
The Type C-Polymer Linkbreak cutout is to be used with
fuselinks requiring 1 inch or less elongation before break-
ing. Fuselinks requiring more than 1 inch elongation before
breaking must not be used with the Type C-Polymer Link-
break cutout.
Type C-Polymer
LINKBREAK Cutout
(15 kV product shown here)
10AA-7
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

125 kV LIW (BIL)
Type C-Polymer
100-Amp LINKBREAK Cutout
U.S. Patent 4,546,341; 6,392,526; 6,593,842
LINKBREAK Cutout with NEMA Type B Bracket
LIW (BIL)
kV
110
125
Capacitive
Amperes
100
100
100
100
*See specifcations and ordering information below.
Limited to grounded-wye systems with grounded-wye loads.

Inductive
Amperes
100
100
100
100
kV,
Nominal
System Voltage
14.4
14.4
24.9
24.9
*Base Cutout
Catalog
Number
CP720112
CP720114
CP720211
CP720213
Loadbreak Ratings
Dimensions
lb.
2.5
2.7
2.7
2.9
kg.
1.13
1.22
1.22
1.32
Weight Fuseholder
Catalog No.
T720112T
T720114T
T720211T
T720213T
Cutout Base
Catalog Number
CP720112
CP720114
CP720211
CP720213
kV
& LIW (BIL)
15 kV
110 kV BIL
15/27 kV
125 kV BIL
*Mounting assemblies are same as STANDARD cutouts, on 10AA-5.
*Fuseholders (100 Amp only)
110 kV LIW (BIL)
product is depicted.
For application on single-phase to neutral circuits with phase-to-ground voltages not exceeding the value to the left of the slant; and for application on three-
phase solidly-grounded-wye systems with solidly-grounded loads with line-to-line voltages not exceeding the value to the right of the slant.
15/27 kV - 125 kV LIW (BIL)
Suffx
1
P
E
L
Description
Small eyebolts
Large eyebolts
*Option Suffx 1
Terminal Variations
Maximum
Design
Voltage
15 kV
15 kV
Nominal
System Voltage
Thru 14.4 kV
Thru 14.4 kV
319 mm
319 mm
Arc
Shortening
Rod
No
Yes
Continuous
Current
(Amps)
100
100
12.6"
12.6"
Leakage to Ground
Metal to Metal
Interrupt
Capacity
(Asym Amps)
10,000
16,000
*Weight
(lb./kg.)
10.2/4.6
10.3/4.7
Replacement
Fusetube
Cap
P7001469P
E7001784P
434 mm
434 mm
P7001469P
E7001785P
15/27 kV
15/27 kV
No
Yes
100
100
8,000
12,000
No Restrictions
thru 14.9 kV;
20.8
thru 24.9 kV
17.1"
17.1"
11.4/5.2
11.5/5.2
*Option Suffx 2
Bracket Variations
*Option
suffxes
below
1 2 3
1 2 3
1 2 3
1 2 3
*Weight
(lb./kg.)
0.33/0.15
0.16 /0.07
0.31/0.14
*Weight
(lb./kg.)
2.84/1.29
3.75/1.70
7.67/3.48
Suffx
2
B
X
D
Z
Blank
Description
110 kV LIW (BIL)
F
16
7
/16"
417
mm
15
7
/8"
403
mm
A
15
15
/16"
405
mm
16
7
/8"
418
mm
B
4
15
/16"
125
mm
6
9
/16"
167
mm
C
11
5
/8"
295
mm
13
1
/4"
337
mm
D
3
1
/4"
82
mm
2
7
/8"
72
mm
E
22
1
/8"
561
mm
27
1
/4"
692
mm
*Base
Catalog
No.
CP720112
CP720114
CP720211
CP720213
for crossarm (1
1
/2" bolt)
is 2
5
bracket)
M in Option 3)
in Option 3)
Fargo cutout cover
*Option Suffx 3
Suffx
3
Blank
M
F
Description
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

10AA-8
B
6
3
/8"
162 mm
7
13
/16"
199 mm
C
11
5
/8"
295 mm
13
1
/4"
337 mm
A
24
13
/16"
630 mm
27
3
/4"
704 mm
D
3
1
/4"
82 mm
2
7
/8"
72 mm
E
26
5
/16"
668 mm
31
7
/16"
798 mm
kV LIW
(BIL)

110

125
Dimensions
Application
The Type C-Polymer Loadbreak Cutout is available for
application on 15 and 27 kV distribution systems. The ad-
dition of the arc chute expands the fexibility of the Chance
protective devices family by providing loadbreak capability
for cutouts and disconnect solid blade units. The loadbreak
cutout provides short circuit protection to utility lines with
the added feature of a loadbreaking function.
The loadbreak cutout is applicable for transformer and
capacitor bank switching or line sectionalizing. Loadbreak
cutouts provide protection from overloads that just melt the
fuselink through the maximum interrupt capacity of the
fuseholder. They also provide loadbreak capability through
300 amperes.
Design
All design features and most components of the loadbreak
unit are identical to those incorporated in the Type C-Poly-
mer standard cutout. The loadbreak portion of the Type
C-Polymer Loadbreak cutout is a heavy duty, reliable load
interrupter that provides a positive visible loadbreak. A com-
mon loadbreak mounting assembly will accept the Chance
Type C-Polymer 100 amp and 200 amp loadbreak fuseholders
or a 300 amp loadbreak disconnect blade.
The 15kV Type C-Polymer loadbreak cutout has a maximum
design voltage rating of 15kV. There are no voltage restric-
tions on applicaton to grounded wye, ungrounded wye, or
age rating.
The 15/27 and 20/34.5 kV Type C loadbreak cutouts have
maximum design slant voltage ratings. These cutouts are
to be used on systems which have phase-to-ground voltages
Type C-Polymer
LOADBREAK Cutout with Arc Chute Interrupter
110 kV LIW (BIL) product is
depicted.
no greater than the value listed to the left of the slant (/)
and which have phase-to-phase voltages no greater than the
value listed to the right of the slant.
Fuseholders and mounting assemblies from other manu-
facturers' loadbreak cutouts are not interchangeable with
Chance loadbreak cutouts. Likewise, Chance fuseholders
and mountings are not interchangeable with other manu-
facturers' loadbreak cutouts.
Operation
The self-contained loadbreak device enables the lineman to
interrupt load current by means of a simple hookstick opera-
tion. To break the current, the lineman inserts a hookstick
into the operating ring and rapidly opens the device. Upon
opening, a spring-loaded stainless steel blade mechanism
snaps out through a gray arc chute and elongates, cools and
extinguishes the confned arc. The loadbreaking operation
is independent of the operating speed of the lineman. The
fuse remains undamaged. No special or portable tools are
required to operate the unit. In the open position, the fuse-
holder or blade hangs in an approximate vertical position
for the visible-break.
10AA-9
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

300A
Blade
*Adjust total weight when selecting Option suffxes above.
Extra corrosion resistance: Not Available
*Adjust total weight when selecting Options below. **Momentary rating Solid blade
Must use removable buttonhead fuse links.
For application on single-phase to neutral circuits with phase-to-ground voltages not exceeding the value to the left of the slant; and for application on three-
phase solidly-grounded-wye systems with solidly-grounded loads with line-to-line voltages not exceeding the value to the right of the slant.
Type C-Polymer LOADBREAK Cutout
3.3 lb.
3.5 lb.
4.1 lb.
3.6 lb.
Base Cutout
Catalog
Number
CP730112
CP730114
CP730143
CP730133
1.5 kg.
1.6 kg.
1.9 kg.
1.6 kg.
Mounting
Assembly only
*Base Catalog No.
TP7301MM
Fuseholder or
Blade only
Catalog No.
T730112T
T730114T
T730143T
T730133T
4.5 kg. 10.0 lb.
Weight Weight
U.S. Patent 4,546,341; 6,392,526; 6,593,842
3.6 lb.
3.8 lb.
4.4 lb.
4.0 lb.
5.0 kg. 11.1 lb. TP7302MM
1.6 kg.
1.7 kg.
2.0 kg.
1.8 kg.
T730211T
T730213T
T730242T
T730233T
15/27 kV - 125 kV LIW (BIL)
CP730211
CP730213
CP730242
CP730233
15/27 kV - 125 kV LIW (BIL)
CP730211
CP730213
CP730242
CP730233
100A
Fuseholders
*Option Suffx 1
Terminal Variations
Suffx
1
P
E
L
Small eyebolts
Large eyebolts
Maximum
Design
Voltage
15 kV
15 kV
15 kV
15 kV
Nominal
System Voltage
Thru 14.4 kV
Thru 14.4 kV
Thru 14.4 kV
Thru 14.4 kV
319 mm
319 mm
319 mm
319 mm
Arc
Shortening
Rod
No
Yes
Yes
N/A
Continuous
Current
(Amps)
100
100
200
300
12.6"
12.6"
12.6"
12.6"
Leakage to Ground
Metal to Metal
Interrupt
Capacity
(Asym Amps)
10,000
16,000
12,000
12,000**
*Weight
(lb./kg.)
15.1/6.8
15.2/6.9
15.8/7.2
15.4/7.0
Replacement
Fusetube
Cap
P7001535P
E7001767P
E7002146P
P7001535P
434 mm
434 mm
434 mm
434 mm
P7001535P
E7001768P
E7002479P
P7001535P
15/27 kV
15/27 kV
15/27 kV
15/27 kV
No
Yes
Yes
N/A
100
100
200
300
8,000
12,000
10,000
12,000**
17.1"
17.1"
17.1"
17.1"
15.5/7.0
15.6/7.1
16.2/7.4
15.8/7.2
*Option
suffxes
below
1 2 3
1 2 3
1 2 3
1 2 3
1 2 3
1 2 3
1 2 3
1 2 3
No Restrictions
thru 14.4 kV;
20.8 thru 24.9 kV

15/27 kV
TP7302MMPB
300A
Blade
200A
Fuseholders
100A
200A
*Option Suffx 2
Bracket Variations
*Option Suffx 3
*Weight
(lb./kg.)
0.33/0.15
0.16/0.07
0.31/0.14
Description
Suffx
3
Blank
M
Description
used with Z in Option
2)
Mechanical Assist
Fuseholder (may not
be used with Blank in
Option 2)
*Weight
(lb./kg.)
2.84/1.29
3.75/1.70
7.67/3.48
Suffx
2
B
X
D
Z
Blank
Description
for crossarm (1
1
/2" bolt)
is 2
5
bracket)
M in Option 3)
in Option 3)
Replacement Arc
Chute Interrupter
Cat. No. T7300080
(1.2 lb. / 0.54 kg.)
*Base
Catalog
No.
CP730112
CP730114
CP730143
CP730133
15 kV
Cat. No. TP7301MMPB
Mounting
Assembly only
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

10AA-10
Direct
Direct
Direct
Small Block
Normal Duty
5 kA
Large Block
Heavy Duty
10 kA
Riser
Pole
O
h
i
o

B
r
a
s
s
9
DL
EL
FL
10
DM
EM
FM
110
Polymer
Metal Oxide Varister
(MOV)
Operating
Design
Housing
kV LIW (BIL)
for Cutout
kV Rating
M
C
O
V

D
u
t
y

C
y
c
l
e
k
V

R
a
t
i
n
g
A
r
r
e
s
t
e
r

M
a
n
u
f
a
c
t
u
r
e
r
A
r
r
e
s
t
e
r
C
o
n
n
e
c
t
i
o
n
M
e
t
h
o
d
Type C-Polymer
15 kV cutout with direct-connected Ohio Brass MOV,
polymer 9 kV lightning arrester
Advantages of combination
The total installed cost of a Hubbell cutout-arrester com-
bination is less than the total installed cost of separately
purchased components. The combination units install faster,
more economically and take up less space in storage, transit
and service. Each combined unit takes up a minimum of space
on the crossarm and has a favorable weight distribution for
minimal off-center loading. The feld-proven quality of both
Over-the-Arm Type only
Cutout-Arrester
Dimensions
cutout and arrester assure consistent high performance for
the combinations.
These units include Chance cutouts ftted with only Ohio
Brass
MOV arresters, superseding previous silicon-carbide

units. For easy conversion to the new arrester designation
system, refer to the Cutout Cross-Reference Guide, Bulletin
10-0203.
For other dimensions see STANDARD Cutout, page 4.
18
DN
EN
FN
125
110 kV LIW (BIL) product is depicted.
125 kV LIW (BIL) product varies slightly in appearance.
To specify a Cutout-Arrester Combination:
1. Select a two-letter designation for the appropriate arrester
from the shaded section of the Table at left.
2. Substitute the two letters for the 0 in the Base Catalog
No. for the appropriate Cutout listed on page 5, 7 or 9.
G
24
5
/16" (617 mm)
25
7
/8" (657 mm)
E
20
7
/8" (531 mm)
26
1
/4" (667 mm)
kV LIW (BIL)
110
125
U.S. Patent 4,546,341; 6,392,526; 6,593,842
10AA-11
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Type C-Polymer Cutouts
Accessories
Catalog No.
T7001325
T7001326
T7001327
Terminal Connectors
Min. Order Qty.
10
10
10
Description
Parallel-Groove Clamp, tin-plated bronze for No. 6 solid thru 4/0 ACSR or 250 kcmil stranded
Small Eyebolt for No. 8 solid thru 2/0 stranded
Large Eyebolt for No. 6 solid thru 4/0 ACSR or 250 kcmil stranded
C2060283
C2060280
C2060299
C2060632
Mounting Brackets
NEMA Heavy Duty B Bracket with 1

1
/2" captive bolt for crossarm mounting
Extended Crossarm Bracket (Horizontal section is 2
5
/8" longer than NEMA B bracket)
D Pole Mounting Bracket
Cutout/Arrester Bracket complete with carriage bolts and backstrap
Mounting Bracket Dimensions
Wt. (lb./kg.)
0.33 / 0.15
0.16 / 0.07
0.40 / 0.14
2.84 / 1.29
3.75 / 1.70
7.67 / 3.48
4.00 / 1.81
Ideal for Standard and Linkbreak 100 amp fuse holders (ABB,
Chance, S&C) to easily lift out, place, *open and close. Inverted,
secure method also fts Chance Electronic Sectionalizers.

Fargo Cutout Cover
ONE PIECE WILDLIFE PROTECTOR
Available as an Option on Standard and Linkbreak Type C-Polymer Cutouts
(see pages 10AA-5 and 10AA-7), Cover also may be ordered as a separate line
item as Catalog No. CC101. Material: Proprietary low track vinyl that is UV
stabilized for long-term performance. Gray color.
Designed to provide protection for cutouts from accidental contact by squir-
rels, birds or other wildlife.
Universal one-piece design for easy installation or retroft. Fits Chance 15 kV
Standard and Linkbreak Cutouts, both Polymer and Porcelain types.
Fastener installation locations
(2 fasteners per assembly)
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

10AA-12
Web: www.hubbellpowersystems.com
MEXICO
Col. Del Valle
03100 Mexico, D.F.
Phone: 52-55-9151-9999
Fax: 52-55-9151-9988
UNITED STATES
210 N. Allen
Phone: 573-682-5521
Fax: 573-682-8714
JUNE 2008
10B-1
HUBBELL / CHANCE CENTRALIA, MISSOURI
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Printed in USA
Fuse Links
Warranty - Material
said product.
Copyright 2008 Hubbell 210 North Allen Street Centralia, MO 65240-1395 USA
Section
10B
The equipment covered in this catalog section should be installed, used, and serviced only by com-
petent personnel familiar with and following good work and safety practices. This equipment is for
use by such personnel and is not intended as a substitute for adequate training and experience in
safe procedures for this type of equipment.
This catalog information and any related instruction sheets do not cover all details or situations in
equipment use nor do they provide for every possible contingency to be encountered in relation to
installation, operation or maintenance. Should additional information and details be desired, or if
specifc situations arise which are not covered adequately for the user's purpose, the specifcs should
be referred to Hubbell Power Systems, Inc.
CAUTION:
These fuse links will not protect personnel from electrocution. Hot gases and high velocity particles are expelled during interruption.
This expulsion can cause serious injury. Do not get in line with fuseholder. Stay away from conical space below fuseholder.
s! WARNING
JUNE 2008 HUBBELL / CHANCE CENTRALIA, MISSOURI
10B-2
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Fuse Links ntype K ntype t
ntype MS nSloFaSt
Packaging
Chance fuse links come in protective plastic bags with perforations to facilitate
quick, easy opening even when linemans gloves are worn. Each bag remains
completely sealed for all-weather protection and keeps the links protected in
the line trucks bins.
Type and amperage is printed on each bag, for easy identifcation.
Meet all applicable
ANSI/NEMA standards
Chance Type K and Type T fuse links are made in complete
accordance with ANSI/NEMA standards. Other Chance
links meet all the standards except those covering time-
current characteristics. Time-current characteristics for
links other than K and T links are not covered in the ANSI
standards.
Precision
The standard of Chance fuse links
Chance fuse links assure system protection because they
are precision manufactured. The fusible materials used
in Chance Fuse Links are under continual control during
manufacture. Pre-tested to guarantee their electrical values,
these materials are held to precise tolerances. At critical
points during the manufacturing process, rigid inspections
are made.
JUNE 2008
10B-3
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.
Catalog Number
Amps
3
5
7
10
15
20
25
30
40
50
65
80
100
125
150
200
Removable head
M3MSA23
M5MSA23
M7MSA23
M10MSA23
M15MSA23
M20MSA23
M25MSA23
M30MSA23
M40MSA23
M50MSA23
M65MSA23
M80MSA23
M100MSA23
M125MSA23
M150MSA23
M200MSA23
(Equivalent to Kearney Type KS)
Type MS fuse links
Application data
Chance Type MS fuse links have very
slow time-current characteristics. In
applications where ANSI/NEMA Type
T fuse link characteristics are too-fast,
the slower characteristics of Type MS
can often be utilized.
Removable head
M1KA23
M2KA23
M3KA23
M6KA23
M8KA23
M10KA23
M12KA23
M15KA23
M20KA23
M25KA23
M30KA23
M40KA23
M50KA23
M65KA23
M80KA23
M100KA23
M140KA23
M200KA23
Amps
1
2
3
6
8
10
12
15
20
25
30
40
50
65
80
100
140
200
Catalog Number
*Solid head
M1K23
M2K23
M3K23
M6K23
M8K23
M10K23
M12K23
M15K23
M20K23
M25K23
M30K23
M40K23
M50K23
M65K23
M80K23
M100K23
M140K23
M200K23
Type K fuse links
Removable head
M1TA23
M2TA23
M3TA23
M6TA23
M8TA23
M10TA23
M12TA23
M15TA23
M20TA23
M25TA23
M30TA23
M40TA23
M50TA23
M65TA23
M80TA23
M100TA23
M140TA23
M200TA23
Amps
1
2
3
6
8
10
12
15
20
25
30
40
50
65
80
100
140
200
Catalog Number
*Solid head
M1T23
M2T23
M3T23
M6T23
M8T23
M10T23
M12T23
M15T23
M20T23
M25T23
M30T23
M40T23
M50T23
M65T23
M80T23
M100T23
M140T23
M200T23
Application
The fast characteristics of Type K fuse
links were established by ANSI/NEMA
to provide fuse links that would meet
existing coordination schemes.
Chance Type fuse links are designed
to carry 150% of their rated current
without damage to the fuse link itself or
the cutout in which it is installed. This
capacity is for special loading situations,
such as short-time overloads and cold
load pick-up.
Materials used
The fusible section of the 1 through 3 am-
pere Type K links consist of a stainless-
steel fuse strain wire; the 6 through 10
ampere, stainless-steel strain wire and
a copper-alloy fuse wire; 12 through 100
amperes, a stainless steel strain wire
and a silver-copper fuse wire; 140 and
200 ampere, a silver-copper fuse wire
large enough to serve as both strain
and fuse wire.
Fuse-section operation
The fuse element of Chance Type MS
fuse links is composed of two copper
or copper-alloy wires joined by a solder
junction. During heavy overloads or low
fault currents, the heat generated by the
two wires melts the solder, causing fuse
operation. Operation under medium or
heavy fault current occurs as one of the
two wires melt.
Buttonhead and lengths
The Type MS link is available with only a removable buttonhead.
Note: Catalog Numbers shown are 23" overall length; also available in 26" length.
For 26", drop the last two digits.

Type T fuse links
Application
Chance Type T fuse links provide slower
time-current characteristics than the
Type K links. Type T links coordinate
particularly well with automatic oil-
circuit reclosers.
Chance Type T links are designed to
carry 150% of their rated current with-
out damage to the fuse link itself or
the cutout in which it is installed. This
capacity is for special loading situations,
such as, short-time overloads, and cold-
load pick-up.
Fuse elements
1 through 3 ampere Type T fuse links
employ a fusing section consisting of
a stainless-steel wire serving as both
strain and fuse wire; 6 through 100
ampere, a stainless-steel strain wire and
a pure-tin fuse wire in parallel. 140 and
200 ampere T links have a copper ele-
ment mechanically crimped at one end,
soldered at the other end. On overloads
or low faults, the solder becomes a fuid
and the link separates; on higher fault
currents, the link separates when the
copper wire melts.
Buttonheads and lengths
Chance Type T fuse links meet all ap-
plicable ANSI/NEMA specifcations.
They are available with a removable or
solid buttonhead.
*
Catalog Numbers shown are 23" in

overall length; for 26", see Note above.
Buttonheads and lengths
Conforming to all applicable ANSI/NEMA specifcations, Chance Type K links are
available with a removable or solid buttonhead.
Note: Catalog Numbers shown are 23" overall length; also available in 26" length.
For 26": *Solid head K or T links, change the last two digits from 23 to 26.

Removable head K or T links, drop the last two digits.

The twin pigtail fuse link is convenient to work with and easier to install
in the cutout than conventional single pigtail fuse links. The pigtails attach
under the clamp with one on each side of the attachment stud.
*
Catalog Numbers shown are 23" in overall length; for 26", see Note above.
Type
K
T
K
T
Removable head
M200KA23T
M200TA23T
M140KA23T
M140TA23T
*Solid head
M200K23T
M200T23T
M140K23T
M140T23T
Amps
200
200
140
140
Twin Pigtail fuse links
Twin Pigtail Type K and T fuse links
10B-4
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Transformer protection
Secondary temporary faults that can be withstood by a trans-
former will not rupture a SloFast fuse link. If secondary
faults persist and become dangerous, the SloFast link will
operate, preventing damage to the transformer.
SloFast fuse links
System protection
When a heavy fault occurs within the transformer primary
bushings, a SloFast link clears the transformer from the sys-
tem before damage can occur, and before any other protective
device can operate and cause an unnecessary interruption to
any other segment of the system.
Heat absorber
Heater coil
Fuse wire
Strain wire
Solder junction
Application data
A comparison of the time-current curves of the Chance SloFast fuse link
with those of conventional fuse links and the safe-loading time current
characteristics for distribution transformers illustrates the application
potential of the SloFast fuse links.
The rather unusual current rating assigned to SloFast fuse links is an
aid in their application since the current rating assigned is identical
to the continuous current rating of the transformers which they were
specifcally designed to protect.
If the SloFast link is used in place of ordinary links, the full overload
capacity of the transformer is made available, but at the same time
Note: Catalog Numbers shown

are 23" overall length; also avail-
able in 26" length. For 26" links,
drop the last two digits.
Catalog Number
Removable head
M0D4SFA23
M0D6SFA23
M0D7SFA23
M1D0SFA23
M1D3SFA23
M1D4SFA23
M1D6SFA23
M2D1SFA23
M3D1SFA23
M3D5SFA23
M4D2SFA23
M5D2SFA23
M6.3SFA23
M7D0SFA23
M7D8SFA23
M10D4SFA23
M14SFA23
M21SFA23
M32SFA23
M46SFA23
Solid head
M0D4SF23
M0D6SF23
M0D7SF23
M1D0SF23
M1D3SF23
M1D4SF23
M1D6SF23
M2D1SF23
M3D1SF23
M3D5SF23
M4D2SF23
M5D2SF23
M6D3SF23
M7D0SF23
M7D8SF23
M10D4SF23
M14SF23
M21SF23
M32SF23
M46SF23
Amps
0.4
0.6
0.7
1.0
1.3
1.4
1.6
2.1
3.1
3.5
4.2
5.2
6.3
7.0
7.8
10.4
14
21
32
46
the transformer is protected
from faults and overloads which
could either destroy or shorten
its life expectancy. SloFast is the
perfect match for transformer
protection. Note: For application
of SloFast links for transform-
ers, see Bulletin 10-8010.
Curve A Safe Loading Curve for 5kVA 7200 V. Transformer
Curve B Average Melting Curve for NEMA 1 Amp. K
Curve C Average Melting Curve for NEMA 6 Amp. K
Curve D Average Melting Curve for .7 Amp. SloFast Fuse Link
Construction and theory of operation
The inner construction of the SloFast Fuse Link is illustrated
in the cut-away view above. There are two distinct current-
responsive elements: one slow, one fast.
The slow curent-responsive element is made up of a number
of components. The heater coil and the soldered junction are
the two primary components. The insulated strain pin serves
to carry the tension exerted when the fuse link is installed in
a fuse cutout, and as a heat conductor to the soldered junc-
tion. The ceramic tube serves as a heat absorber.
The slow current-responsive element functions in the follow-
ing manner: The heater coil generates heat at a rate which
is proportional to the square of the current. This heat is
absorbed by the ceramic material and transmitted to the
soldered junction via the metallic strain pin. When a certain
value of current fows for a specifc length of time, suffcient
heat is generated and transmitted to the soldered junction
to cause melting of the solder, and the separation of the fuse
link, and the interruption of the circuit. The time-current
curve of the slow current-responsive element is that portion
above the knee (4 seconds to 5 minutes on the time axis)
in the graph below.
The fast current-responsive element is constructed like the
single element in a conventional fuse link. Operation of the
fuse link in time periods of less than 4 seconds is conven-
tional. The time-current curve of the fast current-responsive
element is that portion below the knee in the time-current
graph below.
Insulated strain pin
Fast
section
Slow section
MARCH 2008 HUBBELL / CHANCE CENTRALIA, MISSOURI
10D-1
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Printed in USA
Section
10D
Electronic Resettable Sectionalizer
Protected by U.S. Patents No. 5,612,661; 4,935,715; DES. 278,331 and other patents pending
CAUTION:
Warranty - Material
said product.
The equipment covered in this catalog section shall be installed, used, and serviced only by
competent personnel familiar with and following good work and safety practices. This equip-
ment is for use by such personnel and is not intended as a substitute for adequate training and
experience in safe procedures for this type of equipment.
This catalog information and any related instruction sheets do not cover all details or situa-
tions in equipment use nor do they provide for every possible contingency to be encountered in
relation to installation, operation or maintenance. Should additional information and details be
desired, or if specifc situations arise which are not covered adequately for the user's purpose
the specifcs should be referred to Hubbell Power Systems, Inc.
10D-2
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Application
The Chance CRS is a device which has built-in intelli-
gence to discriminate between temporary (transient) and
permanent faults on distribution systems. It operates in
conjunction with a back-up automatic circuit recloser or a
reclosing circuit breaker. It is specifcally designed for the
protection of single-phase lateral lines. When installed at
the beginning of a lateral, it virtually eliminates nui-
sance outages. Its functional concept and design greatly
improve system coordination.
Traditionally, the individual laterals are protected by
expulsion-type fused cutouts. These cutouts are intended
to operate only during a permanent fault on the lateral
by carefully coordinating the fuse links with the time-
current characteristics of the upstream automatic circuit
recloser or reclosing circuit breaker. Unfortunately,
coordination between fuse links and upstream automatic
circuit reclosers is unachievable above a few thousand
amperes. Coordination, if achieved on paper, can easily
change as the fault current increases due to larger capac-
ity facilities, addition of larger substations or reconduc-
toring. Errors in re-fusing is another way that system
coordination can be lost.
A sectionalizer is a protective device which has no time-
current characteristics. With no fuse curve to intersect
recloser time-current characteristics, the coordination
range is extended to the maximum interrupting rating of
the upstream protective device (Figure 1).
This practical function makes the sectionalizer an ideal
device for application on single-phase laterals where
available fault currents make coordination unachievable
with fuses. Electronic resettable sectionalizers provide
the utility with an economical and easily retrofttable
Hot stick operation includes easy placement of the mod-
ules in Chance Electronic Resettable Sectionalizers, just
as fuseholders may be placed in Chance Type C cutouts.
Chance Electronic Resettable Sectionalizer module is in-
terchangeable in the mounting assemblies of Chance Type
C and S&C Type XS cutouts.
Electronic Resettable Sectionalizer (CRS)
Description
The Chance Electronic Resettable Sectionalizer (CRS)
comprises two major components: A standard cutout
mounting and an electronic module. The design and
construction of the CRS are such as to enhance reliability
and coordination of the distribution system. The electron-
ic sectionalizer module fts into the standard mounting of
a Chance Type C and S&C Type XS cutout. This inter-
changeability reduces the cost of retroft installation.
The electronic module consists of a copper tube with
bronze castings at each end. In the closed position, the
end castings engage the stationary contacts of the cutout
mounting. The current fows through the silver-plated
high conductivity contacts and copper tube. The tube also
forms the bar primary for two encapsulated torodial cur-
rent transformers mounted axially on the tube. A highly
effective Faraday cage surrounds the logic circuit. The
tube houses a spring loaded tripping mechanism.
Protected by U.S. Patents No. 5,612,661; 4,935,715; DES. 278,331 and other patents pending
10D-3
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

CURRENT CURRENT
Coordination with CRS (Sectionalizer) Traditional Coordination
T
I
M
E
Figure 1. Addition of the CRS eliminates the fuse curve and extends the coordination range.
method of enchancing protection of the distribution sys-
tem. An electronic resettable sectionalizer installed at the
start of a lateral, in place of a fuse, can greatly enhance
system coordination service continuity and reliability at
reduced costs.
Drop-open operation is the same for both types of the Chance
Electronic Resettable Sectionalizer: Standard (left) and
Loadbreak (right, with Arc Chute interrupter). See follow-
ing pages for specifcations and page 10D-8 for ordering
information.
Operation
The power required for the logic circuit of the Chance
Electronic Resettable Sectionalizer is obtained from the
built-in current transformer. When a fault occurs, which
exceeds the minimum actuating current of the section-
alizer, the logic circuit will power-up. The upstream
recloser opens the circuit causing the line current to fall
below the dead line threshold. The logic circuit recog-
nizes this as a count and stores this occurrence in its
memory for two minutes. In doing so, the CRS merely
counts the backup reclose operations.
After a predetermined number of such operations, the
CRS isolates the circuit while the back-up recloser is in
the open position. The recloser is then allowed to close,
restoring service to the unfaulted sections of the sys-
tem. If the fault is temporary and is cleared before the
sectionalizer count reaches the predetermined number,
the sectionalizer remains closed and resets to its original
state after its reset time expires.
The earlier versions of Chance Electronics Sectionalizer
(Type CES) required replacement of the actuators after
each operation of the sectionalizer. Users generally car-
ried an inventory of and equipped each line truck with
the actuators. The new Chance Resettable Sectionalizer
(Type CRS) uses the spring loaded mechanism to actuate
the drop out action of the sectionalizer. The mechanism
can then be reset with the help of an adjustable wrench.
this eliminates need to inventory of the actuator and the
line crews can have one less item on their trucks.
T
I
M
E
FUSE CURVE (25T)
RECLOSER
MINIMUM
TRIP
RECLOSER
FAST
CURVE
COORDINATION
RANGE
T
I
M
E
CURRENT
100 800
MAXIMUM
COORDINATION
POINT
RECLOSER
SLOW CURVE
RECLOSER
MINIMUM
TRIP
RECLOSER
FAST
CURVE
T
I
M
E
CURRENT
100
RECLOSER
SLOW CURVE
COORDINATION
RANGE
Using an adjustable wrench, sectionalizer can be reset
after each operation.
10D-4
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

CRS Selection and
Application Guidelines
A properly rated sectionalizer must be selected for each
installation with consideration to system voltage, continu-
ous current, actuating current, the number of counts for
operation, and the upstream and downstream protective
devices.
System Voltage:
The sectionalizer must have a voltage rating equal to or
greater than the system voltage.
Continuous Current:
The sectionalizer must have a continuous current rating
equal to or greater than the anticipated system load cur-
rent plus overload.
Where hydraulic reclosers are used, the continuous cur-
rent rating of the sectionalizer is typically equal to the
continuous current rating of the upstream automatic
circuit recloser.
Minimum Actuating Current:
The minimum actuating current of sectionalizers should
be 80% of the phase minimum trip of the source side
single phase automatic circuit recloser. Where three
phase reclosers or circuit breakers are used, a user may
want to co-ordinate sectionalize actuating current with
the ground trip rating.
Where hydraulic reclosers are used, this is easily accom-
plished by matching the sectionalizer and the reclosers
continuous current ratings. The sectionalizers minimum
actuating current is 160% of its continuous current rat-
ing and the hydraulic reclosers phase pick-up is 200% of
its continuous current rating (160/200=.80). (Table A).
Number of Counts:
The sectionalizer should be set to operate in at least one
less count than the backup recloser. Example: a 4-shot
recloser would require a maximum of a 3-count sectional-
izer downstream (Figure 2, line A).
Minimum Actuating
Current,
Amps 10%
24
40
56
80
112
160
224
320
Continuous
Current,
Amps
15
25
35
50
70
100
140
200
Table A. Recloser/sectionalizer coordination.
Recloser
Minimum Trip,
Amps
30
50
70
100
140
200
280
400
Typical Sectionalizer Ratings
Figure 2. Typical distribution system with Chance two- and
three-count electronic resettable sectionalizers.
Figure 3. Coordination of sectionalizers in series.
In case of a 2-fast/2-slow reclose setting, a 2-count sec-
tionalizer may be used to reduce the number of recloser
operations (Figure 2, line B).
Where sectionalizers are used in series, the downstream
sectionalizer should have one less count than the up-
stream sectionalizer (Figure 3).
Upstream & Downstream Devices:
The reclose time (dead time between shots) of the recloser
must be shorter than the sectionalizer reset time. The
sectionalizer reset time is the time that the memory is
functional and retains prior counts. The CRS reset time
is two minutes for a current pulse equal to 1.3 times the
actuating current (reclosers minimum trip point).
Single-phase sectionalizers should be used with single-phase
reclosers to avoid single-phasing of three-phase circuits.
However, some utilities may permit single-phasing. In
such cases, a single-phase sectionalizer may be used with
a three-phase recloser.
If a fuse is downstream from a sectionalizer, the fuse must
be coordinated with the recloser so the fuse will operate in
at least one less count than the sectionalizer. The section-
alizer can be used between two reclosers as long as there
is at least 300mA of load current between the sectionalizer
and the downstream recloser.
Immunity to lightning surge current:
Over-voltage protection is the users responsibility based on
the users over-voltage protection practices. Chance Reset-
table Electronic Sectionalizers were tested to withstand 65kA
lightning surge current as prescribed in ANSI/IEEE C37.63
and IEEE C6211 standards for surge arresters, making it
immune to lightning surges up to 65kA.
10D-5
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

CRS Specifcations
Frequency: 60 Hz
Rated Voltage (BIL): 15kV (110kV BIL), 27kV (125kV BIL), 38kV (150kV BIL)
Rated Continuous Current: 15, 25, 35, 50, 70, 100, 140, 200 Amps
Rated Minimum Actuating Current: 1.6 times rated continuous current
Maximum Thermal Ratings: 2 x rated continuous current or 300 amps maximum
Number of Counts: 1, 2 or 3
Momentary Rating: 12,000 Amps. Asym.
Short time current withstand, 15 Cycle: 8600 Amps Sym.
1 sec: 4000 Amps Sym.
Dead line detector threshold: 300 milli-amps
Reset time: 2 minutes 20 seconds
Ambient temperature limits: -40C to +60C
Surge current withstand 65KA, per ANSI C37.63 & IEEE C62.11
Electromagnetic interference per ANSI C37.63-1984
Radio frequency interference per ANSI C37.90.2 - 1994
Electrostatic discharge per UL 991, section 15
Silver-plated
top contact
Nickel plated
copper tube
Lower contact
Latching
Device
Electronics
Hookstick
ring
Lower
tube casting
Upper
tube casting
Hookstick
ring
Trunnion

See page 10D-8 for
Catalog Number System.
10D-6
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Ideal for Standard Electronic Sectionalizer to easily lift
out, place, *open and close. Inverted, secure method also
fts 100 amp fuse holders of ABB, Chance, S&C cutouts.

STANDARD Type
38 kV (150 kV BIL) STANDARD
38 kV
170 kV BIL
15 kV
110 kV BIL
27 kV
125 kV BIL
or
38 kV
150 kV BIL
STANDARD Electronic Resettable Sectionalizer Modules

See page 10D-8 for
10D-7
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

LOADBREAK Type
See page 10D-8 for
The 15kV Loadbreak CRS has a maximum design voltage
rating of 15kV. There are no voltage restrictions on appli-
caton to grounded wye, ungrounded wye, or delta systems
having maximum operating voltages (line to line) equal to
or less than 15kV.
The 15/27 Loadbreak CRS is to be used on systems which
have phase-to-ground voltages no greater than 15 kV and
which have phase-to-phase voltages no greater than 27 kV.
Sectionalizer modules, fuseholders and mounting assem-
blies from other manufacturers loadbreak cutouts are not
interchangeable with Chance Loadbreak cutouts. Like-
wise, Chance loadbreak sectionalizer modules, loadbreak
fuseholders and loadbreak mountings are not interchange-
able with other manufacturers loadbreak cutouts.
Operation
The self-contained loadbreak device enables a lineworker
to interrupt load current by means of a simple hookstick
operation. To break the current, the worker inserts a hook-
stick into the operating ring and rapidly opens the device.
Upon opening, a spring-loaded stainless steel blade mecha-
nism snaps out through a gray arc chute and elongates,
cools and extinguishes the confned arc. The loadbreaking
operation is independent of the operating speed of the
worker. No special or portable tools are required to oper-
ate the unit. In its open position, the sectionalizer module
hangs in an approximate vertical position for a visible
break.
15/27 kV LOADBREAK
15 kV
15 kV LOADBREAK
Electronic Resettable
Sectionalizer
15/27 kV
LOADBREAK Electronic Resettable
Sectionalizer Modules
Chance Loadbreak sectionalizer modules can be mounted
only in Chance Loadbreak cutout mounting assemblies.
Protected under U.S. Patents No. 4,768,010 and 4,935,715
10D-8
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Continuous
Current
Rating-Amps
2 = 15
3 = 25
4 = 35
5 = 50
6 = 70
7 = 100
8 = 140
9 = 200
Actuating
Current
Rating-Amps
24*
40**
56**
80
112
160
224
320
For sectionalizer-
arrester combinations, see
table on page 10A-14 of
Chance type "C" cutout
catalog 10A for two-letter
arrester codes.
7
Number of
Counts
1 = 1
2 = 2
3 = 3
Position 8: Position 7:
O No arrester
Positions 4 & 5:
C
4 = Standard
Sectionalizer
BIL Max.Design
Rating Voltage
1 = 110kV 15kV
2 = 125kV 27kV
3 = 150kV 38kV
6 = 170kV 38kV
5 = Loadbreak
Sectionalizer
BIL Max.Design
Rating Voltage
1 = 110kV 15kV
2 = 125kV 15/27kV
STANDARD SECTIONALIZER
LOADBREAK SECTIONALIZER
Basic format: C 7 X X X X X X X X X
Positions: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
Note: All Chance Electronic Resettable Sectionalizers
meet or exceed applicable ANSI/NEMA specifcations.
Position 10:
Bracket Variations
Blank = No bracket (may not
be used with S in Position 11)
B = NEMA Type B bracket
for crossarm
X = *Extended type bracket
for crossarm
D = D-shape bracket (pole)
Z = No bracket (must be
used with S in Position 11)
*Horizontal section is 2
5
/8"
longer than Type B bracket.
Position 11:
Blank = No option (may not be
used with Z in Position 10)
S = Extra Corrosion Resistance:
Stainless-steel and copper
alloys only (may not be used
with Blank in Position 10)
Position 9:
Terminal Variations (tin plated)
P = Parallel-groove clamps
E = Small eyebolts
L = Large eyebolts

T = Sectionalizer Electronic
Module Only (leave Posi-
tion 10 and 11 blank)
Note: To order Replacement
Actuators for non-resettable
type CES Sectionalizer, order
Catalog No. C7001729.
Order replacement actuators in
multiples of three (3) to avoid
broken package charges.
Catalog Number System
*Available in 3 counts only
**Availabe in 2 and 3 counts only
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

10DD-1
Printed in USA
Section
10DD
POLYMER Electronic Resettable Sectionalizer
CAUTION:
Warranty - Material
Hubbell Power Systems, Inc. warrants all products sold by it to be merchantable (as such term is defned in the Uniform Commercial Code) and to be free from defects in material and
workmanship. Buyer must notify the Company promptly of any claim under this warranty. The Buyers exclusive remedy for breach of this warranty shall be the repair or replacement,
F.O.B. factory, at the Companys option, of any product defective under the warranty which is returned to the Company within one year from the date of shipment. NO OTHER WAR-
RANTY, WHETHER EXPRESS OR ARISING BY OPERATION OF LAW, COURSE OF DEALING, USAGE OF TRADE OR OTHERWISE IMPLIED, SHALL EXIST IN CONNECTION WITH THE
COMPANYS PRODUCTS OR ANY SALE OR USE THEREOF. The Company shall in no event be liable for any loss of profts or any consequential or special damages incurred by Buyer.
The Companys warranty shall run only to the frst Buyer of a product from the Company, from the Companys distributor, or from an original equipment manufacturer reselling the
Companys product, and is non-assignable and non-transferable and shall be of no force and effect if asserted by any person other than such frst Buyer. This warranty applies only to
the use of the product as intended by Seller and does not cover any misapplication or misuse of said product.
Hubbell Power Systems, Inc. does not warrant the accuracy of and results from product or system performance recommendations resulting from any engineering analysis or study. This
applies regardless of whether a charge is made for the recommendation, or if it is provided free of charge.
Responsibility for selection of the proper product or application rests solely with the purchaser. In the event of errors or inaccuracies determined to be caused by Hubbell Power Sys-
tems, Inc., its liability will be limited to the re-performance of any such analysis or study.
The equipment covered in this catalog section shall be installed, used, and serviced only by
competent personnel familiar with and following good work and safety practices. This equip-
ment is for use by such personnel and is not intended as a substitute for adequate training
and experience in safe procedures for this type of equipment.
This catalog information and any related instruction sheets do not cover all details or situa-
tions in equipment use nor do they provide for every possible contingency to be encountered
in relation to installation, operation or maintenance. Should additional information and de-
tails be desired, or if specifc situations arise which are not covered adequately for the user's
purpose the specifcs should be referred to Hubbell Power Systems, Inc.
Protected by U.S. Patents No. 6,593,842; 5,854,582; 5,612,661; 4,935,715; 4,795,996; and other patents pending
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

10DD-2
conjunction with a back-up automatic circuit recloser or a
reclosing circuit breaker. It is specifcally designed for the
protection of single-phase lateral lines. When installed at
the beginning of a lateral, it virtually eliminates nui-
sance outages. Its functional concept and design greatly
improve system coordination.
Traditionally, the individual laterals are protected by
expulsion-type fused cutouts. These cutouts are intended
to operate only during a permanent fault on the lateral
by carefully coordinating the fuse links with the time-
current characteristics of the upstream automatic circuit
recloser or reclosing circuit breaker. Unfortunately,
coordination between fuse links and upstream automatic
circuit reclosers is unachievable above a few thousand
amperes. Coordination, if achieved on paper, can easily
change as the fault current increases due to larger capac-
ity facilities, addition of larger substations or reconduc-
toring. Errors in re-fusing is another way that system
coordination can be lost.
A sectionalizer is a protective device which has no time-
current characteristics. With no fuse curve to intersect
recloser time-current characteristics, the coordination
range is extended to the maximum interrupting rating of
the upstream protective device (Figure 1).
This practical function makes the sectionalizer an ideal
device for application on single-phase laterals where
available fault currents make coordination unachievable
with fuses. Electronic resettable sectionalizers provide
the utility with an economical and easily retrofttable
method of enchancing protection of the distribution sys-
tem. An electronic resettable sectionalizer installed at the
start of a lateral, in place of a fuse, can greatly enhance
system coordination service continuity and reliability at
reduced costs.
Hot stick operation includes easy placement of the mod-
ules in Chance Electronic Resettable Sectionalizers, just
as fuseholders may be placed in Chance Type C cutouts.
Chance Electronic Resettable Sectionalizer module is
interchangeable in the mounting assemblies of Chance
Type C and S&C Type XS cutouts.
Description
The Chance Electronic Resettable Sectionalizer (CRS)
comprises two major components: A standard cutout
mounting and an electronic module. The design and
construction of the CRS are such as to enhance reliability
and coordination of the distribution system. The electron-
ic sectionalizer module fts into the standard mounting of
a Chance Type C and S&C Type XS cutout. This inter-
changeability reduces the cost of retroft installation.
Polymer Insulators
Insulators for Polymer Sectionalizers are the same as
for Type C-Polymer Cutouts: ESP
silicone alloy rubber,

the same material used in Ohio Brass PDV arresters and
Hi*Lite insulators. ESP is a polymer compound made
by alloying silicone and EPDM rubber. This alloy offers
the desirable toughness and resistance to tracking of
our original EPR, with the hydrophobic characteristics
derived from low molecular weight silicone oils.
Hubbell Power Systems uses several tests to evaluate
materials. Tracking, QUV, corona cutting, salt fog,
oxidative stability and variations of differential ther-
mal analysis tests confrm the quality of the material.
For further information on our polymers, ask your
Hubbell Power Systems representative for the publica-
tion "Polymer Materials for Insulator Weathersheds"
EU1264-H.
Upgrades to Performance
The increased metal-to-metal leakage distance of Type
C-Polymer Cutouts compares to their porcelain coun-
terparts at 12.6" (319 mm) vs 8.7" (220 mm) for 15kV
and 17.1" (434 mm) vs 12.6" (319 mm) for 27kV.
Signifcantly lighter, Type C-Polymer Cutout insulators
typically weigh only approximately half their porcelain
counterparts. This ergonomic advantage makes them
simple to install and, of course, far less fragile than
porcelain. That means reduced or eliminated losses
from routine shipping, storage and handling.
The electronic module consists of a copper tube with
bronze castings at each end. In the closed position, the
end castings engage the stationary contacts of the cutout
mounting. The current fows through the silver-plated
high conductivity contacts and copper tube. The tube also
forms the bar primary for two encapsulated torodial cur-
rent transformers mounted axially on the tube. A highly
effective Faraday cage surrounds the logic circuit. The
tube houses a spring loaded tripping mechanism.
Application
The Chance CRS is a device which has built-in intelli-
gence to discriminate between temporary (transient) and
permanent faults on distribution systems. It operates in
Protected by U.S. Patents No. 6,593,842; 5,854,582; 5,612,661; 4,935,715; 4,795,996; and other patents pending
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

10DD-3
Operation
The power required for the logic circuit of the Chance
Electronic Resettable Sectionalizer is obtained from the
built-in current transformer. When a fault occurs, which
exceeds the minimum actuating current of the section-
alizer, the logic circuit will power-up. The upstream
recloser opens the circuit causing the line current to fall
below the dead line threshold. The logic circuit recog-
nizes this as a count and stores this occurrence in its
memory for two minutes. In doing so, the CRS merely
counts the backup reclose operations.
After a predetermined number of such operations, the
CRS isolates the circuit while the back-up recloser is in
the open position. The recloser is then allowed to close,
FUSE CURVE (25T)
RECLOSER
MINIMUM
TRIP
RECLOSER
FAST
CURVE
COORDINATION
RANGE
T
I
M
E
CURRENT
100 800
MAXIMUM
COORDINATION
POINT
RECLOSER
SLOW CURVE
CURRENT
Traditional Coordination
T
I
M
E
Figure 1. Addition of the CRS eliminates the fuse curve and extends the coordination range.
Drop-open operation is the same for both types of the
Chance Electronic Resettable Sectionalizer: Standard
(left) and Loadbreak (right, with Arc Chute interrupter).
See following pages for specifcations and page 10D-8 for
ordering information.
Using an adjustable wrench, sectionalizer can be reset
after each operation.
restoring service to the unfaulted sections of the sys-
tem. If the fault is temporary and is cleared before the
sectionalizer count reaches the predetermined number,
the sectionalizer remains closed and resets to its original
state after its reset time expires.
The earlier versions of Chance Electronics Sectionalizer
(Type CES) required replacement of the actuators after
each operation of the sectionalizer. Users generally car-
ried an inventory of and equipped each line truck with
the actuators. The Chance Resettable Sectionalizer (Type
CRS) uses the spring loaded mechanism to actuate the
drop out action of the sectionalizer. The mechanism can
then be reset with the help of an adjustable wrench. this
eliminates need to inventory of the actuator and the line
crews can have one less item on their trucks.
T
I
M
E
RECLOSER
MINIMUM
TRIP
RECLOSER
FAST
CURVE
T
I
M
E
CURRENT
100
RECLOSER
SLOW CURVE
COORDINATION
RANGE
Coordination with CRS (Sectionalizer)
CURRENT
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

10DD-4
CRS Selection and
Application Guidelines
A properly rated sectionalizer must be selected for each
installation with consideration to system voltage, continu-
ous current, actuating current, the number of counts for
operation, and the upstream and downstream protective
devices.
System Voltage:
The sectionalizer must have a voltage rating equal to or
greater than the system voltage.
Continuous Current:
The sectionalizer must have a continuous current rating
equal to or greater than the anticipated system load cur-
rent plus overload.
Where hydraulic reclosers are used, the continuous cur-
rent rating of the sectionalizer is typically equal to the
continuous current rating of the upstream automatic
circuit recloser.
Minimum Actuating Current:
The minimum actuating current of sectionalizers should
be 80% of the phase minimum trip of the source side
single phase automatic circuit recloser. Where three
phase reclosers or circuit breakers are used, a user may
want to co-ordinate sectionalize actuating current with
the ground trip rating.
Where hydraulic reclosers are used, this is easily accom-
plished by matching the sectionalizer and the reclosers
continuous current ratings. The sectionalizers minimum
actuating current is 160% of its continuous current rat-
ing and the hydraulic reclosers phase pick-up is 200% of
its continuous current rating (160/200=.80). (Table A).
Number of Counts:
The sectionalizer should be set to operate in at least one
less count than the backup recloser. Example: a 4-shot
recloser would require a maximum of a 3-count sectional-
izer downstream (Figure 2, line A).
In case of a 2-fast/2-slow reclose setting, a 2-count sec-
Minimum Actuating
Current,
Amps 10%
24
40
56
80
112
160
224
320
Continuous
Current,
Amps
15
25
35
50
70
100
140
200
Table A. Recloser/sectionalizer coordination.
Recloser
Minimum Trip,
Amps
30
50
70
100
140
200
280
400
Typical Sectionalizer Ratings
Figure 2. Typical distribution system with Chance two- and
three-count electronic resettable sectionalizers.
Figure 3. Coordination of sectionalizers in series.
tionalizer may be used to reduce the number of recloser
operations (Figure 2, line B).
Where sectionalizers are used in series, the downstream
sectionalizer should have one less count than the up-
stream sectionalizer (Figure 3).
Upstream & Downstream Devices:
The reclose time (dead time between shots) of the re-
closer must be shorter than the sectionalizer reset time.
The sectionalizer reset time is the time that the memory
is functional and retains prior counts. The CRS reset
time is two minutes for a current pulse equal to 1.3 times
the actuating current (reclosers minimum trip point).
Single-phase sectionalizers should be used with single-
phase reclosers to avoid single-phasing of three-phase
circuits. However, some utilities may permit single-phas-
ing. In such cases, a single-phase sectionalizer may be
used with a three-phase recloser.
If a fuse is downstream from a sectionalizer, the fuse
must be coordinated with the recloser so the fuse will
operate in at least one less count than the sectionalizer.
The sectionalizer can be used between two reclosers as
long as there is at least 300mA of load current between
the sectionalizer and the downstream recloser.
Immunity to lightning surge current:
Over-voltage protection is the users responsibility based
on the users over-voltage protection practices. Chance
Resettable Electronic Sectionalizers were tested to
withstand 65kA lightning surge current as prescribed in
ANSI/IEEE C37.63 and IEEE C6211 standards for surge
arresters, making it immune to lightning surges up to
65kA.
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

10DD-5
CRS Specifcations
Frequency: 60 Hz
Rated Voltage (BIL): 15kV (110kV BIL), 27kV (125kV BIL)
Rated Continuous Current: 15, 25, 35, 50, 70, 100, 140, 200 Amps
Rated Minimum Actuating Current: 1.6 times rated continuous current
Maximum Thermal Ratings: 2 x rated continuous current or 300 amps maximum
Number of Counts: 1, 2 or 3
Momentary Rating: 12,000 Amps. Asym.
Short time current withstand, 15 Cycle: 8600 Amps Sym.
Dead line detector threshold: 300 milli-amps
Reset time: 2 minutes 20 seconds
Ambient temperature limits: -40C to +60C
Surge current withstand 65KA, per ANSI C37.63 & IEEE C62.11
Electromagnetic interference per ANSI C37.63-1984
Radio frequency interference per ANSI C37.90.2 - 1994
Electrostatic discharge per UL 991, section 15
Silver-plated
top contact
Nickel plated
copper tube
Lower contact
Latching
Device
Electronics
Hookstick
ring
Lower
tube casting
Upper
tube casting
Hookstick
ring
Trunnion

See page 10DD-8 for
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

10DD-6
STANDARD Type
15 kV
110 kV BIL
27 kV
125 kV BIL
STANDARD
Electronic Resettable Sectionalizer Modules
See page 10DD-8 for
Ideal for Standard Electronic Sectionalizer to easily lift
out, place, *open and close. Inverted, secure method also
fts 100 amp fuse holders of ABB, Chance, S&C cutouts.

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

10DD-7
LOADBREAK Type
15/27 kV LOADBREAK
15 kV
15 kV LOADBREAK
Electronic Resettable
Sectionalizer
15/27 kV
LOADBREAK Electronic Resettable
Sectionalizer Modules
Chance Loadbreak sectionalizer modules can be mounted
only in Chance Loadbreak cutout mounting assemblies.
Protected under U.S. Patents No. 5,612,661 and 4,935,715
The 15kV Loadbreak CRS has a maximum design voltage
rating of 15kV. There are no voltage restrictions on appli-
caton to grounded wye, ungrounded wye, or delta systems
having maximum operating voltages (line to line) equal to
or less than 15kV.
The 15/27 Loadbreak CRS is to be used on systems which
have phase-to-ground voltages no greater than 15 kV and
which have phase-to-phase voltages no greater than 27 kV.
Sectionalizer modules, fuseholders and mounting assem-
blies from other manufacturers loadbreak cutouts are not
interchangeable with Chance Loadbreak cutouts. Like-
wise, Chance loadbreak sectionalizer modules, loadbreak
fuseholders and loadbreak mountings are not interchange-
able with other manufacturers loadbreak cutouts.
Operation
The self-contained loadbreak device enables a
lineworker to interrupt load current by means of a
simple hookstick operation. To break the current,
the worker inserts a hookstick into the operating
ring and rapidly opens the device. Upon opening,
a spring-loaded stainless steel blade mechanism
snaps out through a gray arc chute and elongates,
cools and extinguishes the confned arc. The load-
breaking operation is independent of the operating
speed of the worker. No special or portable tools are
required to operate the unit. In its open position,
the sectionalizer module hangs in an approximate
vertical position for a visible break.
See page 10DD-8 for
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

10DD-8
Position 9:
Terminal Variations (tin plated)
P = Parallel-groove clamps
E = Small eyebolts
L = Large eyebolts

T = Sectionalizer Electronic
Module Only (Must change
Position 1 from CP to C and
leave Position 10 blank)

Continuous
Current
Rating-Amps
2 = 15
3 = 25
4 = 35
5 = 50
6 = 70
7 = 100
8 = 140
9 = 200
Actuating
Current
Rating-Amps
24*
40**
56**
80
112
160
224
320
For sectionalizer-
arrester combinations, see
table on page 10AA-10 of
Chance Type C-Polymer
Cutout catalog 10AA for
two-letter arrester codes.
7
Number of
Counts
1 = 1
2 = 2
3 = 3
O No arrester
Positions 4 & 5:
CP
4 = Standard
Sectionalizer
BIL Max.Design
Rating Voltage
1 = 110kV 15kV
2 = 125kV 27kV
5 = Loadbreak
Sectionalizer
BIL Max.Design
Rating Voltage
1 = 110kV 15kV
2 = 125kV 15/27kV
LOADBREAK SECTIONALIZER
Basic format: CP 7 X X X X X X X X
Positions: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Note: All Chance Electronic Resettable Sectionalizers meet or exceed applicable ANSI/NEMA specifcations.
Position 10:
Bracket Variations
Blank = No bracket
B = NEMA Type B bracket
for crossarm
X = *Extended type bracket
for crossarm
D = D-shape bracket (pole)
*Horizontal section is 2
5
/8"
longer than Type B bracket.
Catalog Number System
*Available in 3 counts only
**Availabe in 2 and 3 counts only
STANDARD SECTIONALIZER
Replacement Arc
Chute Interrupter
Cat. No. T7300080
(1.2 lb. / 0.54 kg.)
10E-1
HUBBELL
Power Systems
OCTOBER 2009
10E
Warranty - Material
Buyer must notify Hubbell Power Systems promptly of any claim under this warranty. The Buyer's exclusive remedy for breach of this warranty shall be the repair or replacement, F.O.B. factory, at
Hubbell Power Systems' option, of any product defective under the warranty which is returned to Hubbell Power Systems within one year from the date of shipment. NO OTHER WARRANTY, WHETHER
EXPRESS OR ARISING BY OPERATION OF LAW, COURSE OF DEALING, USAGE OF TRADE OR OTHERWISE IMPLIED, SHALL EXIST IN CONNECTION WITH HUBBELL POWER SYSTEMS'
PRODUCTS OR ANY SALE OR USE THEREOF. Hubbell Power Systems shall in no event be liable for any loss of profts or any consequential or special damages incurred by Buyer. Hubbell Power
Systems' warranty shall run only to the frst Buyer of a product from Hubbell Power Systems, from Hubbell Power Systems' distributor, or from an original equipment manufacturer reselling the Hubbell
Power Systems' product, and is non-assignable and non-transferable and shall be of no force and effect if asserted by any person other than such frst Buyer. This warranty applies only to the use of the
product as intended by Seller and does not cover any misapplication or misuse of said product.
Hubbell Power Systems, Inc. does not warrant the accuracy of and results from product or system performance recommendations resulting from any engineering analysis or study. This applies regardless
of whether a charge is made for the recommendation, or if it is provided free of charge.
Responsibility for selection of the proper product or application rests solely with the purchaser. In the event of errors or inaccuracies determined to be caused by Hubbell, its liability will be limited to the
re-performance of any such analysis or study.
Printed in USA
Versa-Tech
Single-Phase Recloser
10E-2
OCTOBER 2009
HUBBELL
Power Systems
U.S. Patent No. 6,753,493;
6,794,596; 6,852,939;
6,936,779; 7,215,228.
Other Patents pending.
Versa-Tech
Description
The Versa-Tech
Recloser is a unique and patented design.

The interrupter, drive mechanism, control, and housing
are raised to the system potential. The entire assembly is
then insulated from ground using a standard polymer post
insulator. This compact simplifed design eliminates the
potential for an insulation breakdown failure.
Magnetic/vacuum-interruption technology
Fault interruption occurs in the reclosers vacuum
interrupter. The vacuum interrupters state-of-the-art
contacts utilize axial magnetic felds to interrupt in diffuse
mode for maximum interrupter life. The vacuum interrupter
is supported by an insulating support housing with bonded
silicone rubber over-molding for maximum weather
resistance.
The drive for the vacuum interrupter is provided by a
mechanism with a magnetic actuator. The actuators rare-
earth neodymium magnet provides the latching and holding
force for the vacuum interrupter in the closed position. A
spring provides the pressure to hold the vacuum interrupter
in the open position. Together, the rare-earth magnet and
the spring arrangement allow the mechanism to be stable
in the open or closed position without the need for external
power. To open the vacuum interrupter, a coil on the magnetic
actuator is pulsed in one direction. To close, the same coil is
pulsed in the other direction. Energy to open and close the
recloser is provided by a set of capacitors.
Microprocessor electronic control
The control for the recloser is provided by a microprocessor-
based electronic circuit. The controls design allows complete
fexibility and user choice of minimum trip, time-current
curves and sequencing parameters. User access to all
parameters is provided through an RS-232 serial connection.
Current sensing for the control occurs through a 1000:1
current transformer.
Self-powered operation
No external transformer power for the recloser is required.
Power for the control and the mechanism is converted from
fault or load current using two power current transformers.
The open and close capacitors that drive the recloser are
charged by the load or fault current through the power
current transformers. Using this approach the recloser will
continue to open and close as necessary without the need
for external power or even the hot-stick replaceable lithium
battery pack. The low self-discharge lithium batteries are
required only for closing the recloser after lockout or manual
open.
Versa-Tech
r e c l o s e r
does
it
all 1
the only single-phase recloser you need
Fully programmable
Replaces all other single-phase reclosers!
Improves reliability Easy to install
Reduces inventory & cost of ownership
Versa-Tech
Recloser exclusive features:

All systems up to 27 kV, 125 kV LIW (BIL)
User-Settable 30 to 800 Amp Minimum Trip
Beacon indicates lockout condition
400 Amp Cont. & 8,000 Amp Interrrupting
Records fault history for later review
Password-protected programming
Self-powered, 8-year minimum battery life
Light weight, easy to handle and install
Minimal maintenance & insulation concerns
Radio-programmable in-service option
Manual Operating Handle
Non-Reclosing Lever
Operations Counter
Lockout Beacon
Vacuum Interrupter
Components
10E-3
HUBBELL
Power Systems
OCTOBER 2009
Versa-Tech
Ratings and Specifcations
Rated Maximum Voltage ................................. 27kV
Rated Continuous Current .............................. 400A
Fault Make Capacity ..........................................8kA
Fault Make Capacity Peak ........................... 20.7kA
Fault Break Capacity .........................................8kA
Mechanical Operations ....................................2500
3 Second Withstand Current ............................. 8kA
Transformer Magnetizing Current ..................... 14A
Cable Charging Current .................................... 25A
Line Charging Current .........................................5A
Lightning Impulse Withstand .........................125kV
60Hz, 1-Minute Withstand Voltage ..................60kV
Maximum Terminal Pad Load kg (pounds)...14 (30)
Operating Temperature ..................... -40C to 60C
Weight kg (pounds) ...................................... 25 (55)
Automatic operation
In the closed position, the Versa-Tech
Recloser, operates
automatically per the user-programmed settings.
Manual operating Handle
The Manual Operating Handle allows manual operation of
the recloser with a hotstick.
Non-reclosing lever
The Non-Reclosing Lever is shown above in its normal (or up)
position. When this handle is rotated to the down position,
the recloser will trip using TCC1 and lockout on any current
above the minimum trip. The Non-Reclosing lever does not
interfere with the Manual Operating Handle.
Lockout beacon
The Lockout Beacon is a unique feature to aid the utility
lineman in identifying a locked out recloser. This high-
brightness, sunlight-visible amber LED will flash once
every 3 seconds when the recloser has sequenced to lockout.
The beacon will continue to fash every 3 seconds until the
lineman closes the recloser or 4 hours have passed. After
4 hours, the fashing beacon will automatically shut off.
Powered by the reclosers lithium batteries, the beacons duty
cycle was set to have a negligible effect on battery life.
Operations counter
The Operations Counter is an electromechanical counter
which records the number of open operations, both manual
and automatic, initiated by the control.
Lockout Beacon
Operations
Counter
Installation Alternatives
Polymer Standoff Insulator
Pole/Structure Face Mounting Crossarm Mounting
10E-4
OCTOBER 2009
HUBBELL
Power Systems
Versa-Tech
8-Year battery replacement
Battery power is used for these func-
tions only: To close the recloser after
installation or lockout, the radio if load
current is less than 5 amps, and the
fashing lockout beacon. The batteries
are made of a very stable lithium chem-
istry, which is designed with a low self
discharge that they can function cor-
rectly for up to 10 years. Hubbell Power
Systems recommends that users replace
the batteries on an 8 year cycle.
The battery bayonet was designed to
be replaced using a hot stick while
the recloser is in service. The battery
bayonet utilizes a twist lock design. It
is easily removed by pushing in slightly
and turning.
Zero service requirements
The Versa-Tech
Recloser has been

designed for a minimum mechanical
life of 2500 operations. No routine
maintenance is required.
Customer-supplied
requirements
Personal Computer with Microsoft

Windows
95 or later operating system,

a CD-ROM Drive and a RS-232 serial
port.
(ComputerswithonlyUSBportswill
need RS-232 to USB adapters.)
Straight-through DB9 Male/Female
serial cable to interface from the PC
to the recloser via the serial port, after
removing its cover shown as shown.
Battery bayonet in the recloser
Programming recloser with serial port connections
Battery bayonet partially
removed from recloser
Serial Port Cover
10E-5
HUBBELL
Power Systems
OCTOBER 2009
Versa-Tech
Easy-to-program controls
The Versa-Tech
Recloser solid-state
circuitry provides for flexible user-
programmable control of current sensing,
timing, and all other control functions.
The recloser is shipped with generic
settings and must be programmed prior
to installation with settings required for
proper coordination with the rest of the
distribution circuit.
Software installation
Recloser Programming software
must be installed on the computer
prior to use. Installation software is
provided with each recloser on CD-
ROM or can be downloaded from www.
hubbellpowersystems.com.
Programming software settings
Screen capture above shows the Recloser Settings Tab, which appears when the Recloser Programmer Software is loaded.
All programming of the Recloser can be completed from this software page.
Reset time
Reset time is the amount of time from
the last reclose until the present count
of operations completed is reset to zero.
When the recloser goes to lockout, this
count is also reset to zero. Reset time is
programmable from 1 to 240 seconds in
1-second increments.
Cold load time
During this programmed interval,
the control will be in one operation to
lockout mode and overcurrent timing
will use TCC2. Cold Load Time is
programmable from 0 to 300 seconds
in 1 second increments.
Record manual close
When enabled, this feature causes the
recloser to store in the Event History
the time and date of manual closes as
well as over-current operations.
Time stamp
The recloser has a built in time stamp
circuit which records the time and date
following each recloser operation.
Time-current curve selection
and modifer
The control can be set to utilize two
different time current curves TCC1
and TCC2. TCC1 and TCC2 can be set
separately to use one of 11 different
time current curves. Each of the 11
time current curves also can be modifed
for greater coordination fexibility. See
Reference Bulletin 10-05-11 through
10-05-22.
Minimum response time
Minimum response time is used to
achieve coordination between fault
interrupting devices where fault levels
would cause two devices in series to
both trip. When minimum response is
enabled, tripping is inhibited until the
minimum response time programmed
is less than or equal to the fault
current time. The minimum response
time is programmable from 0 to 250
milliseconds in 1 millisecond steps.
Reclose time
Reclose Time is the amount of time from
when the recloser interrupts the over-
current until the recloser attempts to
close the circuit again. Each of the three
possible reclose intervals is separately
programmable from 0.25 to 60 seconds
in 0.05 second increments.
Security
The recloser comes with password
security on its settings. When changing
the settings with the Program Settings
button, a correct password must be
given.
Minimum trip value
The Minimum Trip Value is the
minimum current sensed that will
cause the Recloser to trip. This current
is programmable from 30A to 800A in
10A increments.
Sequence coordination
The sequence coordination feature,
if enabled, will prevent unnecessary
operations of the recloser when used
in a series arrangement upstream from
other fault interrupting devices.
Operations to lockout
The control can be set to 1,2,3, or 4
operations before the recloser goes to
lockout.
Manual closing delay time
The time from when the manual handle
is activated until the recloser begins
closing the circuit can be programmed
from 0 to 30 seconds.
User-friendly programmable software settings
10E-6
OCTOBER 2009
HUBBELL
Power Systems
Versa-Tech
Internal operations counter
The recloser keeps track of the total
number of over-current operations in
software in the control. Additionally,
the control keeps track of over-current
operations from any point forward. This
value can be reset using the Reset
Count button. Recloser operation from
that point forward can be downloaded
and read in the Count from Reset
box. The Total Count can not be reset
and will read the total number of over-
current operations that the recloser has
experienced in its service life.
NOTE:
The recloser has an externally viewable
electromechanical operations counter.
The electromechanical counter works
independently of the internal software
counters.
Event history
The recloser records the operations
count, control response time and
the maximum current half cycle
after each over-current operation.
These values, as well as the time
and date for the operation, are
stored in a buffer which can be read
from the control using the recloser
programmer software (see Section
6). The buffer is large enough
to store the last 40 over-current
operations. After each over-current
interruption, the oldest record will
be discarded and the most recent
record will be stored at the top of
the buffer.
Fault energy accumulator
After each recloser over-current
operation, the recloser control measures,
calculates and stores the I
2
t of the over-
current interruption in kilojoules.
This value is stored by accumulating
the present I
2
t with that of previous
operations. The result is a total I
2
t
which can be read from the recloser
control using the recloser programmer
software box Energy.
Scratchpad memory
The recloser has available a 256-
character scratchpad non-volatile
memory which can be used to store
information in text form. The scratchpad
can be accessed through the recloser
programmer software.
Programming diagnostics: Screen capture above shows the Recloser Diag-
nostics Tab. All built-in diagnostic features are displayed on this software tab.
Scratchpad tab screen capture
Radio Setup Tab of Programmer Software
10E-7
HUBBELL
Power Systems
OCTOBER 2009
Radio communications
(optional)
The Versa-Tech
Recloser can be ftted

with an optional radio which will allow
settings, diagnostics and scratchpad
to be viewed remotely while the unit
is in service. The radios will also allow
settings, timestamp and scratchpad to
be changed while the recloser remains in
service. Remote radio communications
are accomplished using two 900MHz
spread spectrum radios. The frst is a
USB powered local radio that is attached
to a laptop or other personal computing
running recloser programmer software.
The second is a recloser powered remote
radio module which is adapted to the
serial port on the recloser.
Remote radio
Catalog No. PSC8620061
The remote radio is designed to be
adapted to the recloser serial port.
Access to the serial port is provided
by removing the serial port cover. The
remote radio module is attached to the
Recloser as shown above.
Radio operation
The radios communicate with each
other on a 900MHz channel which
utilizes frequency hopping to minimize
interference from other radio frequency
sources. The radios use a two-part
addressing scheme to help ensure that
messages from only authorized sources
are passed to a recloser.
First, all Versa-Tech
Recloser local
and remote radios have a unique
user transparent address which goes
out with each communication. The
recloser local radio will accept messages
Versa-Tech
Local radio connects to computer
Remote radio connects to serial port of recloser
Local radio
Catalog No. PSC8620062
The local radio is controlled and powered
by connecting a USB cable between the
module and a personal computer as
shown above. Communication with the
local radio is accomplished through the
recloser programmer software provided
with the recloser.
only from a remote radio with the
same address. This helps prevent
other 900MHz radios from making
unauthorized communications with
Versa-Tech
Reclosers.
Second, each remot e radi o i s
programmed with a unique fixed
radio communications address. This
address allows users to differentiate
between multiple reclosers all within
a500-foottransmit/receiverange.The
remote radio will discard any message
that does not include its unique radio
communications address. The local
radio has provisions through the
recloser programmer software which
permits selecting any recloser's remote
radio communications address.
10E-8
OCTOBER 2009
HUBBELL
Power Systems
VACUUM INTERRUPTER
2-HOLE NEMA
PAD (STANDARD)
TYPICAL
2-HOLE NEMA
PAD (STANDARD)
TYPICAL
NON-RECLOSE
LEVER
OPERATING LEVER
LOCKOUT INDICATOR
BEACON AND COUNTER
MOUNTING HOLES FOR
5/8" (15mm) BOLTS
11" (27.9cm) CENTER
TO CENTER NOMINAL.
17.1 12.4
2.0
11.0
4.2
29.5
RS-232 PROGRAMMING PORT
LEAKAGE DISTANCE - 39.4"
LOCKOUT INDICATOR BEACON
AND COUNTER
OPERATING LEVER
BATTERY PACK
(HOT STICK REPLACEABLE)
15.8
8.7
22.0
15.0
Dimensions - Pole/Structure mounting
Side View
Front View
Back View
Versa-Tech
10E-9
HUBBELL
Power Systems
OCTOBER 2009
ADJUSTABLE
3" - 9-1/2"
ADJUSTABLE
5-1/8" - 10-1/4"
TYPICAL
OPERATING LEVER
AND COUNTER
2-HOLE NEMA
PAD (STANDARD)
TYPICAL
VACUUM INTERRUPTER
LEAKAGE DISTANCE - 39.4"
AND COUNTER
NON-RECLOSE LEVER
28.0
31.1
4.0
10.6
24.9
8.7
12.7
14.0
Dimensions - Crossarm mounting
Versa-Tech
Front View Side View
10E-10
OCTOBER 2009
HUBBELL
Power Systems
To build your Versa-Tech
Recloser, add features from

the matrix to this base number:
Versa-Tech
Replacement Items
Catalog No.
PSC8620064
PSC8620061
PSC8620062
PSC8620066
PSC8620067
Description
Replacement Battery
Remote Radio
Local Radio and Software
Pole Mount Hardware
Underhung Hardware
Weight (lb./kg.)
1.79/0.810
0.84/0.380
1.25/0.565
5.4/2.45
12.5/5.67
Instruction Manual
Included with each unit
Step-by-step instuctions are included
with each Versa-Tech
Recloser. The
28-page detailed manual describes and
illustrates all pertinent information from
unpacking and installation procedures
to software troubleshooting.
Weight, each
0.5lb./0.226kg.
U.S. Patent No. 6,753,493;
6,794,596; 6,852,939;
6,936,779; 7,215,228.
Other Patents pending.
POSITION
1 2 3 4 5 6
Catalog No. PSC 8 6 2 1 1 X X X
Voltage Rating 27kV 2
Maximum Interrupt 8kA 1
Minimum Fault Trip 30A 1
Pole/Structure Mount 1
Crossarm Mount 2
No Connectors 1
PG (Parallel Groove) Clamps (2) 2
Captive Hardware 3
PC Programmable 1
RF Controls 2
Catalog Numbering System
Parallel Groove Clamp
Accessory Ordering Information
Available as a separate line item, Catalog No. ATC1343,
fortifed cadmium-plated aluminum parallel groove clamp,
is furnished with galvanized steel bolts and nuts and will ac-
cept #2 through 500 kcmil aluminum or copper conductor.
RUS Listed
10E-11
HUBBELL
Power Systems
OCTOBER 2009
3-Pull Bypass Switch
Arrangement
Type BP3 Switch shown.
For ratings, specifcations
and ordering infomation,
see Catalog Section 14B.
Crossarm Mounting
Typical Applications
Versa-Tech
Single Bypass Switch
Arrangement
Type M3 Distribution
Class Switch shown.
For ratings, specifca-
tions and ordering in-
fomation, see Catalog
Section 14B.
3-Phase Mounting Arrangement
with Wing Rack Catalog No. C3MW24ML
10E-12
OCTOBER 2009
HUBBELL
Power Systems
MEXICO
HUBBELL DE MEXICO, S.A. DE C.V.
Av. Insurgentes Sur #1228, Piso 8
Col. Tlacoquemacatl Del Valle
Mexico, D.F. 03200
Phone: 52-55-9151-9999
Fax: 52-55-9151-9988
Website: hubbell.com.mx
UNITED STATES
CANADA, INTERNATIONAL
210 N. Allen Street
Phone: 1-573-682-5521
Fax: 1-573-682-8714
HUBBELL / CHANCE CENTRALIA, MISSOURI USA JULY 2008
12-1
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

12
RGS 3M
Fiberglass Construction Products
Printed in USA
Warranty - Material
Hubbell Power Systems, Inc. warrants all products sold by it to be merchantable (as such term is defned in the Uniform
Commercial Code) and to be free from defects in material and workmanship. Buyer must notify the Company promptly of
any claim under this warranty. The Buyer's exclusive remedy for breach of this warranty shall be the repair or replacement,
F.O.B. factory, at the Companys option, of any product defective under the warranty which is returned to the Company
within one year from the date of shipment. NO OTHER WARRANTY, WHETHER EXPRESS OR ARISING BY OPERATION
OF LAW, COURSE OF DEALING, USAGE OF TRADE OR OTHERWISE IMPLIED, SHALL EXIST IN CONNECTION
WITH THE COMPANY'S PRODUCTS OR ANY SALE OR USE THEREOF. The Company shall in no event be liable for any
loss of profts or any consequential or special damages incurred by Buyer. The Company's warranty shall run only to the
frst Buyer of a product from the Company, from the Company's distributor, or from an original equipment manufacturer
reselling the Company's product, and is non-assignable and non-transferable and shall be of no force and effect if asserted
by any person other than such frst Buyer. This warranty applies only to the use of the product as intended by Seller and
does not cover any misapplication or misuse of said product.
Hubbell Power Systems, Inc. does not warrant the accuracy of and results from product or system performance recom-
mendations resulting from any engineering analysis or study. This applies regardless of whether a charge is made for the
recommendation, or if it is provided free of charge. Responsibility for selection of the proper product or application rests
solely with the purchaser. In the event of errors or inaccuracies determined to be caused by Hubbell Power Systems, Inc.,
its liability will be limited to the re-performance of any such analysis or study.
12-2
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Standoff Brackets
With over 40 years of experience in manufacturing Epoxirod
Fiberglass
Rod polymer insulation products, we are continually expanding our product
line to include utility requested products. Our rod is tested extensively to
assure its electrical integrity.
These armless construction confgurations include various components,
such as ductile iron and aluminum fttings, optional lead or plastisol
threads.
Fiberglass units do not warp, split or shrink. They reduce the risk of pole
fres due to tracking. All units are coated with a special ultraviolet-resistant
polyurethane gray paint. They can also reduce the labor involved during
installation, because they are shipped ready to install.
Guy Strains
Guy Strains may be installed anywhere along the guy wire to help protect
against stray current that may be on the guy caused by lightning strikes or
other sources. These fberglass units serve as a replacement for porcelain
insulators or johnny balls, and they extend the insulation length. Fiberglass
guy strains offer numerous advantages, including variable lengths, easy
terminations, and resistance to fracture caused by brittleness.
Chance Guy Strains use a veiled rod instead of a painted rod. The veiled rod
achieves high ultraviolet resistance while protecting the rod from surface
scratches that would remove paint from other types of guy strains. Our
castings are crimped (not glued) onto the rod and sealed with silicon for
moisture lock-out. Prevention of moisture penetration at the rod/casting
interface enhances the performance and life span of the guy strain.
Fiberglass Construction Products
Table of Contents
Index ............................................... 12-3
Guy Strain Part
Numbering System .......................... 12-4
Guy Strains...................................... 12-5
Guy Strain Hardware .................... 12-12
Downlead Brackets ....................... 12-13
Fiberglass Bracket Part
Numbering System ........................ 12-14
Pin Brackets .................................. 12-15
Communication Brackets .............. 12-21
Suspension Brackets ..................... 12-22
Apparatus Brackets ....................... 12-23
Corner Bracket .............................. 12-37
Tangent Bracket ............................ 12-38
Deadend Arms ............................... 12-39
12-3
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Index
Catalog Number Page Catalog Number Page
1CSMxx 21 3SBLxxxxC 36
1SBExxS 22 3SBLxxxxCSB 36
1SBHxxAMT 26 3SBMxxxxAM 32
1SBHxxAMTB 26 3SBMxxxxAMB 32
1SBHxxCL 29 3SBMxxxxAMT 33
1SBHxxCLH 29 3SBMxxxxAMTB 33
1SBHxxH 16 3SBMxxxxCL 34
1SBHxxV 15 3SBMxxxxCLH 34
1SBMxxAM 24 3SBMxxxxCLRH 34
1SBMxxAMB 24 3SBMxxxxCT 35
1SBMxxAMSB 24 3SBMxxxxCTB 35
1SBMxxAMT 26 3SBMxxxxVV 20
1SBMxxAMTB 26 8616644002 12
1SBMxxC 25 DEHxxDP 41
1SBMxxCB 25 DEMxxDP 40
1SBMxxCL 28 DEMxxSP 39
1SBMxxCLH 28 DEMxxSPEB 39
1SBMxxCLRH 28 DLMxxBC 13
1SBMxxCSB 25 GS16xxxCC 5
1SBMxxCT 27 GS16xxxCE 7
1SBMxxCTB 27 GS16xxxCP 9
1SBMxxH 16 GS16xxxCT 8
1SBMxxS 22 GS16xxxEE 10
1SBMxxTD 23 GS16xxxTT 11
1SBMxxV 15 GS21xxxCC 5
104xxx0000 12 GS21xxxCE 7
2SBHxxAMTAMT 30 GS21xxxCP 9
2SBHxxAMTBAMTB 30 GS21xxxCT 8
2SBHxxCLCL 31 GS21xxxEE 10
2SBHxxCLHCLH 31 GS21xxxTT 11
2SBHxxHH 19 GS36xxxCC 6
2SBHxxVV 18 RPHxxx 17
2SBMxxAMTAMT 30 RPMxxx 17
2SBMxxAMTBAMTB 30 SPO40011 37
2SBMxxHH 19 T6531191 38
2SBMxxVV 18
274xxx4001 12
12-4
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Guy Strain Part Number System
GS 16 054 CC 1

Guy Strain End Fittings
Type CLEVIS (C) EYE (E) THIMBLE (T) THIMBLE-EYE (P)
Rating (lbs.) 16,000 21,000 36,000 16,000 21,000 16,000 21,000 16,000 21,000
Dimension
(Inches)
A 4.00 3.97 7.50 3.75 3.62 2.62 2.09 4.03 3.63
B 0.88 1.00 1.00 0.62 0.74 0.75 0.88 0.75 0.89
C 0.61 0.75 0.88 0.69 0.81 1.00 1.09 0.69 0.81
D 1.38 1.88 5.38 1.73 2.16 4.68 4.31 1.57 1.75
Castings are hot-dip galvanized ductile iron.
Downlead Brackets and Replacement Guy Strain Hardware also available; listed on catalog pages 12-12
and 12-13.
Minimum Ultimate
Strength Ratings (lbs.)
16 = 16,000
21 = 21,000
36 = 36,000
Number of Rollers
If specifying Clevis
end ftting(s):
1 = one roller
2 = two rollers
no number = no rollers
End Fittings
CC = Clevis Clevis
CE = Clevis Eye
CT = Clevis Thimble
CP = Clevis Thimble-Eye
EE = Eye Eye
TT = Thimble Thimble
Length (Inches)
Consult catalog pages
that follow for standard
lengths. Consult factory
for additional lengths.
A
A
A
A
B
C
D
D
C
B
D
C
B
D
B
C
12-5
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

See Catalog Page 12-12
For Roller and Pin details
Catalog Weight
Number Length A Length B (Each)

16,000 lbs. (7258 kg) Minimum Ultimate Strength - 5/8" (16 mm) Dia. Rod
GS16012CC1 12" (30.5 cm) 20" (50.8 cm) 2.8 lbs. (1.3 kg)
GS16018CC1 18" (45.7 cm) 26" (66 cm) 2.9 lbs. (1.3 kg)
GS16024CC1 24" (61 cm) 32" (81.3 cm) 3.1 lbs. (1.4 kg)
GS16030CC1 30" (76.2 cm) 38" (96.5 cm) 3.2 lbs. (1.4 kg)
GS16036CC1 36" (91.4 cm) 44" (111.8 cm) 3.3 lbs. (1.5 kg)
GS16042CC1 42" (106.7 cm) 50" (127 cm) 3.5 lbs. (1.6 kg)
GS16054CC1 54" (137.2 cm) 62" (157.5 cm) 3.7 lbs. (1.7 kg)
GS16060CC1 60" (152.4 cm) 68" (172.7 cm) 3.8 lbs. (1.7 kg)
GS16078CC1 78" (198.1 cm) 86" (218.4 cm) 4.2 lbs. (1.9 kg)
GS16096CC1 96" (243.8 cm) 104" (264.2 cm) 4.6 lbs. (2.1 kg)
GS16120CC1 120" (304.8 cm) 128" (325.1 cm) 5.1 lbs. (2.3 kg)
GS16144CC1 144" (365.8 cm) 152" (386.1 cm) 5.7 lbs. (2.6 kg)
GS21012CC1 12" (30.5 cm) 21" (53.3 cm) 4.4 lbs. (2 kg)
GS21018CC1 18" (45.7 cm) 27" (68.6 cm) 4.6 lbs. (2.1 kg)
GS21024CC1 24" (61 cm) 33" (83.8 cm) 4.8 lbs. (2.2 kg)
GS21030CC1 30" (76.2 cm) 39" (99.1 cm) 5 lbs. (2.3 kg)
GS21036CC1 36" (91.4 cm) 45" (114.3 cm) 5.1 lbs. (2.3 kg)
GS21042CC1 42" (106.7 cm) 51" (129.5 cm) 5.3 lbs. (2.4 kg)
GS21054CC1 54" (137.2 cm) 63" (160 cm) 5.7 lbs. (2.6 kg)
GS21060CC1 60" (152.4 cm) 69" (175.3 cm) 5.8 lbs. (2.6 kg)
GS21078CC1 78" (198.1 cm) 87" (221 cm) 6.4 lbs. (2.9 kg)
GS21096CC1 96" (243.8 cm) 105" (266.7 cm) 6.9 lbs. (3.1 kg)
GS21120CC1 120" (304.8 cm) 129" (327.7 cm) 7.6 lbs. (3.4 kg)
GS21144CC1 144" (365.8 cm) 153" (388.6 cm) 8.3 lbs. (3.7 kg)
Castings are hot-dip galvanized
ductile iron.
Guy Strains - Clevis / Clevis
GSCC1 series has 1 Roller as detailed in drawing
For 2 Rollers, replace CC1 in number with CC2
For no Rollers, replace CC1 in number with CC
C Dimension is 5/8" (16 mm) for 16,000 lbs. series and 3/4" (19 mm) for 21,000 lbs. series
D Dimension is 0.88" (22 mm) for 16,000 lbs. series and 1" (25 mm) for 21,000 lbs. series
E Dimension is 1.38" (35 mm) for 16,000 lbs. series and 1.88" (48 mm) for 21,000 lbs. series
See Note For Roller Confgurations
12-6
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

ductile iron.
36,000 lb. SERIES
Guy Strains - Clevis / Clevis
GSCC1 series has 1 Roller as detailed in drawing
For 2 Rollers, replace CC1 in number with CC2
For no Rollers, replace CC1 in number with CC
Consult factory for additional lengths.
C Dimension is 7/8" (22 mm) for 36,000 lbs. series
D Dimension is 1" (25 mm) for 36,000 lbs. series
E Dimension is 2.12" (53 mm) for 36,000 lbs. series
Catalog Weight
Number Length A Length B (Each)

36,000 lbs. (16,200 kg) Minimum Ultimate Strength - 7/8" (22 mm) Dia. Rod
GS36018CC1 18" (45.7 cm) 33" (83.8 cm) 8.8 lbs. (4.0 kg)
GS36036CC1 36" (91.4 cm) 51" (129.5 cm) 9.6 lbs. (4.4 kg)
GS36054CC1 54" (137.2 cm) 69" (175.3 cm) 10.3 lbs. (4.7 kg)
GS36060CC1 60" (152.4 cm) 75" (190.5 cm) 10.5 lbs. (4.8 kg)
GS36078CC1 78" (198.1 cm) 93" (236.2 cm) 11.2 lbs. (5.1 kg)
GS36096CC1 96" (243.8 cm) 111" (281.9 cm) 12.0 lbs. (5.4 kg)
GS36120CC1 120" (304.8 cm) 135" (342.9 cm) 12.9 lbs. (5.8 kg)
GS36144CC1 144" (365.8 cm) 159" (403.9 cm) 13.8 lbs. (6.3 kg)
12-7
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Catalog Weight
Number Length A Length B Width F (Each)

GS16012CE 12" (30.5 cm) 19.8" (50.3 cm) 0.625" (16 mm) 2.8 lbs. (1.3 kg)
GS16024CE 24" (61 cm) 31.8" (80.8 cm) 0.625" (16 mm) 3.1 lbs. (1.4 kg)
GS16030CE 30" (76.2 cm) 37.8" (96 cm) 0.625" (16 mm) 3.2 lbs. (1.4 kg)


GS21012CE 12" (30.5 cm) 20.5" (52.1 cm) 0.75" (19 mm) 4.4 lbs. (2 kg)
GS21024CE 24" (61 cm) 32.5" (82.6 cm) 0.75" (19 mm) 4.8 lbs. (2.2 kg)
Guy Strains - Clevis / Eye
GSCE series has No Roller as detailed in drawing
For 1 Roller, replace CE in number with CE1
ductile iron.
12-8
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Guy Strains - Clevis / Thimble
ductile iron.
GSCT series has No Roller as detailed in drawing
For 1 Roller, replace CT in number with CT1
Catalog Weight
Number Length A Length B Radius F (Each)

GS16012CT 12" (30.5 cm) 19.6" (49.8 cm) 0.75" (19 mm) 2.8 lbs. (1.3 kg)
GS16024CT 24" (61 cm) 31.6" (80.3 cm) 0.75" (19 mm) 3.1 lbs. (1.4 kg)


GS21024CT 24" (61 cm) 32.2" (81.8 cm) 0.88" (22 mm) 4.8 lbs. (2.2 kg)
GS21054CT 54" (137.2 cm) 62.2" (158 cm) 0.88" (22 mm) 5.6 lbs. (2.5 kg)
12-9
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Guy Strains - Clevis / Thimble-Eye
ductile iron.
E Dimension is 1.38" (35 mm) for 16,000 lbs. series and 1.88" (48 mm) for 21,000 lbs. series G
Dimension is 1.6" (41 mm) for 16,000 lbs. series and 1.8" (46 mm) for 21,000 lbs. series
GSCP series has No Roller as detailed in drawing
For 1 Roller, replace CP in number with CP1
Catalog Weight

GS16012CP 12" (30.5 cm) 21.3" (54.1 cm) 0.75" (19 mm) 2.8 lbs. (1.3 kg)
GS16024CP 24" (61 cm) 33.3" (84.6 cm) 0.75" (19 mm) 3.1 lbs. (1.4 kg)


GS21012CP 12" (30.5 cm) 22" (55.9 cm) 0.88" (22 mm) 4.5 lbs. (2 kg)
GS21018CP 18" (45.7 cm) 28" (71.1 cm) 0.88" (22 mm) 4.6 lbs. (2.1 kg)
GS21024CP 24" (61 cm) 34" (86.4 cm) 0.88" (22 mm) 4.8 lbs. (2.2 kg)
12-10
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Guy Strains - Eye / Eye
ductile iron.
Catalog Weight
Number Length A Length B Width F (Each)

GS16012EE 12" (30.5 cm) 19.6" (49.8 cm) 0.625" (16 mm) 2.8 lbs. (1.3 kg)
GS16018EE 18" (45.7 cm) 25.6" (65 cm) 0.625" (16 mm) 2.9 lbs. (1.3 kg)
GS16024EE 24" (61 cm) 31.6" (80.3 cm) 0.625" (16 mm) 3.1 lbs. (1.4 kg)
GS16042EE 42" (106.7 cm) 49.6" (126 cm) 0.625" (16 mm) 3.5 lbs. (1.6 kg)

GS21012EE 12" (30.5 cm) 20" (50.8 cm) 0.75" (19 mm) 4.4 lbs. (2 kg)
GS21018EE 18" (45.7 cm) 26" (66 cm) 0.75" (19 mm) 4.6 lbs. (2.1 kg)
GS21024EE 24" (61 cm) 32" (81.3 cm) 0.75" (19 mm) 4.8 lbs. (2.2 kg)
GS21036EE 36" (91.4 cm) 44" (111.8 cm) 0.75" (19 mm) 5.1 lbs. (2.3 kg)
GS21042EE 42" (106.7 cm) 50" (127 cm) 0.75" (19 mm) 5.3 lbs. (2.4 kg)
12-11
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Guy Strains - Thimble / Thimble
ductile iron.
Catalog Weight
GS16012TT 12" (30.5 cm) 19.2" (48.8 cm) 0.75" (19 mm) 2.8 lbs. (1.3 kg)
GS16018TT 18" (45.7 cm) 25.2" (64 cm) 0.75" (19 mm) 2.9 lbs. (1.3 kg)
GS16042TT 42" (106.7 cm) 49.2" (125 cm) 0.75" (19 mm) 3.4 lbs. (1.5 kg)

12-12
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Guy Strain Replacement Hardware
Cotter Key
Guy Strain Clevis Pin
Guy Strain Roller
Catalog Unit
Number Length A Dia. B Rating
2743064001 2.5" (64 mm) 0.6" (15 mm) 16,000 lbs.
2743134001 2.5" (64 mm) 0.75" (19 mm) 21,000 lbs.
1045040000 2.5" (64mm) 0.88" (22 mm) 36,000 lbs.
Catalog Unit
Number Rating
861664002 16,000 lbs.
861664002 21,000 lbs.
1046810000 36,000 lbs.
Catalog Unit
Number Width A Dia. B Dia. C Dia. D Radius E Rating
2743034001 0.75" (19 mm) 1.9" (48 mm) 1.6" (41 mm) 0.7" (18 mm) 0.31" (8 mm) 16,000 lbs.
2743104001 0.81" (21 mm) 2.4" (61 mm) 1.88" (48 mm) 0.8" (20 mm) 0.38" (10 mm) 21,000 lbs.
2748214001 0.86" (22 mm) 2.36" (60 mm) 2.23" (57 mm) 0.94" (24 mm) 1.05" (27 mm) 36,000 lbs.
12-13
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Base and Cable Clamp
are hot-dip-galvanized
ductile iron.
Catalog Conductor Size Weight
Number Length A Length B Minimum Maximum (Each)
Medium Duty 5/8" (16 mm) Dia. Rod
DLM12BC 12" (30.5 cm) 16.5" (41.9 cm) 0.128" (3.25 mm) 0.398" (10.11 mm) 1.89 lbs. (.85 kg)
DLM18BC 18" (45.7 cm) 22.5" (57.2 cm) 0.128" (3.25 mm) 0.398" (10.11 mm) 2.02 lbs. (.91 kg)
DLM24BC 24" (61 cm) 28.5" (72.5 cm) 0.128" (3.25 mm) 0.398" (10.11 mm) 2.15 lbs. (.97 kg)
Downlead Bracket
12-14
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Fiberglass Assemblies Part Number System
Extra Heavy Duty Brackets (2.5 Rod) also available; listed on catalog pages 12-22 and 12-38.
Light Duty Apparatus Bracket (1.25 Rod) also available; listed on catalog page 12-36.
Corner Bracket also available; listed on catalog page 12-37.
Deadend Arms also available; listed on catalog pages 12-39 through 12-41.
End Fittings
AM = 1-Position Apparatus
AMT = 2-Position App.
C = 5-Degree 1-Position App.
CL = Cloverleaf (Standard)
CLRH = Clover (Roundhole)
CT = 0-Degree 2-Pos. App.
H = Horizontal Pin
TD = Tear Drop
S = Suspension
V = Vertical Pin
Type of Bracket
CS = Communication
Standoff
RP = Ridge Pin
SB = Standoff Bracket
Number of Phases
1 = Single-Phase
2 = Two-Phase
3 = Three-Phase
Length (Inches)
Consult catalog pages
that follow for standard
lengths.
Consult factory for
additional lengths.
Duty Rating
M = Medium
1.5" Rod

H = Heavy
2" Rod
Hardware / Threads
B = Bolt, Nut, Washer
H = Bolt, Nut, Washer
S = Spacer Bar, Bolt,
Nut, Washer
1 = 1" Plastisol
Coated Threads
3 = 1" Lead Threads
4 = 1.375" Lead
Threads
1 SB M 18 CL H
12-15
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Single-Phase Vertical Pin
Standoff Bracket
Base and Insulator Ferrule
ductile iron.
B Dimension is 6" for 1SBM series and 8" for 1SBH series
C Dimension is 8" for 1SBM series and 10" for 1SBH series
*Recommended maximum working load is 50% of minimum ultimate ratings listed.
ISB V1 series has 1" plastisol coated threads
For 1" lead threads, replace V1 in number with V3
For 1.375" lead threads, replace V1 in number with V4
Catalog Minimum Ultimate* Weight
Number Length A Vertical V Longitudinal L Transverse T (Each)

Medium Duty 1.5" (38 mm) Dia. Rod
1SBM12V1 12" (30.5 cm) 1800 lbs. (810 kg) 1400 lbs. (630 kg) 2000 lbs. (900 kg) 6.8 lbs. (3.1 kg)
1SBM24V1 24" (61 cm) 900 lbs. (405 kg) 700 lbs. (315 kg) 2000 lbs. (900 kg) 8.3 lbs. (3.7 kg)

Heavy Duty 2" (51 mm) Dia. Rod
1SBH12V1 12" (30.5 cm) 2550 lbs. (1148 kg) 2000 lbs. (900 kg) 2500 lbs. (1125 kg) 10 lbs. (4.5 kg)
1SBH18V1 18" (45.7 cm) 2250 lbs. (1013 kg) 1900 lbs. (855 kg) 2500 lbs. (1125 kg) 11.3 lbs. (5.1 kg)
1SBH20V1 20" (50.8 cm) 2250 lbs. (1013 kg) 1900 lbs. (855 kg) 2500 lbs. (1125 kg) 11.8 lbs. (5.3 kg)
1SBH24V1 24" (61 cm) 2100 lbs. (945 kg) 1850 lbs. (833 kg) 2500 lbs. (1125 kg) 12.7 lbs. (5.7 kg)
1SBH27V1 27" (68.6 cm) 1950 lbs. (878 kg) 1800 lbs. (810 kg) 2500 lbs. (1125 kg) 13.4 lbs. (6 kg)
1SBH30V1 30" (76.2 cm) 1800 lbs. (810 kg) 1750 lbs. (788 kg) 2500 lbs. (1125 kg) 14 lbs. (6.3 kg)
L
A
T
V
15
B
C
11
/16" Mounting Holes
1.5" Dia.
Keyhole
12-16
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Single-Phase Horizontal Pin Standoff Bracket
Base and Insulator Ferrule are hot-
dip-galvanized ductile iron.
ISBH1 series has 1" plastisol coated threads
For 1" lead threads, replace H1 in number with H3
For 1.375" lead threads, replace H1 in number with H4
1SBM12H1 12" (30.5 cm) 1850 lbs. (835 kg) 1800 lbs. (815 kg) 1500 lbs. (675 kg) 5.2 lbs. (2.3 kg)
1SBM24H1 24" (61 cm) 1050 lbs. (476 kg) 900 lbs. (405 kg) 1500 lbs. (675 kg) 6.7 lbs. (3 kg)
1SBH18H1 18" (45.7 cm) 2300 lbs. (1035 kg) 1400 lbs. (630 kg) 1500 lbs. (675 kg) 8.4 lbs. (3.8 kg)
1SBH20H1 20" (50.8 cm) 2100 lbs. (945 kg) 1350 lbs. (608 kg) 1500 lbs. (675 kg) 8.9 lbs. (4 kg)
1SBH24H1 24" (61 cm) 1750 lbs. (788 kg) 1200 lbs. (540 kg) 1500 lbs. (675 kg) 9.8 lbs. (4.4 kg)
1SBH27H1 27" (68.6 cm) 1550 lbs. (698 kg) 1050 lbs. (473 kg) 1500 lbs. (675 kg) 10.4 lbs. (4.7 kg)
1SBH30H1 30" (76.2 cm) 1400 lbs. (630 kg) 950 lbs. (428 kg) 1500 lbs. (675 kg) 11.1 lbs. (5 kg)
11
/16" Mounting Holes
1.5" Dia.
Keyhole
L
A
T
V
15
B
C
12-17
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Ridge Pin (Pole Top Pin)
B Dimension is 6" & 8" for RPM series and
5" & 8" for RPH series Base and Insulator Ferrule are hot-
dip-galvanized ductile iron.
RP1 series has 1" plastisol coated threads
For 1" lead threads, replace the last 1 in number with 3
For 1.375" lead threads, replace the last 1 in number with 4
RPM121 12" (30.5 cm) 2500 lbs. (1125 kg) 1700 lbs. (765 kg) 1700 lbs. (765 kg) 5.4 lbs. (2.4 kg)
RPM131 13" (33 cm) 2500 lbs. (1125 kg) 1600 lbs. (720 kg) 1600 lbs. (720 kg) 5.5 lbs. (2.5 kg)
RPM241 24" (61 cm) 2500 lbs. (1125 kg) 1100 lbs. (495 kg) 1100 lbs. (495 kg) 8.8 lbs. (4.0 kg)
RPH121 12" (30.5 cm) 2500 lbs. (1125 kg) 2200 lbs. (990 kg) 2200 lbs. (990 kg) 9.8 lbs. (4.4 kg)
RPH241 24" (61 cm) 2500 lbs. (1125 kg) 1750 lbs. (788 kg) 1750 lbs. (788 kg) 11.1 lbs. (5.0 kg)
12-18
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.


2SBM30VV1 30" (76.2 cm) 1800 lbs. (810 kg) 1100 lbs. (495 kg) 1500 lbs. (675 kg) 12.3 lbs. (5.5 kg)
2SBM36VV1 36" (91.4 cm) 1500 lbs. (675 kg) 900 lbs. (405 kg) 1500 lbs. (675 kg) 13 lbs. (5.9 kg)
2SBM44VV1 44" (111.8 cm) 1225 lbs. (551 kg) 725 lbs. (326 kg) 1500 lbs. (675 kg) 14 lbs. (6.3 kg)

2SBH36VV1 36" (91.4 cm) 2550 lbs. (1148 kg) 2000 lbs. (900 kg) 2500 lbs. (1125 kg) 20.8 lbs. (9.4 kg)
2SBH72VV1 72" (182.9 cm) 1750 lbs. (788 kg) 1000 lbs. (450 kg) 2500 lbs. (1125 kg) 28.9 lbs. (13 kg)
Two-Phase Vertical Pin
Standoff Bracket
B Dimension is 5", 6" & 8"
Base and Insulator Ferrules
ductile iron.
2SBVV1 series has 1" plastisol coated threads
For 1" lead threads, replace VV1 in number with VV3
For 1.375" lead threads, replaceVV1 in number with VV4
12-19
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Two-Phase Horizonal Pin
Standoff Bracket
ductile iron.
2SBHH1 series has 1" plastisol coated threads
For 1" lead threads, replace HH1 in number with HH3
For 1.375" lead threads, replaceHH1 in number with HH4
Number Length A Vertical V Longitudinal L Tranverse T (Each)
2SBM36HH1 36" (91.4 cm) 1200 lbs. (540 kg) 1200 lbs. (540 kg) 1500 lbs. (675 kg) 9.8 lbs. (4.4 kg)

2SBH36HH1 36" (91.4 cm) 2550 lbs. (1148 kg) 2000 lbs. (900 kg) 2500 lbs. (1125 kg) 14.9 lbs. (6.7 kg)
12-20
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Three-Phase Vertical Pin Standoff Bracket
ductile iron.
Number Length A Length C Vertical V Longitudinal L Transverse T (Each)

3SBM3024VV1 30" (76.2 cm) 24" (61 cm) 1500 lbs. (675 kg) 900 lbs. (405 kg) 1500 lbs. (675 kg) 18.7 lbs. (8.4 kg)
3SBM4828VV1 48" (121.9 cm) 28" (71.1 cm) 1350 lbs. (608 kg) 800 lbs. (360 kg) 1500 lbs. (675 kg) 19.8 lbs. (8.9 kg)
3SBMVV1 series has 1" plastisol coated threads.
For 1" Lead threads, replace VV1 in number with VV3
For 1.375" Lead threads, replace VV1 in number with VV4
12-21
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Communication
Standoff Bracket
Base and End Ferrule
are alumnium alloy.
Consult factory for additional lengths and bases.

1CSM12 12" (30.5 cm) 2100 lbs. (945 kg) 1300 lbs. (585 kg) 1500 lbs. (675 kg) 3.8 lbs. (1.7 kg)
1CSM21 21" (53.3 cm) 1300 lbs. (585 kg) 850 lbs. (383 kg) 1500 lbs. (675 kg) 5 lbs. (2.3 kg)
1CSM24 24" (61 cm) 1100 lbs. (495 kg) 700 lbs. (315 kg) 1500 lbs. (675 kg) 5.4 lbs. (2.4 kg)
includes bolt, nut
and washers
12-22
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

A
T
V
15
B
C
1:2
Single-Phase Suspension
Standoff Bracket
B Dimension is 6" for 1SBM series and 8" for 1SBE series
C Dimension is 8" for 1SBM series and 10" for 1SBE series
ductile iron.
Number Length A Vertical V Transverse T (Each)


1SBM12S 12" (30.5 cm) 1800 lbs. (810 kg) 10000 lbs. (4500 kg) 5.3 lbs. (2.4 kg)
1SBM18S 18" (45.7 cm) 1200 lbs. (540 kg) 10000 lbs. (4500 kg) 6 lbs. (2.7 kg)
1SBM24S 24" (61 cm) 900 lbs. (405 kg) 10000 lbs. (4500 kg) 6.7 lbs. (3 kg)
Extra Heavy Duty 2.5" (63.5 mm) Dia. Rod

1SBE20S 20" (50.8 cm) 5000 lbs. (2250 kg) 10000 lbs. (4500 kg) 12.1 lbs. (5.4 kg)
1SBE24S 24" (61 cm) 4000 lbs. (1800 kg) 10000 lbs. (4500 kg) 13.5 lbs. (6.1 kg)
1SBE30S 30" (76.2 cm) 3500 lbs. (1575 kg) 10000 lbs. (4500 kg) 15.5 lbs. (7 kg)
11
/16" Mounting Holes
1.5" Dia.
Keyhole
1SBM 1SBE
12-23
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Fiberglass Single-Phase/Single Position
Cutout / Arrester Bracket

1SBM18TD 18" (45.7 cm) 1200 lbs. (540 kg) 900 lbs. (405 kg) 10000 lbs. (4500 kg) 10 lbs. (4.5 kg)
1SBM24TD 24" (61 cm) 900 lbs. (405 kg) 700 lbs. (315 kg) 10000 lbs. (4500 kg) 11.2 lbs. (5.0 kg)

L
V
T
A
15
4"
B
1.5" Dia.
13/16" Dia 11/16"Dia
11/16"
Mounting Holes
B Dimension is 6"
C
Keyhole
C Dimension is 8"
12-24
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

B Dimension is 6" & 8"
ductile iron.
1 (2) Position Single-Phase
1SBMAMSB Series
includes Spacer Bar
1SBMAM Series
1SBMAMB Series
includes bolt

1SBM15AM 15" (38.1 cm) 1500 lbs. (675 kg) 1100 lbs. (495 kg) 1500 lbs. (675 kg) 6.6 lbs. (3 kg)
1SBM18AM 18" (45.7 cm) 1200 lbs. (540 kg) 950 lbs. (428 kg) 1500 lbs. (675 kg) 7 lbs. (3.2 kg)
1SBM21AM 21" (53.3 cm) 1000 lbs. (450 kg) 800 lbs. (360 kg) 1500 lbs. (675 kg) 7.4 lbs. (3.3 kg)
1SBM24AM 24" (61 cm) 900 lbs. (405 kg) 700 lbs. (315 kg) 1500 lbs. (675 kg) 7.8 lbs. (3.5 kg)
1SBM15AMB 15" (38.1 cm) 1500 lbs. (675 kg) 1100 lbs. (495 kg) 1500 lbs. (675 kg) 6.6 lbs. (3 kg)
1SBM18AMB 18" (45.7 cm) 1200 lbs. (540 kg) 950 lbs. (428 kg) 1500 lbs. (675 kg) 7 lbs. (3.2 kg)
1SBM21AMB 21" (53.3 cm) 1000 lbs. (450 kg) 800 lbs. (360 kg) 1500 lbs. (675 kg) 7.4 lbs. (3.3 kg)
1SBM24AMB 24" (61 cm) 900 lbs. (405 kg) 700 lbs. (315 kg) 1500 lbs. (675 kg) 7.8 lbs. (3.5 kg)
1SBM15AMSB 15" (38.1 cm) 1500 lbs. (675 kg) 1100 lbs. (495 kg) 1500 lbs. (675 kg) 6.6 lbs. (3 kg)
1SBM18AMSB 18" (45.7 cm) 1200 lbs. (540 kg) 950 lbs. (428 kg) 1500 lbs. (675 kg) 7 lbs. (3.2 kg)
1SBM21AMSB 21" (53.3 cm) 1000 lbs. (450 kg) 800 lbs. (360 kg) 1500 lbs. (675 kg) 7.4 lbs. (3.3 kg)
1SBM24AMSB 24" (61 cm) 900 lbs. (405 kg) 700 lbs. (315 kg) 1500 lbs. (675 kg) 7.8 lbs. (3.5 kg)
12-25
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

1 (2) Position Single-Phase
are alumnium alloy.

1SBM12C 12" (30.5 cm) 2100 lbs. (945 kg) 900 lbs. (405 kg) 1500 lbs. (675 kg) 3.6 lbs. (1.6 kg)
1SBM15C 15" (38.1 cm) 1800 lbs. (810 kg) 800 lbs. (360 kg) 1500 lbs. (675 kg) 4 lbs. (1.8 kg)
1SBM18C 18" (45.7 cm) 1500 lbs. (675 kg) 700 lbs. (315 kg) 1500 lbs. (675 kg) 4.4 lbs. (2 kg)
1SBM21C 21" (53.3 cm) 1200 lbs. (540 kg) 600 lbs. (270 kg) 1500 lbs. (675 kg) 4.7 lbs. (2.1 kg)
1SBM12CB 12" (30.5 cm) 2100 lbs. (945 kg) 900 lbs. (405 kg) 1500 lbs. (675 kg) 3.6 lbs. (1.6 kg)
1SBM15CB 15" (38.1 cm) 1800 lbs. (810 kg) 800 lbs. (360 kg) 1500 lbs. (675 kg) 4 lbs. (1.8 kg)
1SBM18CB 18" (45.7 cm) 1500 lbs. (675 kg) 700 lbs. (315 kg) 1500 lbs. (675 kg) 4.4 lbs. (2 kg)
1SBM21CB 21" (53.3 cm) 1200 lbs. (540 kg) 600 lbs. (270 kg) 1500 lbs. (675 kg) 4.7 lbs. (2.1 kg)
1SBM12CSB 12" (30.5 cm) 2100 lbs. (945 kg) 900 lbs. (405 kg) 1500 lbs. (675 kg) 3.6 lbs. (1.6 kg)
1SBM15CSB 15" (38.1 cm) 1800 lbs. (810 kg) 800 lbs. (360 kg) 1500 lbs. (675 kg) 4 lbs. (1.8 kg)
1SBM18CSB 18" (45.7 cm) 1500 lbs. (675 kg) 700 lbs. (315 kg) 1500 lbs. (675 kg) 4.4 lbs. (2 kg)
1SBM21CSB 21" (53.3 cm) 1200 lbs. (540 kg) 600 lbs. (270 kg) 1500 lbs. (675 kg) 4.7 lbs. (2.1 kg)
1SBMCSB Series
includes Spacer Bar
1SBMCB Series
includes bolt
1SBMC Series
12-26
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

2 Position Single-Phase Cutout / Arrester Bracket
Base is hot-dip galvanized
ductile iron and Apparatus
Ferrule is aluminum alloy.
1/2"-13 X 2" Captive Carriage Bolt
is included with 1SB--AMTB only
1SBHAMT Series 1SBMAMT Series
1SBM12AMT 12" (30.5 cm) 1800 lbs. (810 kg) 1400 lbs. (630 kg) 10,000 lbs. (4500 kg) 6.6 lbs. (3 kg)
1SBM15AMT 15" (38.1 cm) 1500 lbs. (675 kg) 1100 lbs. (495 kg) 10,000 lbs. (4500 kg) 7 lbs. (3.2 kg)
1SBM18AMT 18" (45.7 cm) 1200 lbs. (540 kg) 950 lbs. (428 kg) 10,000 lbs. (4500 kg) 7.4 lbs. (3.3 kg)
1SBM24AMT 24" (61 cm) 900 lbs. (405 kg) 700 lbs. (315 kg) 10,000 lbs. (4500 kg) 7.8 lbs. (3.5 kg)
1SBM12AMTB 12" (30.5 cm) 1800 lbs. (810 kg) 1400 lbs. (630 kg) 10,000 lbs. (4500 kg) 6.6 lbs. (3 kg)
1SBM15AMTB 15" (38.1 cm) 1500 lbs. (675 kg) 1100 lbs. (495 kg) 10,000 lbs. (4500 kg) 7 lbs. (3.2 kg)
1SBM18AMTB 18" (45.7 cm) 1200 lbs. (540 kg) 950 lbs. (428 kg) 10,000 lbs. (4500 kg) 7.4 lbs. (3.3 kg)
1SBM24AMTB 24" (61 cm) 900 lbs. (405 kg) 700 lbs. (315 kg) 10,000 lbs. (4500 kg) 7.8 lbs. (3.5 kg)

1SBH18AMT 18" (45.7 cm) 2250 lbs. (1012 kg) 1400 lbs. (630 kg) 10,000 lbs. (4500 kg) 9.6 lbs. (4.3 kg)
1SBH21AMT 21" (53.3 cm) 2100 lbs. (945 kg) 1250 lbs. (562 kg) 10,000 lbs. (4500 kg) 10 lbs. (4.5 kg)
1SBH24AMT 24" (61 cm) 1900 lbs. (855 kg) 1100 lbs. (495 kg) 10,000 lbs. (4500 kg) 10.4 lbs. (4.7 kg)
1SBH18AMTB 18" (45.7 cm) 2250 lbs. (1012 kg) 1400 lbs. (630 kg) 10,000 lbs. (4500 kg) 9.6 lbs. (4.3 kg)
1SBH21AMTB 21" (53.3 cm) 2100 lbs. (945 kg) 1250 lbs. (562 kg) 10,000 lbs. (4500 kg) 10 lbs. (4.5 kg)
1SBH24AMTB 24" (61 cm) 1900 lbs. (855 kg) 1100 lbs. (495 kg) 10,000 lbs. (4500 kg) 10.4 lbs. (4.7 kg)
11
/16" Mounting Holes
1.5" Dia.
Keyhole
L
A
T
V
15
B
C
12-27
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

2 Position Single-Phase
are alumnium alloy.
1SBMCT Series
1SBMCTB Series
includes bolt, nut
and washers
1SBM12CT 12" (30.5 cm) 1800 lbs. (810 kg) 1400 lbs. (630 kg) 10,000 lbs. (4500 kg) 3.6 lbs. (1.6 kg)
1SBM15CT 15" (38.1 cm) 1500 lbs. (675 kg) 1200 lbs. (540 kg) 10,000 lbs. (4500 kg) 4 lbs. (1.8 kg)
1SBM18CT 18" (45.7 cm) 1200 lbs. (540 kg) 1000 lbs. (450 kg) 10,000 lbs. (4500 kg) 4.4 lbs. (2 kg)
1SBM21CT 21" (53.3 cm) 1050 lbs. (472 kg) 700 lbs. (315 kg) 10,000 lbs. (4500 kg) 4.7 lbs. (2.1 kg)
1SBM24CT 24" (61 cm) 900 lbs. (405 kg) 500 lbs. (225 kg) 10,000 lbs. (4500 kg) 5 lbs. (2.3 kg)
1SBM12CTB 12" (30.5 cm) 1800 lbs. (810 kg) 1400 lbs. (630 kg) 10,000 lbs. (4500 kg) 3.6 lbs. (1.6 kg)
1SBM15CTB 15" (38.1 cm) 1500 lbs. (675 kg) 1200 lbs. (540 kg) 10,000 lbs. (4500 kg) 4 lbs. (1.8 kg)
1SBM18CTB 18" (45.7 cm) 1200 lbs. (540 kg) 1000 lbs. (450 kg) 10,000 lbs. (4500 kg) 4.4 lbs. (2 kg)
1SBM21CTB 21" (53.3 cm) 1050 lbs. (472 kg) 700 lbs. (315 kg) 10,000 lbs. (4500 kg) 4.7 lbs. (2.1 kg)
1SBM24CTB 24" (61 cm) 900 lbs. (405 kg) 500 lbs. (225 kg) 10,000 lbs. (4500 kg) 5 lbs. (2.3 kg)
12-28
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

3 Position (Cloverleaf) Single-Phase
8"
1SBMCL Series
w/Square Holes
1SBMCLRH Series
w/Round Holes
1SBMCLH Series
includes bolt, nut
and washers
B Dimension is 6"
C Dimension is 8"

1SBM12CL 12" (30.5 cm) 1800 lbs. (810 kg) 1400 lbs. (630 kg) 10000 lbs. (4500 kg) 6.6 lbs. (3 kg)
1SBM18CL 18" (45.7 cm) 1200 lbs. (540 kg) 950 lbs. (428 kg) 10000 lbs. (4500 kg) 7.4 lbs. (3.3 kg)
1SBM12CLH 12" (30.5 cm) 1800 lbs. (810 kg) 1400 lbs. (630 kg) 10000 lbs. (4500 kg) 6.6 lbs. (3 kg)
1SBM18CLH 18" (45.7 cm) 1200 lbs. (540 kg) 950 lbs. (428 kg) 10000 lbs. (4500 kg) 7.4 lbs. (3.3 kg)
1SBM12CLRH 12" (30.5 cm) 1800 lbs. (810 kg) 1400 lbs. (630 kg) 10000 lbs. (4500 kg) 6.6 lbs. (3 kg)
1SBM18CLRH 18" (45.7 cm) 1200 lbs. (540 kg) 950 lbs. (428 kg) 10000 lbs. (4500 kg) 7.4 lbs. (3.3 kg)
L
A
T
V
15
B
C
11
/16" Mounting Holes
1.5" Dia.
Keyhole
12-29
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

3 Position (Cloverleaf) Single-Phase

1SBH18CL 18" (45.7 cm) 2250 lbs. (1013 kg) 1400 lbs. (630 kg) 10000 lbs. (4500 kg) 10.6 lbs. (4.8 kg)
1SBH21CL 21" (53.3 cm) 2000 lbs. (900 kg) 1250 lbs. (563 kg) 10000 lbs. (4500 kg) 11.2 lbs. (5 kg)
1SBH24CL 24" (61 cm) 1750 lbs. (788 kg) 1100 lbs. (495 kg) 10000 lbs. (4500 kg) 11.9 lbs. (5.4 kg)
1SBH18CLH 18" (45.7 cm) 2250 lbs. (1013 kg) 1400 lbs. (630 kg) 10000 lbs. (4500 kg) 10.6 lbs. (4.8 kg)
1SBH21CLH 21" (53.3 cm) 2000 lbs. (900 kg) 1250 lbs. (563 kg) 10000 lbs. (4500 kg) 11.2 lbs. (5 kg)
1SBH24CLH 24" (61 cm) 1750 lbs. (788 kg) 1100 lbs. (495 kg) 10000 lbs. (4500 kg) 11.9 lbs. (5.4 kg)
1SBHCLH Series
includes bolt, nut
and washers
1SBHCL Series
12-30
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

2 Position Two-Phase
2SBMAMT Series 2SBAMTB Series
includes bolt, nut
and washers

2SBM36AMTAMT 36" (91.4 cm) 1200 lbs. (540 kg) 900 lbs. (405 kg) 10,000 lbs. (4500 kg) 12.6 lbs. (5.7 kg)
2SBM42AMTAMT 42" (106.7 cm) 950 lbs. (428 kg) 700 lbs. (315 kg) 10,000 lbs. (4500 kg) 13.3 lbs. (6 kg)
2SBM48AMTAMT 48" (121.9 cm) 900 lbs. (405 kg) 500 lbs. (225 kg) 10,000 lbs. (4500 kg) 14.1 lbs. (6.3 kg)
2SBM36AMTBAMTB 36" (91.4 cm) 1200 lbs. (540 kg) 900 lbs. (405 kg) 10,000 lbs. (4500 kg) 12.6 lbs. (5.7 kg)
2SBM42AMTBAMTB 42" (106.7 cm) 950 lbs. (428 kg) 700 lbs. (315 kg) 10,000 lbs. (4500 kg) 13.3 lbs. (6 kg)
2SBM48AMTBAMTB 48" (121.9 cm) 900 lbs. (405 kg) 600 lbs. (270 kg) 10,000 lbs. (4500 kg) 14.1 lbs. (6.3 kg)

2SBH36AMTAMT 36" (91.4 cm) 2300 lbs. (1035 kg) 1800 lbs. (810 kg) 10,000 lbs. (4500 kg) 20.2 lbs. (9.1 kg)
2SBH36AMTBAMTB 36" (91.4 cm) 2300 lbs. (1035 kg) 1800 lbs. (810 kg) 10,000 lbs. (4500 kg) 20.2 lbs. (9.1 kg)
12-31
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

3 Position (Cloverleaf) Two-Phase
2SBM36CLCL 36" (91.4 cm) 1200 lbs. (540 kg) 900 lbs. (405 kg) 10000 lbs. (4500 kg) 12.6 lbs. (5.7 kg)
2SBM42CLCL 42" (106.7 cm) 950 lbs. (428 kg) 700 lbs. (315 kg) 10000 lbs. (4500 kg) 13.3 lbs. (6 kg)
2SBM48CLCL 48" (121.9 cm) 900 lbs. (405 kg) 500 lbs. (225 kg) 10000 lbs. (4500 kg) 14.1 lbs. (6.3 kg)
2SBM36CLHCLH 36" (91.4 cm) 1200 lbs. (540 kg) 900 lbs. (405 kg) 10000 lbs. (4500 kg) 12.6 lbs. (5.7 kg)
2SBM42CLHCLH 42" (106.7 cm) 950 lbs. (428 kg) 700 lbs. (315 kg) 10000 lbs. (4500 kg) 13.3 lbs. (6 kg)
2SBM48CLHCLH 48" (121.9 cm) 900 lbs. (405 kg) 600 lbs. (270 kg) 10000 lbs. (4500 kg) 14.1 lbs. (6.3 kg)
2SBH36CLCL 36" (91.4 cm) 2600 lbs. (1170 kg) 1900 lbs. (855 kg) 10000 lbs. (4500 kg) 20.2 lbs. (9.1 kg)
2SBH36CLHCLH 36" (91.4 cm) 2600 lbs. (1170 kg) 1900 lbs. (855 kg) 10000 lbs. (4500 kg) 20.2 lbs. (9.1 kg)
2SBHCL Series
2SBCLH Series
includes bolt, nut
and washers
2SBMCL Series
12-32
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

1 Position Three-Phase
A C
Catalog Number Length A Length C Minimum Ultimate* Weight (Each)
Vertical V Longitudinal L Transverse T
3SBM3613AM 36" (91.4 cm) 13" (33 cm) 1200 lbs (540 kg) 800 lbs. (360 kg) 1500 lbs. (675 kg) 11.5 lbs. (5.2 kg)
3SBM3618AM 36" (91.4 cm) 18" (45.7 cm) 1200 lbs (540 kg) 800 lbs. (360 kg) 1500 lbs. (675 kg) 12.2 lbs. (5.5 kg)
3SBM4818AM 48" (121.9 cm) 18" (45.7 cm) 900 lbs. (405 kg) 700 lbs. (315 kg) 1500 lbs. (675 kg) 14.4 lbs. (6.5 kg)
3SBM4824AM 48" (121.9 cm) 24" (61 cm) 900 lbs. (405 kg) 700 lbs. (315 kg) 1500 lbs. (675 kg) 15.2 lbs. (6.9 kg)
3SBM3613AMB 36" (91.4 cm) 13" (33 cm) 1200 lbs (540 kg) 800 lbs. (360 kg) 1500 lbs. (675 kg) 12.0 lbs. (5.4 kg)
3SBM3618AMB 36" (91.4 cm) 18" (45.7 cm) 1200 lbs (540 kg) 800 lbs. (360 kg) 1500 lbs. (675 kg) 12.7 lbs. (5.8 kg)
3SBM4818AMB 48" (121.9 cm) 18" (45.7 cm) 900 lbs. (405 kg) 700 lbs. (315 kg) 1500 lbs. (675 kg) 14.9 lbs. (6.8 kg)
3SBM4824AMB 48" (121.9 cm) 24" (61 cm) 900 lbs. (405 kg) 700 lbs. (315 kg) 1500 lbs. (675 kg) 15.7 lbs. (7.1 kg)
Base is aluminum alloy and
Mounting Ferrules are hot-dip
galvanized ductile iron.
15
L
T
V
B
11
/16"
Mounting Slots
1
/2" 13 x 2"
Captive Carriage Bolt
3SBMAMB Series
includes bolt, nut
and washers
12-33
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Catalog Number Length A Length C Minimum Ultimate* Weight (Each)
Vertical V Longitudinal L Transverse T
3SBM3613AMT 36" (91.4 cm) 13" (33 cm) 1200 lbs (540 kg) 800 lbs. (360 kg) 10000 lbs. (4500 kg) 19.6 lbs. (8.9 kg)
3SBM3618AMT 36" (91.4 cm) 18" (45.7 cm) 1200 lbs (540 kg) 800 lbs. (360 kg) 10000 lbs. (4500 kg) 20.3 lbs. (9.2 kg)
3SBM4818AMT 48" (121.9 cm) 18" (45.7 cm) 900 lbs. (405 kg) 700 lbs. (315 kg) 10000 lbs. (4500 kg) 22.5 lbs. (10.2 kg)
3SBM4824AMT 48" (121.9 cm) 24" (61 cm) 900 lbs. (405 kg) 700 lbs. (315 kg) 10000 lbs. (4500 kg) 23.3 lbs. (10.7 kg)
3SBM3613AMTB 36" (91.4 cm) 13" (33 cm) 1200 lbs (540 kg) 800 lbs. (360 kg) 10000 lbs. (4500 kg) 20.1 lbs. (9.1 kg)
3SBM3618AMTB 36" (91.4 cm) 18" (45.7 cm) 1200 lbs (540 kg) 800 lbs. (360 kg) 10000 lbs. (4500 kg) 20.8 lbs. (9.4 kg)
3SBM4818AMTB 48" (121.9 cm) 18" (45.7 cm) 900 lbs. (405 kg) 700 lbs. (315 kg) 10000 lbs. (4500 kg) 23.0 lbs. (10.4 kg)
3SBM4824AMTB 48" (121.9 cm) 24" (61 cm) 900 lbs. (405 kg) 700 lbs. (315 kg) 10000 lbs. (4500 kg) 23.8 lbs. (10.8 kg)
A C
Base and Mounting Ferrules
are aluminum alloy.
15
L
T
V
B
11
/16"
Mounting Slots
1
/2" 13 x 2"
Captive Carriage Bolt
3SBMAMTB Series
includes bolt, nut
and washers
12-34
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

3 Position (Cloverleaf) Three-Phase
Base and Apparatus Ferrule are
aluminum alloy.
3SBM3613CL 36" (91.4 cm) 13" (33 cm) 1200 lbs. (540 kg) 800 lbs. (360 kg) 10000 lbs. (4500 kg) 20 lbs. (9 kg)
3SBM3618CL 36" (91.4 cm) 18" (45.7 cm) 1200 lbs. (540 kg) 800 lbs. (360 kg) 10000 lbs. (4500 kg) 22 lbs. (9.9 kg)
3SBM4818CL 48" (121.9 cm) 18" (45.7 cm) 900 lbs. (405 kg) 800 lbs. (360 kg) 10000 lbs. (4500 kg) 25 lbs. (11.3 kg)
3SBM3613CLRH 36" (91.4 cm) 13" (33 cm) 1200 lbs. (540 kg) 800 lbs. (360 kg) 10000 lbs. (4500 kg) 20 lbs. (9 kg)
3SBM3618CLRH 36" (91.4 cm) 18" (45.7 cm) 1200 lbs. (540 kg) 800 lbs. (360 kg) 10000 lbs. (4500 kg) 22 lbs. (9.9 kg)
3SBM4818CLRH 48" (121.9 cm) 18" (45.7 cm) 900 lbs. (405 kg) 800 lbs. (360 kg) 10000 lbs. (4500 kg) 25 lbs. (11.3 kg)
3SBM3613CLH 36" (91.4 cm) 13" (33 cm) 1200 lbs. (540 kg) 800 lbs. (360 kg) 10000 lbs. (4500 kg) 20 lbs. (9 kg)
3SBM3618CLH 36" (91.4 cm) 18" (45.7 cm) 1200 lbs. (540 kg) 800 lbs. (360 kg) 10000 lbs. (4500 kg) 22 lbs. (9.9 kg)
3SBM4818CLH 48" (121.9 cm) 18" (45.7 cm) 900 lbs. (405 kg) 800 lbs. (360 kg) 10000 lbs. (4500 kg) 25 lbs. (11.3 kg)
3SBCLH Series
includes bolt, nut
and washers
3SBMCL Series
12-35
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

3SBM3613CT 36" (91.4 cm) 13" (33 cm) 1200 lbs. (540 kg) 900 lbs. (405 kg) 1500 lbs. (675 kg) 20 lbs. (9 kg)
3SBM3618CT 36" (91.4 cm) 18" (45.7 cm) 1200 lbs. (540 kg) 900 lbs. (405 kg) 1500 lbs. (675 kg) 22 lbs. (9.9 kg)
3SBM4813CT 48" (121.9 cm) 13" (33 cm) 900 lbs. (405 kg) 700 lbs. (315 kg) 1500 lbs. (675 kg) 23 lbs. (10.4 kg)
3SBM4818CT 48" (121.9 cm) 18" (45.7 cm) 900 lbs. (405 kg) 700 lbs. (315 kg) 1500 lbs. (675 kg) 25 lbs. (11.3 kg)
3SBM3613CTB 36" (91.4 cm) 13" (33 cm) 1200 lbs. (540 kg) 900 lbs. (405 kg) 1500 lbs. (675 kg) 20 lbs. (9 kg)
3SBM3618CTB 36" (91.4 cm) 18" (45.7 cm) 1200 lbs. (540 kg) 900 lbs. (405 kg) 1500 lbs. (675 kg) 22 lbs. (9.9 kg)
3SBM4813CTB 48" (121.9 cm) 13" (33 cm) 900 lbs. (405 kg) 700 lbs. (315 kg) 1500 lbs. (675 kg) 23 lbs. (10.4 kg)
3SBM4818CTB 48" (121.9 cm) 18" (45.7 cm) 900 lbs. (405 kg) 700 lbs. (315 kg) 1500 lbs. (675 kg) 25 lbs. (11.3 kg)
aluminum alloy.
3SBMCTB Series
includes captive bolt,
nut and washers
12-36
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

1 (2) Position Three-Phase
aluminum alloy.
Light Duty 1.25" (32 mm) Dia. Rod
3SBL3618C 36" (91.4 cm) 18" (45.7 cm) 1000 lbs. (450 kg) 900 lbs. (405 kg) 1000 lbs. (450 kg) 10 lbs. (4.5 kg)
3SBL3618CSB 36" (91.4 cm) 18" (45.7 cm) 1000 lbs. (450 kg) 900 lbs. (405 kg) 1000 lbs. (450 kg) 17.5 lbs. (7.9 kg)
3SBL3618C Only
3SBL3618CSB Only
12-37
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Three-Phase
Corner Bracket
Base is aluminum alloy.
Number Vertical V Longitudinal L Transverse T (Each)
Light Duty 1.25" (32 mm) Dia. Rod

SPO40011 2000 lbs. (900 kg) 1000 lbs. (450 kg) 5000 lbs. (2250 kg) 15.5 lbs. (7 kg)
13
16" x 1.5" Mounting Slots
Spool Insulators
NOT INCLUDED
5
8" x 10.75" Bolt
12-38
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Cable Spacer / Tangent
Standoff Bracket
ductile iron.
Number Length A Vertical V Transverse T (Each)

Extra Heavy Duty 2.5" (63.5 mm) Dia. Rod

T6531191 21" (53.3 cm) 4000 lbs. (1800 kg) 10,000 lbs. (4500 kg) 13.5 lbs. (6.1 kg)
12-39
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Medium Duty
Deadend Arms
aluminum alloy.
DEMSPEB Only
DEMSP
Number Length A Vertical V Longitudinal L (Each)
Medium Duty 2.5" (63.5 mm) Dia. Rod
DEM36SP 36" (91.4 cm) 6000 lbs. (2700 kg) 7500 lbs. (3375 kg) 18.7 lbs. (8.4 kg)
DEM36SPEB 36" (91.4 cm) 6000 lbs. (2700 kg) 7500 lbs. (3375 kg) 18.7 lbs. (8.4 kg)
12-40
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Medium Duty
Deadend Arms
aluminum alloy.
Medium Duty 2.5" (63.5 mm) Dia. Rod

DEM36DP 36" (91.4 cm) 6400 lbs. (2880 kg) 8000 lbs. (3600 kg) 20 lbs. (9 kg)
DEM42DP 42" (106.7 cm) 5200 lbs. (2340 kg) 6500 lbs. (2925 kg) 23 lbs. (10.4 kg)
DEM48DP 48" (121.9 cm) 4400 lbs. (1980 kg) 5500 lbs. (2475 kg) 24.1 lbs. (10.8 kg)
DEM54DP 54" (137.2 cm) 3400 lbs. (1530 kg) 4300 lbs. (1935 kg) 26.1 lbs. (11.7 kg)
12-41
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Heavy Duty
Deadend Arms
hot-dip galvanized ductile iron.

DEH36DP 36" (91.4 cm) 9600 lbs. (4320 kg) 12000 lbs. (5400 kg) 34.5 lbs. (15.5 kg)
DEH48DP 48" (121.9 cm) 7600 lbs. (3420 kg) 9500 lbs. (4275 kg) 41 lbs. (18.5 kg)
12-42
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

12-43
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

12-44
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

MEXICO
HUBBELL DE MEXICO, S.A. DE C.V.
Av. Insurgentes Sur #1228, Piso 8
Col. Tlacoquemacatl Del Valle
Mexico, D.F. 03200
Phone: 52-55-9151-9999
Fax: 52-55-9151-9988
Website: hubbell.com.mx
UNITED STATES
CANADA, INTERNATIONAL
210 N. Allen Street
Phone: 1-573-682-5521
Fax: 1-573-682-8714
14A-1
HUBBELL
Power Systems
AUGUST 2009
14A
OVERHEAD SWITCHES
Gang-Operated
Type AR, Type D7 and Type D6
Warranty - Material
The Chance Company warrants all products sold by it to be merchantable (as such term is defned in the Uniform Commercial Code) and to be free from defects in material and workmanship. Buyer
must notify the Company promptly of any claim under this warranty. The Buyer's exclusive remedy for breach of this warranty shall be the repair or replacement, F.O.B. factory, at the Company's
said product.
The Chance Company does not warrant the accuracy of and results from product or system performance recommendations resulting from any engineering analysis or study. This applies regardless
of whether a charge is made for the recommendation, or if it is provided free of charge.
Responsibility for selection of the proper product or application rests solely with the purchaser. In the event of errors or inaccuracies determined to be caused by The Chance Company, its liability will
be limited to the re-performance of any such analysis or study.
Copyright 2007 & 2009 Hubbell Incorporated 210 North Allen Street Centralia, MO 65240 USA
Printed in USA
14A-2
AUGUST 2009
HUBBELL
Power Systems
U.S. Patents 6,207,919; 6,215,082;
6,281,460; 6,409,135; 6,459,053;
6,541,717; 6,818,846; 6,946,607.
Variations and Confgurations
The Type AR switch is available in fve basic confgurations:
Horizontal Vertical Phase-over-Phase Delta Inverted
All feature clockwise opening and are operable by torsional
or reciprocating controls as well a hookstick operation option
(full-length down-the-pole control or crossarm-mounted hook
stick-operation control).
1. Full-length down-the-pole controls consist of Torsional
swing-handle operation for Horizontal, Delta and Inverted
switches and Reciprocating pump-handle operation for Verti-
cal and Phase-over-Phase switches. (Standard Duty or Heavy
Duty conrols are available for Vertical and Phase-over-Phase
switches.) Switch open or close positions locking provisions
are provided.
2. Offset control option for horizontal confguration
allows the control to be trained down the side of the pole
where interference prohibits mounting the control on the
front of the pole.
3. Crossarm-mounted hook stick-operation controls
provide pull-to-open / pull-to-close switch with maximum
target hook stick accessibility.
Features:
All three phase switches feature a four-link overtoggle mecha-
nism to assure locked closed blades, mechanical advantage
for easier open and close operation, and "snap" feedback to
the operator.
Type AR (Automation-Ready) Switch
14.4kV, 25kV or 34.5kV 900 Amperes Continuous/Interrupt
Type AR Switch Ratings
Nominal Voltage/Lightning Impulse Withstand .... 14.4 kV/110 kV, 25 kV/150 kV or
34.5 kV grounded-wye/150 kV
Continuous Current ............................................. 900 amperes
Interrupting Current ............................................. 900 amperes
Peak Withstand Current........................................65,000 amperes peak
Short Time Withstand Current...........3 sec...........25,000 amperes, symmetrical
Fault Making: 1 time ........................... 25,000 amperes, asymmetrical
3 time ............................20,000 amperes, asymmetrical
Dead-ending: ........................................................8,000-lb. working load
Ice Breaking: .........................................................
3
/4-in. thick, opening and closing
Description
The Hubbell unitized Type AR switch is a distribution-level,
loadbreak, gang-operated side-break switch designed to
meet not only todays needs but well into utilities future
of distribution automation. Designed for nominal system
voltages of 14.4kV and 25kV three- and four-wire systems
and 34.5kV grounded-wye systems. The Type AR switch is
available with a variety of options, and in ratings for present
and planned requirements.
To minimize feld installation time, the Type AR switch is
pre-assembled, adjusted and mounted on a crossarm. Instal-
lation time is even faster for a Type AR switch with the hook
stick-operation option.
Horizontal Mounting
(Torsional
down-the-pole control shown)
Delta Mounting
(Hook
stick control
shown)
Phase-
over-
Phase
Mounting
(Reciprocating
down-the-pole
control shown)
Inverted Mounting
(Hook stick control shown)
Vertical Mounting
(Reciprocating
down-the-pole control shown)
Horizontal Mounting
(Offset torsional control option
down-side-of-the-pole shown)
14A-3
HUBBELL
Power Systems
AUGUST 2009
Automation-ready design
900-ampcontinuousand
interruption current rating
Four-linkovertoggle
mechanism
Hookstickoperation
capability
Unitized,pre-assembled
construction
Fourmountingarrangements
Feature
Available Options
Hook stick Operation The Type AR switch can be operated
by a hook stick operation. This option eliminates control
pipe sections down the pole and their attendant adjustment
during installation and maintenance.
Extra Pipe The extra pipe section includes guide, coupling,
and all hardware for attachment.
Extension Links When deadending to the AR switch, exten-
sion links must be used to give needed clearance. The end
clevis has a slotted hole for inserting the machine bolt with-
out having to remove the extension bar. The extension links
supplied are 14 inches long, hot-dip galvanized, and REA
accepted. Catalog No. C2070112; six required per switch.
Surge Arrester Brackets Three brackets can be supplied
for mounting six surge arresters (utility supplied) for over-
voltage protection.
Sensor Brackets Extension Brackets can be supplied, or
added to the AR Switch, to allow for the additon of line volt-
age/current sensors.
Advantage
CompatiblewithtodaysD/Aenvironmentbyaddingamotoroperator
and RTU of your choice, or upgrade in the future
Meetspresentandfutureoperationrequirements
Mechanicaladvantagereducesoperatingtorquetothelowestlevel
in the industry to date
Overtoggle feature assures blades are closed and gives snap
feedback to the operator
Minimizesinstallationtime,reducespossiblevandalism,eliminates
control adjustments
Minimizesinstallationtimeandeliminatescontroladjustments
Meetsvariousutilityinstallationrequirements
Crossarm Braces Crossarm braces may be specifed as an
option.
ESP
polymer Insulators The distribution insulators, 2.25-

inch bolt circle, are available in a U.S.-manufactured ESP
polymer design. They are light weight, durable, and they offer
long-term performance in every type of environment.
Terminal Connectors Catalog No. ATC1343, fortifed cadmi-
um-plated aluminum parallel-groove clamp can be supplied
with switches. Six per switch.
Cable Range:
Minimum No. 2 solid copper [0.258 inch (6.55 mm)] to
maximum 500 kcmil copper [0.811 inch (20.60 mm)].
Control Insulator One 150 kV LIW (Lightining Impulse With-
stand - BIL) polymer insulator in vertical control pipe.
Captive Hardware Two stainless-steel spline bolts pressed
into each terminal pad, nuts and lockwashers included.
Single Phase of Type AR Switch
(1) Hot-rolled steel base formed into a channel and galvanized
per ASTM A153.
(2) Hot-rolled crank lever provides high strength and corro-
sion resistance. Galvanized per ASTM A153.
(3) Delrin
bushing coupled with a cast aluminum rotating

shaft eliminates the need for lubrication during the life of
the switch.
(4) Insulators available in 2.25" bolt circle, porcelain or
polymer.
(5) High-conductivity copper with phosphorous-bronze back-
up springs and copper-tungsten fault-closing tips provide reli-
able contact areas. Silver-to-silver current-transfer points.
(6) Blade formed from hard-drawn, high-conductivity copper
for maximum current carrying capability.
(7) Interrupter provides current interruption without exter-
nal arc or fame. High-strength polyurethane material for
strength, weatherability and UV resistance. Bolted tongue-
in-groove mounting ensures positive alignment.
(8) Polycarbonate ice shield helps protect contacts from ice
build up.
7
1
2
8
4
6
3
Interrupter
5
14A-4
AUGUST 2009
HUBBELL
Power Systems
Horizontal Mounting Down-the-Pole Control
14A-5
HUBBELL
Power Systems
AUGUST 2009
Horizontal Mounting Offset Side-of-the-Pole Control
18.75 IN
476 MM
29KV
26 IN
660 MM
17.1KV
23 IN
584 MM
36 IN
914 MM
CROSSARMBRACE
WHEN FURNISHED
88 IN
2235 MM
22 IN
559 MM
(REF)
GALV STEEL OR
FIBERGLASS
UNIVERSAL ASSEMBLY
NAMEPLATE
PER CUSTOMER
83 IN
2108 MM
14 IN
356 MM
107 IN
2718 MM
25 IN
635 MM
11/16"IN (17MM) DIA
THRU HOLES FOR
MOUNTING BOLTS
32 IN
813 MM
24 IN
610 MM
33 IN
838 MM
CONTACT END
HINGE END
SWITCH
INTERRUPTER
3/4" IPS GALV
STEEL PIPE OR
1" FIBERGLASS
BLADE
TO OPEN
4" X 4" GALV STEEL
OR FIBERGLASS
83 IN
2108 MM
32 FT/8.75 MMAX HEIGHT
WITHOUT ADDITIONAL VERTICAL
PIPE AND GUIDE BEARING
REQUIREMENT
LOCKING PROVISION FOR
PADLOCKING IN OPEN
OR CLOSED POSITION
1-1/2" IPS GALV
STEEL PIPE
GROUND STRAP
NAMEPLATE
14A-6
AUGUST 2009
HUBBELL
Power Systems
Vertical Mounting
14A-7
HUBBELL
Power Systems
AUGUST 2009
7-1/4"
184 MM
(17.1KV)16-1/4"
413 MM
(29KV)19-1/4"
489 MM
ALL MOUNTING HARDWARE
5/8"(16 MM)DIA
23-1/2"
597 MM
28 FT(8.5 M)MAX
WITHOUT ADDITION
OF PIPE SECTION
ENF OF
CROSSARM
VIEW "A"-"A"
6-1/2"
165 MM
25"
635 MM
4"(102 MM)SQUARE CROSSARM
GALV STEEL OR FIBERGLASS
2-1/2"
64 MM
81-1/2"
2070 MM
8-1/2"
216 MM
11-1/2"
292 MM
99"
2515 MM
10"
254 MM
14"
356 MM
14"
356 MM
6"
152 MM
32"
813 MM
32"
813 MM
SIDE VIEW
STANDARD CONTROL
TYPE "S" AND "F"
3/4"(19 MM)NPS GALV PIPE
OR 1"(25 MM)FIBERGLASS ROD
TOP SECTION
3/4"(19 MM)
NPS GALV PIPE
OR 1"(25 MM)
FIBERGLASS ROD
COUPLINGS
GUIDES
ALL LOWER
SECTIONS
3/4"(19 MM)
NPS GALV PIPE
85"
216 MM
(TYPICAL)
(TYPICAL)
"B-B"
RECIPROCATING
HANDLE
GROUND
STRAP
"B" "B"
HEAVY DUTY CONTROL
TYPE "T" AND "G"
AS REQUIRED
BY USER
NAMEPLATE
OPEN AND CLOSED
LOCKING PROVISIONS
6"
152 MM
TOP SECTION
1-1/4"(32 MM)
NPS GALV PIPE
OR FIBERGLASS
STEADY LEVER
ALL LOWER
SECTIONS
1-1/4"(32 MM)
NPS GALV PIPE
6"
152 MM
(TYPICAL)
86-3/4"
2203 MM
84"
2134 MM
(TYPICAL)
"A" "A"
Phase-over-Phase Mounting
14A-8
AUGUST 2009
HUBBELL
Power Systems
Delta Mounting
14A-9
HUBBELL
Power Systems
AUGUST 2009
Inverted Mounting
14A-10
AUGUST 2009
HUBBELL
Power Systems
Crossarm/Inter-
Phase Shaft
S = Steel
F = Fiberglass
M = Steel crossarm,
fberglass
interphase shaft
A
Insulation, kV Impulse
(maximum system kV)
1 = 110 porcelain (17.1kV)
3 = 110 polymer (17.1kV)
4 = 150 polymer (29kV)
6 = 150 polymer
(38kV grounded-wye)
7 = 150 polymer Long Leak (39.6")
(38kV grounded-wye)
R
Confguration
1 =
Horizontal
2 = Vertical
3 = -over-
4 = Delta
5 = Inverted
Position 4:
Positions 5 through 12:
See Option Tables for each Confguration
X X X X X X X X
Option Tables by Confguration
VerticalSwitch,S&FControls
B = Sensor Brackets
* C = Control Insulator
H = Captive Hardware
L = Surge Arrester Brackets
* P = Extra Pipe
* PP = Two Extra Pipes

T = Terminal Connectors (ATC 1343)
1 X X X X
U.S. Patents 6,207,919;
6,215,082; 6,281,460;
6,409,135; 6,459,053;
6,541,717; 6,818,846;
6,946,607.
Position 3:
*Options C, P, R, PP and RR do not apply
when Hook Stick Operated Control is supplied.
Options H and T, Captive Hardware and Terminal Con-

nectors, cannot be ordered together.
Vertical Switch, T & G Controls
B = Sensor Brackets
* D = Control Insulator
* R = Extra Pipe
* RR = Two Extra Pipes

Replacement Parts
C8180001 Interrupter for all Mounting Confgurations
E8181000P Live Parts for all kV Ratiings and Mounting Confgurations
Standard Controls Pipe sizes
on drawings, pages 14A-4 thru -8
(All confgurations)
S = All Steel Vertical Sections
F = One Fiberglass Vertical Section
H = Vertical Controls replaced
with Hook stick Operating
Mechanism
Heavy-Duty Controls 1
1
4
" IPS
(Vertical and -over- only)
T = All Steel Vertical Sections
G = One Fiberglass Vertical Section
Horizontal and Inverted Switches
B = Sensor Brackets

* P = Extra Pipe
S = Steel Crossarm Brace, only one supplied

W = Wood Crossarm Brace, only one supplied
X = Extension Links
Phase-over-PhaseSwitch,S&FControls
B = Sensor Brackets

* P = Extra Pipe

X = Extension Links
Phase-over-PhaseSwitch,S&FControls
B = Sensor Brackets

* R = Extra Pipe
* RR = Two Extra Pipes

X = Extension Links
Delta Switch
B = Sensor Brackets

* P = Extra Pipe

X = Extension Links
To specify Offset Control, add 0116 as a suffx after building

a complete Catalog Number for all other features.
14A-11
HUBBELL
Power Systems
AUGUST 2009
Horizontal
Mounting
Phase-over-Phase
Mounting
Riser Pole
Mounting
Application and Ratings
The Chance unitized D7 is a distribution-level, gang-operated, side-break switch for 15 through
38 kV applications. It is pre-assembled, adjusted, and mounted on a common support at the
factory for three-phase service. D7 switches meet a continuous-current rating of 600 amperes,
a momentary rating of 40,000 amperes, a three-second short time current rating of 25,000
amperes, and applicable NEMA and ANSI standards. It is available in 15 kV (110 kV LIW*),
27 kV (150 kV LIW*), 34.5kV (150kV LIW*) or 38 kV (200 kV LIW*). The D7 is a 600-ampere
loadbreak switch with the Duogap
expulsion interrupters. With the Duogap, the D7 is capable

of switching load currents up to 600 amperes, with full recovery voltage across the switch,
and interrupting transformer magnetizing and line-charging currents. This switch may be
used for disconnecting, line sectionalizing, circuit breaker bypassing, and isolating.
*Lightning Impulse Withstand (BIL)
Convenient Installation
Field installation time of this pre-assembled switch is greatly reduced below what is usually
required to install separate gang-operated distribution level switches. The three-phase unit is
conveniently raised in one piece to its mounting position, secured to the pole, control sections
attached, and feld adjustment made. Proper synchronization and phase spacing have been
made at the factory. Unitized switches are installed in 2 to 4 hours, compared to non-unitized
switches that take 6 to 8 hours.
One-lift installation cuts
time and cost of separate
gang-operated, distribution-
level switches.
Three mounting variations of the D7 are available.
Unitized and Pre-Assembled
Type D7 Switches Unitized
15 to 38 kV 600 Amperes
14A-12
AUGUST 2009
HUBBELL
Power Systems
DesignFeatures
The jaw socket and hinge terminal castings of the D7 are bronze with
tin-plated NEMA terminal pads. The blade is a round tubular copper
with fattened ends to allow for a silver/copper contact. A four-point silver
plated contact is supplied on the jaw end to make the switch easier to
open and close. An all-copper current path is provided.
Interrupters
Chance Duogap
expulsion interrupter converts any D7 to a loadbreak

switch. Built-in sockets on each switch accept the interrupter. The
Duogap may be ordered with the switch or may be hotstick-installed
for load management conversion. For more on the Duogap, see Bulletin
No. 14-9405.
Terminal Pads, Arcing Horns
Two-hole NEMA terminal pads are standard. The D7 terminal pads
are bronze with tin-plating to provide low-resistance effcient current
transfer.
A stainless steel arcing horn is provided to pick up load current, thus
preventing burning or arc pitting on the main contacts.
Insulators
The Vee confguration of the insulators simulates a low profle with less
bulk and a pleasing visual appearance. The gray-tone insulator for the
unitized D7 switch is NEMA 3-inch BC.
15 thru 34.5 kV Switch Base and Bearings
The base castings consist of high strength, high corrosion resistant
aluminum alloy. This lightweight aluminum is comparable to bronze in
almost all metal technical categories, such as: ultimate tensile, tensile
yield, elongation, hardness, modulus of elasticity, thermal conductivity,
and electrical conductivity. Bearings are high-strength, high-density
Delrin, for smooth pivotal action.
Conductors are dead-ended to each individual switch base. Pull-off holes
are designed for a 6,000-lb. working load rating. The switch frame is
limited to an unequal loading of 700 lb.
Common Support
The 4 x 4-inch common support member is furnished in either galva-
nized-steel or fberglass tubing. The interphase shaft which connects
the three rotating insulators is constructed of the same material as
the crossarm.
Controls
Controls are either all metal or metal with a vertical fberglass section.
Three options combine the metal or insulated interphase shaft with the
metal or fberglass common support.
Chance 15.5, 27 and 38 kV Duogap expulsion
interrupters .
The arcing horn will pick up load current upon
closing to prevent burning or arc pitting on the
main contact surfaces.
14A-13
HUBBELL
Power Systems
AUGUST 2009
kV
15
27
*34.5
*150 kV LIW (Lightning
Impulse Withstand)
Riser Pole Mounting
E
36
42
42
C
36
48
48
D
15
17
17
Dimensions (inches)
14A-14
AUGUST 2009
HUBBELL
Power Systems
E
36
42
42
C
36
48
48
D
15
17
17
Dimensions (inches)
Horizontal Mounting
Horizontal Mounting
38 kV 200 BIL
kV
15
27
*34.5
Impulse Withstand)
14A-15
HUBBELL
Power Systems
AUGUST 2009
A
84
108
108
B
36
48
48
Dimensions (inches)
38 kV 200 kV LIW (Lightning Impulse Withstand)
kV
15
27
*34.5
Impulse Withstand)
14A-16
AUGUST 2009
HUBBELL
Power Systems
34.5 kV (150kV LIW*) Switch Phase Outline
4" x 4" CROSSARM
STEEL OR FIBERGLASS
15kV (110kV LIW*) Switch Phase Outline
4" x 4" CROSSARM
STEEL OR FIBERGLASS
27kV (150kV LIW*) Switch Phase Outline
4" x 4" CROSSARM
STEEL OR FIBERGLASS
*Lightning Impulse Withstand
14A-17
HUBBELL
Power Systems
AUGUST 2009
D7 X X X X X X
A- Additional 10 ft. operating pipe, coupling,
and guide bracket. Horizontal mounting
only. Cat. No. E8012729P.
B- Additional 10 ft. operating pipe, coupling,
and pipe guide. Phase-Over-Phase and
Vertical only. Cat. No. E8012729P.
D- Lightning arrester brackets. Horizontal and
Vertical only. Specify Cat. No. C8011014
for complete mounting assembly for
six distribution class lightning arresters.
E- Lighting arrester brackets. Phase-Over-
Phase only. Specify Cat. No. C8011381 for
complete mounting assembly for six distri-
bution class arresters; C8011380 for three
arrester application.
Q- One 150 kV LIW* insulator in vertical
controls. Specify porcelain or polymer.
T- Six fortifed cadmium-plated aluminum
parallel-groove terminal connectors. Cat.
No. ATC1343 for one connector, No. 2
through 500 kcmil.
U- Crossarm braces. Wood braces for fber-
glass crossarm (pair), steel brace for steel
crossarms.
Interrupter
Controls
All steel controls (Used with steel support only) --A
Fiberglass universal section and steel interphase
shaft (Used with steel support only) ----------------- B
Fiberglass universal section and interphase rod
(used with Fiberglass support only) ----------------- C
Options
Mounting
Galvanized Steel --- S
Fiberglass ------------ E
Support
15 kV/110 kV LIW* NEMA Porcelain Insulator ---1
15 kV/110 kV LIW* NEMA Polymer Insulator -----4
38 kV/200 kV LIW* NEMA Polymer Insulator ---- 6
34.5 kV/150 kV LIW* NEMA Porcelain Insulator--7
Ratings
Horizontal Upright CCW Opening ------------ H
CW Opening ------------ X
CCW Opening
Extra pole clearance - R
CW Opening
Extra pole clearance - T
Vertical CCW Opening ------------V
Phase-over-Phase CCW Opening ------------ P
L - With Duogap

Interrupter
N - No interrupter
NOTE: (1) 200 kV LIW* not available with vertical mounting or fberglass crossarm. (2) Consult factory for motor operators.
Ordering Information Type D7 Unitized Switches
38 kV (200 LIW*) Switch Phase Outline
38 kV 600 Amperes
14A-18
AUGUST 2009
HUBBELL
Power Systems
Type D6 Switches Non-Unitized
Application and Ratings
The Chance Type D6 is a distribution-level, gang-operated,
side-break switch for 15 through 38kV applications. D6
switches meet a continuous-current rating of 600 amperes,
a momentary rating of 40,000 amperes, a three-second short-
time current rating of 25,000 amperes, and all applicable
NEMA and ANSI standards. It is available in 15 kV (110 kV
LIW*), 27 kV (150 kV LIW*) and 38 kV (200 kV LIW*). The
unit is a 600-ampere loadbreak switch with Duogap
expul-
sion interrupters. Each switch comes preftted with a socket
to accept the Duogap. Orders also may specify switches come
without the interrupters. With the Duogap, D6 is capable of
switching load currents up to 600 amperes, with full recov-
ery voltage across the switch, and interrupting transformer
magnetizing and line-charging currents. The D6 switch may
be used for disconnecting, line sectionalizing, circuit breaker
bypassing, and isolating.
DesignFeatures
D6 jaw socket and hinge terminal pads are bronze castings
with stainless steel supports. The blade is round tubular cop-
per with fattened ends to allow for a silver/copper contact.
Silver contacts are used to ensure smooth, easy operation.
Bases and Bearings
The switch base for 38 kV (200 kV LIW*) is galvanized-steel
hat-section. A sealed, greaseless main bearing supports the
rotating insulator. The stainless-steel balls are encased in a
high-strength, heat-treated aluminum housing for mainte-
nance-free operation. The switch base for 15 kV (110 kV LIW*)
and 27 kV (150 kV LIW*) is extruded aluminum channel and
the bearings are high-density Delrin.
Insulators
Alternate Mounting Arrangements
The standard D6 switch design allows for a multitude of mounting and control confgurations. The switch can be mounted
horizontally or vertically. Controls can be installed on any side of the pole or off the switch ends for structure mount.
Some common confgurations are shown below. Consult factory for other requirements.
38 kV (200 kV LIW*) Switch Phase 15 kV (110 kV LIW*) Switch Phase 27 kV (150 kV LIW*) Switch Phase
The Sky-Glaze
insulator is gray porcelain NEMA 3-inch

BC.
Blade Opening
All side-break D6 switches open in the counter-clockwise
direction.
Terminal Pads, Arcing Horn
NEMA-standard, two-hole terminal pads accept aluminum
or bronze connectors. Tin-plated bronze D6 pads reduce
resistance to assure effcient current transfer. A stainless
steel arcing horn picks up load current, preventing burning
or arc pitting on the main contacts.
Interrupters
Chance Duogap
expulsion interrupter makes the D6 a

loadbreak switch. Built-in sockets on each switch accept the
interrupter. The Duogap may be ordered with the switch or
may be hotstick-installed for load management conversion.
For more on the Duogap, see Bulletin No.14-9405.
14A-19
HUBBELL
Power Systems
AUGUST 2009
3. Consult factory for motor operators.
4.Ifnon-standardphasespacingisrequired,pleasepro-
vide length of interphase control desired.
NOTE:
1. 200 kV KIW* is not available with vertical mounting
or fberglass support.
2. Consult factory for structure mounting applications.
Phase-over-Phase CCW Opening ---P
Horizontal Upright CCW Opening -- H
Vertical (Riser Pole) CCW Opening ---V
D6 X X X X X X
kV
15
27
G
36
42
E
36
48
F
15
17
Dimensions (inches)
Type D6 Switches Non-Unitized
Foralternatemountingconfgurations,
see preceding page.
Mounting
None ------------------ 0
* Galvanized Steel --- S
(Horizontal mount only)
All steel controls -------------------- A
Fiberglass universal section
and steel interphase shaft --- B
Controls
15 kV/110 kV LIW* NEMA Insulator - 1
Ratings
Support
* Supports are bundled with the control
pipe separate from the switch crate.
Interrupter
A- Additional 10 ft. operating pipe, coupling, and
guide bracket. Horizontal mounting only.
Cat. No. E8012729P.
B- Additional 10 ft. operating pipe, coupling, and
pipe guide. Phase-Over-Phase and Vertical only.
Cat. No. E8012729P.
D- Lightning arrester brackets. Horizontal and
Vertical only. Specify Cat. No. C8011014 for
complete mounting assembly for six distribution
class arresters.
E- Lighting arrester brackets. Phase-Over-Phase
only. Specify Cat. No. C8011381 for complete
mounting assembly for six distribution-class
arresters; C8011380 for three arrester application.
Q- One 150 kV LIW* insulator in vertical controls.
Specify porcelain or polymer.
T- Six fortifed cadmium-plated aluminum parallel-
groove terminal connectors. Cat. No. ATC1343 for
one connector, No. 2 through 500 kcmil.
Options
Ordering Information Catalog Numbering System
Horizontal Mounting Horizontal Mounting 38 kV 200 kV LIW*
L - With Duogap

Interrupter
N - No interrupter
14A-20
AUGUST 2009
HUBBELL
Power Systems
Web: www.hubbellpowersystems.com
MEXICO
Col. Del Valle
03100 Mexico, D.F.
Phone: 52-55-9151-9999
Fax: 52-55-9151-9988
UNITED STATES
210 N. Allen
Phone: 573-682-5521
Fax: 573-682-8714
14B-1
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Printed in USA
Copyright 2008 Hubbell 210NorthAllenStreetCentralia,MO65240

OVERHEAD SWITCHES
HOOKSTICK-OPERATED
Warranty - Material
said product.
Section
14B
14B-2
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Application
The Chance Type M3 Disconnect Switch is a single-phase hook-
stick operated switch. It is for manual switching of overhead
lines on electrical distribution systems up to 38kV. Design
variations allow for applications as a distribution switch or
a substation switch. Rated for 600 or 900 amps continuous,
40,000 amps momentary and 25,000 amps sym. 2-seconds
short-time withstand, the M3 may be applied on:
Dip/Riserpoles Singlecrossarm
Doublecrossarm Aluminumorsteelstructure
and wherever a disconnect switch is desirable for line sec-
tionalizing. The addition of optional bypass studs allows for
Type M3 Hookstick Disconnect Switches
Up to 38kV 600 or 900 Amp 40kA Momentary
Components of the M3 Switch
1. By-pass Studs (Optional)
Two copper alloy by-pass studs used for regulator, reclosers,
and metering devices for by-passing operations. Provides
superior corrosion protection as well as high conductivity.
Chance hot line clamps are to be used in conjunction with this
option (refer to section 13 of the Chance catalog for selection
of proper clamp).
2. Terminal Pad (Standard)
Highconductivitytin-platedcopper,NEMAtwo-holetermi-
nal pad.
3. Back-up Springs (Standard)
Two stainless steel springs (300 series) for high strength and
superior corrosion resistance to maintain effcient current
transfer at the stationary contact and end of blade.
4. Loadbreak Hooks (Standard)
Hot dipped galvanized steel to ASTM A153 for corrosion
protectiontobeusedwithportableloadbreaktool.Alsoacts
as a blade guide to increase the side loading capabilities
during switch closing.
5. Copper Blade (Standard)
High conductivity copper blade and silver-plated moving
contact areas. The blade utilizes four-fnger contact design
for superior performance on momentary currents. Blade is
triangulated and edge-formed for superior stiffness and blade
side-loading capability during closing.
6. Stainless steel pin (Standard)
Stainless steel pin can be positioned to stop the blade at 90
O
(as supplied) or 160
O
.
7. 160
O
Open Position Latch (Optional)
This is a 300 series stainless steel latch to hold the blade in
the 160
O
open position.
8. Parallel Groove Connectors, (Optional)
CatalogNo.ATC1343,fortifedcadmium-platedaluminum
parallel groove clamp, furnished with galvanized steel bolts
and nuts and will accept #2 through 500 kcmil aluminum or
copper conductor.
9. Insulators
Available in 2.25-inch bolt circle distribution insulators of
light weight ESP
TM
silicon alloy rubber or porcelain.
10. Switch Base
Bases are hot dip galvanized toASTMA153 for corrosion
protection and can be mounted with the supplied back-strap
on a single or double crossarm; they can also be mounted
on aluminum or steel equipment mounts. See drawings on
following pages for dimensions.
11. Serrated Slots (Standard)
Forretaining3/8"carriagebolts,whichareincluded,with
the mounting back-strap when ordered. Smooth slots are
available as an option. (Distribution switches only)
12. Back-strap (Standard)
Comes with hardware to match the distribution base
ordered: U-shaped for rigidity and strength. Galvanized to
ASTMA153forcorrosionprotection.(Distribution switches
only)
13. Dead-end Provision (Standard)
Holes for dead-ending conductors are stamped out of the
galvanized steel base. Rated for 8,000 lb. working load.
Holesizeis1"
14. Captive Hardware (Optional)
Two stainless steel spline bolts pressed into each terminal
pad, bronze nut and stainless steel lock washer included.
bypassing reclosers, regulators, capacitor banks or metering
devices.
Operation
AllChanceM3disconnectswitchesincludeloadbreakhooks
which serve both as a blade closing guide and for use with
a portable loadbreak tool. To open the switch under load,
use only an approved loadbreak tool and refer to the tool
manufacturer for instructions.
Positive latching is provided. Silver-plating on the contact
areas enhances effcient current transfer. For easy opening
and ice-breaking action, the pull ring activates the latch as
a pry-out lever.
14B-3
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

DISTRIBUTION Class Insulators
Distribution class insulators are 2
1
/4" bolt-circle, provided
with 110, 125 or 150kV BIL respectively for the 15.5, 27 and
38kV ratings. These are available in either ESP
TM
silicon
alloy rubber or porcelain insulators.
ESP
Insulator, available in three sizes

150kV 125kV 110kV
Structural design of ESP
insulator:
Rod
ESP
insulator fberglass rod is produced from the highest

quality material. Strands are aligned for the maximum tensile
strength. The rod is flled with electrical grade glass fbers.
DISTRIBUTION CLASS (2.25" Bolt-Circle) Switch Ratings
Cantilever,
pounds
DryArc
Distance,
inches
Leakage
Distance,
inches
ESP Rubber
Porcelain

ESP Rubber
Porcelain

ESP Rubber
Porcelain
110
125
150
Rated
BIL*
Material
Switch Electrical Ratings Insulator Mechanical Ratings
Tension,
pounds
60 Hz Flash-
over, kV*
Wet Dry
Torsion,
in.-lb.
Compression,
pounds
Weight,
lb.
17.2
10.5

21.9
15.5

28
24.0
7.1
6.0

8.1
7.0

10.0
9.5
30
30

45
45

60
60
38
38

50
50

70
70
1,200
1,200

1,000

1,000

800

800
5,000
5,000

5,000
5,000

5,000
5,000
3,000
3,000

3,000
3,000

3,000
3,000
5,000
5,000

5,000
5,000

5,000
5,000
*ANSIRating.Lessthantestresults.Testreportsavailableuponrequest.
2.90
7.73

3.30
9.00

4.50
11.45
STATION CLASS (3" Bolt-Circle) Switch Ratings
Canti-
lever,
pounds
DryArc
Distance,
inches
Leakage
Distance,
inches
Polymer
Porcelain

Porcelain
110

150
Rated
BIL*
Material
Electrical Mechanical
Tension,
pounds
60 Hz Flash-
over, kV*
Wet Dry
Torsion,
in.-lb.
Compression,
pounds
19.0
15.5

24.0
8.0
7.0

9.5
45
45

60
50
50

70
2,000
2,000

2,000
8,500
8,500

10,000
7,000
7,000

8,000
10,000
10,000

10,000
*ANSIRating.Lessthantestresults.Testreportsavailableuponrequest.
Distribution Class Ratings
Nominal Voltage/BIL: 14.4kV/110kV,25kV/125kV,34.5/150kV
Continuous Current:600or900amp
Momentary Current:40,000amperesasymmetrical
Short Time Withstand Current 2-sec.:25,000amperessym.
Deadending:8,000lb.workingload
STATION Class Insulators
Station class insulators are available with Sky-Glaze horizon-blending 3" bolt-circle, which
provide 110 and 150kV BIL respectively for the 15 and 27kV substation switches. These are
available in porcelain or at 15kV polymer (cycloaliphatic).
Substation-style Station Class Type M3S switch is made for mounting on a steel structure or
on a pole-mounted aluminum or steel equipment mount.
EndFittings
Ductile iron castings are mechanically crimped directly to the
fberglass rod. The crimp requires no intermovement of the
parts to achieve high strength, nor does it introduce potting
compounds or adhesives.
Weathersheds
ESP
insulators are the same proven material used in PDV

arresters, Hi*Lite and Veri*Lite insulators and PDI dead-
ends. ESP
is a polymer compound made by alloying silicone

and EPDM rubber. This alloy offers the desirable toughness
and resistance to tracking of Ohio Brasss original EPR, with
the hydrophobic characteristics derived from low molecular
weight silicone oils.
Ohio Brass uses several tests to evaluate materials. Tracking,
QUV, corona cutting, salt fog, oxidative stability and variations
of differential thermal analysis tests assure the quality of
OBs shed material. For further information on our polymers
ask your Hubbell representative for the publication Polymer
Materials for Insulator Weathersheds EU1264-H.
15.5
27
38
Max.
kV
14B-4
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

DISTRIBUTION CLASS
M3 SWITCHDIMENSIONAL DATA
110kV BIL - 600 Amp
14B-5
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

DISTRIBUTION CLASS
110kV BIL - 900 Amp
125kV BIL - 600 Amp
150kV BIL - 600 & 900 Amp
14B-6
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Type M3 Switch
DISTRIBUTION CLASS
M3
OPTIONS
C = Captive Hardware*
Consists of 4 each:
1
/2" 13 stainless steel
bolts,
1
/2" fatwasher / lockwasher,
1
/2" 13
bronze nut
L = Open Position Latch
(P8070181P)
Stainless steel latch for holding the blade
in the 160 open position
P = Parallel Groove Terminals*
(ACT1343 2 per switch)
Two complete connectors and hardware.
Accepts #2 - 500 kcmil (Copper orAlumi-
num)
R = Bypass Studs
(P8070166P 2 per switch)
Two copper alloy bypass studs, which can be
used for regulator or recloser bypassing
D = Distribution base, serrated slots
with four
3
/8"x8"/10"carriagebolts
and backstrap
H = Distribution base, smooth slots
with four
1
/2"x8"/10"carriagebolts
and backstrap
BOLT LENGTH
7 6 5 1 4 3 2
BASE
*NOTE:CaptiveHardwareandParallelGroove
TerminalsCANNOTbeorderedtogether.
6 = 600AMP
9 =900AMP
RATED CURRENT
A=10"Length
B=8"Length
2 = 15kV 110BIL Porcelain
3 = 25kV 125BIL Porcelain (not available in 900 amp)
6 = 15kV 110BIL Polymer
7 = 25kV 125BIL Polymer (not available in 900 amp)
INSULATION
RUS Listed
14B-7
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Type M3 Switch
STATION CLASS
M3
OPTIONS
Consists of 4 each:
1
/2"13stainlesssteelbolts,
1
/2"
fatwasher/lockwasher,
1
/2"13bronzenut
L = Open Position Latch
(P8070181P)
Stainless steel latch for holding the blade in the
160 open position
(ACT1343 2 per switch)
Twocompleteconnectorsandhardware.Accepts
#2-500kcmil(CopperorAluminum)
R = Bypass Studs
(P8070166P 2 per switch)
Two copper alloy bypass studs, which can be used
for regulator or recloser bypassing
S = Station Class Base
Mounted on a steel structure or pole-
mounted using an aluminum or steel
mounting bracket.
6 5 S 4 3 2
BASE
6 = 600AMP
9 =900AMP
RATED CURRENT
INSULATION 3" Bolt Circle
RUS Listed
14B-8
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

STATION CLASS
Station base: hat-shaped, 6 slots, 20 holes,
integral deadending holes each end
Insulation: Porcelain, 3 in. Bolt Circle, NEMA
in.
12
15
1
/8
mm
627
808
in.
24
11
/16
31
13
/16
mm
358
460
in.
14
1
/8
18
1
/8
mm
326
428
in.
12
27
/32
16
27
/32
mm
190
151
in.
7
1
/2
5
15
/16
mm
305
384
A B G D C F
mm
86
127
mm
194
246
in.
7
21
/32
9
11
/16
E
DIMENSIONS (Vertical and Underhung) 27" Base
in.
3
13
/32
5
BIL
110 kV
150 kV
14B-9
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Type M3C
Single-Insulator Disconnect Switch
15.5and27kVmax. 600and900Amperes
Description and Application
The Type M3C single-insulator disconnect switch is fully
rated for 600A or 900A. It is principally used for manual
switching of overhead lines on distribution circuits up to 25
kV. The switch is easy to install using a crossarm mounting
bracket in the same manner as a cutout.
Specifcations
M3C Switch Components
1. Terminal Pads (All)
Tin-platedhigh-conductivitycopper,NEMAtwo-holetermi-
nalpad.ParallelGrooveconnectors(Cat.No.ATC1343)and
captive hardware are available as options.
2. Loadbreak Hooks
Hot-dipped galvanized steel hooks are provided as stan-
dard.
3. Disconnect Blade
The disconnect blade is of the same construction as that used
on the M3 Hookstick Disconnect Switch. The high-conductivity
copper blade is silver-plated at all contact areas. Stainless-
steel back-up springs are used to maintain effcient current
transfer between the stationary contact and the end of the
blade. See Catalog page 14B-2 for further description.
4. Insulator
ESP
silicon-alloy rubber, as used for the Type C-Polymer

Cutout.
5. Pole Mounting Bracket
Astandardpolemountingbracket,NEMA"B"bracketand
extended bracket are available.
1
4
1
2
3
Nominalvoltageratings:14.4or25kV
Lightningimpulsepeakwithstandratings:110or125kVLIW
Continuouscurrentrating:600or900amperes
Short-timecurrentwithstandrating:
600 Amp
25kAsymmetricalfor1second
65kApeak
900 Amp
25kAsymmetricalfor3seconds
65kApeak
...continuedonnextpage>>
5
14B-10
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Type M3C Single-Insulator Disconnect Switch
15.5and27kVmax. 600and900Amperes
M 3 C
OPTIONS
B = NEMA "B" Mounting Bracket
For crossarm (1
1
/2"bolt)
Consists of 4 each:
1
/2"13stainlesssteelbolts,
1
/2"
fatwasher/lockwasher,
1
/2"13bronzenut
D = "D" Mounting Bracket
D-shape bracket for pole mount
(Cat. No. ACT1343, 2 per switch)
Two complete connectors and hardware.Ac-
cepts#2-500kcmil(CopperorAluminum)
X = Extended Mounting Bracket
For crossarm, horizontal section is 2
5
/8"longer
than Type B bracket
CURRENT RATING
6=600Amp
9=900Ampwith25kVonly
Ordering Information CATALOG NUMBER SySTEM
SWITCH RATING
15 = 15.5 kV max. (110 kV LIW)
25 = 27 kV max. (125 kV LIW)
M3C SWITCH
Type M3 Switch live parts
Type C-Polymer Cutout insulator
1-11/16" OPTION "B"
1-5/16" OPTION "X"
(3/8" DIFFERENCE)
18-7/16"
9-3/8"
12-13/16"
2-5/8" OPTION "B"
5-1/4" OPTION "X"
(2-5/8" DIFFERENCE)
163?
90?
2-13/16"
17-3/8"
10-13/16"
10"
23-1/4"
26-7/16"
4"
23-5/8"
14-13/16"
10-5/16"
21-1/2"
13"
12-1/8"
163?
90?
1-11/16" OPTION "B"
1-5/16" OPTION "X"
(3/8" DIFFERENCE)
2-5/8" OPTION "B"
5-1/4" OPTION "X"
(2-5/8" DIFFERENCE)
15.5 kV max. (110 kV LIW)
27 kV max. (125 kV LIW)
1-3/4"
12-3/4"
7-3/8"
7-13/16"
13/16"
2-5/8"
2-5/8"
10-1/4" HOLE SPACING
FOR 5/8" DIA
MOUNTING HARDWARE
7.50
OPTION "D"
"D" BRACKET
OPTION "X"
EXTENDED BRACKET
OPTION "B"
NEMA "B" BRACKET
1-11/16"
5-1/4"
1-5/16"
CONSIST OF 4 EACH: 1/2" STAINLESS
STEEL BOLTS, LOCKWASHERS, & NUTS
CONSIST OF 2 EACH: CONNECTORS & HARDWARE
FOR #2-500 KCMIL COPPER OR ALUMINUM CONDUCTOR
1-1/2"
9/16" DIA
(2-HOLES)
1-3/4" 5/8"
TERMINAL PADS DETAIL
SWITCH
TERMINAL
PAD
OPTION "P"
PARALLEL GROOVE TERMINALS
SWITCH
TERMINAL
PAD
OPTION "C"
CAPTIVE HARDWARE
1-3/4"
12-3/4"
7-3/8"
7-13/16"
13/16"
2-5/8"
2-5/8"
FOR 5/8" DIA
MOUNTING HARDWARE
7.50
OPTION "D"
"D" BRACKET
OPTION "X"
EXTENDED BRACKET
OPTION "B"
NEMA "B" BRACKET
1-11/16"
5-1/4"
1-5/16"
1-1/2"
9/16" DIA
(2-HOLES)
1-3/4" 5/8"
SWITCH
TERMINAL
PAD
OPTION "P"
SWITCH
TERMINAL
PAD
OPTION "C"
CAPTIVE HARDWARE
1-3/4"
12-3/4"
7-3/8"
7-13/16"
13/16"
2-5/8"
2-5/8"
FOR 5/8" DIA
MOUNTING HARDWARE
7.50
OPTION "D"
"D" BRACKET
OPTION "X"
EXTENDED BRACKET
OPTION "B"
NEMA "B" BRACKET
1-11/16"
5-1/4"
1-5/16"
1-1/2"
9/16" DIA
(2-HOLES)
1-3/4" 5/8"
SWITCH
TERMINAL
PAD
OPTION "P"
SWITCH
TERMINAL
PAD
OPTION "C"
CAPTIVE HARDWARE
14B-11
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

TyPE ALTD
LINE TENSION DISCONNECT SWITCH
200 kV BIL 600 and 900 Amp
Application
The Chance Line Tension Disconnect switches are single-
phase hookstick operated for manual switching of de-ener-
gized or parallel circuits of overhead lines on an electrical
distribution system of 15 through 38kV, 200kV BIL. They
are installed directly into the line. Rated for 600 and 900
amperescontinuouscurrent,theALTDmaybeappliedwher-
ever a disconnect switch is desirable for line sectionalizing.
A properly rated TypeALTD switch should be selected for
each installation with consideration to continuous current,
BIL and rated voltage.
The ALTD also can be equipped with a load-breaking in-
terrupter or used with a portable loadbreak tool for load
breaking.
Operation
AllChanceALTDdisconnectswitchesincludegalvanized
steel loadbreak hooks for use with a portable loadbreak
tool. To open the switch under load, use an approved
loadbreak tool or device designated for use with this type
of switch.
For easy opening and ice-breaking action, the pull ring ac-
tivates the latch as a pry-out lever. The hook portion of the
contact casting coordinates with the blade latch for positive
closure.
DesignFeatures
Lightweight, ESP
silicon alloy rubber insulators.

ChanceALTDswitchesutilizepolymerESPinsulators.The
insulator provides 26" leakage distance and BIL rating of
200kV.
Chance has over 20 years of feld experience with polymer
insulation and over 30 years experience with versatile elec-
trical polymer distribution products.
Low profle. The light weight and narrow profle of the
hookstickoperatedALTDpermitsquickin-linemountingin
an inverted underhung position.
Copper blade is a rigid H-frame trussed by stainless-steel
shoulder pins. Stainless-steel bolts, nuts and compression
washers at both ends maintain high pressure contact with
bronze hinge and jaw castings. Standard blade opening is
90 or 180 with the stop-pin removed.
Installation. For deadending directly to the switch insula-
tor,theALTDinstallsin-lineviastrainclampsortwobolt
full-tension crimp connectors.
Corona ring. Anintegralfullcoronaringoncastingsmakes
for reduced electrical stress resulting in longer insulator
life. The weathershed skirts and leakage distance provide
improvedresistancetocontaminationandfashover.
Puncture resistance. The full length dielectric and weath-
ershed thickness give extra dielectric-puncture strength.
Impact strength. High impact strength of the ESP insulator
enhances storage, transit and handling properties.
End-fttings. End-fttings make for rugged dependability
andstrength.TheALTDprovidesforbothamechanicaland
electrical connection on a common terminal pad at each end.
Terminal Pads are plated aluminum and accept either copper
oraluminumNEMAtwoholeterminalconnectors.
ALTD with common plated-aluminum terminal pad at
each end for mechanical and electrical connections, and
ESP insulator.
TyPE ALTD SWITCH
with Arc Chute Interrupter
With the addition of the arc chute interrupter, the switch
becomes a loadbreak device allowing the ALTD switch to
interrupt load currents up to 600 amperes at 15.5kV recovery
voltage. Switching of loop circuits up to 600 amps is another
capability of the arc chute interrupter. The ALTD switch
with arc chute interrupter is also rated for interruption of
magnetizing current, line charging current, cable charging
current, and capacitor switching.
ALTD with factory mounted load-breaking arc chute inter-
rupter and ESP insulator.
Catalog No. ALTD06200R
RUS Listed
Catalog No. ALTD06200RL
14B-12
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Detail of link mounted on adapter positioned in clamp-top
insulator to provide vertical blade opening.
Optional Mounting Equipment
Stainless-SteelTerminalBolts(OptionB)
Option includes four each of all stainless-steel terminal fas-
tening hardware:
1
/2"-13x2"bolts,fatwashers,lockwashers
and nuts.
ExtensionLink/Adapter(OptionC)
This optional assembly provides a twist-free application
by attaching one end of the ALTD switch to a clamp-top
insulator.
The adapter portion enables the desired plane of blade move-
ment to be attained regardless of the angle the supporting
insulatormakeswiththepole.Also,bladescanbemadeto
operate in parallel planes or in different planes, if line con-
fguration and ease of access make this advantageous. The
desired plane of blade action can be set for use on pole-top
insulators, on horizontal or 5-degree standoffs and on 15- or
30-degree side-mounted standoffs.
TerminalConnectors(OptionT)
CatalogNo.ATC1343,fortifedcadmium-platedaluminum
parallel groove clamp, furnished with galvanized steel bolts
and nuts and will accept #2 through 500 kcmil aluminum or
copper conductor.
Extension link mounting on 15 standoff for vertical blade
opening.
TyPE ALTD SWITCH
To order these accessories at additional cost, add letter suffx
indicatedtoswitchnumberabove.Alsoaddaccessoryweightto
switch weight. Items selected are packed with the switch and
carton so marked. Example: For switch with four stainless-
steel terminal bolts, extension-link assembly and parallel-
groove terminal connectors, order ALTD06200RCT.
14B-13
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Catalog
Number
ALTD06200R
*ALTD06200RL
CONT.
AMPS
600
600
MOMENTARY
AMPERES
40,000
40,000
WEIGHT
RATED
ULTIMATE
STRENGTH
lb.
15,000
15,000
lb.
11
13
kg.
4.9
5.7
Description
4 stainless-steel terminal bolts
Extensionlink/angleadapter
TerminalConnectors(P-GTypeATC)
Suffx
B
C
T
Weight,
lb.
3
/4
3
1
/2
1
*SuffxLindicates600-AmpArcChuteinterrupter.
RUS Listed.
ORDERINGINFORMATION
TyPE ALTD SWITCH 600 Amp
ALTD with ESP
Insulator RUS Listed

BIL
kV
200
200
NOTE: Options B and T cannot be ordered together.
14B-14
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

DO NOT USE THESE HOLES
FOR CONDUCTOR TERMINATION
(TYPICAL BOTH ENDS)
"WARNING"
4"
17/32"DIA
HOLES
1-3/4" 5/8"
TERMINAL PADS
HARD DRAWN COPPER
(TIN PLATED)
TERMINAL PAD
DIMENSIONS
TYPICAL
21-1/2"
2-1/4"
LOADBREAK
HOOK
3"
1"
1"DIA
11/16"DIA
DEADENDING
HOLES
5"
2-1/4"
1-1/4"DIA
PULL RING
1-1/4" 13-1/2"
90 BLADE
OPENING
15-7/8"
3-1/2"
25"
17" 4"
CHANCE
Catalog
Number
ALTD09200R
CONT.
AMPS
900
MOMENTARY
AMPERES
40,000
WEIGHT
RATED
ULTIMATE
STRENGTH
lb.
15,000
lb.
12
kg.
5.3
Description
4 stainless-steel terminal bolts
Extensionlink/angleadapter
TerminalConnectors(P-GTypeATC)
Suffx
B
C
T
Weight,
lb.
3
/4
3
1
/2
1
ORDERINGINFORMATION
TyPE ALTD SWITCH 900 Amp
ALTD with ESP
Insulator
BIL
kV
200
NOTE: Options B and T cannot be ordered together.
14B-15
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Principal Application: Recloser Maintenance
By design, the Type BP3 Switch provides an economical
means for bypassing and disconnecting a pole-mounted
distribution recloser. This permits de-energized periodic
maintenance of the recloser without interrupting service.
The BP3 Switch accomplishes this by a combination of three
disconnect switches mounted on a common base. By operating
the blades in proper sequence, the recloser is bypassed and
isolated from the distribution system.
Ratedat600Amps,theBP3Switchisavailableinnominal
ratings of 14.4kV - 110kV LIW*, 25kV - 125kV or 150kV LIW*,
and 34.5kV - 150kV LIW*.All are available with either a
right or left opening direction of the by-pass blade.
*LIW = Lightning Impulse Withstand
Operation
Figures below illustrate the BP3 By-Pass Switch opera-
tion.
In normal operation, the by-pass switchblade is open and
the two disconnect blades are closed, allowing the recloser
to be in the circuit.
When recloser maintenance, testing, repair or removal is
required, frst close the by-pass blade to provide a parallel
currentpath.Thenopenthereclosersinternalcontacts.And
last, open both disconnect blades of the by-pass switch.
In this way, service continuity is maintained and the recloser
is isolated from the line. To put the recloser back in service,
the switch operating procedure is reversed.
Type BP3
By-Pass Switch
3-Pull14.4,25&34.5kV
U.S. Patent No. 6,525,274
Normal Operating Position By-Pass Operating Position
Recloser
Recloser
By-Pass Switch
By-Pass Blade
Source Load
Disconnect
Blade
Disconnect
Blade
Recloser
Recloser
By-Pass Switch
By-Pass
Blade
Source Load
Disconnect
Blade
Disconnect
Blade
Performance Specifcations
600AmpsContinuous65kAPeakWithstand
Max. Design,
kV
17.1
29
29
38
Lightning Impulse
Withstand Rating, kV
110
125
150
150
Leakage
Distance, in.
17.2
21.9
28.2
28.2
Weight,
lb.
56
62
65
65
Back Strap
Mounting
and
Pole
Mounting
variations
available
14B-16
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

BP3 Switch Components
Tin-platedhighconductivitycopper,NEMAtwo-holetermi-
nalpad.ParallelGrooveconnectors(ATC1343)andcaptive
hardware are available as options.
2. Loadbreak Hooks
Hot dipped galvanized steel hooks. To allow use of portable
loadbreak tool. Provided on by-pass blade only.
3. By-Pass and Disconnect Blades
The by-pass and disconnect blades are of the same construction
as those used on the M3 Hookstick Disconnect Switch. They
are high conductivity copper blades, silver-plated at all contact
areas. Stainless-steel back-up springs are used to maintain
effcient current transfer between the stationary contact and
the end of the blade. The by-pass blade is available in either
right or left opening confgurations (hinge on right or left).
See Catalog page 14B-2 for further description.
4. Angled Terminal Pads
Angledconstructionallowsforeasierconnectiontoarecloser
while maintaining maximum pole clearance.
5. Insulators
ESP
TM
silicon alloy rubber, 2.25-inch bolt circle insulators.
See Catalog page 14B-3 for further description.
Switch Variations
1. Right or Left By-Pass Blade Opening (BP3R or BP3L)
Rightorleftby-passbladeopeningmaybespecifed.Aright
opening by-pass blade opens to the right of the operator when
standinginfrontoftheswitch.Aleftopeningby-passblade
opens to the left. Illustrations here show only Right by-pass
switch blade opening. Left by-pass switch blade opening
will be opposite as shown but does not change installation
or operation procedures.
2. Switch Mounting Three options available are:
No Mounting Bracket (No option letter in Cat. No.)
Provides holes and slots in the switch base for direct base to
a vertical structure mounting without the use of a back strap
or pole mounting bracket. The structure must be drilled to
match the base mounting holes or slots. The user supplies
the mounting hardware.
Back Strap (Option B)
Provides a galvanized steel back strap and hardware for
vertical structural applications. Mounting hardware supplied
consists of two each
1
/2"-diameterby8"longand10"longcar-
riageboltswithsquarenutsandfatwashers.
Type BP3 By-Pass Switch
ESP Silicon Alloy Rubber
2.25 in. Bolt-Circle Insulators
Fully-weldedmountingbase
AngledTerminalPads
UtilizeslivepartsfromM3switches
Feature Advantage
Timeproveninsulatormaterialprovidesmaximumleakagedistance
and minimizes weight, up to 25% lighter than competitive designs
Maximumrigidity,eliminatespossibilityofmisalignmentcomparedto
bolt-together designs
Maintainsswitchalignmentforsmooth,positivebladeoperation
Facilitatesconnectiontorecloserwithmaximumpoleclearance
Timeprovendesignprovidesreliableserviceunder
anticipated service conditions
Pole Mounting Bracket (Option M)
Provides a galvanized steel bracket for wood pole mounting and
hardware to attach the switch to the bracket. The user sup-
plies the bracket-to-pole hardware. (If the utility pole is other
than a wood pole, contact your factory representative.)
3. Terminal Connectors Three options available are:
No Terminal Hardware (No option letter in Cat.
No.)
The user supplies the terminal connectors and mounting
hardware.
Captive Hardware (Option C)
Provides
1
/2"diameterby1
3
/4"longstainlessboltsecuredinto
each terminal pad hole. Each bolt is supplied with a hex nut
and lock washer. Terminal connectors supplied by the user.
Terminal Connectors (Option P)
Four fortifed cadmium plated aluminum parallel groove
terminalconnectors(ATC1343)withterminalpadmounting
hardware supplied. The connectors accommodate conductor
sizes ranging from No 2 solid copper through 500 MCM cop-
per or aluminum.
2
1
6
7
3
6. Switch Base
Welded-construction galvanized steel base provides maximum
rigidity to maintain consistent switch alignment for positive
blade operation.
7. Pole Mounting Bracket
Single-piece galvanized steel mounting bracket facilitates
ease of installation.A backstrap mounting option also is
available.
4
5
14B-17
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

BP3
B = Mounting, Back Strap
(not available with Option M)
C = Captive Terminal Hardware
(not available with Option P)
M = Mounting, Pole Bracket
(not available with Option B)
P = Terminal Connectors
(ATC1343, 4 per switch)
(not available with Option C)
R = Right opening
L = Left opening
1 = 14.4kV, 110kV LIW*
(17.1kV max. design,
17.2"leakagedistance)
2 = 25kV, 125kV LIW*
(29kV max. design,
INSULATION
Type BP3 By-Pass Switch
Back Strap
Mounting
Pole
Mounting
*LIW=LightningImpulseWithstand
3 = 25kV, 150kV LIW*
(29kV max. design,
4 = 34.5kV, 150kV LIW*
(38kV max. design,
OPTIONS
Catalog No. System
14B-18
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Normal Operating Position
FUSEHOLDER
NOT IN PLACE
M3 COMPANION
DISCONNECT
SWITCH
RECLOSER
CLOSED
FUSEDBY-PASS
SWITCH
LINE
STATION BUS
DISCONNECT
BLADE
Description and Application
The Type BPF By-Pass Switch is used to bypass and isolate
substation reclosers for routine maintenance and repair. The
switch usually is applied in combination with a separately
mounted M3S companion disconnect switch.
TheBPFBy-PassSwitchconsistsofa600Amploadbreak
disconnect switch in series with a Type C cutout fuse holder,
which provides protection to the circuit while the recloser
is out of service. Both devices are mounted on a common
mountingchannelforeaseofinstallation.Both100Ampand
200Ampfuseholdersareavailabletoftspecifcinstallation
requirements.
The BPF Switch is available in ratings of 15kV - 110kV LIW*
and27kV-150kVLIW*witheither100Ampor200Amp
fusing. The fuse mounting can be either on the right- or left-
hand side of the switch.
Operation
Operation of the Type BPF Bypass Switch is shown in the
fgure below (shown with an M3S companion disconnect
switch). In normal operation the fuse holder is disconnected
and the circuit recloser provides circuit protection. To bypass
TypeBPF
Station Class
FusedBy-PassSwitch
for Substation Mounting
15&27kV100&200AmpFusing
600AmpsContinuous65kAPeakWithstand
By-Pass Position
STATION BUS
FUSEHOLDER
CLOSED
LINE
DISCONNECT
BLADES
RECLOSER
OPEN
FUSEDBY-PASS
SWITCH
Max. Design,
kV
15
15
27
27
Lightning Impulse
Withstand Rating, kV
110
110
150
150
3 in. Bolt Circle
Insulator TR No.
205
205
208
208
Weight,
lb.
125
125
140
140
the recloser for repair,
maintenance, etc., the
cutout fuse holder with
appropriate fusing is installed in
the bypass disconnect and closed and
the series disconnect switch blade is
opened to isolate the recloser. The M3S
companion disconnect switch is opened
last to completely isolate the recloser
from the circuit.
To restore service, the recloser should be closed. The M3S
companion disconnect switch is closed followed by the dis-
connect blade on the BPF Bypass Switch. The fuse holder
is then opened and removed.
Fuse,
Cont. Amps
100
200
100
200
Interrupting Rating,
kA asym.
10.0
12.0
8.0
10.0
14B-19
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

BP3 Switch Components
Tin-platedhigh-conductivitycopper,NEMAtwo-holetermi-
nalpad.ParallelGrooveconnectors(Cat.No.ATC1343)and
captive hardware are available as options.
2. Loadbreak Hooks
Hot-dipped galvanized steel hooks are provided as standard
on the disconnect blade and fuse mounting.
3. Disconnect Blade
The by-pass disconnect blade is of the same construction as
that used on the M3 Hookstick Disconnect Switch. They are
high-conductivity copper blades, silver-plated at all contact
areas. Stainless-steel back-up springs are used to maintain
effcient current transfer between the stationary contact and
the end of the blade. See Catalog Section 14B for further
description.
4.TypeCCutoutFuseHolder
The same fuse holder used in Type C Cutouts, with a wealth
of feld operating history. Available in either 100 Amp or
200Ampandmountingontheright-orleft-handsideofthe
switch assembly.
5. Insulators
Insulators are ANSI/NEMA 3-inch bolt circle TR 205 or
208.
6. Mounting Base
Formed galvanized-steel base provides maximum rigidity
and is designed for substation structure mounting.
TypeBPFBy-PassCombinationSwitch
M3 Switch blades and stationary contact

TypeCCutoutfuseholder
Formedgalvanized-steelmountingbase
Feature Advantage
Utilizesprovencurrent-carryingcomponentsfromtheM3Switch
Field-provenperformancefromtheTypeCCutout
Providesmaximumstrengthandrigidity
2
6
4
3
5
1
14B-20
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

BPF
C = Captive Terminal Hardware
(not available with Option P)
P = Terminal Connectors
(ATC1343, 3 per switch)
(not available with Option C)
R = Fuse on Right side
L = Fuse on Left side
1 = 15kV, 110kV LIW
2 = 27kV, 150kV LIW
Voltage, Insulation
Catalog No. System
Options
TypeBPFBy-PassCombinationSwitch
FuseAlignment
1 = 100AmpTypeC
2 =200AmpTypeC
Fusing
ReplacementFuseHolders
Ratings Catalog No.
15kV 100Amp T710112T
15kV 200Amp T710143T
27kV 100Amp T710311T
27kV 200Amp T710342T
BPF-BaseDetail
BPF-OverallDimensions
14B-21
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Designed for Applications
By design, the Type BPR Switch allows undisturbed continuity
of service and provides an economic means for bypassing and
disconnecting a distribution or substation voltage regulator for
maintenance. It is designed for use with all voltage regulators
that can be set on neutral for the switching operation. This
includes all single- and three-phase regulators except three-
phase induction regulators. The BPR Switch is automatically
sequenced to bypass the voltage regulator with a single pull
operation, without interrupting service to the system. That is,
the voltage regulator is always bypassed in proper sequence
without any specifc operation actions by the operator.
The BPRD Switch for Distribution voltage regulators
Type BPR
Regulator By-Pass Switch
for Distribution or Substation Mounting
15.5,27&38kV
U.S.PatentNo.7,196,279
is applied where isolation from the system is required to
perform periodic maintenance. A 600-Amp rated switch,
the Type BPRD is available in system application ratings of
15.5kV - 110kV LIW*, 27kV - 150kV LIW*, and 38kV - 150kV
LIW* (for use on grounded-wye systems). The BPRD switch
utilizes a mounting base designed for crossarms, poles and
other distribution applications.
The BPRS Switch for Station Class voltage regulators is
applied where isolation from the system is required to perform
periodicmaintenance.Availablein600and1200-Ampratings
switch, the Type BPRS is available in voltage application rat-
ingsof15.5kV-110kVLIW*and27/38kV-200kVLIW*(can
be used on grounded-wye systems). The BPRS switch utilizes
a mounting base designed for substation structures.
BPRD
Distribution
Switch
Continuous Current
Rating: 600 Amps
Design kV,
Nom./Max.
14.4/17.1
25.0/29.0
34.5/38.0
14.4/17.1
27.0/29.0
&34.5/38.0
14.4/17.1
27.0/29.0
&34.5/38.0
Lightning Impulse
Withstand, kV
110
150
150
110
200
110
200
Peak Withstand,
Peak Amperes
65,000
65,000
65,000
65,000
65,000
99,000
99,000
Weight,
lb.
75
80
80
90
95
90
95
Application,
Catalog No.
Distribution,
BPRD06
Station,
BPRS06
Station,
BPRS12
Continuous Current
Rating, Amperes
600
600
600
600
600
1200
1200
BPRS
Station
Switch
Continuous Current Ratings: 600 Amps and 1200 Amps
Short Time
Withstand, Amps
25,000
25,000
25,000
25,000
25,000
40,000
40,000
38.0kV grounded-wye application only

14B-22
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

By-Pass Operating Position
Regulator
By-Pass Switch
By-Pass Blade
Source Load
Disconnect
Blade
Disconnect
Blade with
Interrrupter
Regulator
Type BPR
Automatic Sequenced Operation
Both the Type BPRD and BPRS are single-pull sequenced
switches.Asinglepullonthepullringonopeningperforms
four switching operations (A, B, C, D) in proper sequence
as shown.
Distribution base design and resultant
angled switch mounting
Versatileterminalpaddesign
BPRSistheonlysingle-pull1200-Amp
regulator by-pass switch available.
ESP
silicone alloy rubber insulators

Feature Advantage
Mountswithoutdrillingholesoradditionalmountingbrackets.Angled
mounting facilitates opening and closing operation
AllowsuseofNEMA2-holeor4-holeterminalsandtrainingofincoming
conductors for the most desirable connections
Providesthereliabilityofsingle-pulloperation,plusreducedsizeand
weight for a 1200-Amp switch
Time-proventechnologyforlong-termperformanceandlightweight
During the closing operation, the automatic sequence is
reversed. The enforced sequence operation minimizes the
possibility of operator error.
By-pass blade is open and disconnect blades are closed.
To open, a hookstick is placed in
the pull ring as shown.
When the switch
is fully opened,
the hookstick is
removed from
the pull ring.
B. Source disconnect blade opens. A. Bypass blade closes.
C. Load disconnect blade opens through interrupter.
D. Interruption of regulator exciting current.
Switch fully opened
Normal Operating Position
Regulator
Regulator
By-Pass Switch
By-Pass
Blade
Source Load
Disconnect
Blade
Disconnect
Blade with
Interrupter
14B-23
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Type BPR
U.S.PatentNo.7,196,279
BPRD06
B = Crossarm
Back Strap
Assembly
1 = 14.4kV, 110kV LIW
(17.1kV Max.)
2 = 25kV, 150kV LIW
(29kV Max.)
3 = 34.5kV, 150kV LIW
(38kV Max. grounded-wye only)
Voltage, Insulation
Ordering Information Catalog No. System
Optional
Distribution Switch - 600 Amp Rating
BPRS
1 = 14.4kV, 150kV LIW
(17.1kV Max.)
2 =29/38kV,200kVLIW
(38kV Max. grounded-wye only)
Voltage, Insulation
Station Switch - 600 & 1200 Amp Rating
06 = 600Amperes
12 = 1200Amperes
Continuous
Current Rating
1. Terminal Pads
High-conductivity tin-plated copper terminal pad accom-
modates NEMA two-hole or four-hole confgurations. To
permit training incoming conductors for the most conve-
nient connections, the terminal pad design provides extra
bolt holes.
2. Mounting Base - Type BPRD Distribution Switch
Versatile galvanized-steel base design permits mounting
on distribution poles as well as single or double crossarms.
Angledmountingofthebaseplacestheswitchat15foreasy
opening and closing operation.
3. Mounting Base - Type BPRS Station Switch
Galvanized-steel base design permits convenient mounting
on substation structures.
4. By-Pass Blade
The by-pass blade is silver-plated high-conductivity copper. It
is mechanically connected to the disconnect blades to operate
in proper sequence.
5. Disconnect Blades
The disconnect blades are high-conductivity copper, silver-
plated at all contact areas. These blades are mechanically con-
nected to the by-pass blade to operate in proper sequence.
6. Interrupter
Interrupter technology will properly interrupt all expected
regulator exciting currents during by-pass operation.
7. Insulators
ESP
silicone alloy rubber, 2.25-inch bolt circle insulators.

See Catalog page 14B-3 for further description. Type BPRS
switch utilizes a TR-rated station post insulator to meet most
substation requirements.
Components
of the Type BPR Switch
4
1
1 4
2
3
BPRD Distribution Switch BPRS Station Switch
5
6
7
7
14B-24
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Type BPR
STATION Switch BPRS - Dimensions
DISTRIBUTION Switch BPRD - Dimensions
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

14C-1
HUBBELL / CHANCE CENTRALIA, MISSOURI USA
APRIL 2005
NOTE: Because Hubbell has a policy of continuous product improvement, we reserve the right to change design and specifications without notice.
Section
14C

Motor Operators
Distribution Automation for Overhead Gang-Operated Switches
Warranty - Material
Hubbell Power Systems, Inc. warrants all products sold by it to be merchantable (as such term is defined in the Uniform Commercial Code) and to be free from defects in material and workmanship.
Buyer must notify the Company promptly of any claim under this warranty. The Buyers exclusive remedy for breach of this warranty shall be the repair or replacement, F.O.B. factory, at the
Companys option, of any product defective under the warranty which is returned to the Company within one year from the date of shipment. NO OTHER WARRANTY, WHETHER EXPRESS OR
ARISING BY OPERATION OF LAW, COURSE OF DEALING, USAGE OF TRADE OR OTHERWISE IMPLIED, SHALL EXIST IN CONNECTION WITH THE COMPANYS PRODUCTS OR ANY
SALE OR USE THEREOF. The Company shall in no event be liable for any loss of profits or any consequential or special damages incurred by Buyer. The Companys warranty shall run only to the
first Buyer of a product from the Company, from the Companys distributor, or from an original equipment manufacturer reselling the Companys product, and is non-assignable and non-transferable
and shall be of no force and effect if asserted by any person other than such first Buyer. This warranty applies only to the use of the product as intended by Seller and does not cover any
misapplication or misuse of said product.
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

14C-2
APRIL 2005
Motor Operator
for Overhead Gang-Operated Distribution Switches
General Description
Motor Operators are electrically operated and have provi-
sions for manual operation. A customer-supplied 120 Volt
AC power source provides primary power to the motor and
charges an internal battery. AC and battery power are
supplied to the motor concurrently so that the motor opera-
tor will operate without hesitation regardless of whether the
battery is weak or AC power is lost. If AC power is lost, the
battery can provide more than 100 open/close operations. A
power supply is provided to accommodate a remote terminal
unit (RTU) and radio.
With the standard Motor Operator, for switches with down-
the-pole controls, the motor and all operating controls are in
an aluminum enclosure that easily mounts to the pole and
the switch. Operators are available for switches with tor-
sional or reciprocating operating mechanisms.
With the crossarm mounted Motor Operator, the motor is
mounted on the crossarm and the controller (control elec-
tronics, battery, RTU, radio, etc.) is in a separate enclosure
that mounts below the switch.
Operation
Motor Operators can be operated locally or remotely. Local
operation is available via an open/close switch, located on
the front of the control panel. A remote/local selector switch
is also located on the front of the control panel. Open/close
status and local/remote status is reported through a status
indicator.
Manual Operation
All motor operators are designed for manual operation.
Manual operation interlocks are provided for operator safety.
Travel Adjustment
Travel adjustment for motor operators with down-the-pole
controls is accomplished with auxiliary switches. Positioned
for easy access, four auxiliary switch contacts are provided.
Two are for limiting the shaft rotation and two are for status
indication. No tools are required for adjusting the auxiliary
switch cams.
For switches with reciprocating operation, the limit switches
are factory preset. For switches with torsional operation,
final open/close position adjustments are easily accom-
plished via the cams.
For crossarm-mounted operators, the open/close adjust-
ment is set by the arm connecting the operator to the switch
interphase shaft.
Heater and Thermostat Protection
All motor operator/control units are equipped with a ther-
mostatically controlled 250 watt heater powered by the 120
volt AC source.
Battery
The battery used is a single 12 Volt, 33 amp-hour lead acid
type, completely sealed. A pressure relief valve opens only if
there is excessive buildup of corrosive or explosive gas.
Gases are vented outside the enclosure via a hose. There is
a battery manager charging circuit with temperature
compensation to help prevent overcharging or undercharg-
ing the battery.
The battery is monitored using a smart circuit. Automati-
cally at 5-minute intervals, a 12-ampere load is applied to
the battery and the battery voltage is measured with the
battery charger off. If the battery test detects a drop below
12.1 Volts, a low voltage alarm is activated.
Status Indications
Several status indications that can be reported back through
the RTU include:
Switch open/close position
Local/Remote status
Manual operation lockout status
Loss of AC voltage
Low battery voltage
No-Go status
These six statuses are indicated by LEDs on the control
board within the operator. Other status indications
are possible based on the capability of the RTU.
Additional Features
Motor operators incorporate additional features, including:
Automatic Load Disconnect drops all loads from
battery power if AC power is lost for an extended period of
time and the threshold is reached, preventing deep discharge
of the battery which causes damage and unnecessary battery
replacement.
Stall-Out Timer with Auto-Reset stops motor from
trying to operate before the fuse is blown, if the motor is
stalled (due to ice buildup, switch mechanical problems,
etc.).
No-Go Function prevents the motor from trying to
operate if the battery threshold for No-Go status is met,
preventing underpowered or incomplete switch operation.
Surge and Electrostatic Protection All circuits have
been tested to withstand surges and electrostatic voltages in
accordance with ANSI C37.90.1 and C62.41 and MIL Std.
DOC-HDBK263.
Options
Solar Panels for operation without external AC power.
132 amp-hour capacity battery pack for solar application
to extend operating capability in cloudy weather.
Factory installation and wiring of customer selected RT
and radio.
Stainless steel enclosure instead of aluminum.
Sensor cable for connecting the motor operator to the AC
power source and voltage and current sensors.
Battery cooler to extend battery life in hot weather.
Application
To either automate an existing switch or to acquire a
completely automated overhead switch to install, Chance
offers solutions to your Distribution Automation require-
ments. We offer motor operators for both standard down-
the-pole controls and crossarm mounting. They can be
supplied as additions for existing switches or in an auto-
mated AR Switch package.
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

14C-3
APRIL 2005
Motor Operator
for Overhead Gang-Operated Distribution Switches
Standard Motor Operators
for Down-the-Pole Controls
Reciprocating and torsional operator options for
distribution and transmission applications
Provision for installing an RTU and radio
Motor that runs on both AC and battery power for double
reliability
Status indications for switch position, charger, loss of AC,
battery condition
Vented 12 V, 33 A-H battery with temperature-
compensated charger
Smart battery load disconnect to help prevent damage to
the battery from deep discharge
No Go function with status indication to help prevent
underpowered switch operation
Effective surge protection
Easy retrofit to Chance AR and D7 switches as well as
overhead switches manufactured by others
Complete automated switch package installations or
add-on motor operators are based on factors includ-
ing the application requirements, customer specified
RTU and radio, voltage and current sensors, etc. To
determine the appropriate product for a given appli-
cation requirement, contact your Hubbell Power
Systems representative and fill in the form on the
next page.
Crossarm-Mounted Motor Operator
The PTAD incorporates the long-established advanced
features of Cleaveland/Price ADMO motor operators,
including:
Dual source for the motor (AC or battery)
Stallout timer that allows successive operation attempts on
a stuck switch
Smart battery disconnect to help prevent damage to the
battery
No Go function with status indication to help prevent
underpowered switch operation
Temperature-compensated battery charging circuit to help
prevent over and under charging the battery
Automatic battery testing
Vented 33 A-H battery
Fast (.4 second) high-torque operation
Excellent ice-breaking ability
In addition to the above critical automation features, the
PTAD has superior operational features, including:
Constant ready operation state no mechanism wind-up
required
No decoupling procedure necessary the PTAD
automatically decouples for manual operation
Decoupling not required to test the motor
Linkage goes into full toggle with switch closed for
momentary performance
No decoupling procedure required for lockout
Lockout of the motor by using a hotstick from ground level
After manual operation, the switch can be re-synchronized
with the motor manually or remotely via SCADA
No setting of limit switches required
True switch status is always reported
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

14C-4
APRIL 2005
Prepared by
Purchaser
Contractor (if applicable)
Required delivery date
Date
User
Automation contact
Remote Terminal Unit (RTU)
Installed by
Model/Part No.
Number of RTU analog inputs
Modem No Yes Baud rate:
Purchased by HPS
Customer
Manufacturer contact
Type of master station
RTU protocol
HPS Customer
Provisions only
Communications Device
Communications device provided by
HPS Customer None
Manufacturer
Manufacturer contact
Antenna purchased by
HPS Customer
Communications device installed by
HPS Customer Provisions only
Manufacturer part/model
Phone no.
Antenna manufacturer/model
Type Land line Fiber optics Radio Other (specify)
System Information
Operating system voltage
Normal load current
BIL required
Max. available fault current
Local AC available 120 240 Solidly grounded system Yes No
Switch Information - New Installation
Switch Information - Retrofit
Contractor phone no.
Sensors
No. of voltages Primary/secondary voltage
Primary/secondary current No. of currents
Sensor cable length Manufacturer
Automated Distribution Equipment Inquiry
To be completed by Sales Representative
Literature ship to address
Voltage 15 kV 25 kV 35 kV
Manufacturer
Pole Wood
Other (drawings required)
Control Down-the-pole Hook stick
Configuration Horizontal Phase-over-Phase
Vertical Delta
Model
Voltage 15 kV 25 kV 35 kV
Catalog Number
Additional Options Sensor Brackets Control Insulator Captive Hardware
Surge Arrester Brackets Extra Control Pipe Crossarm Brace Extension Links
Control Down-the-pole Crossarm Operator
Configuration Horizontal Phase-over-Phase Vertical Delta
Crossarm Steel Fiberglass
15-1
APRIL 2006 HUBBELL / CHANCE COMPANY CENTRALIA, MISSOURI
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

FORMED WIRE PRODUCTS
CAUTION:
The equipment covered in this catalog section should be installed, used, and serviced only by com-
petent personnel familiar with and following good work and safety practices. This equipment is for
use by such personnel and is not intended as a substitute for adequate training and experience in
safe procedures for this type of equipment.
This catalog information and any related instruction sheets do not cover all details or situations in
equipment use nor do they provide for every possible contingency to be encountered in relation to
installation, operation or maintenance. Should additional information and details be desired, or if
specific situations arise which are not covered adequately for the user's purpose, the specifics should
be referred to Hubbell Power Systems, Inc.

Printed in USA
15-2
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Socket Body
Wedges
Load
Nuts
Jam
Nuts
Rod
Subset
U Bolt
As Supplied
Strand
Size
1
/
2
" Dia.
7 or 19W
9
/
16
" Dia
7 or 19W
5
/
8
" Dia.
7 or 19W
3
/
4
" Dia.
19W
7
/
8
" Dia.
19W
1" Dia.
19 or 37W
Weight per
100, lb.
675
675
413
588
1,550
2,300
Adjust-A-Grip
Deadend Grips
forstructureattachmentofguystrand*
Manufactured and/or for use under U.S. Patent 4,459,722 and South African Patent 83/3541.
Quick and easy to install. No special tools, eyes pins, thimbles, clevises,
twisted-loop grips.
By design, each size is rated to hold more than the rated breaking strength
of the guy strand it fits (see tables below).
Proper tensioning: With rod subsets unwrapped, wedge and socket assem-
bly retains a substantial percentage of strand strength rating. For proper
deadend performance, guy tension should be at least 5% of strength rating
at time of structure erection and at least 10% after final tensioning.
For use on galvanized strand ASTM A475 or aluminum-coated strand per
A474 and/or B416. See dimensions and hardware recommendations
on page 15-3.
LEFT-HAND LAY STANDARD
for Aluminum-coated Strands per ASTM A474 or B416
for Galvanized-Steel Strands per ASTM A475
These zero-adjust Adjust-A-Grip dead-
end grips apply at the structure end of
guy strands.
*See page 15-4 for adjustable (18" of U-
bolt adjustment) Adjust-A-Grip deadend
grips to apply at the anchor end on same
guy strand sizes.
Strength
Rating, lb.
26,900
35,000
42,400
58,300
79,700
104,500
Catalog
Number
12GA0
916GA0
58GA0
34GA0
78GA0
1GA0
Color
Code
Blue
Yellow
Black
Red
Green
Blue
0.572" Dia.
19-No. 9
0.642" Dia.
19-No. 8
0.713" Dia.,
37-No. 10
0.721" Dia.,
19-No. 7
0.801" Dia.
37-No. 9
0.810" Dia.
19-No. 6
0.899" Dia.
37-No. 8
0.910" Dia.
19-No. 5
1.010" Dia.
37-No. 7
1.130" Dia.
37-No. 6
1.270" Dia.,
37-No. 5
650
413
575
1,500
2,200
2,300
3,650
7,800
34,290
43,240
52,950
51,730
66,770
61,700
84,200
73,350
100,700
120,200
142,900
572AWA0
642AWA0
717AWA0
805AWA0
905AWA0
1010AWA0
1130AWA0
1270AWA0
Yellow
Black
Red
Green
Blue
Orange
Yellow
Black
15-3
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Adjust-A-Grip
Deadend Grips
Non-AdjustableType,forStructureEndofGuyStrand
See page 15-2 for Ordering Information.
DIMENSIONAL DATA
F
34"
35"
39"
45"
46"
56"
34"
36"
42"
46"
52"
56"
61"
67"
E
3
/4"
3
/4"
1
1
/4"
1
1
/4"
1
1
/2"
1
1
/2"
3
/4"
1
1
/4"
1
1
/4"
1
1
/2"
1
1
/2"
1
1
/2"
2"
2"
D
3
1
/4"
3
1
/4"
3
1
/2"
4"
4
1
/2"
5
3
/8"
3
1
/4"
3
1
/2"
4"
4
1
/2"
5
3
/8"
5
3
/8"
5
3
/8"
7
7
/8"
C
5
/8"
5
/8"
3
/4"
7
/8"
1"
1
1
/8"
5
/8"
3
/4"
7
/8"
1"
1
1
/8"
1
1
/8"
1
1
/4"
1
3
/8"
B
3
1
/4"
3
1
/4"
3
1
/2"
4"
4
1
/2"
5"
3
1
/4"
3
1
/2"
4"
4
1
/2"
5"
5"
5
1
/2"
6
1
/2"
A
27"
28"
31
1
/2"
36"
36
1
/2"
45"
27"
28
1
/2"
33"
36
1
/2"
41"
45"
48
1
/2"
53
1
/2"
Catalog No.
12 GA0
916 GA0
58 GA0
34 GA0
78 GA0
1GA0
572AWA0
642AWA0
717AWA0
805AWA0
905AWA0
1010AWA0
1130AWA0
1270AWA0
Dimension
For unusual applications or requirements, consult Hubbell Power Systems, Inc.
RECOMMENDED PLATE DIMENSIONS U-BOLT
DIAMETER
5
/8""
3
/4"
7
/8"
1"
1
1
/8"
1
1
/4"
1
3
/8"
A
1
1
/16"
1
1
/8"
1
3
/8"
1
5
/8"
1
7
/8"
2
1
/8"
2
1
/4"
C
1
/8" x 45
1
/8" x 45
1
/8" x 45
3
/16" x 45
1
/4" x 45
1
/4" x 45
5
/16" x 45
D
1"
1
1
/8"
1
1
/4"
1
1
/4"
1
5
/8"
1
7
/8"
2"
B
1"
1
1
/4"
1
1
/2"
1
1
/2"
1
3
/4"
1
3
/4"
2
7
/8"
Installation on Shackle
If Adjust-A-Grip deadend grips are in-
stalled on a pin, as in a shackle, the mini-
mum pin diameters are as follow:
HARDWARE RECOMMENDATIONS
Detail of Steel Plate
at Structure End:
C
Chamfer
Installation on Plate
Recommended distances at left, below,
ensure that interference cannot occur
between Adjust-A-Grip deadend grip
U-bolt and the attachment plate.
D
A
PL THK
B
Hole Diameter
E
(Radius)
30"
TYP
D
F
B
A
C
MINIMUM
PIN DIA.
7
/8"
7
/8"
1
1
/8"
1
1
/8"
1
3
/8"
1
1
/2"
1
3
/4"
ADJUST-A-GRIP
DEADEND SIZES
12GA0, 916GA0, 572AWA0
58GA0, 642AWA0
34GA0, 717AWA0
78GA0, 805AWA0
1GA0, 905AWA0, 1010AWA0
1130AWA0
1270AWA0
15-4
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Manufactured and/or for use under U.S. Patent 4,459,722 and South African Patent 83/3541.
Adjust-A-Grip
Deadend Grips
foranchorattachmentofguystrand*
With 18" of adjustment, these Adjust-A-
Grip deadend grips apply at the anchor
end of guy strands.
Seepage15-2forzero-adjustAdjust-A-
Gripdeadendgripstoapplyatstructure
endonsameguystrandsizes.
U Bolt
Load
Nuts
Spacer Bar
Jam
Nuts
Wedges
Rod
Subset
Quick and easy to install. No special tools, eyes pins, thimbles. Retensioning
up to 18 inches at ground level without removal.
By design, each size is rated to hold more than the rated breaking strength
of the guy strand it fits (see tables below).
Vandal resistant: With rod subsets unwrapped, wedge and socket assembly
retains a substantial percentage of strand strength rating. For proper deadend
performance, guy tension should be at least 5% of strength rating at time of
structure erection and at least 10% after final tensioning.
For use on galvanized strand made per ASTM A475 or aluminum-coated
strand per A474 and/or B416. See dimensions and hardware recommen-
dations on page 15-5.
Serving sleeves are required on adjustable Adjust-A-Grip deadend

grips when used on structures of 200 ft. and taller. Contact Customer
Service for ordering information.
for Galvanized-Steel Strands per ASTM A475
To order the above Adjust-A-Grips with serving sleeve included, add the suffix S to
the catalog number (i.e.: 12GA18S).
for Aluminum-coated Strands per ASTM A474 or B416
As Supplied
Serving Sleeve
(when required)
Socket Body
Catalog
Number
12GA18
916GA18
58GA18
34GA18
78GA18
1GA18
U-Bolt
Adjustment
18"
18"
18"
18"
18"
18"
Color
Code
Blue
Yellow
Black
Red
Green
Blue
Strength
Rating, lb.
26,900
35,000
42,400
58,300

79,700
104,500
Weight per
100, lb.
1,000
1,025
663
938
2,450
3,450
Strand
Size
1
/
2
" Dia.
7 or 19W
9
/
16
" Dia
7 or 19W
5
/
8
" Dia.
7 or 19W
3
/
4
" Dia.
19W
7
/
8
" Dia.
19W
1" Dia.
19 or 37W
0.572" Dia.
19-No. 9
0.642" Dia.
19-No. 8
0.713" Dia.
37-No. 10
0.721" Dia.,
19-No. 7
0.801" Dia.
37-No. 9
0.810" Dia.
19-No. 6
0.899" Dia.
37-No. 8
0.910" Dia.
19-No. 5
1.010" Dia.
37-No. 7
1.130" Dia.
37-No. 6
1.270" Dia.
37-No. 5
34,290
43,240
52,950
51,730
66,770
61,700
84,200
73,350
100,700
120,200
142,900
1,000
663
925
2,400
3,400
3,500
4,950
10,000
18"
18"
18"
18"
18"
18"
18"
18"
572AWA18
642AWA18
717AWA18
805AWA18
905AWA18
1010AWA18
1130AWA18
1270AWA18
Yellow
Black
Red
Green
Blue
Orange
Yellow
Black
To order the above Adjust-A-Grips with serving sleeve included, add the suffix S to
the catalog number (i.e.: 572AWA18S).
15-5
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Installation on Shackle
If Adjust-A-Grip deadend grips are in-
stalled on a pin, as in a shackle, the mini-
mum pin diameters are as follow:
HARDWARE RECOMMENDATIONS
DIMENSIONAL DATA
Serving
Sleeve
Catalog No.
GA1
GA1
GA2
GA2
GA3
GA4
GA1
GA2
GA3
GA3
GA4
GA4
GA5
GA5
F
51"
52"
56"
62"
63"
73"
51"
53"
59"
63"
69"
73"
78"
84"
E
3
/4"
3
/4"
1
1
/4"
1
1
/4"
1
1
/2"
1
1
/2"
3
/4"
1
1
/4"
1
1
/4"
1
1
/2"
1
1
/2"
1
1
/2"
2"
2"
D
3
1
/4"
3
1
/4"
3
1
/2"
4"
4
1
/2"
5
3
/8"
3
1
/4"
3
1
/2"
4"
4
1
/2"
5
3
/8"
5
3
/8"
5
3
/8"
7
7
/8"
C
5
/8"
5
/8"
3
/4"
7
/8"
1"
1
1
/8"
5
/8"
3
/4"
7
/8"
1"
1
1
/8"
1
1
/8"
1
1
/4"
1
3
/8"
B
3
1
/4"
3
1
/4"
3
1
/2"
4"
4
1
/2"
5"
3
1
/4"
3
1
/2"
4"
4
1
/2"
5"
5"
5
1
/2"
6
1
/2"
A
27"
28"
31
1
/2"
36"
36
1
/2"
45"
27"
28
1
/2"
33"
36
1
/2"
41"
45"
48
1
/2"
53
1
/2"
Catalog No.
12 GA18
916 GA18
58 GA18
34 GA18
78 GA18
1 GA18
572AWA18
642AWA18
717AWA18
805AWA18
905AWA18
1010AWA18
1130AWA18
1270AWA18
Dimension
Adjust-A-Grip
Deadend Grips
AdjustableType,forAnchorEndofGuyStrand
See page 15-4 for Ordering Information.
A
C
F
(Max.
Length)
Spacer
Bar
D
E
(Radius)
30"
TYP
B
For unusual applications or requirements, consult Hubbell Power Systems, Inc.
Installation on Plate
Recommended distances at left, below,
ensure that interference cannot occur
between Adjust-A-Grip deadend grip
U-bolt and the attachment plate.
Detail of Steel Plate
at Structure End:
C
Chamfer
D
A
PL THK
B
Hole Diameter
RECOMMENDED PLATE DIMENSIONS
U-BOLT
DIAMETER
5
/8""
3
/4"
7
/8"
1"
1
1
/8"
1
1
/4"
1
3
/8"
A
1
1
/16"
1
1
/8"
1
3
/8"
1
5
/8"
1
7
/8"
2
1
/8"
2
1
/4"
C
1
/8" x 45
1
/8" x 45
1
/8" x 45
3
/16" x 45
1
/4" x 45
1
/4" x 45
5
/16" x 45
D
1"
1
1
/8"
1
1
/4"
1
1
/4"
1
5
/8"
1
7
/8"
2"
B
1"
1
1
/4"
1
1
/2"
1
1
/2"
1
3
/4"
1
3
/4"
2
7
/8"
MINIMUM
PIN DIA.
7
/8"
7
/8"
1
1
/8"
1
1
/8"
1
3
/8"
1
1
/2"
1
3
/4"
ADJUST-A-GRIP
DEADEND GRIP SIZES
12GA18, 916GA18, 572AWA18
58GA18, 642AWA18
34GA18, 717AWA18
78GA18, 805AWA18
1GA18, 905AWA18, 1010AWA18
1130AWA18
1270AWA18
15-
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

16
12
8
4
20 40 60 80 100
NUT TORQUE (Ft.Lbs.)
G
U
Y

T
E
N
S
I
O
N

X
1
0
0
0

L
B
S
.
16
12
8
4
20 40 60 80 100
G
U
Y

T
E
N
S
I
O
N

X
1
0
0
0

L
B
S
.
16
12
8
4
20 40 60 80 100
G
U
Y

T
E
N
S
I
O
N

X
1
0
0
0

L
B
S
.
16
12
8
4
20 40 60 80 100
G
U
Y

T
E
N
S
I
O
N

X
1
0
0
0

L
B
S
.
16
12
8
4
20 40 60 80 100
G
U
Y

T
E
N
S
I
O
N

X
1
0
0
0

L
B
S
.
5/8" U-BOLT
for
12GA18
916GA18
572AWA18
Adjust-A-Grips
7/8" U-BOLT
for
34GA18
717AWA18
Adjust-A-Grips
3/4" U-BOLT
for
58GA18
642AWA18
Adjust-A-Grips
1" U-BOLT
for
78GA18
805AWA18
Adjust-A-Grips
1-1/8" U-BOLT
for
1GA18
905AWA18
1010AWA18
Adjust-A-Grips
Guy tensions may be closely approximated by
measuring the torque on the U-Bolt load nuts.
For accurate results, the U-Bolt thread and nut
must be lubricated with an anti-seize compound,
(a commercially available one is called, "Never-
Seez").
To use these charts, go frst to the correct bolt
size chart then select the desired tension on the
vertical scale and move across the chart to the
intersect line, read the torque required from the
horizontal scale.
ADJUST-A-GRIP
DEADENDS
for structure attachment of guy strand
Measuring Guy Tension To Load-Nut Torque
15-I
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

45
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
100 200 300
G
U
Y

T
E
N
S
I
O
N

X
1
0
0
0

L
B
S
.
1-3/8" U-BOLT
for
1270AWA18
Adjust-A-Grips
32
20
16
28
24
12
8
4
G
U
Y

T
E
N
S
I
O
N

X
1
0
0
0

L
B
S
.
20 60 100 140 180 220 260 300
ADJUST-A-GRIP
DEADENDS
for structure attachment of guy strand
Measuring Guy Tension To Load-Nut Torque
1-1/4" U-BOLT
for
1130AWA18
Adjust-A-Grips
15-8
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

SUPER TOP-TIE

Line Ties
for Pin, Post and Spool Insulators
Made of aluminum-clad steel compatible with aluminum,
aluminum-alloy and ACSR conductors in the top grooves of
vertical-mounted *ANSI Class C, F, J and many non-standard
pin and post insulators (single- or double-support) or on *ANSI
53-2 spool insulators (horizontal or vertical).
High-density polyethylene hooks provide the wide application
range and ensure proper installation. If used over armor rods
(not required), select tie size based on total conductor/armor
diameter. Semiconductive-rubber pad and high-density-
polyethylene on loops protect against abrasion of insulator,
conductor and tie. Fit is resilient and provides superior
performance under galloping and aeolian vibration. Install
by hand or with hot-line tools.
Manufactured and/or for use under U.S. Patent 4,015,073.
POST
INSULATOR
PIN
INSULATOR
NON-STANDARD
INSULATOR
ANSI 53-2
SPOOL
ACSR
#6, 6/1
#4, 6/1
#3, 6/1
#2, 6/1
#1, 6/1
1/0, 6/1
2/0, 6/1
3/0, 6/1
4/0, 6/1
266.8, 18/1
336.4, 18/1
477, 18/1
556.5, 18/1
Color
Code
None
Orange
Purple
Red
Gray
Yellow
Blue
Black
Pink
Green
Brown
Violet
Gold
Std.
Pkg.
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
Wt. Per
100, Lb.
28
28
28
28
28
32
32
32
32
32
40
40
40
AAC
(All-Aluminum)
#6, 7W
#4, 7W
#3, 7W
#2, 7W
#1, 7W
1/0, 7W
2/0, 7W
3/0, 7W
4/0, 7W
266.8, 19W
336.4, 19W
477, 19W
636, 37W
AAAC
(Alum.-Alloy)
#6, 7W
#4, 7W
#3, 7W
#2, 7W
#1, 7W
1/0, 7W
2/0, 7W
3/0, 7W
4/0, 7W
266.8, 19W
336.4, 19W
477, 19W
556.5, 19W
Diameter Range
.184-.220" (4.67-5.59 mm)
.221-.257" (5.61-6.53 mm)
.258-.289" (6.55-7.34 mm)
.290-.325" (7.37-8.26 mm)
.326-.360" (8.28-9.14 mm)
.361-.409" (9.17-10.39 mm)
.410-.460" (10.41-11.68 mm)
.461-.516" (11.71-13.11 mm)
.517-.584" (13.13-14.83 mm)
.585-.664" (14.86-16.87 mm)
.665-.755" (16.89-19.18 mm)
.756-.859" (19.20-21.82 mm)
.860-.977" (21.84-24.82 mm)
Aluminum-Type Conductors, Typical Sizes
Catalog
Number
STT10
STT20
STT30
STT40
STT50
STT60
STT70
STT80
STT90
STT100
STT110
STT120
STT130
Applied Length: 29" - 48" (Depends on insulator make and conductor size).
Strength: Exceeds Rule 261E.2(A) of National Electrical Safety Code.
RUS accepted.
To obtain outside diameters of conductors, consult Conductor Chart.
*Super Top-Tie STT10 STT130 also ft many foreign or reclaimed pin and post insulators with neck sizes 2
1
/4" - 3
1
/2".
Consult Hubbell Power Systems, Inc. for use on pins and posts outside these dimensions.
15-9
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Conductor & Strand Reference Tables
BARE CONDUCTORS AWG OR MCM SIZES
ACSR
#6, 6/1
#5, 6/1
#4, 6/1
#4, 7/1
#3, 6/1
All
Alum.
#6, Solid
#5, Solid
#6, 7W
#4, Solid
#3, Solid
#4, 7W
#2, Solid
#3, 7W
#1, Solid
#2, 7W
Cond.
Dia.
(Inch-
es)
.162
.169
.174
.179
.182
.184
.198
.199
.201
.202
.204
.206
.213
.219
.223
.225
.226
.229
.230
.232
.236
.245
.246
.250
.257
.258
.260
.261
.268
.276
.279
.281
.286
.289
.290
.292
.298
.301
Alum.
Alloy
(5005-
6201)
#6, 7W
#6, 3W
#4, 7W
#3, 7W
ACSR
#6, 6/1
#4, 6/1
#4, 7/1
#3, 6/1
#2, 6/1
#2, 7/1
Compacted
All
Alum.
#6, 7W
#4, 7W
#2, 7W
#1, 7W
AWAC
#4, 6/1
#4, 5/2
#4, 4/3
Copper
#6, Solid
#5, Solid
#6, 7W
#6, 3W
#4, Solid
#5, 7W
#5, 3W
#3, Solid
#4, 7W
#2, Solid
#3, 7W
#3, 3W
#1, Solid
#2, 7W
Copper-
weld
Copper
Comp.
9
1
/2 D
8C
8A
8D
7A
6C
6A
7D
5A
6D
4A
ACSR
#2, 6/1
#2, 7/1
#1, 6/1
80, 8/1
1/0, 5/1
1/0, 6/1
All
Alum.
#1, 7W
#1, 19W
1/0, 7W
1/0, 19W
Cond.
Dia.
(Inch-
es)
.307
.308
.309
.310
.316
.320
.325
.326
.327
.328
.330
.332
.338
.340
.346
.348
.349
.352
.355
.360
.365
.366
.367
.368
.372
.373
.377
.381
.382
.386
.388
.390
.392
.393
.398
.410
.422
.412
All
Alum.
1/0, 7W
1/0,19W
2/0, 7W
2/0,19W
Copper-
weld
Copper
Comp.
2F
5D
5P
2G
4N
1F
4D
2J
2A, 4P
1G
3N
2K
1/0 F
1J
3P
1/0 G
ACSR
#1, 6/1
1/0, 6/1
2/0, 6/1
Alum.
Alloy
(5005-
6201)
#2, 7W
#1, 7W
1/0, 7W
Compacted
AWAC
#4, 3/4
#2, 6/1
#2, 5/2
#4, 2/5
#2, 4/3
#2, 3/4
1/0, 6/1
Copper
#2, 3W
1/0, Solid
#1, 7W
#1, 19W
#1, 3W
2/0, Solid
1/0, 7W
1/0, 19W
1/0, 12W
Data contained in these tables was taken from the latest available conductor or strand manufacturers literature. Although care was taken
to insure accuracy, no warranty is offered by Hubbell as to the measurements given.
AWAC
and Copperweld
are registered trademarks of Copperweld Co.

BARE CONDUCTORS
AWG OR MCM SIZES
STRAND
15-10
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Cond.
Dia.
(Inch-
es)
.413
.414
.416
.419
.423
.426
.428
.429
.434
.436
.438
.440
.447
.460
.461
.462
.463
.464
.467
.470
.475
.480
.481
.487
.492
.494
.502
.517
.522
.523
.528
.530
.534
.537
.540
.541
.542
.550
.552
.556
.559
.563
.565
ACSR
3/0, 6/1
4/0, 6/1
266.8,
18/1
Alum.
Alloy
(5005-
6201)
2/0, 7W
3/0, 7W
4/0, 7W
Compacted
AWAC
1/0, 5/2
#2, 2/5
#1, 3/4
2/0, 6/1
1/0, 4/3
2/0, 5/2
1/0, 3/4
2/0, 4/3
1/0, 2/5
4/0, 6/1
All
Alum.
250,19W
250,37W
266.8
7W
266.8
19W
266.8
37W
300,19W
300,37W
336.4
19W
336.4
37W
Cond.
Dia.
(Inch-
es)
.571
.573
.574
.575
.576
.583
.584
.586
.593
.594
.600
.603
.607
.607
.609
.613
.618
.621
.628
.630
.631
.633
.642
.646
.657
.660
.664
.666
.668
.677
.678
All
Alum.
300,19W
336.4
7W
336.4
19W
350,19W
397.5
19W
Copper-
weld
Copper
Comp.
4/0 EK
4/0 G
4/0 E
250 EK
250 E
ACSR
300
18/1
336.4
18/1
Alum.
Alloy
(5005-
6201)
266.8
19W
Compacted
AWAC
4/0,15/4
Copper
250,19W
250,37W
250,12W
300,19W
300,37W
300,12W
350,
19W
ACSR
159,12/7
203,8/7
176.9
12/7
219.9
8/7
266.8
18/1
190.8
12/7
266.8
6/7
266.8
26/7
300,
18/1
211.3
12/7
336.4
36/1
All
Alum.
3/0, 7W
3/0,19W
4/0, 7W
4/0,19W
250,19W
266.8,
7W
266.8,
19W
ACSR
2/0, 6/1
2/0, 7/1
101.8
12/7
110.8
12/7
3/0, 6/1
134.6
12/7
4/0, 18/1
4/0, 5/1
4/0, 6/1
All
Alum.
2/0, 7W
2/0, 19W
3/0, 7W
3/0, 19W
3/0, 12W
4/0, 7W
4/0, 19W
4/0, 12W
Copper-
weld
Copper
Comp.
2N
1K
2/0 F
1/0 J
2P
2/0 G
1N
1/0 K
2/0 J
2/0 K
4/0 F
Copper
2/0, 7W
2/0, 19W
2/0, 12W
3/0, 7W
3/0, 19W
3/0, 12W
4/0, 7W
4/0, 19W
4/0, 12W
15-11
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

All
Alum.
350,19W
350,37W
397.5
19W
400,19W
400,37W
450,19W
450,
37W
477,19W
477,37W
Cond.
Dia.
(Inch-
es)
.679
.680
.681
.682
.684
.700
.709
.710
.714
.721
.722
.724
.725
.726
.728
.729
.735
.736
.739
.741
.742
.743
.770
.772
.780
.782
.783
.788
.793
.795
.801
.806
All
Alum.
477,19W
500,19W
556,19W
Copper-
weld
Copper
Comp.
300 EK
300 E
350 EK
350 E
Alum.
Alloy
(5005-
6201)
397.5
19W
Compacted
AWAC
336.4
18/1
336.4
16/3
336.4
15/4
Copper
350,37W
350,12W
400,19W
400,37W
450,19W
450,37W
All
Alum.
500,19W
500,37W
550,37W
550,61W
556.5
19W
556.5
37W
556.5
61W
600,37W
600,61W
636,37W
636,61W
650,37W
650,61W
700,37W
700,61W
715.5
37W
715.5
61W
Cond.
Dia.
(Inch-
es)
.806
.811
.813
.814
.834
.846
.853
.855
.856
.858
.860
.862
.870
.879
.883
.891
.893
.904
.907
.914
.918
.919
.927
.928
.929
.930
.932
.940
.953
.953
.953
.953
.962
.964
.966
.974
.975
Copper-
weld
Copper
Comp.
ACSR
636,18/1
795,36/1
Alum.
Alloy
(5005-
6201)
477,
19W
556.5
19W
Compacted
AWAC
ACSR
300,26/7
336.4
18/1
300,30/7
203.2
16/19
336.4
26/7
397.5
36/1
336.4
30/7
397.5
18/1
397.5
24/7
397.5
26/7
477
36/1
All
Alum.
636,19W
795,19W
Copper
500,19W
500,37W
550,37W
550,61W
600,37W
600,61W
650,37W
650,61W
700,37W
700,61W
ACSR
397.5
30/7
477,18/1
477,24/7
477,26/7
556.5
36/1
556.5
18/1
477,30/7
500,30/7
605,36/1
556.5
24/7
556.5
26/7
636,36/1
636,18/1
556.5
30/7
605,24/7
605,54/7
666.6
36/1
605,26/7
ACSR
397.5
18/1
477,18/1
566.5
18/1
15-12
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

All
Alum.
750,37W
750,61W
795,37W
795,61W
800,37W
800,61W
874.5
37W
874.5
61W
900,37W
900,61W
954,37W
954,61W
Cond.
Dia.
(Inch-
es)
.977
.977
.981
.987
.990
.994
.997
.998
1.000
1.000
1.019
1.024
1.026
1.028
1.029
1.031
1.036
1.039
1.040
1.051
1.061
1.062
1.063
1.077
1.078
1.081
1.091
1.092
1.093
1.094
1.108
1.111
1.124
1.126
1.131
Copper-
weld
Copper
Comp.
Alum.
Alloy
(5005-
6201)
636,37W
795,37W
Copper
750,37W
750,61W
800,37W
800,61W
900,37W
900,61W
900,37W
900,61W
All
Alum.
1000
37W
1000
61W
1033.5
37W
1033.5
61W
1113
61W
1192.5
61W
1272
61W
Copper-
weld
Copper
Comp.
ACSR
1468
36/1
Alum.
Alloy
(5005-
6201)
954
37W
1033.5
61W
Compacted
AWAC
ACSR
636,24/7
636,54/7
715.5
36/1
636,26/7
605
30/19
666.6
24/7
666.6
54/7
636
30/19
715.5
24/7
795
36/1
715.5
26/7
795,45/7
715.5
30/19
874.5
36/1
795,24/7
795,54/7
795,26/7
900
45/7
All
Alum.
636,19W
795,19W
Copper
1000
37W
1000
61W
ACSR
874.5
36/1
954,36/1
Compacted
AWAC
ACSR
795
30/19
954
36/1
874.5
24/7
874.5
54/7
900
54/7
954
45/7
954
48/7
1033.5
36/1
954
54/7
1033.5
45/7
1033.5
54/7
1113
45/7
1113
54/19
1192.5
45/7
All
Alum.
874.5
37W
954,37W
Cond.
Dia.
(Inch-
es)
1.140
1.140
1.146
1.146
1.151
1.152
1.162
1.165
1.170
1.172
1.175
1.186
1.196
1.213
1.216
1.218
1.246
1.258
1.259
1.269
1.288
1.293
1.300
1.302
15-13
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Copper-
weld
Copper
Comp.
ACSR
1468
36/1
Alum.
Alloy
(5005-
6201)
954
37W
1033.5
61W
Compacted
AWAC
All
Alum.
Copper
1000
37W
1000
61W
ACSR
1192.5
54/19
1272
45/7
1272
54/19
1351.5
45/7
1351.5
54/19
1431
45/7
1431
54/19
1510.5
45/7
1590
45/7
1510.5
54/19
1590
54/19
1780
84/19
2167
72/7
2156
84/19
Cond.
Dia.
(Inch-
es)
1.333
1.340
1.345
1.379
1.382
1.385
1.417
1.424
1.427
1.443
1.454
1.465
1.466
1.504
1.506
1.545
1.602
1.630
1.737
1.762
1.823
1.196
2.158
15-14
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

STRAND
High
Strength
1
/8"
7W
5
/32"
7W
3
/16",7W
(.062")
7
/32"
7W
1
/4"
7W
9
/32"
7W
5
/16",7W
(.104")
3
/8"
7W
Strand
Dia.
(Inch-
es)
.123
.156
.164
.174
.186
.195
.209
.216
.220
.224
.237
.240
.242
.247
.249
.258
.259
.272
.276
.277
.279
.303
.306
.311
.312
.312
.327
.343
.343
.345
.349
.356
.360
.363
.375
.385
Extra
High
Strength
1
/8"
7W
5
/32"
7W
3
/16",7W
(.062")
7
/32"
7W
1
/4"
7W
9
/32"
7W
5
/16",7W
(.104")
3
/8"
7W
Sie-
mens
Martin
1
/8"
7W
5
/32"
7W
3
/16",7W
(.062")
7
/32"
7W
1
/4"
7W
9
/32"
7W
5
/16",7W
(.104")
3
/8"
7W
Galvanized Steel
Utilities
Grade
3
/16",7W
(.065")
1
/4"
3W
9
/32"
7W
5
/16",3W
5
/16",7W
(.109")
3
/8" 3W
(.355")
3
/8"
7W
Copper-
weld
2.2M
3#12
4M
3#10
6M
3#9
6M3
8M
3#8
10M
7#10
3#7
11
/32"
7#9
12.5M
3#6
14M
3
/8",7#8
Alumi-
nized
3
/16",7W
(.062")
3
/16",7W
(.065")
7
/32"
7W
1
/4"
7W
1
/4"
3W
9
/32"
7W
5
/16",3W
5
/16",7W
(.104")
5
/16",7W
(.109")
3
/8"
3W
3
/8"
7W
Stain-
less
7
/32"
7W
7
/32"
3W
1
/4"
7W
1
/4"
3W
9
/32"
7W
5
/16",3W
5
/16",7W
3
/8"
3W
3
/8"
7W
3
/8"
19W
Alumo-
weld
3#12
3#10
4M
6M
3#9
8M
3#8
10M
7#10
3#7
7#9
12.5M
3#6
14M
7#8
High
Strength
7
/16",7W
1
/2"
7W
1
/2"
19W
9
/16"
7W
9
/16"
19W
5
/8"
7W
5
/8"
19W
3
/4"
19W
7
/8"
19W
1"
19W
1"
37W
Strand
Dia.
(Inch-
es)
.386.
.392
.414
.417
.433
.435
.438
.444
.486
.495
.500
.509
.519
.525
.546
.564
.565
.572
.613
.621
.625
.642
.713
.721
.750
.801
.810
.885
.899
.910
1.000
1.001
1.010
1.134
1.273
Extra
High
Strength
7
/16",7W
1
/2"
7W
1
/2"
19W
9
/16"
7W
9
/16"
19W
5
/8"
7W
5
/8"
19W
3
/4"
19W
7
/8"
19W
1"
19W
1"
37W
Sie-
mens
Martin
7
/16",7W
1
/2"
7W
1
/2"
19W
9
/16"
7W
9
/16"
19W
5
/8"
7W
5
/8"
19W
3
/4"
19W
7
/8"
19W
1"
19W
1"
37W
Galvanized Steel
Utilities
Grade
7
/16",7W
1
/2"
7W
Copper-
weld
16M
3#5
18M
7
/16",7#7
20M
1
/2",7#6
25M
9
/16",7#5
9
/16"
19#9
5
/8"
7#4
21
/32"
19#8
37#10
23
/32"
19#7
37#9
13
/16"
19#6
37#8
7
/8"
19#5
37#7
37#6
37#5
Alumi-
nized
7
/16",7W
1
/2"
7W
1
/2"
19W
Stain-
less
7
/16",7W
1
/2"
7W
1
/2"
19W
Alumo-
weld
16M
3#5
18M
7#7
20M
7#6
19#10
25M
7#5
19#9
7#4
19#8
37#10
19#7
37#9
19#6
37#8
19#5
37#7
37#6
(1.13")
37#5
(1.27")
Copperweld
and Alumoweld
are registered trademarks of

Copperweld Co.
17D-1
MAY 2005
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

17D
AIS
Padmounted
Air-Insulated Switchgear
NOTE: Because Hubbell has a policy of continuous product improvement, we reserve the right to change design and specifications without notice.

Printed in USA
15 & 25 kV
Warranty - Material
Hubbell Power Systems, Inc. warrants all products sold by it to be merchantable (as such term is defined in the Uniform Commercial Code) and to be free from defects in material and workmanship.
Buyer must notify the Company promptly of any claim under this warranty. The Buyers exclusive remedy for breach of this warranty shall be the repair or replacement, F.O.B. factory, at the
Companys option, of any product defective under the warranty which is returned to the Company within one year from the date of shipment. NO OTHER WARRANTY, WHETHER EXPRESS OR
ARISING BY OPERATION OF LAW, COURSE OF DEALING, USAGE OF TRADE OR OTHERWISE IMPLIED, SHALL EXIST IN CONNECTION WITH THE COMPANYS PRODUCTS OR ANY
SALE OR USE THEREOF. The Company shall in no event be liable for any loss of profits or any consequential or special damages incurred by Buyer. The Companys warranty shall run only to the
first Buyer of a product from the Company, from the Companys distributor, or from an original equipment manufacturer reselling the Companys product, and is non-assignable and non-transferable
and shall be of no force and effect if asserted by any person other than such first Buyer. This warranty applies only to the use of the product as intended by Seller and does not cover any
misapplication or misuse of said product.
17D-2
MAY 2005
POWER SYSTEMS, INC. 15 & 25 kV

Air-Insulated Deadfront Padmounted Switchgear
AIS switches combine . . .
Deadfront protection . . .
with Air Insulation benefits
*Consult factory for other requirements.
AIS Ratings
25kV
29kV
125kV
60kV
600 Amp
200 Amp
600 Amp
15 Amp
21 Amp
12,000 Amps, rms, symm
19,200 Amps, rms, asymm
Nominal Voltage
Maximum Design Voltage
BIL
One-Minute Withstand (60Hz)
Switch and Terminators
Continuous Current Rating
Switch Side
Fuse Side (Maximum)
Load Switching
Cable Charging Current
Magnetizing Current
Momentary and Making Current*
15kV
15.5kV
95kV
35kV
600 Amp
200 Amp
600 Amp
10 Amp
21 Amp
12,000 Amps, rms, symm
19,200 Amps, rms, asymm
True air-insulated deadfront design
Large viewing windows
Built-in 9" base spacing
No center door support
Replaceable 600A bushings
Minimizing electrical exposure to work crews
and the public
Reduces maintenance requirements
Reduces outages caused by vegetation
and/or animal intrusion
Maximum visibility of 600A switch position
and fuse condition
Increases door clearance and reduces the
need for additional base spacers
Increases working area in cable compart-
ments
All 600A bushings are externally replaceable
Features
. . . . .
and
. . . . .
Benefits of AIS Switches
The AIS padmounted switch is an air-insulated, deadfront switch used for sectionalizing underground
distribution systems. It is available in 15kV and 25kV ratings and in a variety of switch/fuse configurations.
There are also extensive options available.
The AIS Switch is a true deadfront design with a sealed switching compartment, utilizing air as the
insulating medium along with a deadfront connector system. This combination minimizes electrical
exposure to work crews and the public, reduces outages, reduces maintenance requirements and provides
the most cost effective solution for 15kV and 25kV underground system sectionalizing.
Description
17D-3
MAY 2005
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

600A bushings
(or optional 200A)
Stainless steel
parking stands
A-B-C-C-B-A phase orientation Caution labels
Door retainer
Ground rod Deadfront seals all live parts Load interrupter arc chute
Three-point door latch
Pentahead
latch
and
locking
arrangement
Nameplate
Over-sized Thermopane window
Fault Indicator
Viewing Window
Fuse storage pockets
Parking stands
Interlock ball
Fuse door
Ground rod
Pentahead latch and
locking arrangement
Door retainer
Three-point door latch
A-B-C-C-B-A phase orientation
Fuse viewing windows Crowned roof Fusing instructions
200A bushing wells
(shown with user
supplied inserts)
AIS Design Features
Switch Compartment
Fuse Compartment
17D-4
MAY 2005
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Externally Replaceable Bushings Padmount Interchangeability
The AIS is designed to be pad interchangeable with competi-
tive designs. Base adapters also are available to make the
AIS compatible with pads for some live front gear.
Visible Break
Oversized Thermopane windows provide excellent viewing
for verification of visible break. The large windows are
constructed of heavy-duty, mar-proof double pane polycar-
bonate. They are easily removed in the shop to provide ready
access to switch components.
A sturdy operating handle is stored in each operator compart-
ment. The padlocking provisions on the compartment doors
accommodate the majority of available padlocks.
External Side Operator
An external operating mechanism is housed on the outside of
the center compartment and allows linemen to perform
switching functions without
opening the cable compart-
ment. Each three-phase
gang switch is equipped with
its own operator. The exter-
nal operator can be pad-
locked in either the open or
closed position.
The 600A bushings on the AIS switch are truly externally
replaceable. This feature allows the utility to quickly replace
any bushings in the field without disassembling the face-
plate. Due to the individualized sub-assembly design, the
AIS may be provided with 200A bushing wells in lieu of 600A
bushings.
Confirming the visible break through the AIS windows elimi-
nates the need to move the 600A connectors.
The latching system exceeds requirements in the latest revision of ANSI C57.12.28 and the Western Underground Committee
Guide 2.13, Security for Padmounted Equipment Enclosures.
Structural Stability
The fully welded enclosure is constructed of heavy gauge steel for
superior strength and durability. For applications in highly corrosive
areas, stainless steel enclosures are available.
Exterior Protection
The surface of each enclosure undergoes a multistage chemical clean-
ing process. A powder coat finish is then applied for superior corrosion
protection, durability and ultraviolet protection. This coating system
meets the latest revision of ANSI Standard C57.12.28, Padmounted
Equipment Enclosure Integrity, and the EEI Paint Guidelines.
Door Latching System
The low-profile door latch assembly has no protruding handles. The
pentahead on the right operates the three-point latch. The pentahead
on the left secures the door to the center door jamb. Both pentaheads
must be engaged before a padlock can be installed.
AIS Design Features
17D-5
MAY 2005
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Fusing Flexibility
Fuse versatility was a key design pa-
rameter of the AIS in order to utilize
existing fuses already approved and in
use by the utility and/or to improve
coordination with existing fuse systems.
A utility using livefront gear can use
the same fuses and end fittings in the
AIS.
S&C SMU-20 power fuse
S&C SM-4Z power fuse
Cooper type NX current limiting fuse
For S&C fuses, indicator windows are
provided for locating blown fuses.
Fuse doors are mechanically inter-
changeable and require only a simple
operation, without de-energizing the
600 amp line side, to change in the field
from one type fuse to another.
After verification of visible break, re-
moval of the arrester exposes the load
reducing tap plug on back of the 600A
connector.
A Chance Multi-Range Voltage Detector
may be used to test for line voltage.
The Feeder can then be grounded with a
standard grounding elbow.
Fuse Access is Safe and Simple
1 - Loadbreak elbow must be removed
before the mechanical latch can be
opened. Parking the elbow insures
that the load is safely disconnected.
2 - After the elbow has been parked, the
latching bail on the fuse door is re-
leased.
3 - As fuse door is lowered, a spring-
activated barrier closes behind it to
maintain the deadfront integrity of
the switchs tap side.
4 - When the fuse door is fully opened,
the fuse tray is positioned an ample
distance from the cables for easy re-
moval of the fuses.
Sufficient space is provided for feed-
through bushings for parking of elbows.
Horizontal Feed-Through
Bushings
FEEDER ISOLATION does not require movement of the 600A connectors.
17D-6
MAY 2005
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

ANSI Design Tests
The AIS has been tested to rigorous specifications of the
Standard for Deadfront Padmounted Switchgear, ANSI
C37.72. Traditionally, switchgear was subjected to a variety
of tests which imposed individual switches to the extremes of
interrupting duty, momentary, make-and-latch, dielectric
and mechanical tests. As a result of unanimous utility input
to the Standards Committee, the design test requirements in
the new standard were substantially changed. Now, a single
switch must be subjected to a sequence which combines and
expands all the rigors previously imposed on individual
switches. The design test sequence consists of the following
tests in the order indicated:
1. Interrupting Current Test
2. Momentary Current Test
3. Making Current Test
4. 60-Hertz Withstand Test
5. Thermal Runaway Test
6. Mechanical Operation Test
After completing the design test sequence, the switch must
be capable of carrying rated current without thermal run-
away. In addition, the design must pass a 60-Hertz, direct
current and impulse test as well as one-second high current,
corona and temperature rise tests. While the above tests in
themselves are all very important, Chance does not stop at
this point in their evaluation of new switch designs. Various
other visual, mechanical, electrical and environmental tests
are conducted to assure optimum performance.
The AIS switch undergoes various tests in the Chance Re-
search Center and its testing laboratory complex.
AIS Reliability
Production Testing
After assembly, all switches are tested to ANSI Standards:
1. Voltage Drop Test (IR). Each line direction of the switch
configuration is tested. The IR test is a current test where the
voltage drop across the area tested is measured to indicate
the impedance in the circuit which is tested. This test assures
reliable electrical connections.
2. High Potential Testing. Each switch is tested phase-to-
phase and phase-to-ground across the insulation system
with the switch in the open and closed positions.
Ordering Information: 15 and 25 kV AIS Padmounted Sectionalizing Equipment
Switch
Configuration
AIS-1
AIS-1A
AIS-3
AIS-5
AIS-6
AIS-9
AIS-10
AIS-11
AIS-12
AIS 13A
Line 1
200
200
600*
600*
600*
600*
600*
600*
200
600*
Line 2
200
200
600*
200
600*
600*
600*
600*
600*
600*
Line 4
200
200
600*
200
200
Termination & Bus Ratings Amps

Phases
1
1
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Line 3
200
200
600*
600*
200
600*
Voltage kV
Nom.
15/25
15/25
15/25
15/25
15/25
15/25
15/25
15/25
15/25
15/25
BIL
95/125
95/125
95/125
95/125
95/125
95/125
95/125
95/125
95/125
95/125
One-Line
Diagram
* 200A universal bushing wells can be supplied instead of 600A deadbreak bushings.
17D-7
MAY 2005
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Switch Configuration
010 ........... AIS-1
01A........... AIS-1A
030 ........... AIS-3
050 ........... AIS-5
060 ........... AIS-6
090 ........... AIS-9
100 ........... AIS-10
110 ........... AIS-11
120 ........... AIS-12
13A........... AIS-13A
kV Rating
A............... 15kV
B............... 25kV
Source Connector Provisions
A.......... 600A deadbreak bushings
B.......... 200A universal bushing wells
NOTE: All fuse connector provisions are supplied with
200A universal bushing wells. 200A universal bush-
ing well inserts are not provided.
Fusing: For 25 kV AIS
Select the appropriate fuse from table below:
Maximum
Design
kV
27
27
15.5
15.5
23
27
Maximum
Amperes,
RMS
200
200
1.5-40
50-100
6-40
6-50
Fuse
Mounting
SM-20
SM-4Z
NX
NX
NX
Fuse
Manufacturer
S&C
S&C
Cooper
Cooper
Cooper
Ratings Catalog
Number
Additions
(Suffix)
20
(1)
4Z
(2)
N1
N2
N3
(1) To include SML20 End Fittings, change 20 to 2H
(2) To include SM4Z End Fittings, change 4Z to 4H
Fusing: For 15 kV AIS
Select the appropriate fuse from table below:
Maximum
Design
kV
17.0
17.0
8.3
8.3
15.5
15.5
Maximum
Amperes,
RMS
200
200
1.5-40
50-100
1.5-40
50-100
Catalog
Number
Additions
20
(1)
4Z
(2)
N1
N2
N3
Fuse
Mounting
SM-20
SM-4Z
NX
NX
NX
Fuse
Manufacturer
S&C
S&C
Cooper
Cooper
Cooper
Ratings
Options
C1.... Removable stud 600A bushings
D1.... Automatic door latch (standard
with stainless steel, option F).
E...... 6" base adapter to allow mount-
ing AIS switch on the pad of a
different manufacturers switch of
the same configuration (contact
factory for specific details and
availability).
F ...... Stainless steel enclosure
G ..... Kirk Key Interlocks to prevent
paralleling source side switches.
H...... Kirk Key interlocks to prevent
entry to fuse doors without all
feed switches locked open.
I ....... 200A bushing well inserts
L ...... Kirk Key Interlocks combining
options G and H
Q ..... 6" base spacer
U...... 12" base spacer
V...... 18" base spacer
W..... 24" base spacer
X X X X X X X X X X X
00 ........ No fusing (i.e. AIS-
3, AIS-10, AIS-13A)
AIS Switch Catalog Number System
17D-8
MAY 2005
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

PAD
Mechanical Features
Provision for manual operation
Padlockable motor
Decoupler with lockout provision
Powder-coated aluminum enclo-
sure with stainless steel continu-
ous hinge and handle hardware
Instruction book pocket
PAD
Controller for Padmount Switch Automation

PAD Electrical Features
Six status indications for posi-
tion indication, charger status,
loss of AC, and battery condition.
Motor runs on AC or battery for
double reliability.
Temperature compensating battery
charger
Smart battery disconnect to prevent
damage to the battery from deep discharge
No-Go function with status indication to
prevent underpowered switch operation.
User-friendly travel set control
Youll love it!!
Local/remote switch
Open/close switch with LED position indi-
cation
Vented 12 V .33 A-H lead acid battery
AC receptacle
Surge protection to ANSI C37.90 and
C62.41
Grounding provision
Thermostatically controlled heater
The PAD
controller for AIS switchgear provides utilities with the most advanced and economical approach to automation.
The easy-to-install PAD is adaptable to any AIS padmount as well as those of other manufacturers.
Two-way, three-way, and four-way switching is available.
17D-9
MAY 2005
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Catalog No. ABCCB33HB01
Features
Aluminum enclosure with green finish
PAD mounting kit
Version III circuit control assembly
12 V, vented battery
Battery fuse and block
Battery charger
AC fuse and block
MOV surge protection
125 V / 250 watt heater and thermostat
Front panel with indicating lights and motor
travel setting controls
AC convenience outlet
Provision for mounting customer RTU and radio
PAD
motor operator to automate the AIS padmount loadbreak switch featuring:

Specific PAD
Model Features
Catalog No. ABCCB33HB02
Features
Same as above except without provision for mounting
RTU and radio for use on switches with two or more
motor operators. RTU and Radio are only required in
one unit.
17D-10
MAY 2005
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Model AIS-1
15kV 95kV - BIL
weight 401 lb.
Model AIS-1
25kV 125kV - BIL
weight 650 lb.
17D-11
MAY 2005
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Model AIS-1A
15kV 95kV - BIL
weight 475 lb.
Model AIS-1A
25kV 125kV - BIL
weight 694 lb.
17D-12
MAY 2005
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Model AIS-3
15kV 95kV - BIL
weight 875 lb.
Model AIS-3
25kV 125kV - BIL
weight 1275 lb.
17D-13
MAY 2005
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Model AIS-5
15kV 95kV - BIL
weight 900 lb.
Model AIS-5
25kV 125kV - BIL
weight 1350 lb.
17D-14
MAY 2005
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Model AIS-6
15kV 95kV - BIL
weight 1450 lb.
Model AIS-6
25kV 125kV - BIL
weight 1950 lb.
17D-15
MAY 2005
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Model AIS-9
15kV 95kV - BIL
weight 1500 lb.
Model AIS-9
25kV 125kV - BIL
weight 2000 lb.
17D-16
MAY 2005
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Model AIS-10
15kV 95kV - BIL
weight 1650 lb.
Model AIS-10
25kV 125kV - BIL
weight 2000 lb.
17D-17
MAY 2005
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Model AIS-11
15kV 95kV - BIL
weight 1650 lb.
Model AIS-11
25kV 125kV - BIL
weight 2200 lb.
17D-18
MAY 2005
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Model AIS-12
15kV 95kV - BIL
weight 1550 lb.
Model AIS-12
25kV 125kV - BIL
weight 2075 lb.
17D-19
MAY 2005
POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Model AIS-13A
15kV 95kV - BIL
weight 1600 lb.
Model AIS-13A
25kV 125kV - BIL
weight 1950 lb.
UNITED STATES
210 N. Allen
Phone: 573-682-5521
Fax: 573-682-8714
e-mail: hpscontact@hps.hubbell.com
CANADA
HUBBELL CANADA, INC.
870 Brock Road South
Pickering, Ontario L1W 1Z8
Phone: 905-839-1138
Fax: 905-831-6353
e-mail: infohps@hubbellonline.com
MEXICO
Col. Del Valle
03100 Mexico, D.F.
Phone: 52-55-9151-9999
Fax: 52-55-9151-9988
ASIA
HUBBELL S.E. ASIA PTE. LTD.
23 Tagore Lane #03-16
Tagore 23 Warehouse
Singapore 787601
Phone: 65-6454-4772
Fax: 65-6454-4775
e-mail: hpscontact@hps.hubbell.com

Chance

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Chance

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Chance

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

1-1

Anchor Helix Assemblies - Small Hub

Anchor Helix Assemblies - Large Hub

Anchor Helix Assemblies

7 Anchor Helix Assemblies

Anchor Rods, Eyenuts and Couplings

: Power-Installed Screw Anchors

ANCHOR HELIX ASSEMBLIES

anchors have a smaller inside hub diameter

anchors give users high-strength anchor capability in all soils. You

anchors use standard PISA

rods (see page 4-10).

ANCHOR HELIX ASSEMBLIES

anchors give users high-strength anchor capa-

anchors, theres little concern about

anchors use standard PISA

rods (see page

wrench system consisting of

wrench (see page 4A-4 or 4A-6)

wrench system (Catalog page 4A-6)

ANCHOR HELIX ASSEMBLIES

C10252- - series anchors. See page 4A-4 for installing

-6 6000 foot-pound anchors and PISA

Rod & Eyenut Combinations

Ultimate strength ratings apply to properly installed anchors only.

Rod & Coupling

Holding Capacity - (lb.)

Packaging note: Guy adapters are shipped in corrugated cartons.

rod. To order a Thimbleye

rod simply add "1" to the suffx of

Forged Clevis style

welded Clevis style

rod of high-test steel holds up to three

Ultimate strength of rod may limit holding capacity.

Anchors with Installing Wrenches

Drive Tools (10,000 ft.-lb. System)

Drive Tools (15,000 ft.-lb. System)

NOTE: These wrenches will ft 15,000 ft.-lb. TOUgH ONE

Anchor Installing Tools

Kelly bar adapters has twelve holes for

Drive String System,

drive ends are painted with a red band on the bottom.

Anchor Installing Tools

Locking Dog Assembly

Locking Dog Assembly

Medium Duty Catalog No. C3031032

Note that all 5

Adapter Tool Cat. No. C3031230 is required

Backhoe Mounting Brackets

Anchor Drive Tool

Kelly Bar Adapters

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

Copyright 2008 Hubbell210NorthAllenStreetCentralia,MO65240

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.

POWER SYSTEMS, INC.